May 14

Today’s News 14th May 2022

  • The Race To Break The Russia-China Alliance & The "Ukraine Of The Asia Pacific"
    The Race To Break The Russia-China Alliance & The “Ukraine Of The Asia Pacific”

    Authored by Matthew Ehret,

    There is a window of opportunity open for the west to recognize the total failure of the unipolar model before the point of no return has passed.

    It has become commonplace western media and armadas of geopolitical think tankers to paint today’s Russia-China alliance as a matter of either “momentary convenience”, or as a strained partnership between two competing authoritarian regimes with global imperial aspirations.

    However, if one simply looks at the facts as they are without the filter of “experts” telling you how to interpret reality, it becomes extremely clear that those cynical geopolitical assessments painted by geopolitical opinionators are doing little more than trying to analyze life through lenses that only see dead corpses. It isn’t that such analysts aren’t necessarily concerned with the truth (although more than a few aren’t), but due to their fundamental axioms, their limited minds cannot contemplate a system organized by a non-Hobbesian parameters either past, present or future. It is for this reason that such opinionators cannot understand the nature of the Russian-China alliance nor can they see or understand the stark parallels in the asymmetrical war efforts to destroy either Eurasian power.

    Due to this intellectual blindness, even among many intelligent experts within the alternative media community, I will take this opportunity to briefly assess some of the key elements of the parallel features of both operations that have been deployed to destroy both Russia and China. We will begin by looking at the color revolutionary tactics, followed by ‘Gladio stay behinds’, military encirclement, biowarfare and finally the use of ‘fifth columns’.

    Color Revolutionary Tactics

    Over the past decades, both Russia and China have contended with obsessive efforts to carve up and destabilize their governments utilizing “democracy promoting/anti corruption” organizations tied to western intel have fortunately failed to Balkanize them as seen in the tragic case of Yugoslavia.

    The late geopolitical guru Zbigniew Brzezinski wrote passionately of his vision of a carved-up Russia in his 1997 Grand Chessboard saying: “A loosely confederated Russia- composed of a European Russia, a Siberian Republic, and a Far Eastern Republic- would find it easier to cultivate closer economic regulations with Europe, with the new states of Central Asia and with East Asia, which would thereby accelerate Russia’s own development.”

    Over the years, western funded movements in China have arisen calling openly for breaking up China into no less than five ethno-nationalist micro-states called ‘East Turkestan, The Free State of Tibet, Canton and Manchuria.’

    Purged multibillionaire deep state operative Guo Wengui (aka: Miles Guo), now operating from New York, has gone so far as to establish an international insurrectionary organization called ‘The New Federal State of China’ with a shiny new flag, constitution and cheesy anthem for the post-CCP China which will undoubtedly happen any day within Guo’s wildest imagination.

    The leaders of both nations have clearly identified “color revolutionary” tactics as an active form of asymmetrical warfare leading both states to ban a wide spectrum of western-funded NGOs (or if permitted to exist within their territories to be forced to register as ‘foreign agents’). While the color revolution financing king George Soros was banned from China back in 1989, Russia took longer to gain the power and confidence to ban the economic hitman’s Open Society operations which finally occurred in 2015.

    Gladio-type “stay-behinds” on their borders.

    The asymmetrical warfare tool basket doesn’t stop at color revolutionary tactics, but relies upon networks of provocateurs and extremists who often find their roots in the non-punishment of virulent war criminals in the wake of WW2.

    Those second and third generation fascist stay-behinds who were incorporated into western intelligence under the helm of NATO after WW2 remains one of the most uncomfortable and dangerous secrets of the modern age.

    Weaponized ideological groups carefully groomed by Anglo-American intelligence since WWII and who continued to glorify Nazi-collaborators as “great heroes” played a major role both during the Cold War, and also today’s Banderite-filled age with neo-Nazi battalions driven obsessively to carry out jihad against Russia as their spiritual forefathers had done during WW2.

    This problem is not isolated to Eastern Europe, but persists in China’s own back yard where the American military colony of Japan still maintains a strong tradition of treating WWII fascist war criminals as heroes (much to China’s chagrin).

    One of the largest parties occupying 30% of the Japanese parliamentary seats (and headed by former PM Shinzo Abe) is the Nippon Kaigi party which claims openly that “Japan should be applauded for liberating much of East Asia” during WW2.

    Despite many anti-fascist impulses in Japan seeking to maintain peaceful coexistence with their Eurasian neighbors, the Nippon Kaigi goes so far as to deny that Japan committed any atrocities to the Chinese during WW2 while trying to maintain the thesis that Japan was on the side of justice by working with Hitler. Keep in mind that this is also the same colony (now hosting over 50,000 US troops) which saw former PM Shinzo Abe call publicly for acquiring US-owned nuclear weapons to defend against China one week after Zelensky made that same call on behalf of Ukraine in Munich on February 19th.

    Full Spectrum Dominance: Atlantic, Arctic and Pacific

    Like Russia, who has watched “full spectrum dominance” wrap around her perimeter over the course of 20+ years, China has also been looking at ongoing efforts to create a “NATO of the Pacific” termed “the Quad” in her backyard.

    This toxic idea has been championed by NATO-connected think tanks like the Atlantic Council and CFR for years and grows directly out of Obama’s 2012 ‘Asia Pivot’ strategy which saw a broad extension of missile systems, trident-bearing submarines, provocative “freedom of navigation” exercises, military bases and efforts to impose US-controlled governments hostile to China in the Pacific region.

    The ABM-aspect of this program (which experts agree can be easily converted from “defensive” into “offensive”) is reflected in the THAAD missile system already stationed in South Korea which currently hosts over 28,000 US troops. Nominally justifying its existence to stop the “North Korean threat”, the reality is that this system has always been aimed at China.

    Describing the $762 billion National Defense Authorization Act of 2022 which received nearly total bipartisan support, analyst Michael Klare observed:

    “The gigantic 2022 defense bill — passed with overwhelming support from both parties — provides a detailed blueprint for surrounding China with a potentially suffocating network of U.S. bases, military forces, and increasingly militarized partner states. The goal is to enable Washington to barricade that country’s military inside its own territory and potentially cripple its economy in any future crisis. For China’s leaders, who surely can’t tolerate being encircled in such a fashion, it’s an open invitation to… well, there’s no point in not being blunt… fight their way out of confinement.”

    Taiwan as Ukraine of the Pacific

    Obviously within this entire mess, Taiwan (which has been an Anglo-American plaything since 1949) is currently acting like the “Ukraine of the Pacific” with many leading agents operating throughout the government calling openly for US military defense of China’s autonomous province from the “evil commie” mainlanders.

    Biden himself has pledged that Taiwan can “count on America’s support” were an invasion to break out at any time. These supportive words were backed up with a $750 million deal to provide a Howitzer military system to Taiwan in August 2021, a $100 million deal to supply and upgrade Taiwan’s patriot missile systems on February 8, 2022 and another $95 million missile deal on April 6, 2022. After the second of these three deals, the Taiwanese foreign ministry sounded like it was trying to out-Zelensky Zelensky saying:

    “In the face of China’s continued military expansion and provocative actions, our country will maintain its national security with a solid defence, and continue to deepen the close security partnership between Taiwan and the United States.”

    China’s concerns over the vast expansion of US efforts to turn Taiwan into a Pacific Ukraine (including a doubling of military officials in the US embassy compound in the past year) are very real.

    Biowarfare in the 21st Century

    Then there is the serious issue of the Pentagon’s bioweapons infrastructure that has demonstrated an ethnic-targeting feature as outlined in the September 2000 PNAC manifesto “Rebuilding Americas Defenses”. In this bone-chilling neocon manifesto, its authors stated that in the 21st century “combat will likely take place in new dimensions: In space, cyber-space and perhaps the world of microbes… advanced forms of biological warfare that can “target” specific genotypes may transform biological warfare from the realm of terror to a politically useful tool”.

    Today over 320 Pentagon-run biolabs are scattered strategically around the world with a very active program titled “Jupitr” and “Centaur” located in in South Korea. This later program has caused grave concern to both the Chinese and many Koreans since Obama launched inaugurated the program in 2010 with an executive order that stated “a robust and productive scientific enterprise that utilizes biological select agents and toxins is essential to national security.”

    This was the same team that brought us the Obama-Lugar partnership that established a vast bio-laboratory infrastructure in Georgia while Obama was still just another Soros-controlled Senator with Presidential ambitions.

    Work on some of the deadliest toxins in the world has been conducted within the US run biolabs which include work on botulinum, ricin, staphylococcal, anthrax, plague and more. In 2015 the US military was caught illegally shipping samples of live anthrax via FedEx to the US laboratory at the Oran Air base 70 km south of Seoul resulting in civilian protests across the nation although no evidence of any change in policy by the Americans.

    Japan’s sordid past is again brought back into the story, as Finian Cunningham’s recent Strategic Culture Foundation study on the origins of US bioweapons complex zeroed in on the Military Industrial Complex’s absorption of the genocidal “Unit 731” under the control of Shiro Ishii. Cunningham wrote:

    “Ishii’s Unit 731 is estimated to have caused up to 500,000 deaths during the war from the use of biological warfare by dropping pathogens from airplanes on Chinese cities in Hunan and Zhejiang provinces. The unit also carried out diabolic forced experiments on Chinese and Russian prisoners of war to study the epidemiology of diseases and vaccines. Inmates were infected with pathogens and subjected to horrible agonizing deaths… Shiro Ishii and his criminal network were never brought to trial following the war despite earnest Soviet requests. Instead, the Americans who occupied mainland Japan granted him and his team of doctors immunity from prosecution in exchange for exclusive access to the biological and chemical warfare experiments. The Pentagon assigned its experts from Fort Detrick, Maryland, to tap the Japanese trove of data.”

    This list would not be complete without the last consideration…

    Fifth Columnists in Russia and China

    Leaders within both nations have been contending for years with World Economic Forum fifth columnists like Anatoly Chubais in Russia and WEF Trustee Jack Ma (and more than a few other Shanghai Clique connected technocrats and billionaires) both inside and outside of China. Some observations on those foreign influences still exerting relevant influence within China via Shanghai as a hotbed for international finance was Emanuel Pastreich who wrote:

    “Shanghai is riddled with global financial interests, with the head offices (or certainly the major branch) for all major multinational investment banks and multinational corporations located there. Their impact on the Chinese economy remains immense.

    Shanghai has a history of over a hundred years as a center for global capital with a parasitic relationship to the rest of the nation. It was Shanghai, after all, that offered extraterritoriality to citizens from imperial powers until the 1940s.”

    Luckily, since the ousting of Soros, many of the worst elements of China’s deep state have been incrementally de-weeded in bursts starting in 1989, then 1997, and the largest robust purge begun in 2012 and continuing to this day.

    Some of the biggest operatives purged by Xi’s crackdown on corruption include Ma Jian (former Deputy Director of China’s National Security Bureau), Zhang Yue (former legal affairs secretary of Hebei), Bo Zilai (former Communist Party Secretary of Chonqing), Xu Caihou (Vice Chair of China’s Military Commission), and billionaire Pony Ma (to name but a few).

    There has been an obvious clash between these traitorous forces and genuine patriots in both nations committed to their peoples’ survival in opposition to the religious like commitment to depopulation, cultural mediocrity and global enslavement.

    Beyond Simply Survival

    Russia and China’s commitment to survival and cooperation goes far beyond utilitarian concerns as outlined by their February 4th joint statement for Cooperation Entering a New Era which called for the further integration of the EAEU and BRI, military intelligence harmonization under the growing SCO and broader international integration of the multipolar system.

    Among its many important points, the statement read:

    “The sides are seeking to advance their work to link the development plans for the Eurasian Economic Union [EAEU] and the Belt and Road Initiative with a view to intensifying practical cooperation between the EAEU and China in various areas and promoting greater interconnectedness between the Asia Pacific and Eurasian regions.

    The sides reaffirm their focus on building the Greater Eurasian Partnership in parallel and in coordination with the Belt and Road construction to foster the development of regional associations as well as bilateral and multilateral integration processes for the benefit of the peoples on the Eurasian continent.”

    There is still a window of opportunity open for the west to wake up and recognize the total failure of the unipolar model of imperial governance before the point of no return has passed. Whether or not the moral fitness to conduct this exercise in humility still exists remains to be seen.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 23:40

  • Synthetic Biology: The $3.6 Trillion Science Changing Life As We Know It
    Synthetic Biology: The $3.6 Trillion Science Changing Life As We Know It

    Synthetic biology (synbio) is a field of science that redesigns organisms in an effort to enhance and support human life. According to one projection, this rapidly growing field of science is expected to reach $28.8 billion in global revenue by 2026.

    As Visual Capitalist’s Carmen Ang details below, although it has the potential to transform many aspects of society, things could go horribly wrong if synbio is used for malicious or unethical reasons. This infographic explores the opportunities and potential risks that this budding field of science has to offer.

    What is Synthetic Biology?

    We’ve covered the basics of synbio in previous work, but as a refresher, here’s a quick explanation of what synbio is and how it works.

    Synbio is an area of scientific research that involves editing and redesigning different biological components and systems in various organisms.

    It’s like genetic engineering but done at a more granular level—while genetic engineering transfers ready-made genetic material between organisms, synbio can build new genetic material from scratch.

    The Opportunities of Synbio

    This field of science has a plethora of real-world applications that could transform our everyday lives. A study by McKinsey found over 400 potential uses for synbio, which were broken down into four main categories:

    • Human health and performance

    • Agriculture and food

    • Consumer products and services

    • Materials and energy production

    If those potential uses become reality in the coming years, they could have a direct economic impact of up to $3.6 trillion per year by 2030-2040.

    1. Human Health and Performance

    The medical and health sector is predicted to be significantly influenced by synbio, with an economic impact of up to $1.3 trillion each year by 2030-2040.

    Synbio has a wide range of medical applications. For instance, it can be used to manipulate biological pathways in yeast to produce an anti-malaria treatment.

    It could also enhance gene therapy. Using synbio techniques, the British biotech company Touchlight Genetics is working on a way to build synthetic DNA without the use of bacteria, which would be a game-changer for the field of gene therapy.

    2. Agriculture and Food

    Synbio has the potential to make a big splash in the agricultural sector as well—up to $1.2 trillion per year by as early as 2030.

    One example of this is synbio’s role in cellular agriculture, which is when meat is created from cells directly. The cost of creating lab-grown meat has decreased significantly in recent years, and because of this, various startups around the world are beginning to develop a variety of cell-based meat products.

    3. Consumer Products and Services

    Using synthetic biology, products could be tailored to suit an individual’s unique needs. This would be useful in fields such as genetic ancestry testing, gene therapy, and age-related skin procedures.

    By 2030-2040, synthetic biology could have an economic impact on consumer products and services to the tune of up to $800 billion per year.

    4. Materials and Energy Production

    Synbio could also be used to boost efficiency in clean energy and biofuel production. For instance, microalgae are currently being “reprogrammed” to produce clean energy in an economically feasible way.

    This, along with other material and energy improvements through synbio methods, could have a direct economic impact of up to $300 billion each year.

    The Potential Risks of Synbio

    While the potential economic and societal benefits of synthetic biology are vast, there are a number of risks to be aware of as well:

    • Unintended biological consequences: Making tweaks to any biological system can have ripple effects across entire ecosystems or species. When any sort of lifeform is manipulated, things don’t always go according to plan.

    • Moral issues: How far we’re comfortable going with synbio depends on our values. Certain synbio applications, such as embryo editing, are controversial. If these types of applications become mainstream, they could have massive societal implications, with the potential to increase polarization within communities.

    • Unequal access: Innovation and progress in synbio is happening faster in wealthier countries than it is in developing ones. If this trend continues, access to these types of technology may not be equal worldwide. We’ve already witnessed this type of access gap during the rollout of COVID-19 vaccines, where a majority of vaccines have been administered in rich countries.

    • Bioweaponry: Synbio could be used to recreate viruses, or manipulate bacteria to make it more dangerous, if used with ill intent.

    According to a group of scientists at the University of Edinburgh, communication between the public, synthetic biologists, and political decision-makers is crucial so that these societal and environmental risks can be mitigated.

    Balancing Risk and Reward

    Despite the risks involved, innovation in synbio is happening at a rapid pace.

    By 2030, most people will have likely eaten, worn, or been treated by a product created by synthetic biology, according to synthetic biologist Christopher A. Voigt.

    Our choices today will dictate the future of synbio, and how we navigate through this space will have a massive impact on our future—for better, or for worse.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 23:20

  • These Are The American Cities Where Rents Rose The Most
    These Are The American Cities Where Rents Rose The Most

    Amid a historic stretch of inflation over the last year, the cost of housing (especially rent) has been one of the most significant pressures on household finances.

    Renters in many markets are seeing increases of 20% or more as they sign new leases, and, with the nationwide rental vacancy rate at just 5.6%, renters have few alternatives to find more affordable housing.

    The current state of the rental market is a product of both supply and demand, with issues compiling over time and being exacerbated since the pandemic began.

    Source: Stessa

    On the supply side, the US has an estimated shortage of nearly 4 million housing units. Zoning and density restrictions have made it more difficult to add housing stock in many locations, both for rentals and owner-occupied units.

    With rising real estate prices, 70% of the growth of the rental market since 2009 has come from higher-income earners who might otherwise have bought a home.

    Source: Stessa

    And as more high earners enter or stay in the rental market, builders and developers are incentivized to provide more luxury units, which means less new stock to meet the needs of low- and middle-income earners.

    Source: Stessa

    The pandemic-era economy has made all of these issues worse.

    Meanwhile, these are the small and midsize cities where rents have risen the most (and the least).

    The spike in home values and rising interest rates are putting homeownership further out of reach for many would-be buyers, keeping more people in the rental market.

    Builders and developers are also struggling to keep up with heightened demand while managing costs. Ongoing supply chain challenges have made it more time-consuming and expensive to obtain building materials, while the tight labor market has left hundreds of thousands of construction positions unfilled.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 22:40

  • Today’s 'Diversity' Oaths Resemble 1950s 'Loyalty' Oaths
    Today’s ‘Diversity’ Oaths Resemble 1950s ‘Loyalty’ Oaths

    Authored by Charles Lipson via RealClear Politics (emphasis ours),

    It is rare to meet someone with true moral courage, someone who risks everything to do what he knows is right. I was privileged to know such a man, George Anastaplo. His story, set during the Red Scare of the 1950s, needs to be told because it applies today, when political zealots again demand rigid conformity.

    George, a boy from rural Illinois, refused to bow down to the most powerful lawyers in his home state. He knew their demands were wrong, even though he could have easily and truthfully said “yes” to their substance. He refused solely because he thought asking him violated basic guarantees in the U.S. Constitution.

    The time was the early 1950s, and the demands came from ideological crusaders on the right, who insisted on anti-communist loyalty oaths. Today’s crusaders come from the left, demanding pledges of support for “Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion” (DEI). More on today’s ideological frenzy in a moment, but first, George’s story.

    Born in downstate Illinois, the son of Greek immigrants, George’s most formative experience was serving in World War II, where he was a navigator on B-17 and B-29 bombers. In the service, he told me, he met soldiers with backgrounds and life experiences far different from anyone he had known growing up. For someone as bright and curious as George, that experience opened up a wider world.

    After the war, George moved to the big city and went to the University of Chicago, where he earned his undergraduate and law degree (top of his class, 1951). He passed the bar exam and had only one more step before pursuing his chosen profession. Like all applicants, he had to answer a few questions from the Illinois State Bar Association.

    The examination began with some standard questions about communism. Those should have been easy since George abhorred Marxism. Still, George’s answers, focused on civil liberties, were not what the bar association wanted to hear. First, he noted that dissent and even revolution were integral features of America’s constitutional history. Then, the hapless members asked George the big question: “Are you now or have you ever been … ?”

    George Anastaplo refused to answer. He could have truthfully said, “No.” End of story. He could have noted that his parents’ homeland was fighting a brutal civil war to prevent communists from seizing control. He could have done all that, but he refused. His three-fold reply was that (1) the Constitution guaranteed freedom of association; (2) it was not illegal to belong to the Communist Party; and, most important, (3) it was totally improper for the Illinois Bar Association to ask him that question – or any question about an applicant’s political affiliation. His application to practice law was promptly denied.

    So, George and the Illinois Bar Association then did what all good American attorneys do: they sued each other. The constitutional challenge, in which George represented himself, took a full decade to reach the Supreme Court. It was the only case George ever argued, and he lost it despite a powerful dissent from Justice Hugo Black.

    “Too many men are being driven to become government-fearing and time-serving because the Government is being permitted to strike out at those who are fearless enough to think as they please and say what they think,” Justice Black wrote. “This trend must be halted if we are to keep faith with the Founders of our Nation and pass on to future generations of Americans the great heritage of freedom which they sacrificed so much to leave to us.”

    George also received strong support from Leo Strauss, the great political philosopher and a seminal figure in conservative thought. He congratulated George for his “brave and just action” and added, “If the American Bench and Bar have any sense of shame, they must come on their knees to apologize to you.” Of course, they never did.

    George was never admitted to the bar. Instead, he taught political philosophy for six decades, wrote multiple books on political thought and civil liberties, eventually teaching at Loyola University’s law school. He was also our neighborhood Socrates, walking the streets of Hyde Park (near the University of Chicago) into his mid-80s, meeting friends and engaging in the kind of rigorous conversations recounted in Plato’s Dialogues.

    Why does George Anastaplo’s moral courage matter for us today? Because we are enduring another age of ideological zealotry, coupled with demands to “sign or resign.” Or never be hired in the first place.

    Today’s clearest analogy to anti-communist oaths are those demanding adherence to statements of “Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion.” The crucial point here is not the specific content of DEI statements. You might agree or disagree with them. The crucial point is that it is improper to make these demands for political conformity.

    Such demands are, unfortunately, commonplace on university campuses. So are the bureaucracies that enforce them. Those demands and those bureaucracies are antithetical to the basic mission of a university, where freedom of expression and diversity of viewpoint should be core values, vigorously protected.

    Instead, every university has its burgeoning DEI bureaucracy, which writes these statements, runs seminars to indoctrinate students, staff, and faculty, and punishes the recalcitrant. Many departments won’t even consider hiring someone who refuses to kneel in obedience.

    Here, for example, is Berkeley’s “Rubric for Assessing Candidate Contributions to Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Belonging,” which it urges departmental search committees to use. (“Belonging” is a nice additional touch, isn’t it?) Note that voters in Deep Blue California strongly favor “merit” and have twice rejected any racial advantages in admissions. They are clearly opposed to what the university administrators are trying to impose here. No matter. Being a bureaucrat means never having to say you are sorry – or paying any attention to the desires of the taxpayers who pay your salary.

    Another recent example comes from George Anastaplo’s home state, from one of the country’s great research institutions, the University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign. The top academic officer there, Provost Andreas Cangellaris, recently announced that the university “will soon require all faculty members to submit a diversity statement to be considered for tenure or promotion.” So, if you study quantum physics, organic chemistry, statistics, or artificial intelligence, you must pledge allegiance to an ideological statement far removed from your field of academic excellence. Until now, the university had been requiring DEI statements on a “voluntary basis.” Yeah, sure. Imagine refusing and trying to get hired?

    I know what my friend George Anastaplo would do because he already did it. He would refuse to buckle to the DEI bureaucrats. He would fight the good fight all the way to the Supreme Court, if necessary, where today’s justices might listen more closely to Hugo Black’s powerful dissent:

    The entire course of [George Anastaplo’s] life, as disclosed by the record, has been one of devotion and service to his country-first, in his willingness to defend its security at the risk of his own life in time of war and, later, in his willingness to defend its freedoms at the risk of his professional career in time of peace. The one and only time in which he has come into conflict with the Government is when he refused to answer the questions put to him by the Committee about his beliefs and associations. And I think the record clearly shows that conflict resulted, not from any fear on Anastaplo’s part to divulge his own political activities, but from a sincere, and in my judgment correct, conviction that the preservation of this country’s freedom depends upon adherence to our Bill of Rights.

    We need a lot more people like George Anastaplo, and a lot fewer like Andreas Cangellaris and his heavy-handed cadre of DEI enforcers. We need a lot more people with George Anastaplo’s integrity in public and private universities, in K-12 schools, and in private businesses and nonprofits. His courage and his reverence for America’s Constitution are an enduring model.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 22:20

  • Mapped: Solar And Wind Power By Country
    Mapped: Solar And Wind Power By Country

    Wind and solar generate over a tenth of the world’s electricity. Taken together, they are the fourth-largest source of electricity, behind coal, gas, and hydro.

    Visual Capitalist’s Bruno Venditti shows in the infographic below, the use of electricity from these two clean sources varies significantly across different nations, based on data from Ember.

    Europe Leads in Wind and Solar

    Wind and solar generated 10.3% of global electricity for the first time in 2021, rising from 9.3% in 2020, and doubling their share compared to 2015 when the Paris Climate Agreement was signed.

    In fact, 50 countries (26%) generated over a tenth of their electricity from wind and solar in 2021, with seven countries hitting this landmark for the first time: China, Japan, Mongolia, Vietnam, Argentina, Hungary, and El Salvador.

    Denmark and Uruguay achieved 52% and 47% respectively, leading the way in technology for high renewable grid integration.

     

    From a regional perspective, Europe leads with nine of the top 10 countries. On the flipside, the Middle East and Africa have the fewest countries reaching the 10% threshold.

     

    Further Renewables Growth Needed to meet Global Climate Goals

    The electricity sector was the highest greenhouse gas emitting sector in 2020.

    According to the International Energy Agency (IEA), the sector needs to hit net zero globally by 2040 to achieve the Paris Agreement’s goals of limiting global heating to 1.5 degrees. And to hit that goal, wind and solar power need to grow at nearly a 20% clip each year to 2030.

    Despite the record rise in renewables, solar and wind electricity generation growth currently doesn’t meet the required marks to reach the Paris Agreement’s goals.

    In fact, when the world faced an unprecedented surge in electricity demand in 2021, only 29% of the global rise in electricity demand was met with solar and wind.

    Transition Underway

    Even as emissions from the electricity sector are at an all-time high, there are signs that the global electricity transition is underway.

    Governments like the U.S., Germany, UK, and Canada are planning to increase their share of clean electricity within the next decade and a half. Investments are also coming from the private sector, with companies like Amazon and Apple extending their positions on renewable energy to become some of the biggest buyers overall.

    More wind and solar are being added to grids than ever, with renewables expected to provide the majority of clean electricity needed to phase out fossil fuels.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 22:00

  • "Wrongfully Detained" WNBA Star's Russian Detention Extended After Seen In Court For 1st Time
    “Wrongfully Detained” WNBA Star’s Russian Detention Extended After Seen In Court For 1st Time

    Earlier this month the US government declared a change in status regarding WNBA star Brittney Griner, who was arrested and held by Russian authorities starting in February, prior to the start of the war in Ukraine. The State Dept. had for the first time deemed her “wrongfully detained”.

    “The welfare and safety of U.S. citizens abroad is among the highest priorities of the U.S government,” the prior statement said. “The Department of State has determined that the Russian Federation has wrongfully detained US citizen Brittney Griner.” It explained: “With this determination, the Special Presidential Envoy for Hostage Affairs Roger Carstens will lead the interagency team for securing Brittney Griner’s release.”

    And now a Russian court has extended her detention for another 30 days, according to sources cited by ESPN on Friday. She had reportedly requested to be placed under house arrest, which has been denied.

    AP Image: Brittney Griner in a Khimki courtroom, just outside Moscow, Russia, Friday, May 13, 2022.

    Russian authorities had charged her with trying to smuggle narcotics after flying from New York to Moscow’s Sheremetyevo airport. The accusations appear to step from customs agents finding vape cartridges containing hashish oil, but Western officials have of late voiced their belief that the now lengthy detention and legal saga is politically motivated.

    International reports have noted that based on strict Russian drug laws, Griner could be facing up to 10 years in prison. Her Friday court appearance was the first time she’d been photographed since the start of her ordeal:

    The 6-foot-9 center for the Phoenix Mercury was seen in handcuffs wearing an orange hoodie with her hood over her head. Griner’s pre-trial extension was extended for one month. She was set to have her first hearing over the allegations, which if found guilty can carry a penalty of 10 years in prison.

    Staring in March the US Embassy in Moscow complained that Griner has been locked from proper consular access while being held abroad. A statement said the State Dept. officials “continues to press, thus far unsuccessfully still, for consular access … for all detainees and that includes Ms. Griner.” The statement at the time added: “We’re deeply concerned about our inability to access any of these US citizens in recent months.”

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    The other citizens referenced included former US Marines Paul Whelan and Trevor Reed. But it late April, Trevor Reed was released and allowed to return back to the United States as part of a rare prisoner swap brokered between Moscow and Washington.

    In return,  Russian citizen Konstantin Yaroshenko had been freed from US custody. The former Russian pilot had been serving a 20-year sentence in the US on drug charges.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 21:20

  • Texas Power Grid Warns Of Record Demand Amid Back-To-Back Triple-Digit Heatwaves
    Texas Power Grid Warns Of Record Demand Amid Back-To-Back Triple-Digit Heatwaves

    An early summer heatwave pattern continues to boil parts of the Central and Southern Plains. This means parts of Texas will continue to roast with temperatures forecasted to reach triple digits next week. 

    The Electric Reliability Council of Texas (ERCOT), the state’s power grid operator, is already warning of record energy demand next week as customers crank up the AC.  

    Power consultant Doug Lewin, who actively monitors the Texas grid, told FOX 4 News Dallas-Fort Worth that triple-digit temperatures are very concerning because it’s “still not even summer.” 

    On Tuesday, ERCOT reported power grid demand jumped to 70,703 megawatts, smashing the May 2018 record demand of 67,271 megawatts due to an early week heatwave. Now the next round of heat has the power grid operator concerned. 

    ERCOT issued an operating conditions notice (OCN) for extremely hot weather. The OCN begins on Friday and lasts through next Wednesday. The grid operator ensured customers it had enough power to meet the demand spike. 

    The National Weather Service’s Austin/San Antonio office warns that “more triple-digit heat is in store for early next week.”

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    High temperatures across the Dallas/Fort Worth areas are expected to flirt with triple digits on Sunday through next week. 

    Back-to-back heatwaves hitting parts of Texas when power plants usually go offline for maintenance is concerning, though the latest from ERCOT is that they have everything under control. 

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 21:20

  • CDC Admits It Can't Back Claim That Vaccines Don't Cause Variants
    CDC Admits It Can’t Back Claim That Vaccines Don’t Cause Variants

    Authored by Zachary Stieber via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

    The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) says it does not have documents backing its claim that COVID-19 vaccines do not cause variants of the virus that causes COVID-19.

    The CDC’s website calls it a myth that the vaccines cause variants.

    “FACT: COVID-19 vaccines do not create or cause variants of the virus that causes COVID-19. Instead, COVID-19 vaccines can help prevent new variants from emerging,” the website states.

    “New variants of a virus happen because the virus that causes COVID-19 constantly changes through a natural ongoing process of mutation (change). As the virus spreads, it has more opportunities to change. High vaccination coverage in a population reduces the spread of the virus and helps prevent new variants from emerging,” it also says.

    The Informed Consent Action Network (ICAN), a nonprofit, asked the CDC in Freedom of Information Act requests for documentation supporting the claim.

    In one request, the group asked for “All documents sufficient to support that COVID-19 vaccines do not create or cause variants of the virus that causes COVID-19.”

    Another requested “All documents sufficient to support that the immunity conferred by COVID-19 vaccines does not contribute to virus evolution and the emergence of variants.”

    The CDC has now responded to both requests, saying a search “found no records responsive” to them.

    The first response came in January (pdf); the second came on May 4 (pdf).

    If the CDC is making declaratory statements, the agency should have documents supporting them, Aaron Siri, an attorney representing ICAN, told The Epoch Times.

    The responses are “very troubling,” Siri said. “I thought the CDC was a data-driven organization, that they made their decisions based on the studies and the science and the data.”

    The CDC did not respond to a request for comment.

    ICAN has been one of the more prolific requesters of information from the CDC during the pandemic. Many requests have yielded information. Others have not.

    In this case, the CDC should act to ensure continued public trust, Siri says.

    “Remove the language or provide the evidence,” he said. “There obviously are going to be instances where recommendations from the CDC might prove helpful or useful. And I think they do a disservice to everybody by hurting their own credibility by making statements that they either don’t have support or won’t produce the support for.”

    Scientists outside the CDC have also said that vaccines can help prevent new variants.

    “As more people get vaccinated, we expect virus circulation to decrease, which will then lead to fewer mutations,” the World Health Organization says on its site.

    But many of the claims relied on the vaccines being able to stop infection from the CCP (Chinese Communist Party) virus, which causes COVID-19. The vaccines are increasingly unable to do so, particularly against the newest dominant strain, Omicron.

    Dr. Geert Vanden Bossche, a virologist, is among those who say that the vaccines themselves are behind new variants.

    “All COVID-19 vaccines fail in blocking viral transmission, especially transmission of more infectious variants. This is a huge problem as viral transmission is now increasingly taking place among healthy people in general and vaccinees in particular (as their S-specific Abs do not sufficiently neutralize S variants),” Vanden Bossche says on his website. “The resulting suboptimal S-directed immune pressure serves as a breeding ground for even more infectious variants.”

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 21:00

  • Watch: Tesla Model 3 Goes Airborne, Crashes Through Front Entrance Of Columbus Convention Center
    Watch: Tesla Model 3 Goes Airborne, Crashes Through Front Entrance Of Columbus Convention Center

    A Tesla Model 3 made a dramatic entrance when it crashed through the glass exterior of the Greater Columbus Convention Center, located in downtown Colombus, Ohio, at a high rate of speed that caused $350k worth of damage, according to local news The Columbus Dispatch. 

    Columbus police received a call around 1230 on Wednesday, May 4, about a Model 3 exceeding 70 mph and plowed into a barrier before going airborne — crashing through the center’s entrance. 

    The police report said a 63-year-old driver “lost control of his brakes and was unable to stop.” 

    This week, the Dispatch released new security footage of the accident. The video is shocking, and miraculously nobody was injured except for the driver. 

    The convention center estimated the crash caused $350k in damage, including the entire front entrance, sprinkler system, power lines, carpeting, drywall, and wall coverings that need to be replaced. 

    Ladbible notes the NTSB Office of Highway Safety in Washington, D.C. said they aren’t investigating the crash. 

    “The NTSB has decided not to pursue an investigation of this crash.

    “Tesla checked their system, and they did not receive any telematics data from this crash.

    “The vehicle ECM would likely have retained the data.

    “We are interested in any vehicle that is operating under some sort of autonomous mode or utilizing an autopilot feature. 

    “Presumably, the vehicle still has the electronic data recorder, so if we wanted to get that data, we could, if we had decided to investigate it,” said Thomas Barth, the agency’s special investigations chief.

    According to police, the driver was charged with failure to control the vehicle, and there was no mention in the crash report if Autopilot was engaged. 

    Last month, a Tesla Model 3 was driving down a stretch of California highway when the car’s computer allegedly froze. The car’s accelerator was unresponsive and stuck cruising at 83 mph. The driver managed to slow the vehicle down with brakes. 

    The NTSB has investigated numerous accidents involving Tesla vehicles over the years, especially ones on Autopilot.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 20:40

  • "You've Been Flagged As A Threat": Predictive AI Technology Puts A Target On Your Back
    “You’ve Been Flagged As A Threat”: Predictive AI Technology Puts A Target On Your Back

    Authored by John W. Whitehead & Nisha Whitehead via The Rutherford Institute,

    “The government solution to a problem is usually as bad as the problem and very often makes the problem worse.”

    – Milton Friedman

    You’ve been flagged as a threat.

    Before long, every household in America will be similarly flagged and assigned a threat score.

    Without having ever knowingly committed a crime or been convicted of one, you and your fellow citizens have likely been assessed for behaviors the government might consider devious, dangerous or concerning; assigned a threat score based on your associations, activities and viewpoints; and catalogued in a government database according to how you should be approached by police and other government agencies based on your particular threat level.

    If you’re not unnerved over the ramifications of how such a program could be used and abused, keep reading.

    It’s just a matter of time before you find yourself wrongly accused, investigated and confronted by police based on a data-driven algorithm or risk assessment culled together by a computer program run by artificial intelligence.

    Consider the case of Michael Williams, who spent almost a year in jail for a crime he didn’t commit. Williams was behind the wheel when a passing car fired at his vehicle, killing his 25-year-old passenger Safarian Herring, who had hitched a ride.

    Despite the fact that Williams had no motive, there were no eyewitnesses to the shooting, no gun was found in the car, and Williams himself drove Herring to the hospital, police charged the 65-year-old man with first-degree murder based on ShotSpotter, a gunshot detection program that had picked up a loud bang on its network of surveillance microphones and triangulated the noise to correspond with a noiseless security video showing Williams’ car driving through an intersection. The case was eventually dismissed for lack of evidence.

    Although gunshot detection program like ShotSpotter are gaining popularity with law enforcement agencies, prosecutors and courts alike, they are riddled with flaws, mistaking “dumpsters, trucks, motorcycles, helicopters, fireworks, construction, trash pickup and church bells…for gunshots.”

    As an Associated Press investigation found, “the system can miss live gunfire right under its microphones, or misclassify the sounds of fireworks or cars backfiring as gunshots.”

    In one community, ShotSpotter worked less than 50% of the time.

    Then there’s the human element of corruption which invariably gets added to the mix. In some cases, “employees have changed sounds detected by the system to say that they are gunshots.” Forensic reports prepared by ShotSpotter’s employees have also “been used in court to improperly claim that a defendant shot at police, or provide questionable counts of the number of shots allegedly fired by defendants.”

    The same company that owns ShotSpotter also owns a predictive policing program that aims to use gunshot detection data to “predict” crime before it happens. Both Presidents Biden and Trump have pushed for greater use of these predictive programs to combat gun violence in communities, despite the fact that found they have not been found to reduce gun violence or increase community safety.

    The rationale behind this fusion of widespread surveillance, behavior prediction technologies, data mining, precognitive technology, and neighborhood and family snitch programs is purportedly to enable the government takes preemptive steps to combat crime (or whatever the government has chosen to outlaw at any given time).

    This is precrime, straight out of the realm of dystopian science fiction movies such as Minority Report, which aims to prevent crimes before they happen, but in fact, it’s just another means of getting the citizenry in the government’s crosshairs in order to lock down the nation.

    Even Social Services is getting in on the action, with computer algorithms attempting to predict which households might be guilty of child abuse and neglect.

    All it takes is an AI bot flagging a household for potential neglect for a family to be investigated, found guilty and the children placed in foster care.

    Mind you, potential neglect can include everything from inadequate housing to poor hygiene, but is different from physical or sexual abuse.

    According to an investigative report by the Associated Press, once incidents of potential neglect are reported to a child protection hotline, the reports are run through a screening process that pulls together “personal data collected from birth, Medicaid, substance abuse, mental health, jail and probation records, among other government data sets.” The algorithm then calculates the child’s potential risk and assigns a score of 1 to 20 to predict the risk that a child will be placed in foster care in the two years after they are investigated. “The higher the number, the greater the risk. Social workers then use their discretion to decide whether to investigate.”

    Other predictive models being used across the country strive to “assess a child’s risk for death and severe injury, whether children should be placed in foster care and if so, where.”

    Incredibly, there’s no way for a family to know if AI predictive technology was responsible for their being targeted, investigated and separated from their children. As the AP notes, “Families and their attorneys can never be sure of the algorithm’s role in their lives either because they aren’t allowed to know the scores.”

    One thing we do know, however, is that the system disproportionately targets poor, black families for intervention, disruption and possibly displacement, because much of the data being used is gleaned from lower income and minority communities.

    The technology is also far from infallible. In one county alone, a technical glitch presented social workers with the wrong scores, either underestimating or overestimating a child’s risk.

    Yet fallible or not, AI predictive screening program is being used widely across the country by government agencies to surveil and target families for investigation. The fallout of this over surveillance, according to Aysha Schomburg, the associate commissioner of the U.S. Children’s Bureau, is “mass family separation.”

    The impact of these kinds of AI predictive tools is being felt in almost every area of life.

    Under the pretext of helping overwhelmed government agencies work more efficiently, AI predictive and surveillance technologies are being used to classify, segregate and flag the populace with little concern for privacy rights or due process.

    All of this sorting, sifting and calculating is being done swiftly, secretly and incessantly with the help of AI technology and a surveillance state that monitors your every move.

    Where this becomes particularly dangerous is when the government takes preemptive steps to combat crime or abuse, or whatever the government has chosen to outlaw at any given time.

    In this way, government agents—with the help of automated eyes and ears, a growing arsenal of high-tech software, hardware and techniques, government propaganda urging Americans to turn into spies and snitches, as well as social media and behavior sensing software—are spinning a sticky spider-web of threat assessments, behavioral sensing warnings, flagged “words,” and “suspicious” activity reports aimed at snaring potential enemies of the state.

    Are you a military veteran suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder? Have you expressed controversial, despondent or angry views on social media? Do you associate with people who have criminal records or subscribe to conspiracy theories? Were you seen looking angry at the grocery store? Is your appearance unkempt in public? Has your driving been erratic? Did the previous occupants of your home have any run-ins with police?

    All of these details and more are being used by AI technology to create a profile of you that will impact your dealings with government.

    It’s the American police state rolled up into one oppressive pre-crime and pre-thought crime package, and the end result is the death of due process.

    In a nutshell, due process was intended as a bulwark against government abuses. Due process prohibits the government of depriving anyone of “Life, Liberty, and Property” without first ensuring that an individual’s rights have been recognized and respected and that they have been given the opportunity to know the charges against them and defend against those charges.

    With the advent of government-funded AI predictive policing programs that surveil and flag someone as a potential threat to be investigated and treated as dangerous, there can be no assurance of due process: you have already been turned into a suspect.

    To disentangle yourself from the fallout of such a threat assessment, the burden of proof rests on you to prove your innocence.

    You see the problem?

    It used to be that every person had the right to be assumed innocent until proven guilty, and the burden of proof rested with one’s accusers. That assumption of innocence has since been turned on its head by a surveillance state that renders us all suspects and overcriminalization which renders us all potentially guilty of some wrongdoing or other.

    Combine predictive AI technology with surveillance and overcriminalization, then add militarized police crashing through doors in the middle of the night to serve a routine warrant, and you’ll be lucky to escape with your life.

    Yet be warned: once you get snagged by a surveillance camera, flagged by an AI predictive screening program, and placed on a government watch list—whether it’s a watch list for child neglect, a mental health watch list, a dissident watch list, a terrorist watch list, or a red flag gun watch list—there’s no clear-cut way to get off, whether or not you should actually be on there.

    You will be tracked wherever you go, flagged as a potential threat and dealt with accordingly.

    If you’re not scared yet, you should be.

    We’ve made it too easy for the government to identify, label, target, defuse and detain anyone it views as a potential threat for a variety of reasons that run the gamut from mental illness to having a military background to challenging its authority to just being on the government’s list of persona non grata.

    As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, you don’t even have to be a dissident to get flagged by the government for surveillance, censorship and detention.

    All you really need to be is a citizen of the American police state.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 20:20

  • Gen Z Homebuyers Flock To These Inexpensive Metro Areas 
    Gen Z Homebuyers Flock To These Inexpensive Metro Areas 

    A new study by Lending Tree found Generation Z (ages 18 to 24) are purchasing homes in America’s least expensive “flyover” cities while barely entertaining homeownership in pricey coastal cities. 

    The study analyzed new mortgages across the country’s 50 top largest metros in 2021. Salt Lake City topped the list for Gen Z homebuyers, with 16.60% of mortgages. The second was Louisville, Kentucky, with 15.86% of mortgages, and Oklahoma City was third, with 15.34% of mortgages. These areas are relatively inexpensive in terms of homeownership and cost of living. 

    Metro areas with the lowest Gen Z homebuyers were San Francisco, New York, and San Jose. Homes in these areas are pricey, and the cost of living is expensive.

    Behaviors of this emerging young generation reveal they’re flocking to metro areas where they can afford, possibly due to affordability constraints. The typical Gen Z homebuyer had an average credit score of around 700. They made up almost 10% of all home purchases in 2021. 

    Since the study was only for the 2021 year, it remains to be seen how soaring mortgage rates in 2022 have changed their buying patterns. Perhaps, this generation has an even greater motivation to seek lower-cost metro areas, partly because of affordability and remote work.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 20:00

  • Cenk Uygur Claims Joe Rogan "Hates" Transgenders Because He Had Sex With Them
    Cenk Uygur Claims Joe Rogan “Hates” Transgenders Because He Had Sex With Them

    Authored by Paul Joseph Watson via Summit News,

    The Young Turks host Cenk Uygur went on a bizarre, angry rant during which he suggested that Joe Rogan’s “hatred” for transgender people is driven by the fact he has had sex with them.

    Yes, really.

    Uygur was responding to Rogan pushing back against attempts to ban the word “groomer” on social media, a pejorative term for leftists, particularly those with LGBT proclivities, who attempt to expose children to information about sexual identities at a young age.

    The podcast host claimed that educators who are members of the LGBT community are “indoctrinating” young people “for their own sexual pleasure” and questioned the real motive behind attempting to censor the word “groomer”.

    “Do you not like it because you don’t want children to be groomed, or do you not like it cause it’s a pejorative that’s used against the left?” asked Rogan on episode 1817 of his show.

    Uygur responded by launching a campaign to find transgender people who had slept with Rogan, claiming that his discussion of trans issues was some kind of sexual hang-up.

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    “By the way, if you’re the trans person or several people that slept with Joe Rogan, can you let us know? Because it’s obvious that it’s personal with him,” ranted Uygur.

    “Okay Joe, you slept with a person like that. There’s nothing wrong with it! Get over it! Get over it! Get over it, Joe! It’s super obvious that you’re super into trans people and you’re taking out your hatred over yourself on them, and you’re making their life dangerous,” he added.

    The clip went viral on Twitter, with many people making fun of the Young Turks host.

    “Cenk is just embarrassing himself at this point,” wrote one.

    “This is a transparently desperate attempt to get Joe Rogan to mention TYT on his JRE podcast. Cenk gonna Cenk,” said another.

    “It’s terrifying that anyone takes this man seriously,” added another.

    Rogan also recently addressed the controversy surrounding the participation of swimmer Lia Thomas, a biological male, in women’s events.

    “That might be the woke straw that breaks society’s camel’s back,” he said. “Women are so frustrated because if you – or parents if your daughter is competing and they’re competing against trans women, it’s not fair.”

    *  *  *

    Brand new merch now available! Get it at https://www.pjwshop.com/

    In the age of mass Silicon Valley censorship It is crucial that we stay in touch. I need you to sign up for my free newsletter here. Support my sponsor – Turbo Force – a supercharged boost of clean energy without the comedown. Get early access, exclusive content and behinds the scenes stuff by following me on Locals.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 19:40

  • The Number Of Rich Americans Buying Second Passports Has Skyrocketed 300% The Last 3 Years
    The Number Of Rich Americans Buying Second Passports Has Skyrocketed 300% The Last 3 Years

    In another note of optimism for our country, Americans with money are officially starting to stockpile second passports as “Plan B” for their families.

    In fact, Americans who are citizenship or residency in foreign countries “has skyrocketed” over the last 3 years, according to a new report from Insider/Yahoo News. The report says that billionaires and entrepreneurs, along with celebrities, are all looking for a backup plan to the red, white and blue, should the proverbial stuff hit the fan.

    Among the worries of the rich remain Covid, climate change and political turmoil, the report says.

    There are more than a dozen countries that offer what are called “golden passports” and visas, the report says. These passports allow foreigners to get citizenship solely for investments in the country.

    For example, Malta has a program where you can receive citizenship for investing $1.1 million. In Austria, that number is $9.5 million.  

    Latitude Residency & Citizenship helps guide high net worth individuals through the application process. They say inquires from the U.S. are up 300% between 2019 and 2021. Another firm, Henley & Partners, has said that sales to American nationals were up 327% over the same time period. 

    One partner at Henley said there are “four C’s” driving his citizenship industry right now: COVID-19, climate change, cryptocurrency, and conflict.

    The executive told Insider: “In the very strict lockdowns there was a point where if you only had an American passport, you could not enter Europe. I think that made a lot of particularly ultra high net worth individuals realize that they’re potentially a little bit more fragile than they thought.”

    Reaz Jafri, CEO of Dasein Advisors, told Insider that he had seen more inquiries from Americans in the last 3 years than he had in the 20 years prior to that, combined. 

    “We’ve all lived through the past two and a half years. It all just reminded us how vulnerable and frail we are, and people who have means are accepting that it will happen again — and they don’t want to be caught off guard,” Jafri said.

    Ezzedeen Soleiman, a managing partner at Latitude, commented: “We see these programs as an insurance policy. We’ve had some billionaires approach us and ask what’s the best place to live if there’s a climate catastrophe, or if there’s another storm, or another global pandemic.”

    Has any of the immigration lawyers cashing these millionaire’s checks told these geniuses that a climate catastrophe would likely affect the entire Earth and not just the United States?

    We digress…

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 19:20

  • Midland, Texas Residents Suffer From Scorching 10% Inflation
    Midland, Texas Residents Suffer From Scorching 10% Inflation

    Midland, Texas is just one of the many American cities that is struggling to keep pace with scorching inflation in the country.

    The city, whose economy relies on oil, was called the “number 1 spot for inflation” by a new Bloomberg profile of its residents, who shared stories of how the rising cost of living was negatively affecting everyday life. 

    Inflation in Midland has been at about 10% for the last 6 months, the article notes, resulting in “menus at local restaurants [with] sticky notes telling diners that prices have been raised” and a gallon of gas reportedly costing about $6.

    Additionally, “hundreds of cars” line up outside the area’s largest food bank every Wednesday. The West Texas Food Bank in Odessa has seen a line of cars growing longer every week, with numbers rivaling that of what they were doing peak Covid crisis in 2020. 

    Jesus and Nativia Zepda, who have waited in the line, told Bloomberg: “The only food I can buy at the grocery store anymore is eggs and beans.”

    Another resident, Eduardo Gama, told Bloomberg that his wages haven’t kept up with inflation. Libby Campbell, chief executive officer of the West Texas Food Bank, said: “With the cost of living out here and inflation — people just aren’t able to keep up.”

    Single mom Melinda Hernandez lives with her 19 year old son in southern Midland. She lost her primary job and has been delivering pizza’s for $10/hour. She said: “I don’t want to fail my son and it’s my fear.”

    Legendary Barn Door Steakhouse owner Roy Gillean, who is based on Odessa, has raised the price of his Tomahawk steak “several times”. It’s priced at $62 but should be priced “closer to $70,” he said. 

    Bo Garrison, owner of Permian Dirt Works LLC, was told there were no more bulldozers available for him, nor were their any additional Ford F-250’s to be bought “until at least 2023”. Garrison’s business use about two dozen trucks, excavators and bulldozers on a daily basis. 

    He has raised wages up to 20% over the past year and pays “nearly double” what he paid for fuel a few months ago. “How much cash do I keep putting in without knowing what will happen in the end?” he said.

    “Now I gotta cross my fingers and pray that my mechanics are taking care of the equipment because if they break, that’s it,” he told Bloomberg. 

    Nonprofit Christmas in Action, which repairs homes for elderly owners, said that water heater prices have “doubled” along with lumber and siding over the past year. Nathan Knowles, director of operations, told Bloomberg: “When prices make a big jump like this, they just don’t come back down.”

    The biggest health-care provider in the region, Medical Center Health System, will be asking insurers in October to reimburse more for procedures. President Russell Tippin said: “The only thing I know is that it will go up and if it goes up, it’ll come down. But this is the first time I’ve doubted that. West Texas is experiencing double inflation — oil inflation and then the inflation of gas and milk and everything else.”

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 18:40

  • Fusion GPS Loses Its Fight Over "Privileged" Documents
    Fusion GPS Loses Its Fight Over “Privileged” Documents

    Authored by Techno Fog via The Reactionary,

    We’ve documented the ongoing battle to obtain Fusion GPS e-mails and documents in the Michael Sussmann case. At issue in the Sussmann case are 38 e-mails and attachments between and among Fusion GPS, Rodney Joffe, and Perkins Coie. These 38 e-mails and attachments are among approximately 1,500 documents that Fusion GPS withheld from production to the grand jury based on “privilege.”

    What Fusion GPS has to produce.

    Today, the court in the Sussmann case made an important ruling and rejected, in large measure, Fusion’s assertion of attorney-client or work-product privilege:

    Fusion GPS will have to produce these documents to Special Counsel Durham by May 16, 2022. What do these e-mails and documents contain? The court’s order provides guidance, stating they relate to:

    Internal Fusion GPS e-mails discussing the Alfa Bank data and e-mails circulating draft versions of the Alfa Bank white papers that were “ultimately provided to the press and the FBI.”

    Here are some examples of what these e-mails might include. These are privilege logs in Fusion GPS’s other litigation relating to the Alfa Bank hoax.

    The other emails.

    This leaves 16 e-mails and documents remaining. For now, Durham will not get them. These are divided into two categories:

    1. Eight of the e-mails involve internal communications among Fusion GPS employees. The court was “unable to tell from the emails or the surrounding circumstances whether they were prepared for a purpose other than assisting Perkins Coie in providing legal advice to the Clinton Campaign in anticipation of litigaiton.” Coming from the court, that’s a long way of saying that the sworn declarations of Fusion/Clinton lawyers (Levy and Elias) were sufficient to meet the “privilege” burden. This doesn’t mean that Durham can’t overcome this hurdle – just that it hasn’t been overcome yet.

    2. The other eight e-mails and attachments include those among Fusion GPS’s Laura Seago, Sussmann, and Rodney Joffe. The court observed that the e-mails are consistent with Joffe’s assertion of privilege.

    With respect to the Joffe e-mails, we note that he is still a subject – perhaps a target – of the Special Counsel’s investigation. Here’s a portion of the transcript from an evidentiary hearing in the Sussmann case that discusses their ongoing investigation into Joffe:

    Because the investigation into Joffe is ongoing, it makes sense that the Special Counsel is hesitant to disclose to the court information that could overcome this purported “privilege.” Keep in mind the crime-fraud exception, where communications are not considered privileged where they “are made in furtherance of a crime, fraud, or other misconduct” (citation omitted). In other words, the Special Counsel may still be able to get Joffe’s e-mails – assuming Joffe is charged under 18 USC 1031. He can also get them through the grand jury process, as we saw with Mueller’s investigation of Paul Manafort.1

    I’ll also add that the fact that privilege applies to some of these documents strengthens the Special Counsel’s argument that Sussmann was representing a client when he met with then-FBI General Counsel James Baker in September 2016.

    As to the e-mails and documents Durham will obtain, he cannot use them during trial. The court considered Durham’s efforts to be too close to the May 16, 2022 trial date to allow these e-mails and documents into trial. I’m not sure that matters. Sussmann is facing a false statement charge, and the court observed these e-mails are not “particularly revelatory.”

    Finally, while “Court takes no position on the other approximately 1500 documents that Fusion GPS withheld as privileged,” we can assume based on this ruling that the majority of those documents would not be privileged. Durham will likely get most of them.

    For those interested: After I wrote this post, New York Times reporter Eric Lichtblau filed this request for a protective order. Lichtblau will be called as a witness by Sussmann’s attorneys to discuss “communications between Mr. Sussmann and Mr. Lichtblau” – meetings at which Rodney Joffe was present (that confidentiality privilege was waived).

    The Special Counsel has refused to limit Lichtblau’s testimony to that narrow topic:

    Durham is taking this position because Lichtblau was in contact with Peter Fritsch (and Glenn Simpson) of Fusion GPS leading up to the 2016 election. Fritsch was feeding Lichtblau Fusion “opposition research” (what we might accurately call bullshit), and Lichtblau was at least somewhat receptive, though not salivating like Franklin Foer. These are relevant to the broader “media relations” strategy that Sussmann and Fusion GPS pursued on behalf of the Hillary Clinton campaign.

    Here are the e-mails:

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 18:20

  • Days After Federal Mask Mandate Lifted, In-Air Unruly Passenger Incidents Plunge
    Days After Federal Mask Mandate Lifted, In-Air Unruly Passenger Incidents Plunge

    It’s amazing what happens when you stop forcing people to wear masks. 

    After several years where in-air confrontations and unruly passengers became the norm for air travel, with most disputes arising over people wearing or not wearing masks, incidents have started to level off now that masks are no longer required. 

    It’s almost as if people don’t like being micromanaged…

    The unruly passenger rate has fallen for the second week in a row, Bloomberg noted this morning, following the April 18 decision by a judge to end mask mandates on U.S. airlines and mass transportation. 

    The FAA reported 2.1 unruly incidents per 10,000 flights in week ending May 1, Bloomberg reported. This is the lowest rate since cases started surging in early 2021 with, again, a “majority” of those cases related to the federal mask mandate.

    There have been 1,344 cases registered as of May 10, below last year’s record of 5,981 cases.

    Remember back in February we noted that unruly incidents had hit 27 year highs. At the time Delta Airlines CEO Ed Bastian had officially asked the Biden DOJ to help deter aggressive behavior on flights, telling AG Merrick Garland that a no-fly list “will help prevent future incidents and serve as a strong symbol of the consequences of not complying with crew member instructions on commercial aircraft.”

    We noted that last year, 72% of the 5,981 reports of pandemic-era passenger incidents were related to masks according to the FAA, which launched investigations into more than 1,105 more serious incidents in 2021 – over 3x the previous high since the agency began collecting data in 1995.

    According to Transportation Secretary Pete Buttigieg, a unified no-fly list was being considered at the time.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 18:00

  • Growing Number Of COVID-19 Deaths Among Vaccinated People: Federal Data
    Growing Number Of COVID-19 Deaths Among Vaccinated People: Federal Data

    Authored by Katabella Roberts via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

    An increasing number of COVID-19 deaths are occurring among individuals in the United States who have been vaccinated, according to federal data.

    A 87-year-old man getting his booster shot at the vaccination center in Frankfurt, Germany, on Nov. 11, 2021. (Michael Probst/AP Photo)

    In August of 2021, roughly 18.9 percent of COVID-19 deaths happened among individuals who were vaccinated, an ABC News analysis of the data shows. Six months later in February 2022, that figure had risen to over 40 percent as the highly-transmissible Omicron variant made its way across the globe.

    Similarly, in September 2021, just 1.1 percent of COVID-19 deaths occurred among Americans who had been fully vaccinated and boosted once. Five months later in February, that percentage had jumped to about 25 percent, according to ABC News.

    A separate analysis of federal data by CNN shows that in the second half of September 2021—when the Delta variant was at its peak—less than a quarter of all COVID-19 deaths were among individuals who were vaccinated with at least two doses of the Moderna or Pfizer/BioNTech mRNA vaccines or a single dose of the Johnson & Johnson vaccine. However, just months later in January and February as Omicron surged, that figure had jumped to 40 percent.

    Some experts believe the increase in deaths among fully vaccinated people or “breakthrough infections” in those who have received all their shots is not overly concerning, saying it is because while more and more people become fully vaccinated, new variants emerge and vaccine protection begins to wane as fewer people continue to get booster shots.

    “These data should not be interpreted as vaccines not working. In fact, these real-world analyses continue to reaffirm the incredible protection these vaccines afford especially when up to date with boosters,” said John Brownstein, an epidemiologist at Boston Children’s Hospital and an ABC News contributor.

    Despite an increasing number of deaths among the vaccinated, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) states that vaccines are safe and effective. Data from the government agency says that overall, the risk of death from COVID-19 is roughly five times higher in unvaccinated individuals than in those who have had at least their initial dose of a vaccine.

    However, in some cases, serious adverse events such as thrombosis with thrombocytopenia syndrome (blood clots), myocarditis (inflammation of the heart muscle), and pericarditis (inflammation of the outer lining of the heart) have been documented.

    As of May 4, around 257.9 million people in the United States, or 77.7 percent of the total population in the nation have received at least one dose of vaccine, while roughly 219.9 million people, or 66.2 percent of the total U.S. population, have been fully vaccinated.

    Around 100.9 million of those who are fully vaccinated have received a booster shot, while 49.4 percent of those eligible for booster shots have not yet had one.

    As the Omicron variant swept through the nation, an increasing number of vulnerable, older populations were being hospitalized, and 73 percent of deaths have been among those 65 and older, despite the fact that 90 percent of seniors have had all of their vaccine shots.

    However, a large percentage—a third of them—have not yet had their booster jab.

    “This trend in increased risk among the elderly further supports the need for community-wide immunization,” Brownstein said. “Older populations, especially those with underlying conditions, continue to be at great risk of severe complications, especially as immunity wanes. The best way to protect them is to make sure everyone around them is fully immunized.”

    The data comes a month after pharmaceutical and biotechnology company Moderna said that preliminary results from its study on a COVID-19 vaccine intended to protect against variants showed that it outperformed the company’s currently authorized booster shot, mRNA-1273.

    Moderna said on April 19 that its mRNA-1273.211 shot, its first bivalent booster vaccine candidate, showed “superiority” against the Beta, Delta, and Omicron variants of the virus one month after being administered, compared to the booster shot of its original vaccine currently in use.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 17:40

  • Wheat Farmland Under Threat Worldwide As USDA Reveals Dismal Grain Outlook
    Wheat Farmland Under Threat Worldwide As USDA Reveals Dismal Grain Outlook

    Across the world, top wheat-producing regions are experiencing adverse weather conditions that could threaten production. In places like Ukraine, a military invasion by Russia has slashed production significantly. All of this suggests the world is on the cusp of a food crisis. 

    Droughts, floods, and heatwaves have plagued farmland in the U.S., Europe, India, and China. As for Ukraine, the world’s largest wheat producer, the war could slash production by upwards of a third. There’s one exception: Russia, which is expected to have a bumper crop as wheat prices soar. 

    “If there was ever a year where we needed to see optimum conditions and strong yields around the world, this was going to be it.

    “Clearly that situation is not being seen. It adds more risk to this highly volatile situation,” said James Bolesworth, managing director at CRM AgriCommodities, told Bloomberg. 

    Bloomberg provides a current snapshot of what’s happening globally in wheat markets. 

    European Union 

    Warm, dry weather is a burgeoning concern in the world’s top wheat exporter, after a favorable start to spring. Crops in half the wheat belt lack rain at the onset of a key development period, and temperatures in top grower France have soared to summer-like levels unseasonably early. While the production outlook could still brighten, much will hinge on whether the water deficit eases in the next few weeks.

    “If the lack of rain persists until the end of the month, we’ll have to look again at our yield forecasts,” said Aurelien Blary, a crop analyst at Strategie Grains.

    United States

    Dryness plaguing the U.S. Central Plains has already led some growers to write off parched hard red winter wheat, used by millers and bakers for bread flour. Harvests in top producer Kansas start next month, and output will fall “well below” the five-year average, said Aaron Harries, vice president of research and operations for Kansas Wheat. Crop insurance agents expect some fields to yield zero to five bushels an acre, versus the normal 35 to 40 bushels, he said.

    The supply pinch threatens to send elevated grain prices even higher, worsening inflation across supply chains and hurting U.S. exports. “Everything west of the Mississippi River needs rain,” Harries said. “If we don’t have those regular showers, the size of the crop will get smaller every day.”

    Meanwhile, excessive rains further north are making it tough to plant spring wheat used to make bagels and pizza. Minnesota farmer Tim Dufault estimates his state has already lost about 5 bushels per acre in yield potential from the delays. Sowing in North Dakota has been “painfully slow,” with only 8% seeded versus nearly two-thirds at this time last year, according to the state’s wheat commission. 

    Canada

    Similar dueling weather problems are playing out across the border. Cool temperatures delayed seeding in Canada, and producers are now trying to plant in fields that are either too wet or too dry.

    Drought is a concern in southern Alberta, a growing area for spring wheat and durum used in pasta. Moisture there is lower than a year ago and dry, windy conditions are eroding soils, according to its agriculture ministry. Further east in Manitoba, a series of storms have sidelined farmers. More rain is in the forecast this week, casting doubt on progress anytime soon.

    “Virtually 99% of the farmers haven’t got to the field yet,” said Bill Campbell, president of Keystone Agricultural Producers, noting it may take a week for things to dry once the rain stops. “It’s back to square one.”

    India

    Blistering heat scorched wheat fields in the world’s second-biggest grower, damping expectations for exports to alleviate a global shortage. March temperatures soared to the highest ever for the month in records going back to 1901, parching the crop during a crucial period. That spurred estimates that yields will slump 10% to 50% this season.

    The food ministry cut its production forecast to 105 million tons, from an earlier outlook of 111 million tons, and some traders think the crop will be even smaller. Severe heatwaves are continuing in parts of northern India, which may cause some harvest delays if people avoid going out. 

    China 

    China leads global wheat production, and there are concerns about its winter wheat after unusual autumn floods. Videos on social media show acres being cut down before maturation by farmers hoping to get a better price selling it for animal feed. 

    Fields are due to be harvested in about 20 days, and officials are investigating whether there has been any illegal destruction. China will want to limit its dependence on foreign supply after becoming one of the top importers over the past two seasons.

    Black Sea

    Soil moisture is satisfactory in Ukraine, buoying yield prospects. But the war will curb production, and there’s worries about where to store the crop as backlogged exports leave silos bulging with last year’s grain.

    Russia has also seen favorable weather and could reap a near-record harvest. That’s bolstered shipment prospects, although freight and insurance costs are high and some merchants are shunning its commodities.

    On Thursday, wheat prices in Chicago rose 3.5% following the release of one of the most important World Agricultural Supply and Demand Estimates (WASDE) reports published by the USDA this year. 

    WASDE showed wheat production in Ukraine is expected to plunge by one-third this season compared with last year. The report also noted global corn production would decline while rice production could hit a record. 

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    Meanwhile, President Joe Biden on Wednesday outlined efforts to increase plantings to offset expected declines in global grain production. 

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 17:20

  • Rivian Collapse, Potential Brownouts, Highlight The Danger Of Illinois Lawmakers Picking Winners And Losers
    Rivian Collapse, Potential Brownouts, Highlight The Danger Of Illinois Lawmakers Picking Winners And Losers

    By Ted Dabrowski and John Klinger of Wirepoints

    Electric car-maker Rivian’s stock price collapse is a clear example of why Illinois politicians have no business trying to pick industry winners and losers. And so are the warnings of potential brownouts in downstate Illinois. 

    Start with companies. Back in November 2021, Gov. J.B. Pritzker signed the “Reimagining Electric Vehicles in Illinois Act,” a green energy bill that provided a series of subsidies and tax breaks to electric vehicle and parts manufacturers.

    The law was quite clear in its intentions: “It is the intent of the General Assembly that Illinois should lead the nation in the production of electric vehicles. The General Assembly finds that, through investments in electric vehicle manufacturing, Illinois will be on the forefront of emerging technologies that are currently transforming the auto manufacturing industry.”

    Lawmakers were counting on Illinois becoming an EV manufacturing powerhouse emerging around the Rivian plant in Normal, Illinois, as well as improved prospects for the Ford factory in South Chicago and the Stellantis plant near Rockford.

    Rivian’s stock price grew rapidly, jumping 120% in the short time between the company going public (IPO price was $78) and the day before the bill was signed. On November 15, 2021, Rivian’s stock price hit a peak of $172.

    It’s been all downhill from there. Today the carmaker’s stock price is down to just over $20, a drop of nearly 90 percent.

    The automaker’s slide had a number of causes, starting with the fact that Rivian is a startup and all the risks that entails. There have been manufacturing issues, skyrocketing material costs and supply-chain problems. Not to mention the fact that the company lost out on even more potential subsidies when the federal Build Back Better bill died. 

    And then there’s all the bad news related to Ford. Last November, Rivian and Ford terminated a partnership to jointly develop a vehicle. More recently, Ford elected to dump 8 million shares of Rivian. On top of that, Ford manufactures the F-150 Lightning, a direct competitor to Rivian’s vehicles.

    That’s not to say Rivian can’t one day be a market leader. Anything can happen. But the point is nobody knows – certainly not government bureaucrats. Pritzker and other Illinois lawmakers shouldn’t be gambling with taxpayer dollars based on an ideological whim.

    Now to industries. Pritzker and his supermajorities have also bet the ranch on renewable energy, primarily wind and solar. Goodbye to all carbon-based energy – and even nuclear.

    Under the green energy omnibus package the legislature passed last year, Illinois will have to have 50% of its electricity production from renewable sources by 2040 and 100% from clean energy sources by 2050. Sen. Don Harmon (D-Oak Park), called the bill “the most aggressive, most progressive climate bill in the nation.”

    Reaching those goals will be exceptionally difficult and expensive. And according to the industry experts Wirepoints talked to, there’s no real plan for how to get there. In fact, Wirepoints FOIA’d the governor’s office for his plan to achieve “100% from clean energy sources by 2050.” We never got one.

    The omnibus bill was simply the culmination of politicians’ long war on carbon-based energy – and coal in particular. Illinoisans may soon be dealing with the consequences of that war. Solar and wind have not kept pace with the capacity lost as fossil fuel plants have been shut down.

    In fact, Melville Nickerson with NRG Energy warned during a recent Illinois House committee hearing of “the potential for rolling blackouts in central and southern Illinois” this summer.

    Again, it’s hard to know how all this will play out. But once again, it’s Illinois bureaucrats making another bet, not only with taxpayer dollars, but with Illinoisans’ quality of life.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 17:00

Digest powered by RSS Digest

May 13

Today’s News 13th May 2022

  • UK On Verge Of Recession As Economy Unexpectedly Shrinks
    UK On Verge Of Recession As Economy Unexpectedly Shrinks

    The UK’s economy unexpectedly contracted in March due to high inflation and faltering growth, increasing the country’s odds of slipping into recession much faster than anticipated. 

    Figures from the Office for National Statistics (ONS) showed the economy contracted by .1% in March. For the quarter, growth printed below expectations at 0.8%. Economists widely expected 1% growth for the quarter, but some feared a recession could be just ahead after the miss. Now economists are wondering how deep will the downturn be. 

    “Suddenly, our forecasts that GDP will be flat in both the second quarter and the third quarter seem pretty optimistic. 

    “A contraction in GDP or a recession now feels a bit more likely,” Paul Dales, the chief UK economist at the consultancy Capital Economics, told The Guardian. 

    UK’s monthly GDP growth is slipping into the abyss. 

    In March alone, automobile sales plunged 15.1%, resulting in an overall 0.2% decline in services output. 

    UK recession threats come as stagnation and inflation have unleashed what some are saying is stagflation. 

    Last week, the Bank of England said a recession is likely to hit next year, while the National Institute for Economic and Social Research (NIESR) said earlier this week a recession would emerge in the second half of this year. 

    Paul Dales, the chief UK economist at Capital Economics, was quoted by the business newspaper City A.M. as saying new ONS figures suggest a recession by the third quarter. He said a slump in discretionary spending “is particularly ominous,” given household incomes have deteriorated at one of the fastest rates ever due to high inflation (now at 7% and could go much higher). 

    Bloomberg data shows the Bank of England is on an aggressive hiking path this summer to quell inflation. Hiking into a downturn will add even more pressure on households’ finances. The BoE current target interest rate is 1%, and rate traders believe the central bank will hike through year’s end to reach 2%. 

    Recession fears sent the pound to a two-year low. Meanwhile, the dollar hits two-decade highs and continues to benefit from bets of aggressive rate hikes by the Federal Reserve.

    A combination of higher energy prices, a slumping pound, faltering economic growth, weak households, trade restrictions on Russia, and overall elevated inflation have produced a toxic environment for the UK economy that may suggest it’s on the verge of a nasty recession. 

    Summing it all up: UK is the ‘most miserable’ since 1994!

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 02:45

  • Russia Prepares To Cut Gas Supplies To Finland On Friday: Local Media
    Russia Prepares To Cut Gas Supplies To Finland On Friday: Local Media

    Authored by Charles Kennedy via OilPrice.com,

    Hours after Moscow warned there would be retaliation for Helsinki’s announcement that it is applying for NATO membership, Finnish media reports that the Kremlin threatened to cut the country off from Russian gas by Friday. Citing unnamed sources, Finland’s Iltalehti reported the Russian warning to politicians, who refrained from specific comment. 

    Prior to this warning, the local media outlet noted expectations that Finland would be cut off from Russian gas after May 23rd, when its next contract payment with Gazprom comes due and the country refuses to pay in rubles. In late April, Russia cut off gas supplies to Poland and Bulgaria for refusing to pay in accordance with the Kremlin’s ruble scheme.

    AFP via Getty images

    Speaking to Iltalehti on Thursday, Finnish Defense Minister Antti Kaikkonen said he could not confirm the warning.

    Parliamentary group chairman Ville Tavio told Iltalehti that working groups had been informed of “various scenarios of Russia’s retaliation”, noting that preparations have already been made.  

    Between 60% and 70% of Finland’s natural gas comes from Russia, though the country’s main sources of energy are oil, biomass and nuclear power, with natural gas representing only 5% of the total consumption. According to the Finnish government, renewable energy surpassed fossil fuels and peat in total energy consumption in 2020, leaving the country less dependent on Russian energy sources.

    On Thursday, Finland announced their intention to apply for fast-tracked NATO membership due to Russian aggression in Ukraine. Sweden is expected to make its announcement in the coming days, according to the Associated Press. 

    “Finland must apply for NATO membership without delay,” President Sauli Niinisto and Prime Minister Sanna Marin said. “We hope that the national steps still needed to make this decision will be taken rapidly within the next few days.”

    Russia has also threatened “military-technical” retaliation against Finland if it joins NATO. 

    “Russia will be forced to take retaliatory steps, both of a military-technical and other nature, in order to stop the threats to its national security that arise in this regard,” the Russian foreign ministry said.

    Tyler Durden
    Fri, 05/13/2022 – 02:00

  • Chinese Officials More Willing To Betray The CCP, Leak Information: Australian Spy Chief
    Chinese Officials More Willing To Betray The CCP, Leak Information: Australian Spy Chief

    Authored by Daniel Y. Teng via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

    The head of Australia’s foreign spy agency has hinted that disgruntled officials in non-democratic societies, like China, are more likely to betray their government and leak information as the regimes tighten their control.

    Chinese police officers wearing masks stand in front of the Tiananmen Gate on January 26, 2020 in Beijing, China.(Betsy Joles/Getty Images)

    Paul Symon, director-general of the Australian Security Intelligence Service (ASIS)—the country’s equivalent to the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency—revealed that the organisation benefited when authoritarian regimes are suppressing dissent within their borders.

    “When leaders abolish fixed political terms, for example, they become responsible and accountable for everything, including the disillusion that emerges from within. This provides us with an edge,” he told the Lowy Institute in Sydney on the 70th anniversary of the agency’s founding.

    “We noticed that in closed societies, top officials will always reinforce leaders’ biases and assumptions. That after all, is the safest career path for them, speaking truth to power is an enduring strength of our system,” he said in reference to democratic system.

    Symon then said he believed more and more officials “unhappy with the trajectory of closed societies” would start speaking out or “take risks” to do so.

    The spy chief said that while he was travelling in India he would reflect on the “diversity in the colour of the ancient culture which is India” and yet, in China, authorities have enforced a “monoculture.”

    “We don’t yet know exactly how that will play out, but what we’re seeing is more and more signs of officials and individuals interested in a relationship,” he said referring to the increasing number of people who are seeking to have a relationship with ASIS.

    “That is a very real concern about their culture, the lack of diversity in their culture, and the direction that they’re heading.”

    The revelations from the head of ASIS follow that of the 2019 defection of Wang Liqiang, a former Chinese military intelligence in Australia.

    Wang gave details of how the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) was funding efforts to undermine the democratic movement in Hong Kong, meddle in Taiwan’s elections, and infiltrate Australia’s political circles.

    His decision to defect came about after much consideration and when he gradually realised the “damage that the CCP’s authoritarianism was doing to democracy and human rights.”

    “My opposition to the Party and communism became ever-clearer, so I made plans to leave this organization,” he said, noting that his time in Australia allowed him to experience democratic freedoms, and become “more ashamed of what the CCP was doing to undermine democracy around the world.”

    “So I decided to completely abandon my work and make a clean break with the party.”

    Meanwhile, the head of ASIS also gave an insight into what type of intelligence (or gems) his agents try to obtain.

    “The intent of countries, the intentions of leaders, they’re the gems, they’re the edge that—in our national interest—our political leaders and policymakers need some context around,” he said.

    Symon also said there were two ways to obtain that sort of intel, and one was through the ill-discipline of a country or regime’s leaders in the way they communicate—pointing to how Russian media outlets have operated during the Ukraine War.

    The other was via a combination of human and signals intelligence.

    “[Human intelligence] is designed to provide that access to the intentions of leaders, and really that is the sort of edge that I’m talking about. It’s not the material that you will see in the open domain,” he added. “It’s something special for which we have to work very, very hard to find.”

    Symon also revealed that ASIS had dispatched a small team to assist with the evacuation of Australians in Kabul, Afghanistan when the Taliban were seizing control.

    The spy chief visited Honiara in the Solomon Islands last month with his counterpart from the Office of National Intelligence, Andrew Shearer, to discuss concerns around the security deal penned with the Chinese regime.

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 23:40

  • 'Finland Will Be A NATO Backwater': Russia Threatens "Military & Technical" Measures If It Enters
    ‘Finland Will Be A NATO Backwater’: Russia Threatens “Military & Technical” Measures If It Enters

    A Kremlin spokesman earlier in the day warned that Finland joining NATO would “definitely” be a threat that would trigger “retaliatory steps” – but stopped short of identifying specific possible courses of action. “NATO is moving toward us. That’s of course why all of this will warrant a special analysis and the development of necessary measures needed to balance the situation and guarantee our security,” the initial Kremlin response stated.

    Later in the day Thursday – a number of hours after Finland’s president Sauli Niinisto and Prime Minister Sanna Marin announced the country will apply for NATO membership “without delay” – Russian Ambassador to the EU Vladimir Chizhov elaborated on Moscow’s likely response in an interview with Sky News.

    “Russia will be forced to take retaliatory steps, both of military and other nature, in order to curtail the threats that arise to its national security in this regard,” Chizhov stressed in the interview when asked about its neighbor Finland as well as Sweden applying to NATO.

    Image: Sky News

    The two countries first sent strong signals regarding this complete U-turn in historic policy last month in response to Russia’s ongoing military aggression against Ukraine.

    The Russian ambassador said further in the UK television interview that he’s “deeply disappointed and saddened” by the development, while saying in a somewhat condescending tone that Finland has been “pushing above its weight, having become in the last few decades a major power in promoting European security architecture.”

    Further he said the Scandinavian neighbor which shares an 810-mile border with Russia would inevitably become a “NATO backwater” if it does move forward in entering the military alliance. Sky News also quoted Chizov as explaining the following possible change in defense posture:

    The ambassador said such a move would “certainly necessitate rethinking of Russian defence posture” but wouldn’t “necessarily [involve] troops and tanks, but certain preparations definitely… like radars, perhaps”.

    Russia’s UN ambassador also warned of military consequences in a Thursday statement:

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    And as for “technical measures” – it could begin here…

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    So now the Kremlin appears to be threatening the very thing that Finland fears that it says it must joint NATO to prevent in the first place… but Russia is doing so in response to the possibility that Finland will joint NATO, ironically enough in circular tit-for-tat.

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    “NATO membership would strengthen Finland’s security. As a member of NATO, Finland would strengthen the entire defense alliance,” Finland’s leaders said in a joint Thursday morning statement.

    Another question now remains: will Americans or other lead NATO countries and their populations in the alliance be willing to go to war with nuclear-armed Russia in order to defend Finland?

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 23:20

  • Victor Davis Hanson: Imagine The Unimaginable
    Victor Davis Hanson: Imagine The Unimaginable

    Op-Ed authored by Victor Davis Hanson via The Epoch Times,

    Americans are now entering uncharted, revolutionary territory. They may witness things over the next five months that once would have seemed unimaginable.

    Haitian migrants, part of a group of over 10,000 people staying in an encampment on the U.S. side of the border, cross the Rio Grande river to get food and water in Mexico, after another crossing point was closed near the Acuna Del Rio International Bridge in Del Rio, Texas, on Sept. 19, 2021. (Paul Ratje/AFP via Getty Images)

    Until the Ukrainian conflict, we had never witnessed a major land war inside Europe directly involving a nuclear power.

    In desperation, Russia’s impaired and unhinged leader, Russian President Vladimir Putin, now talks trash about the likelihood of nuclear war.

    A 79-year-old President Joe Biden bellows back that his war-losing nuclear adversary is a murderer, a war criminal, and a butcher who should be removed from power.

    After a year of politicizing the U.S. military and its self-induced catastrophe in Afghanistan, America has lost deterrence abroad. China, Iran, North Korea, and Russia are conniving how best to exploit this rare window of global military opportunity.

    The traditional bedrocks of the American system—a stable economy, energy independence, vast surpluses of food, hallowed universities, a professional judiciary, law enforcement, and a credible criminal justice system—are dissolving.

    Gas and diesel prices are hitting historic levels. Inflation is at a 40-year high. New cars and homes are unaffordable. The necessary remedy of high interest and tight money will be almost as bad as the disease of hyperinflation.

    There is no southern border.

    Expect over 1 million foreign nationals to swarm this summer into the United States without audit, COVID testing, or vaccination. None will have any worry of consequences for breaking U.S. immigration law.

    Police are underfunded and increasingly defunded. District attorneys deliberately release violent criminals without charges. (Literally 10,000 people witnessed a deranged man with a knife attack comedian Dave Chappelle on stage at the Hollywood Bowl last week, and the Los Angeles County D.A. refused to press felony charges.) Murder and assault are spiraling. Carjacking and smash-and-grab thefts are now normal big-city events.

    Crime is now mostly a political matter. Ideology, race, and politics determine whether the law is even applied.

    Supermarket shelves are thinning, and meats are now beyond the budgets of millions of Americans. An American president—in a first—casually warns of food shortages. Baby formula has disappeared from many shelves.

    Politics are resembling the violent last days of the Roman Republic. An illegal leak of a possible impending Supreme Court reversal of Roe v. Wade that would allow state voters to set their own abortion laws has created a national hysteria.

    Never has a White House tacitly approved mobs of protesters showing up at Supreme Court justices’ homes to rant and bully them into altering their votes.

    There is no free speech any more on campuses.

    Merit is disappearing. Admissions, hiring, promotion, retention, grading, and advancement are predicated increasingly on mouthing the right orthodoxies or belonging to the proper racial, gender, or ethnic category.

    When the new campus commissariat finally finishes absorbing the last redoubts in science, math, engineering, medical, and professional schools, America will slide into permanent mediocrity and irreversible declining standards of living.

    What happened?

    Remember all these catastrophes are self-induced. They are choices, not fate. The United States has the largest combined gas, coal, and oil deposits in the world. It possesses the know-how to build the safest pipelines and to ensure the cleanest energy development on the planet.

    Inflation was a deliberate Biden choice. For short-term political advantage, he kept printing trillions of dollars, incentivizing labor non-participation, and keeping interest rates at historical lows—at a time of pent-up global demand.

    The administration wanted no border. Only that way can politicized, impoverished immigrants repay left-wing undermining of the entire legal immigration system with their fealty at the ballot box.

    Once esoteric, crack-pot academic theories—“modern monetary theory,” critical legal theory, critical race theory—now dominate policymaking in the Biden administration.

    The common denominator in all of this is ideology overruling empiricism, common sense, and pragmatism. Ruling elites would rather be politically correct failures and unpopular than politically incorrect, successful, and popular.

    Is it not the tired story of left-wing revolutionaries from 18th-century France to early 20th-century Russia to the contemporary disasters in Cuba and Venezuela?

    The American people reject the calamitous policies of 2021–2022. Yet the radical cadres surrounding a cognitively inert Biden still push them through by executive orders, bureaucratic directives, and deliberate cabinet nonperformance.

    Why? The Left has no confidence either in constitutional government or common sense.

    So as the public pushes back, expect at the ground level more doxxing, cancel culture, deplatforming, ministries of disinformation, swarming the private homes of officials they target for bullying, and likely violent demonstrations in our streets this summer.

    Meanwhile, left-wing elites will do their best to ignore Supreme Court decisions, illegally cancel student debts, and likely by the fall issue more COVID lockdowns. They will still dream of packing the Court, ending the filibuster, scrapping the Electoral College, adding more states, and flooding the November balloting with hundreds of millions more dollars of dark money from Silicon Valley.

    When revolutionaries undermine the system, earn the antipathy of the people, and face looming disaster at the polls, it is then they prove most dangerous—as we shall see over the next few months.

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 23:00

  • US Casinos Have Best Month In History With $5.3 Billion Take
    US Casinos Have Best Month In History With $5.3 Billion Take

    In yet another sign that the pandemic is over (despite world leaders insisting it’s not), American casinos had their best month in history in March, with a $5.3 billion take. The numbers do not include tribal casinos which report income separately.

    According to the American Gaming Association, March was the best month ever for US commercial casinos, beating the previous record of $4.92 billion set in July 2021.

    Meanwhile, casinos also had their best first quarter ever, with three states setting revenue records to start the year; Arkansas ($147.4 million); Florida ($182 million), and New York ($996.6 million), according to ABC News.

    “Consumers continue to seek out gaming’s entertainment options in record numbers,” said AGA president Bill Miller, who says the strong performance came “despite continued headwinds from supply chain constraints, labor shortages and the impact of soaring inflation.”

    The trade group also released its annual State of the States report on Wednesday, examining gambling’s performance across the country.

    As previously reported, nationwide casino revenue set an all-time high in 2021 at $53.03 billion, up 21% from the previous best year, 2019, before the coronavirus pandemic hit.

    But the report includes new details, including that commercial casinos paid a record $11.69 billion in direct gambling tax revenue to state and local governments in 2021. That’s an increase of 75% from 2020 and 15 percent from 2019. This does not include the billions more paid in income, sales and other taxes, the association said.

    The top three casino markets in the US in terms of revenue for 2021 were: 

    Las Vegas: $7.05 billion

    Atlantic City: $2.57 billion

    Chicago $2.01 billion

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 22:40

  • How To Prepare For Food Shortages, Hard Times On A Shoestring Budget: Preppers' Advice
    How To Prepare For Food Shortages, Hard Times On A Shoestring Budget: Preppers’ Advice

    By Allan Stein of The Epoch Times,

    Most people don’t bother to prepare for uncertain times until it’s too late. It’s the “ant and the grasshopper” parable written on a human scale.

    “The problem is that while fear is a great motivator, it isn’t conducive to smart decisions,” said Diane Vukovic at Primalsurvivor.com, an online personal preparedness website.

    “No matter how terrified you are about a certain event happening, you still need to go about prepping in a calm, logical way,” Vukovic told The Epoch Times.

    A storage room stacked with food is seen at a preppers ranch in Mathias, West Virginia, on March 13, 2020.

    Once considered a fringe “conspiracy theory,” the idea of preparedness has gone mainstream as global events unfold. Many online “preppers” have said that only a small percentage of Americans prepare for potential food shortages and civil unrest. However, the concern among would-be preppers on a limited income is the cost of preparing in an inflationary environment.

    The good news is that prepping is still relatively inexpensive to do, Vukovic said.

    “Chances are you don’t need an expensive gas mask, bulletproof vest, or other hyped-up survival gear. You’ll see that most preparedness supplies are very cheap,” Vukovic said.

    Rule number one is don’t buy out of fear or panic.

    “I suggest writing a list of the most likely disasters for your area. For most people in the United States these will be earthquakes, floods, hurricanes, wildfires, and power outages. Then, make a list of what items you would need to be prepared for these disasters,” she said.

    What’s On The Menu?

    Prepperwebsite.com host Todd Sepulveda recommends budget-minded preppers start with a menu of necessary items such as dry food and canned goods, which are still plentiful at the grocery store.

    “People trying to prep their food storage sometimes go to the grocery store and start buying random items. Later, they have to try and figure out how it will all work together and put dinner together,” Sepulveda told The Epoch Times.

    “Starting from a menu takes out all the guesswork and ensures that you won’t buy unnecessary items at the grocery store.”

    Sepulveda advises making a one-week menu of breakfast, lunch, and dinner of what your family usually eats, making a grocery list, and keeping a clean copy for the following week.

    Empty shelves for pasta are seen at a supermarket on Jan. 13, 2022, in Monterey Park, California.

    “If you want to stock up a month’s worth of food at one time, just quadruple your list,” Sepulveda said. “You can bring more variety to your family food storage if you make a two-week menu and double that. That way, you are not eating the same foods every week.”

    Food storage isn’t hard and doesn’t have to be expensive—”you just need to plan it out,” Sepulveda said.

    Other websites that cater to preppers of all experience levels include Graywolf Survival, Apartment Prepper, Bioprepper, Mom With A Prepper, The Prepared, and many others.

    These sites cover a full range of topics on disaster preparedness—from creating emergency kits and bug-out bags, medical and first-aid supplies, water filtration, cooking without electricity, solar power, and living off-grid.

    “Even if you have zero money to spend, you still have a budget—it’s just zero. And, yes, it is possible to prepare with absolutely no money,” Vukovic said.

    She said once you have a list of everything you need, prioritize the items—trash bags and buckets, for example, are inexpensive or even free.

    “To make sure you don’t forget anything important, divide your list into categories. As you buy supplies, make sure you get items from each category.

    The critical supplies categories include food and water, water purification, health and hygiene, heating, lighting, electricity, disaster cleanup, personal safety, and emergency radio communications.

    Live Within Your Means

    Even if you have no money for prepping, you’ll need to know about wilderness survival and how to make supplies even on a shoestring budget.

    “For example, you can get free buckets from local stores. In an emergency, these buckets could then be used for things like collecting rainwater or making an emergency toiler, which is incredibly important but something a lot of people forget about,” Vukovic said.

    If you have a small budget, divide your list into expensive items: propane camp stove, propane heater, personal safety, and inexpensive items such as canned food, tarps, tape, and bleach.

    “Buy a few inexpensive items every week and set aside a certain amount of money each week or month to go towards pricier items,” Vukovic said. “Consider shopping at thrift stores, flea markets, and yard sales for lower prices on gently used items.”

    For those fortunate to have a large budget, Vukovic recommends that beginning preppers resist the urge to buy “fancy” or “cool” gear and supplies at the outset.

    “Instead, do your research and invest in quality items that have good reviews [or] come highly recommended by those who have used the item. Otherwise, you might find the item you bought is unsuitable for your needs and have to buy another,” Vukovic said.

    It’s also important to back up all essential documents in a significant life-altering event, she said.

    “Having backups of your important documents might not be a life-or-death issue, but it will make the aftermath of a disaster much less stressful,” Vukovic said.

    “For example, if your entire home is destroyed in a fire, knowing your insurance policy number and having a list of valuables in the home will make it easier to get a refund.

    “Likewise, if your children had to switch schools after a disaster, you’d be grateful you backed-up copies of their school records.”

    Backing up your documents can be done cheaply or at no cost, she added.

    “You can put them on an encrypted USB and keep this in a bank safe or other secure location. There are also some secure cloud storage platforms you can use,” Vukovic said.

    “While you are at it, back up all of your family photos. If your home is destroyed, at least you won’t lose all of your children’s baby photos and other memories.”

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 22:20

  • Vacation Canceled For Chicago PD After Nearly 1,000 Cops Quit Last Year
    Vacation Canceled For Chicago PD After Nearly 1,000 Cops Quit Last Year

    In anticipation of violence over memorial day weekend, Chicago has canceled vacation for all officers going into the holiday.

    According to ABC7 which obtained an internal CPD memo, all days off are being canceled for one full week between May 24 and 31. Officers may also be placed on 12-hour work shifts during that time “if operational needs arise.”

    CPD has increased staffing levels at times in recent years after especially high-crime weekends, but typically canceling just one day off across ranks. According to the police department order, the upcoming holiday will require that officers work straight through their regularly scheduled off days. -ABC7

    “The escape from this job and the tragic things we see on a daily basis, to be able to go on vacation or even just spend time with your family at a barbecue, it is decompression time that is sorely needed,” said John Catanzara, president of the Chicago Fraternal Order of Police.

    The notice comes as data reveals more officers left CPD than joined in 2019 and 2020 – with 900 leaving last year vs. just 51 who joined the force.

    “In theory, we are probably 2,000-plus under our all-time high,” said Catanzara. “That doesn’t make anybody safe, that doesn’t make the streets safer which the last two years of homicide numbers show. That doesn’t make our officers any safer, it leads to exhaustion.”

    Joining the union in outrage is activist priest Father Michael Pfleger,

    “What are we going to do? We need more police,” he said. “Offer the good ones incentives. Yes, we have a shortage. My area, Englewood and Auburn Gresham, is in need. We need officers who are not exhausted. These are good officers who are exhausted.”

    And according to CPD Chief Brendan Deenihan, “We definitely need help, and I have no doubt that there are people out there that, they know exactly who these offenders are.”

    Last weekend, at least 24 people were shot and 6 died across Chicago.

     

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 22:00

  • Hong Kong's FX Move Spurs "Asymmetric" Rate Bet
    Hong Kong’s FX Move Spurs “Asymmetric” Rate Bet

    By Ye Xie, Bloomberg Markets Live commentator and reporter

    This week has been dominated by the turmoil in the cryptocurrency world where Tether, the top stablecoin, is struggling to defend its peg to the dollar. In contrast, in the traditional-finance world, Hong Kong’s first currency intervention in three years seems rather more mundane.

    As the peg-defending mechanism kicks in, Hong Kong’s borrowing costs rise to catch up with those in the US. Bank of America’s strategists see betting on a widening rate differential between the two as one way to profit from the Hong Kong Monetary Authority’s operation.

    While Hong Kong’s move to defend the weaker end of its 7.75-7.85-per-dollar peg Wednesday – the first such move since 2019 – sounds like a big deal, it’s not. It’s how a currency peg is supposed to work. When the local dollar falls to the weaker end of the trading band, the HKMA steps in as the buyer of the last resort. Meanwhile, it drains liquidity in the banking system, boosting borrowing costs to attract demand for local dollars until the currency supply-demand balance restores.

    Even if it’s routine, there are trading opportunities around. Bank of America’s strategists, for instance, see betting on higher local rates as an “asymmetric” play. The strategists, led by Chun Him Cheung, earlier this week recommended clients bet that the two-year Hong Kong swap rate will move higher relative to the U.S., targeting a move to 60 bps from 29 bps currently.

    Under the currency peg system, Hong Kong’s monetary policy is tied to the U.S. When the U.S. raises rates, the HKMA needs to follow. Compared with the previous tightening cycle in 2018-2019, the HKMA may have to boost rates at a faster pace, because its aggregate balance, a measure of excess liquidity in the interbank system, is much larger. Meanwhile, a fair amount of Fed rate hikes has already been priced in, meaning that the Hong Kong rates have more room to play catch-up.

    In addition, Hong Kong rates are also exposed to risks that can result in a spike, including the yuan weakness and potential financial sanctions stemming from U.S.-China tensions. Already, Hong Kong dollar volatility has started to move higher, like everywhere else. The currency volatility may well spill over to interest rates.

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 21:39

  • RVs Recalled For Fire Risk, Though Manufacturers Have Yet To Alert Public  
    RVs Recalled For Fire Risk, Though Manufacturers Have Yet To Alert Public  

    The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) issued a recall for 37 RV models built between 2021 and 2022 by eight RV manufacturers because faulty quick disconnect fittings in the LP gas system could increase fire risk. 

    RV Travel says the recall was “quietly announced” by NHTSA, and the affected RV factories have yet to alert dealers or owners. Letters to customers are expected to be mailed out by July 1. 

    The heart of the problem is gas fittings with contaminated brass that can easily crack when torqued down. This could result in a gas leak, and an ignition source, such as a campfire, could result in a fire, or worse, an explosion, leading to injury or death. 

    A total of eight manufacturers outfitted thousands of RVs with faulty quick disconnect LP fittings. They include KZRV, DRV, Cruiser, Heartland, Thor, Jayco, Starcraft, and Highland Ridge. 

    RV Travel says upwards of 22,000 RVs are affected (full list here). 

    So why are RV factories waiting nearly two months to announce the recall? The RV Show USA explains more about this startling development.  

     

     

     

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 21:20

  • Starbucks Union Scores First Wins In California, Organizers Say 'Floodgates Open'
    Starbucks Union Scores First Wins In California, Organizers Say ‘Floodgates Open’

    Authored by Jake Johnson via Common Dreams,

    Employees at two Starbucks locations in Santa Cruz, California won union elections on Wednesday, scoring the rapidly spreading movement’s first victories in the nation’s most populous state even as management intensifies its efforts to stamp out worker organizing.

    The groundbreaking victories, like many of the Starbucks union’s wins thus far, were nearly unanimous. The Ocean and Water location in Santa Cruz voted 13-1 in favor of joining Workers United—the national union representing Starbucks workers—and the Mission and Dufour shop voted 15-2 in support of unionization. “Let the floodgates open in California,” Casey Moore, a spokesperson and organizer with Workers United, said during a news conference.

    Image: AP

    Rep. Ro Khanna (D-Calif.) congratulated the Starbucks workers in a Twitter post, calling the union votes “a major victory.”

    “Unions are the counterweight to corporate power,” Khanna wrote. “It’s time for Starbucks to pay fair wages and treat every worker with dignity and respect.”

    The union wins in California signal that organizing momentum is still growing at a remarkable pace amid aggressive pushback from management: More than 60 Starbucks locations nationwide have voted to unionize since the first union wins in December, and hundreds more have filed representation petitions with the National Labor Relations Board.

    In an attempt to undercut the organizing wave, Starbucks in recent weeks has fired workers closely involved in unionization efforts, slashed hours at locations across the country, and threatened to deny new benefits and wage increases to employees who have voted or are in the process of voting to unionize.

    The company’s union-busting has drawn pushback from the NLRB. Last week, the labor board filed a massive complaint accusing Starbucks of unlawful intimidation and other offenses in Buffalo, New York.

    On Tuesday, the NLRB asked a federal court in Tennessee to order Starbucks to reinstate seven Memphis workers who were fired as they tried to unionize. The board also said the corporation must “cease its unlawful conduct immediately so that all Starbucks workers can fully and freely exercise their labor rights.”

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    Starbucks is now facing more than 50 formal complaints from the NLRB. In an analysis of NLRB data, Matt Bruenig of the People’s Policy Project projected Wednesday that the Starbucks union is “likely to have 6,384 workers at 228 locations in the next few months” if the current rate of organizing victories continues.

    Bruenig noted that the union has won 90% of the elections at Starbucks locations thus far, consistently receiving 70-80% of the vote. “If these same numbers hold for the 193 open cases where an election has not yet been administered,” Bruenig wrote, “then the Starbucks union will soon win an additional 174 elections and thereby add an additional 4,870 workers to their rolls.”

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 21:00

  • Chinese Passenger Jet Burst Into Flames After Aborting Takeoff 
    Chinese Passenger Jet Burst Into Flames After Aborting Takeoff 

    China suffered the second aviation accident in months on Thursday when a Tibet Airlines jet carrying 113 passengers plus nine crew aborted takeoff, then veered off the runway and burst into flames, according to Reuters. 

    There were no deaths, and all passengers and crew evacuated the plane as a fire erupted in the front of the aircraft. The airline said pilots observed an “abnormality” during takeoff and aborted.

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    Videos posted on Twitter show the front of the Airbus A319 plane engulfed in flames. 

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    The incident occurred at Chongqing Airport, located in the south-western city of Chongqing to Nyingchi, Tibet. 

    Reuters notes the Civil Aviation Administration of China (CAAC) said 36 people were taken to the hospital after suffering bruises and sprains. 

    The incident comes almost two months after the deadly March 21 crash of China Eastern Airlines’s Boeing 737-800 that suddenly nosedived and crashed into the ground, killing all 132 people on board. 

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 20:40

  • Joe Biden Is Threatening Our Freedom Of Movement
    Joe Biden Is Threatening Our Freedom Of Movement

    Authored by Levi Russell via RealClear Energy (emphasis ours),

    The federal gov’t and silicon valley are looking to clamp down on your freedom of movement.

    Your ability to move about as you please does not fit with their goals for the future of our world. Automotive-related freedoms, including access to fuel, allow us to be free to move without the permission of silicon valley and the federal government.

    Automotive freedoms are not only hobby related; they are essential to preventing yet another step along the road to serfdom at the hands of woke corporations and federal bureaucrats.

    (AP Photo/Manuel Balce Ceneta)

    Biden recently signed into law a requirement that all vehicles produced after 2026 be fitted with a remote kill switch. Electric vehicles are already equipped with this capability via internet-connected “superchargers.” These corporations can sell you a product for tens or even hundreds of thousands of dollars, then prevent you from using them. Worse yet, if the law is not challenged or repealed, these kill switches will have a “back door” that allows government agencies to shut your vehicle off remotely as well.

    With conservatives slowly waking up to the reality that corporate managers are not on our side, this should be among our top concerns. Internal combustion vehicles, so far, are free of the sorts of nanny state controls that are standard on electric vehicles, so preserving our access to gasoline and diesel fuel is an absolute necessity

    Right to repair is also an important issue. It is not, as some techno-authoritarians claim, a simple matter for tinkerers. Rather, it is a critical component of our ability to maintain freedom of movement. Right to repair ensures that we are able to hire independent professionals to repair our vehicles and other products rather than being forced to pay astronomical prices to manufacturers.

    Now that the environmental superiority of electric vehicles is being called into question, the real agenda behind climate hysteria is clear: climate change fear mongers want us poorer and unable to travel and commute as we see fit. As the Biden administration’s intentional policy of high gas prices hits the average American in the pocket book, it’s important to note that the cost of EV batteries is also rising. Subsidized demand for these batteries has led to a massive increase in the prices of conflict minerals, such as lithium and cobalt, that make up these batteries.

    There is no evidence that the actual cost of electric vehicles will be dramatically lower than those of internal combustion vehicles. Currently the average price of an electric vehicle is $56,000. What does this say about your ability to travel freely in the coming years if the federal government effectively bans our use of internal combustion vehicles?

    Further, the left is turning a blind eye to the horrifying human rights record associated with cobalt and lithium mining. Child slavery, extremely poor working conditions, and poisoned rivers are just a few of the problems that plague the extraction of these minerals. One could reasonably ask the Biden administration why the American public is being forced to subsidize the horrifying human rights record associated with the mining of these resources.

    Though the near-magical power of innovation is an article of faith for many, technological change does not always benefit the average person. There is nothing inevitable about these so-called innovations or the politically-driven subsidies that enable them. There is nothing inevitable about the burdens that this technological change will put on the average person. We need only have the courage of our convictions, combined with the backing of knowledgeable groups like the SEMA Action Network, to ensure that we are not forced to subsidize real environmental hazards, human rights abuses, and the restriction of our own freedom of movement.

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 20:20

  • Coffee Prices Jump As "Intense New Cold Front" Threatens Top-Producer Brazil
    Coffee Prices Jump As “Intense New Cold Front” Threatens Top-Producer Brazil

    Coffee futures in New York jumped Wednesday as new weather forecasts show the world’s largest producer has increased frost risks in top growing areas. 

    The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration published new forecasts that show low temperatures in Cerrado, Parana state, and Mogiana could record below 5 degrees Celsius (41 degrees Fahrenheit) by May 16. In the south of Minas Gerais and Guaxupe, temperatures may trend even lower through May 19. All of the regions listed are top-producing areas for arabica beans. 

    Global coffee reporter & independent analyst Maja Wallengren said, “intense new cold front starting to move into all main 2022 Arabica coffee regions in Brazil this week with temp potentially as low as -5 C° from southern Parana, all SM + AM to NW Cerrado + NE Matas in Minas Gerais. R $JO buyers really going to stay short?”

    Arabica futures in New York jumped more than 6% to $2.16 per pound on the news. Prices are up 133% since the COVID-19 low of around $1 per pound and have faded from decade highs of $2.60 in March. 

    The International Coffee Organization (IOC) recently slashed its global 2020/21 supply estimate to a deficit of -3.13 million bags from a 1.2 million bag surplus. 

    Signs of tighter global coffee supplies have pushed prices to decade highs. Elevated coffee prices may not be immediately pushed to the consumer because of hedging by large US importers.

    Starbucks, which buys coffee “12-18 months” ahead, locked-in prices at the lows of early-2021 and are set to expire. This means a cup of coffee at the largest US retail coffee chain could rise further due to supply issues, among the other forms of inflation, such as labor, freight, etc…  

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 20:00

  • The Clean Energy Minerals Reform Act Is The Wrong Solution For American Mining
    The Clean Energy Minerals Reform Act Is The Wrong Solution For American Mining

    Authored by Pete Stauber via RealClear Energy (emphasis ours),

    Everything in this world is either grown or mined, and if we don’t grow it or mine it in America, we import it. Events from the past few years, namely the COVID-19 pandemic and the Russian invasion of Ukraine, have highlighted America’s hunger for metals, including copper, nickel, cobalt, platinum-group elements, and more. Therefore, Congress needs to boost domestic production. Instead, the majority is putting up more arbitrary hurdles, like the so-called Clean Energy Minerals Reform Act.

    (AP Photo/Wayne Parry, file)

    Don’t let the name fool you. This legislation, introduced by Chairman Grijalva (D-AZ) and being considered before the House Natural Resources Subcommittee on Energy and Mineral Resources this week, will make it even harder to access clean energy minerals domestically while furthering our reliance on Russia, China, and the Congo. The bill contains several provisions that contribute to longtime goals of the Left: dissuade investment in mining and choke projects to death with an unpredictable permitting process.

    Talk to any miner, member of the building trades, or industry expert and you’ll hear the same frustration about mining in America: permitting timelines are too long, too uncertain, and incentivize lawsuits and trial lawyers. Take, for example, the PolyMet project in my northern Minnesota District which is approaching two decades of permitting and litigation. PolyMet proposes to mine copper, nickel, cobalt, and more. It has won every lawsuit thrown its way but is still being targeted by the Biden Administration. We cannot wait 20 years to get the nickel we need; not while state-owned Russian companies are dominating the market.

    So, how does the Grijalva bill address our permitting timelines? By adding two more duplicative permit requirements. Adding these permits wouldn’t add just months or years, they could add decades to review. Every permit approval will be met with a lawsuit brought on by an activist group and met with a wink and a nod from a faceless bureaucrat in the Administration, dragging it out further and further. So, instead of PolyMet taking a mere 20 years, it’s a good possibility it could be 40 or 50 years under this Leftist dream.

    The Grijalva bill also puts hardrock mining squarely in the crosshairs by upending the claims system. Hardrock mineral rights are established through mining claims. Companies then drill thousands of exploratory holes to determine if the resource is even economical to develop. Only about 1 in every 1,000 discoveries results in a mine. For example, the Twin Metals project in my district has already invested just shy of $1 billion in a new mine, before even starting the permitting process. The bill considered this week would make it an oil and gas-style leasing system, treating copper like you would natural gas, making it even less economical for companies to invest in American resources.

    And finally, the bill imposes punitive royalties on hardrock mines in America. Every new mine that survives litigation would be subject to a 12.5% royalty. Meanwhile, existing mines aren’t immune either: a functioning mine would owe 8% of everything they extract to the federal government. Hardrock resources cover a wide variety of minerals, occur in unique geologic formations, and all have varying commodity prices. The one-size-fits-all royalty scheme proposed by Chairman Grijalva and President Biden in his Interagency Working Group Recommendations, like upending the claims system, is another bold attempt to shutter investment.

    It makes no sense to subject such a wide variety of minerals to the same, inelastic royalty. For example, lithium in Nevada is derived from a salt brine, while copper and nickel in northern Minnesota will be pulled out of the ground as a solid ore. Meanwhile, mining in Minnesota funds every single school district in the state. If we slap the Grijalva Tax on mines in America, it’ll push companies looking to invest in Minnesota overseas.

    America is facing a metals crisis. We can no longer rely on our foreign adversaries to supply us with the copper, nickel, cobalt, and other minerals we need for modern life. Instead of making it harder to mine American resources, as the Grijalva legislation does, there are steps Congress can take to make America an attractive place for mining.

    First, we need to update the permitting process. It should not take 20 years to develop our natural resources. Reviews should be timely, transparent, and reasonable. We also need to limit the President’s authority to arbitrarily kill projects with the stroke of a pen. Just this past February, Biden chose to cancel the federal leases held by the Twin Metals project that date back to the 1960’s. Legislation I introduced, the Accessing America’s Critical Minerals Act and the Saving America’s Mines Act, would update our permitting process and end the President’s authority to kill mining with the stroke of a pen.

    This week, as Congress considers the so-called Clean Energy Minerals Reform Act, don’t buy the rhetoric. Democrats proposed this legislation to make permitting more difficult and dissuade investment, making our supply chains even more crippled. Let’s instead consider serious proposals that grow mining in America and secure our domestic supply chains.

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 19:40

  • Watch: Mansions Ablaze As Wildfire Sweeps Across Orange County Neighborhood
    Watch: Mansions Ablaze As Wildfire Sweeps Across Orange County Neighborhood

    A fast-moving wildfire that broke out Wednesday destroyed at least 20 homes in a ritzy Orange County neighborhood of Laguna Niguel, according to CBS News. 

    The wildfire began around 1444 local time near South Orange County Wastewater Authority’s Coastal Treatment Plant. The fire quickly spread and consumed a community with mansions. 

    As of 0600 local time Thursday, the fire burned 20 homes and scorched 200 acres with zero containment. 

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    Luxury neighborhoods were destroyed. 

    More pictures of mansions burning. 

    Mandatory evacuations were issued for residents of Coronado Pointe and Pacific Island Drive areas. 

    Orange County Fire Authority Chief Brian Fennessy said the fire was driven mostly by the wind in an area with “thick vegetation that has not burned in probably decades.” 

    The cause of the fire is still under investigation. 

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 19:20

  • No One Understands The Monetary System, And That's Not OK
    No One Understands The Monetary System, And That’s Not OK

    Authored by Joakim Book via BitcoinMagazine.com,

    Bitcoin is freedom money for a century of liberty. But to truly grasp why that is, you need to see what’s wrong with the system it attempts to overthrow…

    Understanding the monetary system is foundational to seeing what’s wrong with the current system and to have a true grasp of Bitcoin and its importance.

    “If you want to make an apple pie from scratch, you must first invent the universe.” 

    – Carl Sagan

    Among the first objections that arise for anyone who has just learned about Bitcoin is “this is too complicated to understand.” And it’s true; private keys, block times, difficulty adjustments, UTXOs, uncensorable CoinJoin transactions, hash-something — the learning curve is steep and, for most, the reasons to ascend it seem few and far between.

    The first time I was introduced to Bitcoin in practice (not in theory — techno-babbling libertarians had unsuccessfully pitched me the idea for years), the intimidatingly tech-savvy guy who did so botched the process.

    First, he had me download some shady-looking app — which I didn’t have space for on my phone, and so, ironically, I first had to remove a few podcasts on monetary economics. Second, he had the app generate some random words, and in the absence of pen and paper, had me type them into my phone’s (cloud-saved!) note-taking app. Third, he tried to send me 100,000 sats, but the spotty internet on his phone kept interrupting the process.

    Clearly, I wouldn’t become a convinced Bitcoiner that evening; the hardships of the process seemed altogether useless — the cure worse than the central banking disease it supposedly tried to solve.

    After he had gotten his shit together, and my polite patience having run out a half-dozen times, he finally managed to send the sats — and triumphantly expressed “See, see! This transaction happened without anybody knowing! And nobody could stop it!”

    Not impressed, I pulled out a $5 dollar bill, handed it to him and mockingly imitated his triumph: “See, see! That happened without anybody knowing, and nobody could stop us from doing it!”

    Bearer assets are nothing new in the history of money and all he had convinced me of was that bitcoin was some complicated digital way of doing that. But if the tech-raptured can’t effortlessly do it, what hope is there for you and me? And you’re disintermediating a banking system, the purpose of which is to efficiently and securely make payments, and to make lending and borrowing possible. Nobody was trying to stop anybody’s payments — what was this guy on about?

    It would be years before I would see those troubles of the current fiat payment networks. 

    WHAT’S AMAZING ABOUT BITCOIN IS NOT THAT IT’S DIGITAL

    On the Bitcoin 2021 stage, Alex Gladstein wanted to illustrate the simplicity of using bitcoin by sending sats in real time to Strike’s fundraising campaign for Bitcoin development. It was eerily similar to the Bitcoin zealot I described above:

    Gladstein: “So I’m on the Strike page, right here, and I’m going to go ahead and donate, you know, two dollars’ worth of bitcoin, to Strike … It is going to go … and it’s gone. That’s a bearer asset that has just moved instantly around the world. And, I didn’t ask permission from anybody.” 

    Gladstein succeeded much better in illustrating a (Lightning) payment than the guy who first tried to send me bitcoin all those years ago. Naturally, the audience “woah”-ed and applauded, but the informed critic could equally well have responded with “Yes, and? Venmo does that too.”

    In an episode for the “Bitcoin Magazine Podcast,” Mark Maraia explained his approach to “onboarding boomers” — that demographic with money, time and a healthy fear of government overreach, yet not exactly known for their advanced technological know-how. “Forget all the theory,” Maraia says, pointing to everyday items like computers or iPhones — do you honestly know how they work? “I have absolutely no clue,” he says, and adds crucially that “That’s OK!”

    His quip is nice and comforting: nobody understands technology X, and that’s fine, because we see what technology X does and we can use it. Similarly, if you don’t understand Bitcoin, that’s still OK.

    Except that it’s not.

    Understanding what Bitcoin can do for you — its use case — requires you to understand the incumbent monetary system. Unlike a phone, a car or a computer, there is no visible value-add in using bitcoin for a middle-of-the-road Westerner who has never been sanctioned, never done anything illegal, never tried to buy goods or services that a payment processor or government disapproves of, has their salaries (and savings!) indexed to inflation, don’t understand why recessions happen and (on a government payroll at least) don’t suffer from them, or what central banks do or where money comes from.

    I don’t need to understand any of the underlying tech in a phone to see how I might use it and how it could assist my life. In contrast, Bitcoin’s value-add is tied up with its “compared-to-what” alternative in the incumbent monetary system that 99% of us never think about, never cause us any payment-related troubles and we consequently pay no attention to.

    (Source)

    A Visa card in Apple Pay can “instantly” pay for things halfway across the world too. For international transfers, Wise or Revolut or a plethora of fintechs can move bank money across the world in seconds.

    Tech is not the thing. Digital is not the value-add.

    Of course, most Bitcoiners know that the Visa-Wise-Apple-Pay analogy is faulty. And my guy could have made Saifedean Ammous’ argument that bitcoin has salability across space, which my $5 bill lacks. But to understand much of what sets bitcoin apart you need to go well into the monetary plumbing weeds. What happens when we make a bank payment? What is money?

    International transfers or bank-issued Visa cards require identification in a way bitcoin doesn’t; they don’t provide final settlement (payments can be revoked later); bank transfers are often deferred net settlements (though real-time gross settlement payments are rolled out in more and more central bank payment networks). Funds in Venmo or PayPal or other lower layers of the dollar banking system are permissioned, in the sense that any of the half-dozen entities required for a payment to be successful could block it — for innocent technical reasons or more malign control/authoritarian reasons.

    Thinking that an effortless Venmo payment is akin to an on-chain bitcoin transfer because they look and “feel” the same, is a rather elementary error to make. They’re both digital; they both involve “money,” whatever that means; they both allow for transfer of value from one place to another. But in order to understand why they are different, you — like the Carl Sagan quote above — must first explain the whole monetary system: where it can go wrong, what it relies on, how new money enters into it, what banks do, which entities have the power to block, delay, inspect or charge fees for transactions, what you’re risking by passively holding a constantly depreciating currency.

    To Gladstein’s credit, he has an understanding of the banking realities of the bottom billion that dwarfs any payment troubles that most Westerners have ever encountered. But the average nocoiner doesn’t. Which is why we routinely get news articles where some clever-by-half financial journalist lumps together bitcoin with stablecoins, with non-fungible tokens (NFTs) and central bank digital currencies (CBDCs). Or when the chairman of the Federal Reserve Board says that CBDCs make the need for bitcoin or stablecoins obsolete: they’re all the same, really — new, hip, digital ways of storing and moving what seems to be valuable things.

    The Fed is here to help steward the dollar system, so once its own fancy-sounding technical solution is in place, there could be no need for private options. And “programmable money” sounds amazing — at least until the programming of the not-so-kind programmer stops you from purchasing what you require.

    (Source)

    From Gita Gopinath at the IMF, we learn that the Russia-Ukraine debacle “would also spur the adoption of digital finance, from cryptocurrencies to stablecoins and central bank digital currencies.”

    What about the conflict could possibly spur anything but bitcoin? Finance is already digital. Fiat bank money is already digital. The Fed adjusts the monetary base, digitally, through purchases and sales of assets via its New York Fed branch. The dollar is already discretionary and permissioned, controlled, regulated and surveilled. What does a central bank digital currency (CBDC) bring to the table?

    If anything, it would make the politicization of banking-related problems on both sides of the Donetsk battlefield worse, with even more control by authoritarians who want to mandate what people may or may not do with “their” money. You don’t need a blockchain or a token to do 99% of what cryptocurrency projects attempt to do — and the ones that appear to do something useful, don’t do that better than Bitcoin.

    Beyond the first few hours and days, before international transfers could comfortably arrive to Ukraine’s banks in bulk, there was nothing that “cryptocurrencies” broadly speaking could do for Ukraine; its problem was real, not monetary. Help fleeing refugees smuggle out their savings against a hostile banking system? Sure, bitcoin always excelled at that, but how would a CBDC, issued and governed by the National Bank of Ukraine fare? Or worse, Ripple, whose CEO proudly stated:

    “To clear any confusion – RippleNet (while being able to do much more than just messaging a la SWIFT) abides by international law and OFAC sanctions. Period, full stop.” 

    Instead of being the permissionless, uncensorable, F-U money that bitcoin aspires to, its cryptocurrency “competitors” proudly uphold censorship and government sanctions: 

    “RippleNet, for example, has always been – and remains today – committed to NOT working with sanctioned banks or countries that are restricted counterparties. Ripple and our customers support and enforce OFAC laws and KYC/AML.”

    Complying with authoritarian sanctions is the opposite of what freedom money does.

    I repeat: Tech is not the thing. Digital is not the value-add.

    The value-add of Bitcoin is the liberty and independence that comes with holding your own money outright — unencumbered by a bank, a payment processor, a financial regulator or a tax man. It’s no longer being subject to the whimsical demands of your authoritarian ruler, democratically-elected or not. It’s to no longer suffer the asinine consequences of the monetary excesses that the dollar’s current stewards have so catastrophically botched.

    Bitcoin is freedom money for a century of liberty. But to truly grasp why that is, you need to see what’s wrong with the system it attempts to overthrow.

    Understanding how the fiat monetary system works is fundamental to understanding Bitcoin.

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 19:00

  • CCP Calls Meeting Of Chinese Tech Giants As Investors Hope For End To Crackdown
    CCP Calls Meeting Of Chinese Tech Giants As Investors Hope For End To Crackdown

    As far as we know, President Xi has suspended his “common prosperity” crackdown on China’s biggest tech companies. And now, investors will be watching closely to see how the CCP reconciles collapsing domestic markets (hammered by its brutal lockdowns in Shanghai and other cities, and also by the weakening yuan which has revived fears about inflation and a domestic debt death-spiral) with its hopes to promote stability.

    Bloomberg reports that China’s top tech-sector regulator, the Cyberspace Administration of China, will join the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference and business executives including Baidu founder Robin Li, as they plan to host a forum next week with some of the nation’s largest private-sector firms (including, as we mentioned, Baidu) in an event that will be closely scrutinized by investors as they look for indications about whether Beijing is planning to dial back its stimulus.

    Although officially the conference is focused on the broader theme of developing China’s digital economy, investors will likely watch for signs of whether Beijing intends to wind down its year-long crackdown on the tech sector.

    Shares in Chinese heavyweights Baidu, Tencent and Alibaba Group pared earlier losses on Thursday morning in Hong Kong.

    Sentiment toward the industry has swung wildly in recent weeks, with companies from Tencent to Jack Ma’s Alibaba surging April 29 after China’s top leaders issued a sweeping set of pledges to boost economic stimulus.

    To be sure, it’s unclear whether next week’s forum will trigger policy changes or easing, the people said. The timing could also shift, given the difficulty of organizing a major conference while cities from Beijing to Shanghai grapple with shifting COVID lockdowns. Delegates will attend virtually as well as in person, depending on role and location. Representatives for Baidu didn’t respond to requests for comment, while calls to the CPPCC’s news office weren’t returned.

    As we noted last year, this would be welcome news after a brutal 2021 that saw Beijing curb gaming time for minors, outlawed profits in swaths of the online education sector, forced companies from Alibaba and Meituan to – most infamously – Didi to make serious changes to their business or face serious punishments in a sector that had enjoyed mostly unfettered freedoms for years.

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 18:40

  • The Gospel Of Nancy Pelosi
    The Gospel Of Nancy Pelosi

    As journalist and geopolitical pundit Dave DeCamp quipped of House Speaker Pelosi’s Tuesday night floor speech urging support for the $40 billion Ukraine aid bill that was later approved: “You know the story, when Jesus turned a few loaves of bread and a few fish into billions of dollars worth of Javelins, Stingers, and heavy artillery using US taxpayer dollars.”

    We too hope that no Raytheon or Lockheed Martin executives injure themselves laughing at this. This is the Gospel according to Nacy Pelosi…

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    Now for just two more quick clips.

    Currently, on the streets of Philly (or insert a number of other American cities and failing key infrastructure here)…

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    And now President Joe Biden’s fiery sermonizing on Wednesday at a labor union convention in Chicago—

    Insulting his predecessor Trump as the “Great MAGA king” – Biden began shouting about food shortages that are supposedly in the past while somehow oblivious to the current dire reality and fast ratcheting crisis under his administration…

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    As for the $40 billion in Ukraine aid, Rep. Thomas Massie of Kentucky has appropriately blasted it, pointing out, “Congress has spent almost $500 per US family to support the war in Ukraine. The money isn’t being borrowed, it’s being printed, and the result will be more inflation.”

    “Wages can’t be increased enough to make up the difference because the money and goods are leaving our country.”

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    Welcome to the “Gospel of Nancy Pelosi”.

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 18:00

Digest powered by RSS Digest

May 12

Today’s News 12th May 2022

  • How Fast Are Countries Burning Through Natural Resources?
    How Fast Are Countries Burning Through Natural Resources?

    This year’s country overshoot dates, released by the think tank Global Footprint Network, reveal a pretty daunting prospect. As Statista’s Anna Fleck details below, not only do they show the extent to which we are over-extracting the planet’s resources, but they also underline the extreme inequalities that exist between countries.

    Statista’s chart shows that Qatar, a relatively small and rich country, comes out on top for burning through resources the fastest. In fact, if the whole planet consumed resources at the pace of Qatar, we would hit our 2022 threshold by February 10.

    Infographic: How Fast are Countries Burning Through Natural Resources? | Statista

    You will find more infographics at Statista

    Meanwhile, Indonesia, Jamaica and Benin are three of the handful of countries that have overshoot days in December. The consumption divide seems to be split between richer, industrialized countries and those with a lower-income. 50 countries do not overextend their natural resources and therefore do not have an Earth Overshoot Day.

    While the pandemic saw humanity’s global environmental footprint start to decline, with Earth Overshoot Day for the entire globe taking place later than usual in 2020, on August 22, this seems to have been short lived, as the day fell on July 29 in 2021, the same day as in 2019. The date for 2022 is yet to be announced.

    According to the Global Footprint Network’s methodology report, the findings take into consideration how much land/resources a country has and how much is needed to meet its people’s demand for food, timber, energy production, waste absorption and space for roads.

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 02:45

  • Lighting The Gas Under European Feet: How Politicians & Journalists Get Energy So Wrong
    Lighting The Gas Under European Feet: How Politicians & Journalists Get Energy So Wrong

    Authored by Joakim Book via The Mises Institute,

    “We live in a time where few understand how things get made. It is fine to not know where stuff comes from, but it isn’t fine to not know where stuff comes from while dictating to the rest of us how the economy should be run.”

    – Doomberg

    Eighty-five percent of human energy usage comes from burning things. Either plants or trees grown in a geologically recent past or plants or trees (and decomposed animals) from ancient times. Solar, wind, hydro, geothermal, etc.—all the things that occupy a climate-conscious citizen, activist, or politician’s dreams—are frizzles around the edges.

    Human civilization is powered by combustion; human beings are a fossil fuel–burning civilization. You can take away the civilization part, which seems to be the end goal for some environmentalists, but bar that, you can’t take away the fossil fuel part.

    If we listened only to our energy overlords’ preaching, we would get a very different impression of what the world is like. Wind turbines powering all those electrified vehicles on our roads, solar panels and batteries of immense capacities light and heat our homes. Dirty oil and polluting coal are out; green, clean, and smart machines on the way in.

    Nothing could be further from the truth. Renewables don’t power our societies, they’re not about to any time soon, and the fact that they’re not isn’t a policy choice—or “greedy capitalism” preventing this utopian (dystopian) vision.

    First, some housekeeping: Energy is not the same as electricity. Electricity is a secondary energy source, derived from primary energy sources through a conversion process—combustion or turbines spinning. The 85 percent figure above is for energy use. The bombastic figures in the press about the massive growth and expanse of renewables are for electricity, which is only a subset of all the world’s energy use (some 20 percent). Oil, coal, and gas for transport, heating, fertilizers, and construction dwarf the symbolic solar panels governments paid people to place on their roof.

    Solar panels and wind turbines produce a minor part of the electricity needs, but do nothing to address the larger energy needs. In contrast, fossil fuels are energy-dense, reliable, on-demand sources of either energy or electricity, and we have excelled both at storing and transporting them.

    Dreams of a green revolution, per the energy theorist Vaclav Smil, were always mirages:

    We are a fossil-fueled civilization whose technical and scientific advances, quality of life, and prosperity rest on the combustion of huge quantities of fossil carbon, and we cannot simply walk away from this critical determinant of our fortunes in a few decades, never mind years.

    Instead, suddenly facing an adversary rich in raw materials and fossil fuels, the West’s talking heads doubled down on their green dreams. From behind comfortable newspaper desks, heated and electrified by natural gas, it’s remarkably easy to say things like: “The new reality is that we have to go all the way to universal electrification even faster, powered by 100% renewable energy with green hydrogen filling the gaps” (Andreas Kluth, at Bloomberg).

    For the New Yorker, John Cassidy recently told us that we must “prevent future Putins from trying to hold the world to energy ransom—at least one worthy outcome of the tragedy that is Ukraine.”

    In a powerful speech in the middle of the Russia flurry in March, Isabel Schnabel of the Executive Board at the European Central Bank rallied for renewable power:

    Every solar panel installed, every hydropower plant built and every wind turbine added to the grid are taking us a step closer to energy independence and a greener economy….

    Our dependence on fossil energy sources is not only considered a peril to our planet, it is also increasingly seen as a threat to national security and our values of liberty, freedom and democracy.

    Luckily, Schnabel is in control of nothing less than the Eurozone’s printing press. One-upped by a fellow German, the reality-challenged finance minister Christian Lindner taught us that renewable electricity is “the energy of freedom.”

    What he failed to understand is that renewable electricity generation in Germany requires boatloads and pipe loads of Russian gas, Russian oil, and Russian commodities: the steel and cement to construct their precious wind towers are made from coal, not even counting the extreme heat needed to shape the steel and iron that makes up its body.

     A single wind turbine uses thousands of kilograms of nickel in its shaft and gear, plus some rare earth minerals from some pretty unclean sources. The gigantic structures, hundreds of meters tall and much too clunky to easily transport, are erected and moved there by machines that swallow diesel by the gallon.

    Fossil fuels are machine food, as Alex Epstein is fond of saying, and nothing drinks petrol like the machines that power a thirsty wind energy industry. When renewable sources are added to the electricity grid in large quantities, the cost of electricity goes up, not down, because their fickle reliance on weather requires them to be backstopped by thermal plants that run on coal or natural gas. The more renewables you add, the more natural gas you need.

    Actually, Fossil Fuels Aren’t Optional

    The conclusion from much political and media messaging on climate is the same: burning fossil fuels for energy is a choice, a bad one, and we must choose differently. The moral case against Russia is just a cherry on top.

    “Would you rather rely on Mr. Putin’s Russia?” The Economist asked in a recent cover story on energy security.

    The very same Russia that Bloomberg News described as:

    “a commodities powerhouse, producing and exporting huge amounts of materials the world uses to build cars, transport people and goods, make bread and keep the lights on.”

    But the writers at The Economist insist:

    “As the world weans itself off dirty fuels, it must switch to cleaner energy sources.”

    When we listen to the political overlords in Brussels or Berlin, or the intellectual ones in think tanks, political parties, or at influential media outlets, we get the impression that relying on “Mr. Putin’s Russia” can be done away with—as optional and care-free as picking a different ice cream flavor.

    To hammer home the “renewable revolutions are impossible” point, let’s use the poster child for renewables, Germany. Here is its energy use over the last half century:

    Let me know if you can spot Germany’s revolutionary Energiewende in the early 2010s. With a microscope, I can detect a little bit of wind crowding out some nuclear—while gas keeps growing and coal continues its fifty-five-year decline. What sort of fairytale must one believe to think that the purple and yellow shares—almost invisible at the top—could in any way supplant the others, preferably before next winter when Putin’s withholding of gas would once again be disastrous for Europeans.

    A prominent German think tank, Agora Energiewende, also thinks it’s perfectly possible. Its projections depend, not just on building and installing more wind energy plants than ever before, but raising that rate of construction by about one-third every year for years on end. To describe those plans as “optimistic” somehow doesn’t cut it:

    The International Energy Agency (IEA), staffed with the same sort of reality-resistant dreamers, produced this wonderful graph that plans for the energy production in a net-zero future (NZE):

    At great expense and inconvenience, the world can indeed increase its use of solar and wind—but remember: they destabilize grids and constitute a vanishingly small portion of world energy needs. To replace what we need, and accommodate growth for the billions globally who scrape by on a minimum of energy, the IEA says we must add solar and wind capacity at a vertiginous rate, never before achieved, at way faster than their own forecasts.

    As Alex Epstein writes in the preface to his future book Fossil Future: a net-zero policy, actually implemented “would certainly be the most significant act of mass murder since the killings of one hundred million people by communist regimes in the twentieth century—and it would likely be far greater.”

    If you believe, as so many politicians, activists, and deluded journalists do, that this is a mere policy decision, you are sadly mistaken. The impossibility of renewables is a technical and physical problem—not an economic, financial, moral, or political problem.

    Gaslighting Europeans

    According to mental health site VeryWellMind, gaslighting is “a form of manipulation that often occurs in abusive relationships. It is a covert type of emotional abuse where the bully or abuser misleads the target, creating a false narrative and making them question their judgments and reality. Ultimately, the victim of gaslighting starts to feel unsure about their perceptions of the world and even wonder if they are losing their sanity.”

    Consider the following combination of expert-led gaslighting: 

    • The entire 2010s and beyond, politicians pooh-poohed nuclear: in words (rallying cries and moral suasion) and actions (strict regulations), they prevented any expansion and shut down capacity.

    • European environmental regulation and climate activists have stopped as much oil and gas extraction as they could. Most countries have banned or otherwise prevented “fracking,” the natural gas extraction method that turned America into an energy exporter.

    • For the last decade and more, climate warriors inside and outside governments have hauled boatloads of cash onto “green” energies—everything from wind and solar to experimental forms of tidal energy.

    • Green electricity sources, because of the unpredictable load that makes them unsuitable for modern civilization, have expanded in consort with natural gas because the dirty secret of the former is that they require rapidly available backup power—for which the latter is the convenient choice.

    • Because all things “carbon” are considered bad, politicians, journalists, and the Greta Thunbergs of the world have done everything in their power to sway more people into putting solar panels on their roofs and electric vehicles in their garages. That strains an already fragile grid by adding more demand and another variable supply: crucially, it requires lots more nickel, palladium, and silver—with Russia among the world’s largest supplier for those key commodities.

    One would suppose that, on the back of the war in Ukraine, the strict Western sanctions on Russia, and energy prices going through the roof, the green-washed politicians and policymakers who rule our lives would offer excuses. Now that the Russian invasion had those very same policymakers cutting commercial ties to that despicable empire-building strongman, and energy prices and access suddenly rose to the forefront of everyone’s mind, we’d expect a bit of humility. Apologies are in order:

    Fellow Europeans, against market prices, physics, and sanity, we pushed you into worse forms of electricity generation and endangered our energy security. Instead of doing what we should have done, we relied more and more on the commodities exported from countries like Russia. For making Europeans more beholden to Putin, we apologize.

    Instead, we got gaslighting on a remarkable scale.

    “Weaning off” Silly

    The world isn’t weaning itself off fossil fuels—it can’t, and it shouldn’t. More importantly, “cleaner energy” aren’t options on a shopping menu, available as inconsequential choices the way consumers may choose Doritos over Pringles or a new toothpaste.

    It’s becoming increasingly clear, to more and more people, that withdrawing from fossil fuels “for environmental reasons” is not a choice. A society and a world of 8 billion people more advanced than that powered by a horse and buggy, cannot do without the explosive power of fossil fuels.

    Tyler Durden
    Thu, 05/12/2022 – 02:00

  • AG Garland Rules Judges May Consider Criminal Illegal Aliens’ Mental Health When Reviewing Asylum Claims
    AG Garland Rules Judges May Consider Criminal Illegal Aliens’ Mental Health When Reviewing Asylum Claims

    Authored by Katabella Roberts via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

    The Biden administration has said that judges may take into consideration the mental health of criminal illegal immigrants who have been convicted of “particularly serious crimes” when considering asylum cases.

    Attorney General Merrick Garland speaks at a news conference to announce actions to enhance the Biden administration’s environmental justice efforts at the Department of Justice in Washington, on May 5, 2022. (Patrick Semansky/AP Photo)

    Under the Immigration and Nationality Act, illegal immigrants seeking entry into the country would be made ineligible for both asylum and withholding of removal—whereby illegal immigrants remain in the United States after demonstrating that they would likely face persecution in their country of origin due to their race, nationality, religion, or political opinion, among others—if they have been convicted of a “particularly serious crime” and are found to be a danger to the community of the United States.

    However, Attorney General Merrick Garland ruled on May 9 that judges considering such cases may now take into consideration the mental health of these immigrants in their rulings.

    Garland’s decision overturns a 2014 Board of Immigration Appeals ruling, in a case known as “Matter of G-G-S” (pdf), in which “a person’s mental health is not a factor to be considered in a particularly serious crime analysis.”

    That determination rested on two factors, the first one being “whether and to what extent an individual’s mental illness or disorder is relevant to his or her commission of an offense and conviction for a crime are issues best resolved in criminal proceedings by finders of fact,” and the fact that immigration adjudicators “cannot go behind the decisions of the criminal judge and reassess any ruling on criminal culpability.”

    The second factor is that the board concluded that an illegal alien’s “mental condition does not relate to the pivotal issue in a particularly serious crime analysis, which is whether the nature of his convictions he sentence imposed, and the circumstances and underlying facts indicate that he posed a danger to the community.”

    The “Matter of G-G-S” case involved a Mexican man who was convicted in 2004 of assault with a deadly weapon and sentenced to two years in prison.

    From an early age, the man suffered from chronic paranoid schizophrenia, according to an interim decision on the case. The immigration judge found that the man’s offense was a “crime of violence aggravated felony,” and further determined that it was a “particularly serious crime,” which barred him from establishing eligibility for withholding of removal.

    However, the man sought to block his deportation by stating that his mental health condition should be a factor in determining whether his offense was a particularly serious crime and claimed that “his mental illness prevented him from solving a complex social situation such as being aggressively challenged by a stranger” and consequently resulted in him being violent.

    Garland in December directed the board to send him the case for review.

    A Border Patrol agent drops a group of illegal immigrants being expelled under Title 42 at the halfway point of the international bridge between the United States and Mexico, in Eagle Pass, Texas, on April 19, 2022. (Charlotte Cuthbertson/The Epoch Times)

    On Monday, Garland said that he had determined that “it is appropriate to overrule the Board’s decision in G-G-S-.”

    “In some circumstances, a respondent’s mental health condition may indicate that the respondent does not pose a danger to the community,” he said, citing examples such as where the individual had suffered from “intimate partner violence” and was convicted of assaulting their partner, or where “reliable evidence” showed that the individual’s assault had been motivated by post-traumatic stress disorder.

    “Of course, an individual may pose a danger to the community notwithstanding a mental health condition, and in those cases, the ‘particularly serious crime’ bar to asylum and withholding of removal may apply,” he noted. “But the potential relevance of mental health evidence to the dangerousness inquiry suffices to establish that such evidence should not categorically be disregarded, as G-G-S- held.”

    “Going forward, immigration adjudicators may consider a respondent’s mental health in determining whether a respondent, having been convicted by a final judgment of a particularly serious crime, constitutes a danger to the community of the United States,” he said.

    “The Board’s decision in respondent’s matter is vacated and the case is remanded to the immigration judge for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.”

    Garland’s decision comes as U.S. Border Patrol agents are preparing for an influx of illegal immigrants attempting to enter the country when the Trump-era Title 42 policy is lifted later this month.

    That policy had allowed agents to turn illegal aliens back to Mexico immediately if they were deemed to pose a health threat amid the COVID-19 pandemic.

    But the Biden administration says it believes that an increase in health tools such as vaccinations has helped to combat the spread of the virus and therefore those restrictions will be terminated on May 23.

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 23:40

  • MSM Warns Against Homemade Baby Formula As Manufacturer Says 'At Least Two Months' Delay
    MSM Warns Against Homemade Baby Formula As Manufacturer Says ‘At Least Two Months’ Delay

    With 43% of baby formula out of stock across the country due to supply disruptions at the nation’s largest plant, images of empty shelves and desperate mothers have been flooding social media.

    Photo: Fox News

    But don’t try to take matters into your own hands, moms. According to the New York Times, pediatricians “strongly advise” against trying to make baby formula at home.

    Some are rationing food or driving to stores hours away only to find empty shelves. Others are heading online to look up homemade baby formula recipes that use anything from powdered goat’s milk to raw cow’s milk.

    But pediatricians warn that do-it-yourself baby formulas carry significant health risks. -NYT

    “Homemade formula is dangerous for babies,” said Dr. Katie Lockwood, an attending physician at Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia Primary Care. “Regular formula is F.D.A.-regulated and held to very high standards, the same way we treat medications. Making it at home is a lot riskier.“

    Steven Abrams, spokesman for the American Academy of Pediatrics, said “The nutrients in homemade formulas are inadequate in terms of the critical components babies need, especially protein and minerals.”

    Photo via The Healthy Home Economist

    Home brew baby formula can also contain “an excess of materials or nutrients, like salt, which a baby’s developing kidneys or liver may be unable to break down.”

    What’s more, babies can suffer from “water intoxication,” – where the “baby might get too much water” if the balance of nutrients and liquids are off, according to Dr. Suzette Oyeku, chief of academic general pediatrics at the Children’s Hospital at Montefiore, in New York City.

    What’s their solution? Call your doctor! Go to a charity! Use cow milk in a pinch!

    “The first call any parent or caregiver struggling to track down baby formula should make is to their child’s pediatrician. They may have formula samples on hand, or be able to help connect you with local charities or breast milk banks that can help.”

    In a pinch, babies over six months — with no known allergies — can have pasteurized whole-milk cow’s milk for a brief period of time until parents are able to find formula. While not ideal in large part because it does not provide sufficient iron, it’s preferable to offering them homemade formula or diluting store-bought formula with water, Dr. Abrams said.

    The Abbott Laboratories baby formula plant in Sturgis, Michigan was shuttered by the FDA nearly three months ago after receiving four reports of infants who were hospitalized with bacterial infections after consuming the formula from the facility – two of whom died.

    The company reportedly failed to repair aging drying machines.

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.jsAccording to NBC Boston, the FDA announced on Tuesday that it would allow ‘some’ products from the shuttered Abbott facility to be released on a “case-by-case” basis.

    Now, the FDA is saying it will not object “to Abbott Nutrition releasing product to individuals needing urgent, life-sustaining supplies of certain specialty and metabolic formulas on a case-by-case basis.”

    Abbott, meanwhile, says it will take at least two months before baby formula from the plant can return to store shelves. 

    “We understand the situation is urgent – getting Sturgis up and running will help alleviate this shortage,” the company said in a Wednesday statement.

    “Subject to [U.S. Food and Drug Administration] approval, we could restart the site within two weeks,” the statement continues “We would begin production of EleCare, Alimentum and metabolic formulas first and then begin production of Similac and other formulas. From the time we restart the site, it will take six to eight weeks before product is available on shelves.”

    One has to wonder…

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 23:20

  • Prepare For More Chinese Capital Controls As Exodus Worsens
    Prepare For More Chinese Capital Controls As Exodus Worsens

    By George Lei, Bloomberg Markets Live commentator and reporter

    Strict capital controls made it impossible for several European companies to send dividends abroad and a Japanese beverage maker could not get paid due to “tougher restrictions on cross-border wire transactions.” This is not Russia in 2022, but China in late 2016 and early 2017, when the yuan plunged toward 7 per dollar.

    Those types of curbs could soon be brought back as part of Beijing’s arsenal to manage currency depreciation, especially in a context similar to 2016-17: Once again, the Fed hikes and capital flees. Besides the headline exchange rate, how much and how quickly money can leave China will become equally, if not more, important.

    Global portfolio managers, foreign businesses and the local rich are either leaving China or bringing much less capital onshore. The nation suffered an unprecedented outflow from bond and stock investors in March and net selling continued into April, according to estimates from the International Institute of Finance.

    Total capital outflows, including errors and omissions, may surge to about $300b this year from $129b in 2021, IIF said in a report last week. While that figure is well below $725b, IIF’s estimate for 2016, Beijing’s options for combating it are much narrower this time around.

    Trade wars, Covid and supply-chain disruptions were not on the minds of foreign executives back then. In 2022, however, 52% of 121 companies polled by the American Chamber of Commerce in China have either cut or delayed investments. With only 1% planning to increase local investment, authorities have a daunting task to boost foreign direct investment as long as China sticks to its Covid Zero strategy.

    Anecdotal evidence suggests the local rich are also on the run. In Singapore, BNP Paribas’ Southeast Asia assets are growing in “single digits” whereas Greater China assets are in “high double digits,” according to Arnaud Tellier, Asia Pacific CEO of the French bank’s wealth management arm. CNBC reported that inquiries at an accounting firm in the city state about setting up family offices have doubled over the past 12 months, mostly from Chinese residents or emigrants.

    Between 2014 and 2016, China’s FX reserves fell by almost $1 trillion as the onshore yuan lost more than 11% versus the dollar. With reserves barely above $3.1 trillion as of April, Beijing can not afford to draw down its dollar stash in a similar way. Raising interest rates is also out of the question given the dire economic situation.

    As my colleague Ye Xie pointed out, the PBOC still has plenty of other tools to cushion any yuan free fall. And Russia’s experience with the ruble should give policy makers more confidence to dust off their playbook for capital controls. Back in 2016, regulators suggested to Deutsche Bank that it remit proceeds from a $3.9 billion stake sale in batches rather than in one go. More companies may soon have to face the same predicament.

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 23:00

  • Watch: Beach Houses In Outer Banks Swept Into Ocean 
    Watch: Beach Houses In Outer Banks Swept Into Ocean 

    A wild storm furiously churned over the Outer Banks of North Carolina on Tuesday and resulted in the collapse of two oceanfront homes. One of the collapses was caught on video. 

    The National Park Service tweeted a shocking video of waves crashing ashore in Rodanthe, snapping the wood pilings that held up a single-family beach house as it fell into the ocean and was swept out to sea. 

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    A beach house at 24235 Ocean Drive in the same area collapsed hours before because of heavy surf. There was no video of the collapse. 

    The National Weather Service at Newport/Morehead said the storm “that been hanging around the last few days makes its closest pass to us tonight before it finally sinks south.”

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    “Unfortunately, there may be more houses that collapse onto Seashore beaches in the near future,” David Hallac, superintendent, National Parks of Eastern North Carolina, told local news WAVY. 

    How long until climate alarmist Greta Thunberg unleashes a tweetstorm about the Outer Banks? 

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 22:40

  • Soros-Backed Prosecutor Violated Ethics Rules In Pursuit Of Former Governor
    Soros-Backed Prosecutor Violated Ethics Rules In Pursuit Of Former Governor

    By Zachary Stieber of The Epoch Times

    A panel in Missouri on May 10 recommended St. Louis Circuit Attorney Kim Gardner be found guilty of violating ethics rules while investigating former Gov. Eric Greitens.

    St. Louis Circuit Attorney Kim Gardner appears at her disciplinary hearing in St. Louis, Mo., on April 11, 2022.

    The Missouri Disciplinary Counsel said Gardner’s misconduct included failing to intervene when former FBI agent William Don Tisaby, who Gardner tapped to help investigate Greitens, falsely claimed that a document filed with the courts was the product of his work when it actually contained findings from Gardner.

    Tisaby also gave false statements during a deposition but Gardner did not correct him even though she was in the room.

    “Each of those statements was false, and respondent knew the statements were false,” the panel said.

    Gardner has said she was not sure at the time what to do in response to Tisaby lying but now acknowledges she should have addressed the matter by telling Tisaby to tell the truth.

    Tisaby pleaded guilty in March to a tampering with evidence charge.

    Giving the proper evidence to defendants is “one of the most basic responsibilities of a prosecutor,” the panel said.

    On the other hand, the charges against Greitens, for allegedly taking a seminude picture of a woman who did not give permission, were eventually dropped, so a wrongful conviction did not happen, panelists noted. They also said that Gardner does not have a criminal history and that the dispute over the disclosure and production of documents “was more an issue of negligence than intentional non-disclosure,” which means that conduct did not rise to the level of “a potential breach of public trust.”

    The panel is recommending Gardner be publicly reprimanded, but no further punishment be given.

    The Missouri Supreme Court will review the panel’s recommendation and decide whether to issue a reprimand. Gardner’s office and re-election campaign, and Greitens, did not respond to requests for comment.

    Gardner is a Democrat who received major backing from billionaire George Soros while Greitens is a Republican who resigned from office and is now running for a U.S. Senate seat.

    The panel findings stemmed from an April hearing in which Gardner admitted she violated rules but described the violations as “mistakes.” She reached a preliminary agreement then with the panel to avoid criminal charges.

    Grand jurors in Tisaby’s case recently said in a letter that Gardner’s conduct “was not inadvertent nor inconsequential but was calculated deceit and/or outright incompetence; neither of which is acceptable behavior for a person holding this public office.” They said they were disappointed with the agreement.

    Greitens told The Epoch Times in an email after the hearing that the agreement “reaffirms what we have known all along—Soros funded prosecutor Kim Gardner conducted a political witch hunt.”

    “From hiring former FBI agent William Tisaby, who just plead[ed] guilty to evidence tampering, to lying and engaging in a coverup to conceal her misconduct, Gardner is the worst type of public official, corrupt and crooked,” he added.

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 22:20

  • First Cracks: Hong Kong Intervenes To Prop Up Local Currency For First Time Since 2019
    First Cracks: Hong Kong Intervenes To Prop Up Local Currency For First Time Since 2019

    Things are starting to crack.

    Two days after we reported that the Chinese yuan had cratered (just days after we warned that China will soon devalue) in what appears to be a concurrent devaluation alongside the plunging yen…

    … a move that was of extreme importance for markets, yet which few financial commentators were discussing, on Wednesday the surging US dollar forced Hong Kong to intervene and defend its currency for the first time since 2019, putting further upward pressure on interest rates in an economy already reeling from strict pandemic border controls and a shaky property market.

    Capital outflows fueled by rising interest rates in the US and continued modest easing in China, sent the Hong Kong dollar to the weak end of its 7.75-to-7.85 per greenback trading range late Wednesday.

    And with the barrier in danger of breach, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority – the local central bank – bought about HK$1.59 billion to prop up the currency, which was still trading at the weak end on Thursday morning local time.

    The testing of the band’s limit on Wednesday came around the same time as faster-than-expected US inflation data sent the greenback briefly up and Treasury yields surging. While gauges of the US dollar and longer-maturity Treasury yields subsequently retreated, Hong Kong’s currency continues to hover right near the band’s edge.

    While the HKMA may have prevented the breach of the peg for now, further intervention will drain liquidity from Hong Kong’s financial system, slamming local assets and driving up borrowing costs at a time when the local economy is contracting under the weight of some of the world’s strictest Covid-containment controls. Rising interest rates also pose a threat to Hong Kong’s property market, with Goldman Sachs Group Inc. saying earlier this year that home prices in the world’s least affordable market may slump 20% by 2025.

    While some commentators have called on Hong Kong to abandon its dollar peg, there’s little sign that authorities plan to change a system that has survived multiple speculative attacks since 1983 and helped turn the city into one of the world’s most important financial centers.

    This time may be different, however, as selling of the local dollar has only intensified in recent months as the increasingly hawkish Fed boosted the US dollar, while pandemic restrictions in both China and the former British colony have damped local growth outlook, and forced authorities to keep rates and and consider how to ease further.

    The Hong Kong dollar has weakened about 0.7% this year, far less thatn the Chinese yuan, with some of the declines coming as Fed rate hikes widened the funding rate gap between the US and the special administrative region, prompting traders to borrow the currency in the interbank market and sell it versus the higher-yielding greenback, Bloomberg reported. Making yield differential defense increasingly difficult, the premium of the three-month US interbank rate, known as Libor, over Hong Kong’s equivalent, Hibor, expanded to the widest since 2019 in April.

    The Hong Kong dollar will remain under pressure as US yields climb on rate-hike bets, said Samuel Tse, an economist at DBS Bank Ltd. in Hong Kong.

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 22:00

  • Acting NIH Director Admits Appearance Of Conflict Of Interest In Secret Royalty Payments To Fauci, Scientists
    Acting NIH Director Admits Appearance Of Conflict Of Interest In Secret Royalty Payments To Fauci, Scientists

    Authored by Mark Tapscott via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

    Undisclosed royalty payments estimated at $350 million from pharmaceutical and other firms to Dr. Anthony Fauci and hundreds of National Institutes for Health (NIH) scientists do present “an appearance of a conflict of interest,” according to the agency’s acting director.

    Acting Director of National Institutes of Health Lawrence Tabak testifies during a hearing before the Labor, Health and Human Services, Education, and Related Agencies of House Appropriations Committee at Rayburn House Office Building on Capitol Hill May 11, 2022. (Alex Wong/Getty Images)

    Dr. Lawrence Tabak, who took over as NIH Director following the December 2021 resignation of the agency’s long-time leader, Dr. Francis Collins, told a House Appropriations Committee subcommittee that federal law allows the royalty payments but he conceded they don’t look ethical.

    Rep. John Moolenaar (R-Mich.) told Tabak that “right now, I think the NIH has a credibility problem and this only feeds into this, and I’m only just learning about this. People in my district say ‘well, so-and-so has a financial interest, or they don’t like Ivermectin because they aren’t benefitting from that royalty …

    “You may have very sound scientific reasons for recommending a medicine or not, but the idea that people get a financial benefit from certain research that’s been done and grants that were awarded, that is to me the height of the appearance of a conflict of interest.”

    In response, Tabak said NIH does not endorse particular medicines, but rather “we support the science that validates whether an invention is or is not efficacious, we don’t say this is good or this is bad … I certainly can understand that it might seem as a conflict of interest.”

    Moolenaar seemed taken aback by Tabak’s response and, while pointing to Fauci, who was also testifying, said “truthfully, I would say you’ve had leaders of NIH saying certain medicines are not good.”

    Tabak said such statements by NIH are based on clinical trials that are supported by the agency.

    Puzzled, Moolenaar then asked Tabak, “but if the agency is awarding who is the beneficiary of the grant, who is doing the trial, and there is somehow finances involved, that there is a financial benefit that could be accrued if someone’s patent or invention is considered validated, do you not see that as a conflict or at least the appearance of a conflict of interest?”

    After conceding that there is an appearance of a conflict of interest, Tabak suggested to Moolenaar that “maybe this is the sort of thing that we can work together on so that we can explain to you the firewalls that we do have, because they are substantial and significant.”

    Moolenaar’s reference to Fauci was in regard to his telling the Associated Press in a 2005 article that first brought the NIH royalties issues into the headlines that he had donated his royalties to charity.

    But the issue faded from the headlines after 2005, and is only now getting renewed attention as a result of revelations first reported on May 9 by The Epoch Times that documents obtained in a Freedom of Information Act lawsuit brought by a nonprofit government watchdog show an estimated $350 million in undisclosed royalty payments from pharmaceutical and other private firms to top NIH executives, as well as to hundreds of the agency’s health scientists and researchers.

    The $350 million in royalty payments were made between 2010 and 2020, according to Open the Books, the nonprofit that took the NIH to court when it refused to acknowledge the group’s FOIA request for documents.

    Collins received 14 payments, Fauci received 23 payments and his deputy, Clifford Lane, received eight payments, according to Open the Books.

    Adam Andrzejewski, the founder and president of Open the Books, told The Epoch Times Wednesday that NIH continues to withhold important information about the royalty payments, including the names of particular payers and the specific amounts to individuals at NIH.

    “With tens of billions of dollars in grant-making at NIH and tens of millions of royalty dollars from third-party payors flowing back into the agency each year, NIH needs to come clean with the American people and open the books. We need to be able to follow the money,” Andrzejewski said.

    “We believe transparency will revolutionize U.S. public policy. There is no better example of this than the third-party (think pharmaceutical companies) payments to NIH scientists. Every single outside payment to a government scientist could be a conflict of interest,” he added.

    The Moolenaar-Tabak exchange took place during a hearing on the Biden administration’s 2023 budget request.

    Rep. Neal Dunn (R-Fla.), who is also a surgeon, told The Epoch Times that “it’s no secret that the agency needs reform. Their many issues were exacerbated and highlighted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Providing the public with transparent access to how the NIH is spending taxpayer dollars and reaching their decisions is a basic responsibility, and they must be held accountable. Now more than ever, we must commit to reforming our federal health agencies and restoring America’s trust in public health.”

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 21:40

  • Garland Perjury? FBI Whistleblowers Say Parents Investigated With Counterterrorism "Threat Tag"
    Garland Perjury? FBI Whistleblowers Say Parents Investigated With Counterterrorism “Threat Tag”

    An FBI whistleblower has revealed that ‘dozens’ of investigations into parents voicing their opposition to topics ranging from Critical Race Theory to mask mandates were investigated using a “threat tag” created by the agency’s counterterrorism division – directly contradicting Attorney General Merrick Garland’s 2021 testimony denying that the Department of Justice had been weaponized.

    According to a letter from Rep. Jim Jordan (R-OH) and Mike Johnson (R-LA), “We now have evidence that contrary to your testimony, the Federal Bureau of Investigation has labeled at least dozens of investigations into parents with a threat tag created by the FBI’s Counterterrorism Division to assess and track investigations related to school boards.

    The letter cites an October 4th memo issued by Garland announcing a concentrated effort to target any threats of violence, intimidation, and harassment by parents toward school personnel.

    “We have learned from brave whistleblowers that the FBI has opened investigations with the EDUOFFICIALS threat tag in almost every region of the country,” adding “The information we have received shows how, as a direct result of your directive, federal law enforcement is using counterterrorism resources to investigate protected First Amendment activity.”

    Three examples were provided, including at least one member of “Moms for Liberty,” a nonprofit dedicated to helping parents fight for conservative values in the classroom.

    “This whistleblower information is startling,” the letter continues. “You have subjected these moms and dads to the opening of an FBI investigation about them, the establishment of an FBI case file that includes their political views, and the application of a “threat tag” to their names as a direct result of their fundamental constitutional right to speak and advocate for their children.”

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    “This information is evidence of how the Biden Administration is using federal law enforcement, including counterterrorism resources, to investigate concerned parents for protected First Amendment activity.”

    Reactions to the whistleblower revelations has been harsh:

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    The letter is similar to a November, 2001 memo from Jordan to Garland

    A ‘protected disclosure’:

    In mid-November, House Judiciary Committee Republicans sent a letter to Garland after an FBI whistleblower came forward with “a protected disclosure” – claiming that “the FBI’s Counterterrorism Division had been compiling and categorizing threat assessments related to parents, including a document directing FBI personnel to use a specific “threat tag” to track potential investigations.”

    “This disclosure provides specific evidence that federal law enforcement operationalized counterterrorism tools at the behest of a left-wing special interest group against concerned parents,” the letter continues.

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 21:20

  • Efforts To Codify Roe vs Wade Fail In The Senate
    Efforts To Codify Roe vs Wade Fail In The Senate

    By Joseph Lord of The Epoch Times

    The Senate voted on May 11 to filibuster the Democratic-sponsored Women’s Health Protection Act (WHPA), which would have codified the 1973 Roe v. Wade abortion ruling into federal law as the Supreme Court appears intent on striking down the precedent.

    The 51–49 procedural cloture motion vote was mostly party-line, with all Republicans and Sen. Joe Manchin (D-W.Va.) voting against the measure. The measure failed as expected because Democrats didn’t meet the 60-vote filibuster threshold needed to advance the legislation in the upper chamber.

    According to a draft opinion leaked to Politico and published on May 2—written by Justice Samuel Alito and confirmed as genuine by the court—a majority of the justices have agreed preliminarily to overturn Roe v. Wade.

    The court hasn’t yet issued a final opinion.

    Under the 1973 standard, states are prohibited from imposing restrictions on abortion in the first trimester, during which SCOTUS ruled that the mother’s right to privacy outweighed state interest in protecting life. The move effectively overturned existing abortion laws in more than two dozen states, and since then, pro-life advocates have fought to return the power to regulate abortion to the states.

    Democrats decided immediately after the draft was leaked to try again on the WHPA, which the Senate failed to advance in February. A different version of the legislation was passed by the House of Representatives in September 2021 in a party-line vote, with Rep. Henry Cuellar (D-Texas), a pro-life Catholic, being the only Democrat to oppose it.

    That legislation stated that abortion services are a constitutional right, as decided by SCOTUS in Roe v. Wade and that access to abortion “has been obstructed across the United States in various ways,” including by state laws.

    It also stated that health care providers would be able to carry out abortions with virtually no limitations or requirements, a provision aimed at preempting new state laws, as well as superseding some current state laws restricting the procedure.

    With the threat of Roe being repealed looming, Democrats tried to soften the language of the measure from its earlier form. However, given the composition of the Senate, it was never likely to pass.

    In a speech prior to the vote on the legislation, Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) made an impassioned plea for its passage.

    “Women’s rights face their greatest threat in half a century,” Schumer said. “The legislation before this chamber is straightforward. It would codify what Americans already believe: that the right to choose whether or not to have an abortion belongs to women, not elected politicians.”

    Prior to the vote, Manchin explained his reasoning for defecting from his party and voting against the legislation. The WHPA goes well beyond the bounds of Roe v. Wade, he said.

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    “We’re gonna be voting on a piece of legislation which I will not vote for today,” he told reporters. “I would vote for a Roe v. Wade codification if it was today, I was hopeful for that. But I found out yesterday in caucus that wasn’t gonna be.”

    Manchin is one of only two Democrats in the Senate who have expressed some pro-life sentiments. The other, Sen. Bob Casey (D-Pa.), announced earlier this week that he would support the WHPA, and voted with his party for the measure.

    “This week, I will again vote yes to advance debate on the Women’s Health Protection Act and I will support the bill if there is a vote on final passage in the future,” Casey said in a statement.

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 21:00

  • China Warns Away US Warship After Large-Scale PLA Drills Near Taiwan
    China Warns Away US Warship After Large-Scale PLA Drills Near Taiwan

    China’s military said Wednesday that it issued a formal warning to a US warship that passed through the Taiwan Strait soon after large-scale Chinese PLA military drills wound down in waters surrounding Taiwan.

    The US Navy’s 7th Fleet confirmed the guided-missile cruiser USS Port Royal sailed through the contested strait on Tuesday in a “routine” transit and in “accordance with international law”. But China suggested the US is intent on staging “drama” to provoke “trouble” in connection with its military exercises – according to its statement.

    USS Port Royal, Image: US Navy

    The PLA’s Eastern Theatre Command charged that Washington is now increasing the frequency of “such dramas” and is intent on stirring up “trouble, sending the wrong signals to Taiwan independence forces and deliberately intensifying tensions across the Taiwan Strait,” as cited in Reuters.

    After closely monitoring the US vessel, the Chinese command said it “warned” it away while stating that its troops “maintain high alert at all times, resolutely counteract all threats and provocations, and resolutely defend national sovereignty and territorial integrity.”

    The US in 2021 sent a navy ship through the strait roughly on a monthly basis, which Beijing each time shadowed and protested – a pattern which has continued thus far in 2022.

    But this fresh Tuesday sail-through is perhaps being perceived by Beijing as very intentional timing on the part of Washington, given PLA forces just wrapped up a major drill in surrounding Taiwan waters. A Chinese military analyst has been quoted in international publications as calling it a “rehearsal of possible real action.”

    One Western military publication described of these latest exercises aimed at Taiwan:

    On Monday, the Chinese People’s Liberation Army (PLA) announced its Eastern Theater Command organized maritime, aerial, conventional missile and other forces around Taiwan and carried out drills around the island from Friday to Sunday.

    The Eastern Theater Command earlier called the drills part of efforts “to test and improve the joint operations capability of multiple services and arms.” Once Russia’s war in Ukraine started in late February, Western officials raised the alarm that China could try the same thing against much smaller and weaker Taiwan, which Beijing has long claimed as its own.

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 20:40

  • Seniors Sacrifice Health And Comfort As Inflation Lowers Standard Of Living
    Seniors Sacrifice Health And Comfort As Inflation Lowers Standard Of Living

    Authored by Beth Brelje via The Epoch Times,

    In response to inflation, the prizes at Bingo have changed in recent weeks at the Millersville Senior Center in Millersville, Pennsylvania.

    Ria Foltz, 86; Christine Kuss, 71; and Tom Schultz, 85, get ready to play Bingo at the Millersville Senior Center in Millersville, Penn., on May 9, 2022. (Beth Brelje/ The Epoch Times)

    Instead of fun little trinkets, winning bingo players now choose between cleaning supplies, laundry items or snacks, depending on the theme of the week, Senior Center Director Starr Brubaker told The Epoch Times.

    Dryer sheets and spray bottles of detergent are practical items that help defray the growing cost of living. Seniors there say they are happy to win such prizes because they are feeling inflation in all areas of their lives, and they are worried that they won’t have enough money to get by in the future.

    One senior at the center said her husband is at retirement age, but he is not retiring yet because they fear it will be difficult to keep up with inflation.

    Seniors gather at the Millersville Senior Center in Lancaster County on Mondays, Tuesdays, and Wednesdays for fellowship, exercise, and recreation, such as crafting and friendly games of pinochle. They also share provided meals administered by the county. There are similar programs across the nation.

    Some who qualify get additional food to take home. After a game of Bingo on Monday, some received a monthly fresh food supplement: a bag with baby carrots, a green pepper, an orange, two apples, bananas, and two potatoes. The food helps their monthly income last longer.

    Some are making tough decisions about what they can and cannot afford, including food choices and medicines.

    “It would be harder for some of us, if not for the senior center,” Christine Kuss, 71, told The Epoch Times, indicating that some would not have enough to eat. “Rent is getting higher. I gave up on my $400 a month medication.”

    Kuss should take a blood thinner, but the cost of her medications has put her in the Medicare donut hole, a coverage gap that is triggered when prescription costs hit a certain amount for the year. Without coverage, affording all of her medicine is simply out of reach.

    Lillian Pacheco, 67, retired in March and says she is already in the Medicare donut hole this year. She spends much of her time searching for better health coverage. Pacheco told The Epoch Times that she has diabetes, and every three months, her medications adds up to $360.

    Linda Butt, 74, says she tries to save money by looking for deals like grocery stores that offer gas incentives. She uses coupons as much as possible. Recently she found a good price on kitty litter and bought two bags. But one of her medications recently went up to $500 a month. She used to pay around $900 a month combined, for all medications, and it is now closer to $1,500 a month.

    “I’m seriously thinking of giving up medication and letting diabetes take over,” Butt said. “I realize everything is going up, but they are sure not thinking about us seniors.”

    While younger people may have the ability to take on a second job or find a better paying job to make ends meet, senior citizens live on a fixed monthly income that will remain essentially the same. A senior aged 82 may have retired in 2000 and the monthly income that covered costs back then does not go as far anymore.

    When asked where they feel inflation pressures the most, many Millersville Senior Center patrons— drivers and non-drivers alike— mentioned the cost of gas.

    “My daughter takes me around,” Fred Busswood, 89, told The Epoch Times, and when she does, he notices what she is paying for a gallon of gas. Busswood does not recall seeing gas prices this high before.

    Kuss used to drive to the senior center.

    “Those of us who are close walk now, to help with the gas prices,” Kuss said.

    Another senior said she has given up recreation and traveling. Her once weekly trips to a park in her town now happen just once a month because she can’t afford the cost of gas to get there.

    ‘The Country Is Not Being Managed Right’

    The seniors don’t expect relief.

    “Once it goes up, it won’t go down,” Jack Gardner, 76, told The Epoch Times. “The country is not being managed right. We’ve got gas reserves we’re not using.” He believes some who are raising prices may be using inflation talk as an excuse to keep their prices higher than necessary.

    “Food, water, electric—everything has gone up,” Tom Schultz, 85, told The Epoch Times. “Whatever [increase] you got in Social Security, you may as well forget it.”

    A Cost of Living Adjustment increased the Social Security benefit that seniors receive by 5.9 percent in January—the largest increase in 30 years. But seniors say that increase was eaten up by inflation and an increase in the cost of Medicare Part B health insurance.

    In 2021, the average Social Security benefit was $1,565, according to the Social Security Administration. A 5.9 percent increase added $92 a month to that average amount. But at the same time, the Medicare Part B monthly payment was increased from $148.50 a month in 2021 to $170.10 a month in 2022, an increase of $21.60. That means an average net Social Security income increase of $70.40 a month—not enough to keep up with increasing costs.

    Jerry Cunningham, 79, says his quarterly water bill has doubled, from $31 to $64 a quarter, and the electric company has sent mail warning of a rate hike.

    Some seniors say they have changed their eating habits or given up pleasure snacks. One reported a local discount store, where she used to get snacks on the cheap, has increased the cost of coffee from $7.99 to $12.99. And the cost of nuts has climbed out of reach too.

    Another says she is wearing extra sweaters and has her heat turned way down because she does not want to fill her fuel oil tank again this year.

    As he listened to his senior center mates share their stories, Busswood said he started to realize how much people were hurting and felt it was good to understand each other in this way.

    Several seniors mentioned a local hamburger joint that is now charging $10 for a plain burger plus $1 for each topping, such as lettuce, tomato, or cheese. It didn’t sound like they would be going there anytime soon.

    Schultz doesn’t hold out a lot of hope for an economic fix, but he has some ideas.

    “Tell Washington to give me a call,” he said.

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 20:20

  • The Growing List Of US Companies Laying People Off
    The Growing List Of US Companies Laying People Off

    As the economy continues to grind to a halt and inflation continues to run rampant, U.S. businesses are starting to realize the obvious – that they are stretched too thin financially – and are starting to cut unnecessary fat from their respective organizations.

    So much for “building back better”…

    In fact, layoffs are now “sweeping across American businesses,” according to a new report from Insider, who recently ran down a list of the U.S. companies that have begun hacking away at their respective labor forces. 

    In addition to the names you’d expect to be on the list, like Peloton (has laid off 2,800 people) and Netflix, there were also some lesser known and private company names that are making material layoffs. ‘

    Better has been laying off 4,000 people from “late 2021” and “through the first several months of 2022”. CEO Vishal Garg reportedly told employees during a Zoom meeting that the company, “lost $100 million last quarter,” which he said, “was my mistake.”

    He didn’t lay himself off, however, to the best of our understanding. 

    Weight loss app Noom has recently laid off hundreds of coaches as part of a total of laying off 495 people, the report says. Noom appeared to already be stretched thin, with coaches reportedly responsible for “giving advice to hundreds of users at any given time.”

    Thrasio, which is a company that created the Amazon aggregator market, has laid off 20% of its staff, the report says. A memo sent to employees blamed the layoffs on the company’s “hypergrowth” model of acquisitions. A memo sent to employees said: “At times we have been acquiring a new company almost every week and running hard to build the infrastructure to support this growth.”

    Robinhood has also joined the party, laying off more than 300 people, the report says. Their layoffs come after the company’s staff grew from just 700 people to 3,800 people during 2020 and 2021, when the app saw an explosion of users thanks to the pandemic and its associated free government handout cash.

    Wells Fargo is also making layoffs in its mortgage-related positions. A spokesperson for the company said to Insider: “We are carrying out displacements in a transparent and thoughtful manner and providing assistance, such as severance and career counseling. Additionally, we are committed to retaining as many employees as possible and will do everything we can to help them identify other opportunities within Wells Fargo.”

    Pot company Canopy Growth is also laying off employees, with 250 people expected to get the axe. Canopy Growth CEO David Klein said the layoffs were “to ensure the size and scale of our operations reflect current market realities and will support the long-term sustainability of our company.”

    Celebrity video app Cameo is laying off 87 people, its CEO also confirmed. Last Wednesday he commented: “Today has been a brutal day at the office. I made the painful decision to let go of 87 beloved members of the Cameo Fameo.”

    And we have a feeling the list is just getting started…

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 20:00

  • Biden Disinformation Czar Demands Power To Edit Other People's Tweets
    Biden Disinformation Czar Demands Power To Edit Other People’s Tweets

    Authored by Paul Joseph Watson via Summit News,

    In a newly released video clip, Biden disinformation czar Nina Jankowicz demands that “trustworthy verified people” like her be given the power to edit other people’s tweets, making Twitter more like Wikipedia.

    Yes, really.

    Asserting that she was “eligible for it because I’m verified,” Jankowicz then bemoaned the fact there are people on Twitter with different opinions to her who also have the blue tick but “shouldn’t be verified” because they’re “not trustworthy.”

    “So verified people can essentially start to edit Twitter the same sort of way that Wikipedia is so they can add context to certain tweets,” said Jankowicz.

    She then provided the example, which she claimed was non-political, of President Trump tweeting about voter fraud.

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    “Someone could add context from one of the 60 lawsuits that went through the court or something that an election official in one of the states said, perhaps your own Secretary of State and his news conferences, something like that,” said Jankowicz.

    “Adding context so that people have a fuller picture rather than just an individual claim on a tweet,” she added.

    Of course, Twitter already slaps warning labels on such tweets, but now Jankowicz wants approved regime propagandists to be empowered to insert their narrative on an individual basis.

    Also note how two of the other participants in the conversation were wearing face masks, despite it being a remote Zoom call.

    As we previously highlighted, Jankowicz was handed the role of overseeing Biden’s ‘Ministry of Truth’ despite revealing that free speech makes her “shudder” while also promoting the lie that the Hunter Biden laptop story was Russian disinformation.

    Jankowicz also ludicrously cited Christopher Steele as an expert on disinformation. Steele was the author of the infamous Clinton campaign-funded Trump ‘peegate’ dossier’ that turned out to be an actual product of disinformation.

    But yeah, a person with a proven track record of pushing disinformation and hyper-partisanship should totally be given the power to edit tweets she disagrees with.

    *  *  *

    Brand new merch now available! Get it at https://www.pjwshop.com/

    In the age of mass Silicon Valley censorship It is crucial that we stay in touch. I need you to sign up for my free newsletter here. Support my sponsor – Turbo Force – a supercharged boost of clean energy without the comedown. Get early access, exclusive content and behinds the scenes stuff by following me on Locals.

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 19:53

  • The Sky Is Not Falling: Why The Bitcoin Price Doesn't Matter
    The Sky Is Not Falling: Why The Bitcoin Price Doesn’t Matter

    Authored by Nico Antuna Cooper via BitcoinMagazine.com,

    The recent bitcoin price action demonstrates that it’s time for a more grown-up culture of building, development and adoption around Bitcoin.

    “Bear markets are the best time to be alive and in the sector. It’s depressing for those that don’t know what they’re doing, it’s awesome for those that have a longer-term view.”

    – Simon Dixon

    The difference between Bitcoin and everything else is that the price of bitcoin doesn’t matter. Over the long term the price of bitcoin has gone up, yes, but the value proposition of bitcoin as hard, non-confiscatable and truly decentralized money is really what matters. Not the price hype and not the pump. This is why traders and speculators have lost interest in Bitcoin, and continue to flock to the newest pumping decentralized finance (DeFi) or non-fungible token (NFT) project at the drop of a hat. This loss of interest from the speculators is viewed by many as a negative development for Bitcoin, but it is actually a very positive one. What we are seeing now represented in the lower bitcoin price is the value of its actual functional utility and the absence of retail speculation capital that was there before. This article will describe why that’s a good thing.

    Since its inception, misguided analysts have described Bitcoin as a Ponzi scheme dependent on continued artificial speculation pumping into the space. As anybody with experience can tell you, speculators are shiny-object chasers by nature and pull out of any position the minute something shinier comes along. Well, the bitcoin “bear market” has arrived and all the speculators are gone. They got bored and took their toys home with them. Even with them gone, bitcoin is still valued at far higher than its 2020 and 2021 lows and is increasing adoption on an institutional (and sovereign) level. This adoption represents real value.

    The stock market sugar rush caused by Federal Reserve Board money printing and negative real interest rates is ending, and the roller coaster is now going down from the top. This has had an impact not only on bitcoin, but on the stock market and the other altcoins as well. Put simply, everything is going down and after the chaos subsides we will see what assets, stocks and projects actually offer tangible, objective value. That’s what investment was always supposed to be about. Despite the confused dichotomy between “growth stocks” and “value stocks,” investing is by definition supposed to be about your long-term belief in the value of something, not in its short-term growth projections. Retail investors have struggled to comprehend this because of the get-rich-quick, everyone’s-a-genius market culture of the past few years. Indeed, if an asset like bitcoin isn’t constantly appreciating on a double- or triple-digit basis, then it’s a “failing” asset to these people. The market is on its head. As a result, the meme-stock crowd is out of bitcoin now, just like they are out of the stock market as a whole. Turns out the memers had paper hands all along.

    This article by Bloomberg, titled “Day Trader Army Loses All The Money It Made In Meme-Stock Era,” details how many of the new traders that entered the space have “never seen a market that wasn’t supported by the Fed.” Retail traders lost all the gains they made in the Dogecoin, AMC and GameStop rallies, and are exactly back at square one.

    Source: Morgan Stanley, Bloomberg

    The entire market is falling right now and we need to rethink what a “good investment” is. Like the above chart from Morgan Stanley shows, the overall movements of retail trading have canceled out to zero since January 2020 despite their temporarily outsized gains in 2021. If we compare today’s bitcoin price to the January 2020 price, we still see a gain of 331% for bitcoin, outdoing the S&P 500’s return by a large margin and beating the overall retail trading profit of absolutely nothing by a margin of infinity. Do we need any more proof that HODLing is a superior strategy?

    Source: Coindesk. January 1, 2020, BTC price: $7,175.50. May 9, 2022, BTC price: $30,943

    Yes, bitcoin is down from its all-time high by half, but factoring in the incredible market distortions caused by unprecedented money printing, memestock manipulations and post-COVID-19 interest rates since early 2020, bitcoin still blows anything else out of the water. We just need to zoom out to a more “honest” market window in order to see this. Everybody is acting like the sky is falling, but again, that is only because most retail investors only entered the market in 2020 or 2021 and have never seen a market that wasn’t supported by the Fed.

    There is a culture in the Bitcoin community these days of “low (i.e., long-term) time preference,” which fundamentally counters the Ponzi scheme-minded speculators that need quick gains all of the time. High (short-term) time preference fuels the perpetual “passive income” lie that newbies always fall for. In contrast, the “modest” two-year gain of 331% in bitcoin is more than enough for HODLers that have been buying since before the feeding frenzy of the past two years. Long-term time preference works for bitcoin because its fundamental value proposition has held true since its inception, and it will continue to hold true in the future for those who wait. Those who cannot wait are washed out by the market over a long enough time period in any market, just like we have seen with the 0% net gain for novice retail traders that pull in and out too much. The gains caused by hype, stimulus and cultural madness were fleeting, but the gains in Bitcoin utility and adoption have been real all along.

    Detractors have been criticizing Bitcoin for needing meme-stock speculators to make it work, but now that the meme-stock speculators are gone, the detractors are criticizing Bitcoin for the speculators not being there. This is simply illogical, and proof that Bitcoin is not actually a Ponzi scheme. The same can not be said for other cryptocurrencies. Ponzi schemes by definition cannot exist for decades and the honesty in current bitcoin price attests to the honesty of its fundamental value proposition. Yes, it goes down sometimes. This is an indicator of health and transparency. Something that just goes up and up and up forever? That’s a Ponzi scheme and the bottom will always fall out eventually.

    No one’s singing “Pump It Up” anymore, and despite how fun and euphoric the 2021 rally was for a while, the space is really better off without the memers around. It’s time for a more grown-up culture of development and adoption around Bitcoin, and time for a more grown-up price conversation as well.

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 19:40

  • 90-Year Old Catholic Cardinal Arrested In Hong Kong Under China's National Security Law
    90-Year Old Catholic Cardinal Arrested In Hong Kong Under China’s National Security Law

    Cardinal Joseph Zen Ze-kiun (also, Joseph Zen), a highly visible and outspoken pro-democracy activist and the former Catholic bishop of Hong Kong, has been arrested by HK authorities, local media is reporting Wednesday.

    The 90-year old church hierarch, who had been Hong Kong’s Catholic bishop starting in 2002 before stepping down in 2009, has been a consistent supporter of anti-mainland activists, even recently organizing a relief fund to help detained protesters pay their legal fees. He was arrested alongside  former opposition lawmaker Margaret Ng Ngoi-yee and singer, actress, and activist Denise Ho Wan-sze.

    Cardinal Joseph Zen leading mass while visiting New York City. CNS photo

    Hong Kong authorities allege they were “colluding with foreign forces” – a very generalized charge which invokes the controversial pro-China so-called national security law which took effect in June 2020 – following well over a year of fierce anti-Beijing protests taking over Hong Kong streets and universities.

    The law broadly covers “terrorism, subversion, secession and collusion with foreign forces” – and activists and international critics have said it is now routinely used as blanket pro-China enforcement to snuff out all non-approved speech and protests, even including news content and film.

    The elderly bishop Zen has been detained reportedly related to his work in establishing and operating what’s called the 612 Humanitarian Relief Fund – which offers the aforementioned monetary and legal assistance to jailed Hong Kong dissidents.

    The South China Morning Post details, “The three, who were detained on Wednesday, were among five trustees of the 612 Humanitarian Relief Fund, which was set up to offer financial assistance to those involved in anti-government protests in 2019 and which came under the intense scrutiny of authorities over the past year.” This is possibly the latest in a growing body of evidence that the national security law is being applied retroactively.

    “A fourth trustee, former adjunct associate professor Hui Po Keung, was arrested by national security police on Tuesday as he was about to catch a flight to Germany, a source said,” the SCMP report indicated further.

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    There are reports that the fund had actually been officially disbanded last year following an order from the national security police for it to hand over details of its operations. It’s possible the fund went underground after that point, and continued quietly assisting jailed activists.

    Cardinal Zen has enjoyed great popularity and support not only locally but in the Catholic community worldwide…

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    The Vatican has meanwhile been relatively silent on China’s well-documented interference and crackdown in Hong Kong, according to the US-based Catholic News Agency:

    Before the [national security] law’s implementation, many Catholics, including Zen, warned that it could be used to silence the Church in Hong Kong.

    Zen’s arrest will pose a dilemma for the Vatican, which has shied away from public criticism of the crackdown in Hong Kong.

    Archbishop Paul Gallagher, the Vatican’s equivalent of a foreign minister, said in June 2021 that he was not convinced that speaking out on the situation in Hong Kong would make a difference.

    But perhaps seeing a high-ranking cardinal behind bars will finally elicit a strong statement from the Vatican, which semi-frequently weighs in on controversial global affairs. …But we won’t hold our breath.

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 19:20

  • Watch: US Intel Chief Acts Dumbfounded When Senator Warns Of "Poking The Bear" In Ukraine
    Watch: US Intel Chief Acts Dumbfounded When Senator Warns Of “Poking The Bear” In Ukraine

    Authored by Dave DeCamp via AntiWar.com,

    Sen. Tommy Tuberville (R-AL) warned Tuesday that the US is risking war with Russia by “poking the bear” in Ukraine. Tuberville made the comments during a Senate Armed Services Committee hearing with Director of National Intelligence Avril Haines and the director of the Defense Intelligence Agency, Lt. Gen. Scott Berrier.

    Tuberville told Haines and Berrier the US is risking escalating the war by bragging about intelligence sharing with Ukraine. In recent weeks, US officials claimed to the media that US intelligence has helped Ukrainian forces shoot down a plane carrying Russian troops, kill Russian generals, and sink a Russian warship.

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    “You know, we’re kind of poking the bear here… We’re bragging about it. Even President Biden said today, ‘Wait a minute. We got to cut back on this,’” Tuberville said. Biden reportedly told senior US officials that the leaks to the media on intelligence-sharing must stop.

    Tuberville warned the US is also risking provoking Moscow by sending high-level officials to Kyiv. “We do not want to take that step forward to where we get a lot of our men and women involved in this. It looks like to me that we’re taking way too many chances of sending people over there for a photo op,” he said.

    The senator said he favored supporting Ukraine in its war against Russia but warned there was no turning back if things escalated into a direct conflict between Washington and Moscow. “There’s a point of no return here if we cross that line,” he said.

    While the US has sent billions in arms to Ukraine, restarted training Ukrainian troops, and expanded intelligence sharing, US officials still deny the idea that Washington is engaged in a proxy war against Moscow. When pressed by Tuberville, Haines said that Russia believes it’s fighting a war against both Ukraine and the West.

    “Russia has historically believed that they are in a conflict, in effect, with NATO and the United States on a variety of issues,” Haines said. When asked directly if Russia believes it’s fighting the US, Haines said, “In a sense, their perception.”

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    During the hearing, Berrier and Haines described the war in Ukraine as a “stalemate” and said Russian President Vladimir Putin was preparing for a long-term conflict. Haines said over the next few months, the war could “see us moving along a more unpredictable and potentially escalatory trajectory.”

    Tyler Durden
    Wed, 05/11/2022 – 19:00

  • Is A Wheat Crisis Developing In China As Farmers Cut Crops Early?
    Is A Wheat Crisis Developing In China As Farmers Cut Crops Early?

    As global food prices remain at record highs and war wages in Europe between two of the world’s largest grain suppliers, troubling videos from China show farmers slashing winter wheat production ahead of harvest times, adding even more uncertainty about food security. 

    Bloomberg reports China’s agriculture ministry is very concerned about the matter. The ministry is investigating if there’s illegal destruction of wheat crops. 

    The ministry said this comes three weeks before harvests, adding the crop was subjected to devastating floods late last year. There’s also concern that soggy field conditions in southern China due to abnormal rainfall could affect farmers’ ability to harvest. 

    An analyst at Melbourne-based Thomas Elder Markets, Andrew Whitelaw, said it’s not surprising that farmers are cutting their wheat early for hay as this may be a better return on their money because of poor crop conditions. 

    “If China has a poor crop this season, then they will likely have to continue with a strong import program … there are “already question marks around China’s food security ambitions,” Whitelaw said, adding that the country has ramped up wheat imports this year. 

    Here are some videos of Chinese trucks loaded up with unripened wheat that will be used as animal feed instead flour for human consumption. 

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    The situation in China adds to wheat production concerns in Ukraine, Russia’s unlikeness to ship the crop to “unfriendly” countries, India’s threats of wheat export bans due to severe weather, and planting issues in the US Northern Plains and Canada because of wet conditions. As a result of all of these issues that may tighten global food markets even further, US wheat futures hit a 14-year high on Monday.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/11/2022 – 18:40

    Digest powered by RSS Digest

    May 11

    Today’s News 11th May 2022

    • NATO Country Among 1st To Adopt Law Declaring Russia's Invasion "Genocide" & "Terrorism"
      NATO Country Among 1st To Adopt Law Declaring Russia’s Invasion “Genocide” & “Terrorism”

      The Baltic country of Lithuania has become among the first NATO member countries to formally call Russia’s military action in Ukraine a “genocide” while legally declaring the invasion state-sponsored “terrorism”.

      Its parliament voted unanimously on Tuesday to adopt the motion into law, also calling for future Nuremberg style war crimes trials for top Russian officials – something which most pundits and legal experts agree is likely impossible to practically carry out.

      Lithuanian parliament in Vilnius: The Associated Press

      Reuters details that “The motion, co-sponsored by Prime Minister Ingrida Simonyte, said Russian forces’ war crimes in Ukraine included the deliberate killing of civilians, mass rape, forcible relocation of Ukrainian citizens to Russia and the destruction of economic infrastructure and cultural sites.”

      “The Russian Federation, whose military forces deliberately and systematically select civilian targets for bombing, is a state that supports and perpetrates terrorism,” the Lithuanian parliamentary motion reads. It follows a prior similar designation by Canada’s parliament.

      In mid-April, President Joe Biden raised eyebrows in calling Russia’s invasion a “genocide” for the first time. It was met with some controversy among analysts in the United States given that the United Nations’ definition for formal application of the term has strict requirements and typically isn’t thrown around loosely.

      A Russian parliament official was the first to respond to the Lithuanian action, explaining that the Baltic state is merely obediently following Washington’s lead: 

      Leonid Slutsky, head of the International Affairs Committee of Russia’s lower house of parliament, said the resolution was not legally binding and that it merely repeated what he called the United States’ Russophobic views.

      He said the resolution was part of an “anti-Russia project” and biased actions against Russia that “have nothing to do with reality,” the TASS news agency cited him as saying.

      A month ago Ukraine’s President Zelensky spoke virtually to Lithuanian parliament, which is in the capital of Vilnius, and declared that the country had been the “first” in Europe to come to Ukraine’s aid.

      “Dear Lithuanians, I am grateful to address you on behalf of the Ukrainian people today. You have been among the first to come to Ukraine’s aid. You remain among those who care most about peace and security in Europe,” he told the lawmakers. His message to various bodies of friendly countries’ lawmakers worldwide has focused heavily on allegations of Russian war crimes, claiming also that Russian forces actively target Ukrainian civilians – a charge the Kremlin has consistently denied.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/11/2022 – 02:45

    • US Sanctions ISIS Financial Facilitators Accused Of Child Trafficking
      US Sanctions ISIS Financial Facilitators Accused Of Child Trafficking

      Authored by Aldgra Fredly via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

      The United States on Monday sanctioned a network of five ISIS financial facilitators accused of assisting the terrorist group in the smuggling of children out of displaced person camps for recruitment as fighters.

      An internal security patrol member stands in front of a convoy of trucks transporting Syrian women and children suspected of being related to the ISIS terrorist group, at the Kurdish-run al-Hol camp, in the al-Hasakeh governorate in northeastern Syria, on Dec. 21, 2020. (Delil Souleiman/AFP via Getty Images)

      In a statement, the U.S. Treasury Department said the five individuals—Dwi Dahlia Susanti, Rudi Heryadi, Ari Kardian, Muhammad Dandi Adhiguna, and Dini Ramadhani—worked across Indonesia, Syria, and Turkey.

      All of their property and assets in the United States will be blocked as a result of the sanctions.

      They were accused of “facilitating the travel of extremists to Syria and other areas where ISIS operates” and conducting financial transfers to support the group’s efforts in Syria-based displaced person camps.

      It stated that the network collected funds in Indonesia and Turkey for the group, “some of which were used to pay for smuggling children out of the camps and delivering them to ISIS foreign fighters as potential recruits.”

      “By designating them, we aim to expose and disrupt an international ISIS facilitation network that has financed ISIS recruitment, including [the recruitment] of vulnerable children in Syria,” Secretary of State Antony Blinken said in a statement.

      According to the Treasury Department, residents of displaced person camps in Syria include those who have been displaced by ISIS, as well as ISIS members, supporters, and their families.

      “ISIS sympathizers in over 40 countries have sent money to ISIS-linked individuals in these camps in support of ISIS’s future resurgence,” it said.

      The Al-Hawl camp has been recognized as “the largest displaced person camp in northeast Syria,” housing up to 70,000 people, most of whom are women and children.

      “In Al-Hawl alone, ISIS supporters have received up to $20,000 per month via hawala, an informal transfer mechanism; the majority of those funds transfers have originated outside Syria or passed through neighboring countries such as Turkey,” it added.

      The sanctions followed the 16th meeting of the Counter ISIS Finance Group of the Global Coalition to Defeat ISIS, on May 9. The CIFG is co-led by the United States, Italy, and Saudi Arabia and comprises nearly 70 countries and international organizations.

      “The United States, as part of the Global Coalition to Defeat ISIS, is committed to denying ISIS the ability to raise and move funds across multiple jurisdictions,” said Brian E. Nelson, the Treasury’s undersecretary for terrorism and financial intelligence.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/11/2022 – 02:00

    • Leftists Hate Free Speech Because They Fear Dissent, Not "Disinformation"
      Leftists Hate Free Speech Because They Fear Dissent, Not “Disinformation”

      Authored by Brandon Smith via Alt-Market.us,

      I think one of the most bizarre social developments of the past 10 years in the US has been the slow but steady shift of the political left as supposed defenders of free speech to enemies of free speech. The level of mental gymnastics on display by leftists to justify their attacks on freedom and the 1st Amendment is bewildering. So much so that I begin to question if liberals and leftists ever actually had any respect for 1st Amendment rights to begin with? Or, maybe the only freedom they cared about all along was the freedom to watch pornography…

      One can see the steady progression of this war on speech and ideas, and the end game is predictable: Is anyone really that surprised that the Biden Administration is implementing a Ministry of Truth in the form of the DHS Disinformation Governance Board? Can we just accept the reality at this point that leftists are evil and their efforts feed into an agenda of authoritarianism? Is there any evidence to the contrary?

      Before I get into this issue, I think it’s important to point out that it’s becoming tiresome to hear arguments these days suggesting that meeting leftists “somewhere in the middle” is the best and most desirable option. I see this attitude all over the place and I think it comes from a certain naivety about the situation we are facing as a country. Moderates and “normies” along with people like Bill Maher and Russell Brand are FINALLY starting to realize how bag-lady-crazy leftists are and the pendulum is swinging back slightly. But, it was conservatives that were calling out the social justice cult and their highway to hell for years.

      While everyone else was blissfully ignorant, we were fighting the battles that stalled the leftist advance. This is not to say I’m not happy to have moderates and reformed liberals on board, it’s a great thing. However, the time for diplomacy and meeting leftists halfway is long dead.

      There is no such thing as a “center” in our society anymore, either you lean conservative and you support freedom, or you lean left and support authoritarianism. There is no magical and Utopian in-between that we need to achieve to make things right. We are not required to tolerate leftist authoritarianism because of “democracy.” Sometimes certain ideologies and certain groups are mutually exclusive to freedom; meaning, they cannot coexist within a society that values liberty.

      We need to be clear about where the lines are drawn, because sitting on the fence is not an option. Walk in middle of road? Get squished like grape.

      To understand how leftists got to the point of enthusiastic hatred of free speech rights there are some psychological and philosophical factors that need to be addressed. These include specific ideals that leftists value that are disjointed or simply irrational:

      Hate Speech Is Real And Must Be Censored?

      First, as I have argued for many years, there is no such thing as “hate speech.” There is speech that some people don’t like and speech they are offended by. That is all.

      Constitutionally, there is no hate speech. People are allowed to say any offensive thing they wish and believe however they wish as long as they are not slandering a person’s reputation with lies or threatening them with direct bodily harm. If you are offended by criticism, that is your problem.

      Leftists believe the opposite. Instead of growing a thicker skin they think that “hate speech” should be illegal and that they should be the people that determine what hate speech is. This is a kind of magical door to power, because if you can declare yourself the arbiter of hate speech you give yourself the authority to control ALL speech. That is to say, as the thought police all you have to do is label everything you don’t like as hate speech, no matter how factual, and you now dictate the course of society.

      No one is capable of this kind of objectivity or benevolence. No person alive has the ability to determine what speech is acceptable without bias. Like the One Ring in the Lord of The Rings, there is no individual or group capable of wielding such power without being corrupted by it. Either there is no hate speech, or everything becomes hate speech.

      Free Speech Is Negated By Property Rights?

      This is in direct reference to social media websites and it’s an oversimplification of the issue of free speech and large social media platforms. Here is the conundrum or “false paradigm” if you will:

      Leftists argue for private property rights, but only when it comes to vast corporate big tech platforms like Twitter, Facebook, YouTube, etc. They like private property rights for companies that they think are on their side politically; they hate private property rights for everyone else. Just look at their response to Elon Musk’s recent Twitter buyout; the leftists are demanding that Musk be stopped at all costs, and they demand that the SEC and FCC step in to disrupt the sale because they claim Musk’s purchase is a “threat to democracy.”

      The media itself is clamoring to disrupt Musk’s takeover of Twitter. Whether or not you trust him, Musk’s acquisition of the platform has at least exposed the totalitarian attitudes of mainstream journalists for everyone to see. They are now even admitting on air that THEY control public discussion; that it is “their job,” and they see Musk as a threat to that monopoly.

      Why are Elon Musk’s private property rights less important or protected than the original shareholders of Twitter (Vangaurd, BlackRock, Morgan Stanley and a Saudi Prince)? Because Musk does not claim to represent leftist designs and interests? Leftists have no principles, they only care about manufacturing consent. Their method of winning requires that they never restrict themselves within the boundaries of values or morals. Again, this is the epitome of pure evil.

      Beyond that irony, though, is the deeper issue of government intervention vs business rights. Many people seem to think that government power is supposed to balance out corporate power when the truth is that governments and corporations work hand in hand; they are often one in the same entity.

      Twitter and other Big Tech platforms receive billions upon billions of dollars in government stimulus and tax incentives every year. Corporations as a concept are essentially a socialist creation. They enjoy limited liability and corporate personhood along with other special protections under government charter. With all these protections, incentives, bailouts and stimulus measures it is almost impossible for small and new businesses to compete with them. They represent a monopoly through cartel; they control the marketplace by colluding with each other and colluding with the government.

      A perfect example of this would be the coordination between multiple Big Tech companies to bring down Parler, a conservative leaning competitor to Twitter. This required some of the biggest companies in the world working in unison along with the blessing of government officials to disrupt the ability of a new company to offer an alternative, and all because Parler was getting too big.

      In the case of a private person’s home or their small business or small website, it’s true that there are no free speech rights. They can kick you out and they don’t have to give a reason. But when it comes to massive conglomerates that receive billions in OUR tax dollars in order to stay alive, no, they do not deserve private property rights. They have now made themselves into a public utility, and that means they are subject to constitutional limitations just as public schools and universities are.

      This is a concept that leftists just don’t grasp. They view corporate power as sacrosanct…as long as it serves their interests.

      Consider global corporations like Disney and their open intention to undermine the passage of Florida’s anti-grooming bill; this represents Disney’s vocal support for the sexualization and indoctrination of children in Florida schools. Leftists cheered the announcement and claimed that without Disney, Florida’s economy would be wrecked. Instead, the state turned the tables and took away incentives they had been giving to Disney for decades. Leftists responded by accusing Governor DeSantis of being a “fascist” and attacking free speech.

      But let’s break this down: Leftists happily supported Disney, a massive conglomerate, and their efforts to undermine the will of the voters in Florida. The state government stops them from undermining the voters by taking away the money and special incentives that belong to the voters. In turn, leftists claim this is a violation of Disney’s rights?

      The disparity between leftist arguments on Elon Musk’s takeover of Twitter vs. Disney’s attempted sabotage of Florida law could not be more confused. When it comes to Twitter they love the idea of censorship and react with panic when the mere prospect of free speech (within the confines of US law) is presented. When it comes to Disney, they say they love the idea of free speech, and anyone that wants to limit the corporation’s influence within Florida, no matter how criminal, is accused of fascism.

      The difference is obvious – Musk appears to be an uncontrolled element, while Disney is an “ally.” Free speech and property rights are only allowed for one side of the cultural divide. Leftists attacking freedom is free speech; defending ourselves against those attacks is a threat to democracy. It’s absurd.

      Disinformation Is A Threat And Censorship Is The Solution?

      The holy grail of censorship is not website filters and algorithms, because as we have seen with Twitter, those platforms could be built or purchased by someone that does not share in the leftist agenda. Instead, government intervention and the ability to define what is proper and improper discourse is the ultimate goal. The end game of authoritarians is always to write mass censorship into law, as if it is justified once it is codified.

      Corporate elites and political puppets like Biden pontificating about the threat of “disinformation” is hilarious for a number of reasons, but mainly because it is the power brokers and the media that have been the main purveyors of disinformation for a long time. Suddenly today they care about the spread of lies?

      I think it is obvious that such people are far more worried about the spread of facts, evidence and truth. They cannot debate on fair ground because they will lose, so, the only other option is to silence us. The institution of the Disinformation Governance Board is a clear indication that the establishment and the useful idiots on the political left are becoming DESPERATE.

      Their grip on the public mind is slipping, and we saw this during their recent attempts to enforce medical tyranny across the country in the name of covid. Luckily, conservatives in at least 20 red states fought against the implementation of covid lockdowns, mandates and vaccine passports which would have annihilated our constitutional rights forever.

      For years I heard the argument that when the jackboots arrived conservatives would do nothing, and now we know this is nonsense. Some of the few free places in the world during two years of pandemic fear mongering were red states in America, which coincidentally also have the highest concentration of conservatives.

      If you want to know what our country would look like had conservatives not stopped the tide of tyranny, just take a gander at China today. They have some of the strictest covid mandates on the planet and yet they are once again locking down millions of citizens due to “high infection rates.” Not only that, but they are starving their own people in the process.

      It’s madness, and it’s exactly what leftists were arguing in favor of just a few months ago. The US is mostly open today, just as red states like mine have been free for almost the entirety of the pandemic, and what has changed? Half the country is still unvaccinated – Is there mass death in the streets? Nope. Nothing has changed in terms of covid. The mandates made no difference whatsoever, other than to disrupt the economy and reduce people’s freedoms.

      Not long ago, pointing out this fact was considered “disinformation” that needed to be silenced in order to “save lives.” The Hunter Biden laptop story was called disinformation. The Wuhan Lab story was called disinformation. Fauci’s gain of function research on covid at the Wuhan lab was called disinformation. The fact that vaccinated people still contract and die from covid was called disinformation. In other words, what the government and corporate oligarchs call “disinformation” today is eventually called reality tomorrow.

      I would be happy to enter into a fair debate with White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki on any of the above issues and her views of what constitutes “disinformation,” but she would never do such a thing because she knows she would be crushed like a bug. It is not the government’s job to protect the public from information, whether real or fake. It is not their job to filter or censor data or ideas. They are not qualified to do this. No one is.

      Leftists operate from a collectivist mentality and this makes them believe that society is a singular entity that needs to be managed and manipulated to achieve a desired outcome. They have no concept of individual responsibility and discernment, but that is a side note to the real problem. They support information control because facts and ideas outside of their narrative could possibly damage that narrative. And, if the narrative is damaged they lose their feeling of power, which is all they really care about.

      If your narrative is so fragile that it does not hold up to scrutiny or alternative viewpoints then it must not be worth much of a damn. If you have to force people or manipulate people into believing the way you do, then your ideology must be fundamentally flawed. The truth speaks volumes for itself and eventually wins without force. Only lies need to be forced into the collective consciousness. Only lies require tyranny.

      Eventually reality wins over propaganda, unless total censorship and totalitarianism can be achieved. Nothing has changed in the 200+ years since the creation of the Bill of Rights. Free speech is still integral to a functioning society. Without it, society crumbles. They will claim that today things are different and that society needs to be “protected from itself.” This is what tyrants always say when trying to steal power.

      Most people reading this know by now that this is a war. It’s not a political debate that requires give-and-take, but a full-bore winner-take-all conflict. A DHS faction which is mandated to monitor our speech and propagandize the public is unacceptable and must be eliminated. Leftist and globalist monopoly of social media communications platforms is unacceptable and must be eliminated. The imposition of leftist and globalist ideology into the media narrative while censoring any contrary information is unacceptable and must be eliminated. This is about saving the remaining embers of American culture. If we do not take an aggressive stand now, the next generation may never know liberty. Everything we hold dear is at stake.

      *  *  *

      If you would like to support the work that Alt-Market does while also receiving content on advanced tactics for defeating the globalist agenda, subscribe to our exclusive newsletter The Wild Bunch Dispatch.  Learn more about it HERE.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/11/2022 – 00:05

    • 'War Is A Racket': Visualizing US And Russia's Biggest Arms-Trading Partners
      ‘War Is A Racket’: Visualizing US And Russia’s Biggest Arms-Trading Partners

      The increase in conflicts worldwide, including in Ukraine and the Middle East, has shifted global focus back onto arms transfers between countries.

      For decades, countries proficient in arms manufacturing have supplied weapons to other countries in demand of them; and at the helm of these trades are the U.S. and Russia, which, as Visual Capitalist’s Anshool Deshmukh details below, have accounted for 57% of all international arms trades in the last 10 years.

      So who are the largest importers of arms from these two countries, and what is the military value of these trades?

      With the help of data from the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) arms transfer database, the above infographic by Ruben Berge Mathisen visualizes the top 50 biggest arms recipients by value for both the U.S. and Russia in the last decade.

      The Military Valuation of Arms Transfers

      The military valuation of arms is measured in terms of trend-indicator values (TIV). This valuation reflects the military capability of a particular item rather than its financial value.

      Every weapon that falls under the conventional definition of major arms is allotted a TIV. The following are the most common weapons and components to be assigned a TIV.

      • Aircraft and armored vehicles

      • Artillery (>100mm in caliber)

      • Sensors and guided missiles, large air defense guns, torpedoes, and bombs

      • 100mm caliber artillery-armed ships (>100-tonne displacement)

      • Reconnaissance satellites and air refueling systems

      Instead of focusing on budget, examining TIV makes it easier to measure trends in the flow of arms between particular countries and regions over time, essentially creating a military capability price index.

      Biggest Recipients of U.S. Armaments

      The United States is the largest exporter of arms globally, responsible for 35% of global exports over the last 10 years to about 130 nations.

      Most recently, the biggest market for U.S. arms sales has been in the Middle East, with Saudi Arabia being the most prominent recipient of weapons. Over the last decade, the country has purchased 24% of total U.S. arms exports, with components worth over 18 billion TIVs.

      Here is a look at the top 10 recipients of arms from the United States:

      The U.S. remains the biggest global exporter of weapons globally, however, sales of military equipment to foreign countries dipped by 21% over the previous fiscal year, dropping from $175 billion in 2020 to $138 billion in 2021.

      Biggest Recipients of Russian Armaments

      Russia, the world’s second-largest arms dealer, was responsible for 22% of global arms exports between 2011 and 2021.

      In terms of TIVs, India remains the biggest importer of Russian weapons by a wide margin. India’s dependency on Russian-made arms is driven by its fight to quell the military assertiveness of China on one side and its constant skirmishes along the Pakistani border on the other.

      But despite the continued support of Russia and its President by the Indian Prime Minister, even in the wake of Russia’s war on Ukraine, some reports have shown that India has been looking elsewhere for arms in the last few years.

      Let’s take a look at some of the other biggest importers of Russian arms around the world:

      One relationship of significance is Russia’s provided weapons to Pro-Russia Ukrainian Rebels. Since 2014, Russia has offered arms and training to these rebels in their fight. These have included weapons of all sorts, from pistols and mines to tanks and missile launchers.

      Effect of the War on Ukraine on Arms Trades

      According to the latest data from SIPRI, the international arms trade fell by 4.6% in the last five-year period. Despite this, Europe has become a new hotspot for arms imports, seeing a 19% increase in arms transfers over the same time period.

      Countries like the U.K., Netherlands, and Norway were the largest importers, and other countries might follow suit.

      Experts claim that this upsurge is attributed to the crumbling relationship between Russia and Europe. Alarmed by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, European countries have been reevaluating their defense budgets—as exemplified by Germany’s recent €100 billion commitment to boost its military strength.

      In the coming years, the U.S. and Russia’s biggest arms transfer partners are likely to shift. But which way will arms transfers trend?

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 23:45

    • China Accelerates Nuclear Buildup, Military Modernization; Biden Speeding US To Defeat
      China Accelerates Nuclear Buildup, Military Modernization; Biden Speeding US To Defeat

      By Judith Bergman of The Gatestone Institute

      • “The PRC likely intends to have at least 1,000 warheads by 2030, exceeding the pace and size the DoD projected in 2020.” — Military and Security Developments Involving the People’s Republic of China 2021, US Dept. of Defense.

      • “In space, China is putting up satellites at twice the rate of the United States and “fielding operational systems at an incredible rate.” — General David Thompson, the Space Force’s first vice chief of space operations, quoted in The Washington Post, November 30, 2021.

      • “Look at what they [CCP) have today…. We’re witnessing one of the largest shifts in global geostrategic power that the world has witnessed.” — General Mark Milley, Chairman of the US Joint Chiefs of Staff, breakingdefense.com, November 4, 2021.

      • “[T]he Chinese are building up their military capabilities in space, cyberspace, and in the conventional force. It’s all happening at the same time.” — Timothy Heath, senior international and defense researcher at Rand Corporation, Business Insider, January 4, 2022.

      • “To fully assess the China threat, it is also necessary to consider the capability of the associated delivery system, command and control, readiness, posture, doctrine and training. By these measures, China is already capable of executing any plausible nuclear employment strategy within their region and will soon be able to do so at intercontinental ranges as well.” ­­ — Admiral Charles Richard, Commander of U.S. Strategic Command, Senate Committee on Armed Services, April 20, 2021.

      • There is now as well the added probability of China and Russia engaging in military coordination…. a strategic partnership of “no limits” and with “no forbidden areas” in an agreement that they said was aimed at countering the influence of the United States.

      • This cooperation has already seen China undermining Western sanctions on Russia and supplying Russian President Vladimir Putin with the lifeline he needs to continue his war in Ukraine.

      • “The friendship between the two peoples is iron clad.” — Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi, Associated Press, March 7, 2022.

      • “For the first time in our history, the nation is on a trajectory to face two nuclear-capable, strategic peer adversaries at the same time, who must be deterred differently.” ­­ — Admiral Charles Richard, Senate Committee on Armed Services, April 20, 2021.

      • [T]his is NOT the time for the US to cancel the sea-launched nuclear cruise missile (SLCM-N), as President Joe Biden plans to do.

      • Meanwhile, Biden’s proposed defense budget risks speeding the US to defeat by insufficiently taking into account the current skyrocketing inflation, as acknowledged in early April by Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Gen. Mark Milley, Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin and Pentagon comptroller Mike McCord. “This budget assumes an inflation rate of 2.2%, which is obviously incorrect because it’s almost 8%,” said Milley. “Because the budget was produced quite a while ago, those calculations were made prior to the current inflation rate.”

      • “Nearly every dollar of increase in this budget will be eaten by inflation. Very little, if anything, will be left over to modernize and grow capability.” — Representative Mike Rogers, (R-Ala.) House Armed Services Committee, Defense News, April 5, 2022.

      The accelerating pace of China’s nuclear buildup is concerning in itself, but even more so given that the military buildup constitutes just one, but significant, part of China’s general military buildup and modernization. Pictured: DF-17 hypersonic missiles at a military parade in Beijing, China, on October 1, 2019. (Photo by Kevin Frayer/Getty Images)

      When the Pentagon assessed China’s nuclear arsenal in its annual report to Congress on China’s military power in November 2020, it projected that China’s nuclear warhead stockpile, which the Pentagon then estimated to be in the low 200s, would “at least double in size” over the next decade. The Pentagon also estimated that China was “pursuing” a “nuclear triad”, meaning a combination of land-, sea- and air-based nuclear capabilities.

      Just one year later, in November 2021, the Pentagon found itself acknowledging that China’s nuclear buildup was taking place at an astonishing speed, with the nuclear warhead stockpile now possibly quadrupling from the estimated low 200s in 2020 over the next decade:

      “The accelerating pace of the PRC’s nuclear expansion may enable the PRC to have up to 700 deliverable nuclear warheads by 2027. The PRC likely intends to have at least 1,000 warheads by 2030, exceeding the pace and size the DoD projected in 2020.”

      In addition, China is no longer merely “pursuing” a nuclear triad but appears to have already achieved the basics of it:

      “The PRC has possibly already established a nascent ‘nuclear triad’ with the development of a nuclear-capable air-launched ballistic missile (ALBM) and improvement of its ground and sea-based nuclear capabilities.”

      China, according to the report, is also “constructing the infrastructure necessary to support this force expansion, including increasing its capacity to produce and separate plutonium by constructing fast breeder reactors and reprocessing facilities,” while “building hundreds of new ICBM silos, and is on the cusp of a large silo-based ICBM force expansion comparable to those undertaken by other major powers.”

      The accelerating pace of China’s nuclear buildup is concerning in itself, but even more so given that the military buildup constitutes just one, but significant, part of China’s general military buildup and modernization. Last summer, for instance, China tested its first hypersonic weapon. In space, China is putting up satellites at twice the rate of the United States and “fielding operational systems at an incredible rate,” according to General David Thompson, the Space Force’s first vice chief of space operations. China and Russia’s combined in-orbit space assets grew approximately 70% in just two years, following a more than 200% increase between 2015 and 2018 according to Kevin Ryder, Defense Intelligence Agency senior analyst for space and counterspace in the U.S.

      According to General Mark Milley, chairman of the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff:

      “If you look at, again, 40 years ago, they had zero satellites…They had no ICBMs…They had no nuclear weapons… They had no fourth or fifth-generation fighters or even more advanced fighters, back then… They had no navy…They had no sub-force. Look at what they have today… So if you look at the totality, this test [of a hypersonic weapon] that occurred a couple weeks ago, is only one of a much, much broader picture of a military capability with respect to the Chinese. That is very, very significant. We’re witnessing one of the largest shifts in global geostrategic power that the world has witnessed.”

      According to Timothy Heath, a senior international and defense researcher at the Rand Corporation think tank:

      “It’s important to see the modernizing nuclear arsenal as part of the bigger picture, in which the Chinese are building up their military capabilities in space, cyberspace, and in the conventional force. It’s all happening at the same time.”

      On April 20, 2021, U.S. Strategic Command’s chief Admiral Charles Richard made it clear in testimony to the Senate Armed Services Committee that China is no longer a lesser nuclear threat than Russia:

      “While China’s nuclear stockpile is currently smaller (but undergoing an unprecedented expansion) than those fielded by Russia and the United States, the size of a nation’s weapons stockpile is a crude measure of its overall strategic capability. To fully assess the China threat, it is also necessary to consider the capability of the associated delivery system, command and control, readiness, posture, doctrine and training. By these measures, China is already capable of executing any plausible nuclear employment strategy within their region and will soon be able to do so at intercontinental ranges as well. They are no longer a ‘lesser included case of the pacing nuclear threat, Russia.” (Emphasis in original).

      China’s nuclear acceleration is not all, however. There is now as well the added probability of China and Russia engaging in military coordination: In February, the two powers declared that they were entering into a strategic partnership of “no limits” and with “no forbidden areas” in an agreement that they said was aimed at countering the influence of the United States.

      This cooperation has already seen China undermining Western sanctions on Russia and supplying Russian President Vladimir Putin with the lifeline he needs to continue his war in Ukraine. China has not only supplied material support through a variety of deals with Russia, it has also refrained from condemning Russia’s invasion and has criticized the sanctions.

      In March, Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi called Russia the “most important strategic partner” for China.

      “No matter how perilous the international landscape, we will maintain our strategic focus and promote the development of a comprehensive China-Russia partnership in the new era… The friendship between the two peoples is iron clad.”

      On April 19, China reassured Russia that it will continue to increase “strategic coordination.”

      China-Russia cooperation is going to affect US strategic deterrence. Admiral Richard told the Senate Armed Services Committee in early March that the US needs to have plans for scenarios in which the two powers cooperate militarily, adding:

      “I’m very concerned about what opportunistic aggression looks like. I’m worried about what cooperative aggression looks like… We do not know the endpoints of where either of those other two are going either in capability or capacity. We’re just now starting to work out what three-party stability looks like, what three-party deterrence dynamic works out.”

      In his April 20, 2021 testimony to the Senate Armed Services Committee, Richard said:

      “For the first time in our history, the nation is on a trajectory to face two nuclear-capable, strategic peer adversaries at the same time, who must be deterred differently. We can no longer assume the risk of strategic deterrence failure in conflict will always remain low.”

      In the light of China’s accelerating nuclear buildup — and the nuclear threat that Russia poses with its thousands of tactical nuclear weapons — this is NOT the time for the US to cancel the sea-launched nuclear cruise missile (SLCM-N), as President Joe Biden plans to do.

      The missile, according to the Wall Street Journal, “is considered a ‘tactical’ nuclear weapon that has a lower yield than ‘strategic’ options and might be used on battlefield targets. The missile could be launched from submarines or destroyers” and “is needed to deter Russia and others” and, according to the article, would also be useful “in dissuading China from using a nuke on Taiwan, without the longer and fraught debate of, say, putting American nuclear weapons on Japanese soil… [and] reduce proliferation at a volatile moment.”

      The acceleration of China’s nuclear and military modernization, and the new situation of tri-polar deterrence that the U.S. finds itself in for the first time, necessitate increases in US military research and development, acquisition and procurement. Meanwhile, Biden’s proposed defense budget risks speeding the US to defeat by insufficiently taking into account the current skyrocketing inflation, as acknowledged in early April by Gen. Milley, Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin and Pentagon comptroller Mike McCord. “This budget assumes an inflation rate of 2.2%, which is obviously incorrect because it’s almost 8%,” Milley noted. “Because the budget was produced quite a while ago, those calculations were made prior to the current inflation rate.”

      “Nearly every dollar of increase in this budget will be eaten by inflation,” Representative Mike Rogers (R-Ala), a member of the House Armed Services Committee, said. “Very little, if anything, will be left over to modernize and grow capability.”

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 23:25

    • US Consumer Debt Accelerates Towards $16 Trillion
      US Consumer Debt Accelerates Towards $16 Trillion

      According to the Federal Reserve (Fed), U.S. consumer debt is approaching a record-breaking $16 trillion. Critically, as Visual Capitalist’s Marcus Lu details below, the rate of increase in consumer debt for the fourth quarter of 2021 was also the highest seen since 2007.

      This graphic provides context into the consumer debt situation using data from the end of 2021.

      Housing Vs. Non-Housing Debt

      The following table includes the data used in the above graphic. Housing debt covers mortgages, while non-housing debt covers auto loans, student loans, and credit card balances.

      Trends in Housing Debt

      Home prices have experienced upward pressure since the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic. This is evidenced by the Case-Shiller U.S. National Home Price Index, which has increased by 34% since the start of the pandemic.

      Driving this growth are various pandemic-related impacts. For example, the cost of materials such as lumber have seen enormous spikes. We’ve covered this story in a previous graphic, which showed how many homes could be built with $50,000 worth of lumber. In most cases, these higher costs are passed on to the consumer.

      Another key factor here is mortgage rates, which fell to all-time lows in 2020. When rates are low, consumers are able to borrow in larger quantities. This increases the demand for homes, which in turn inflates prices.

      Ultimately, higher home prices translate to more mortgage debt being incurred by families.

      No Need to Worry, Though

      Economists believe that today’s housing debt isn’t a cause for concern. This is because the quality of borrowers is much stronger than it was between 2003 and 2007, in the years leading up to the financial crisis and subsequent housing crash.

      In the chart below, subprime borrowers (those with a credit score of 620 and below) are represented by the red-shaded bars:

      We can see that subprime borrowers represent very little (2%) of today’s total originations compared to the period between 2003 to 2007 (12%). This suggests that American homeowners are, on average, less likely to default on their mortgage.

      Economists have also noted a decline in the household debt service ratio, which measures the percentage of disposable income that goes towards a mortgage. This is shown in the table below, along with the average 30-year fixed mortgage rate.

      While it’s true that Americans are less burdened by their mortgages, we must acknowledge the decrease in mortgage rates that took place over the same period.

      With the Fed now increasing rates to calm inflation, Americans could see their mortgages begin to eat up a larger chunk of their paycheck. In fact, mortgage rates have already risen for seven consecutive weeks.

      Trends in Non-Housing Consumer Debt

      The key stories in non-housing consumer debt are student loans and auto loans.

      The former category of debt has grown substantially over the past two decades, with growth tapering off during the pandemic. This can be attributed to COVID relief measures which have temporarily lowered the interest rate on direct federal student loans to 0%.

      Additionally, these loans were placed into forbearance, meaning 37 million borrowers have not been required to make payments. As of April 2022, the value of these waived payments has reached $195 billion.

      Over the course of the pandemic, very few direct federal borrowers have made voluntary payments to reduce their loan principal. When payments eventually resume, and the 0% interest rate is reverted, economists believe that delinquencies could rise significantly.

      Auto loans, on the other hand, are following a similar trajectory as mortgages. Both new and used car prices have risen due to the global chip shortage, which is hampering production across the entire industry.

      To put this in numbers, the average price of a new car has climbed from $35,600 in 2019, to over $47,000 today. Over a similar timeframe, the average price of a used car has grown from $19,800, to over $28,000.

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 23:05

    • More Direct Links Confirmed Between Saudi Arabia & 9/11 Hijackers In Latest FBI Document Dump
      More Direct Links Confirmed Between Saudi Arabia & 9/11 Hijackers In Latest FBI Document Dump

      Authored by Brian McGlinchey via Stark Realities,

      Over the past several months, the FBI released thousands of pages of material relating to its investigation of Saudi government links to the 9/11 attacks. This wave of declassifications was pursuant to Executive Order 14040, which President Biden issued on Sept. 3 under pressure from more than 1,800 survivors, family members and first responders who threatened to protest his presence at memorial events if he didn’t make good on a 2020 campaign promise to boost 9/11 transparency.

      The published documents are riddled with redactions, but a Stark Realities review of the trove has uncovered two instances in which the FBI neglected to redact names of interest to FBI investigators—and to attorneys representing 9/11 victims and insurers in their civil suit against the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

      The first inadvertently-published name is “Mana.” A sworn declaration from a former FBI agent suggests the full name is of this individual is Ismail “Smail” Mana, who worked at the Saudi consulate in Los Angeles at the time the first two 9/11 hijackers arrived in the city.

      The FBI concluded that, on February 1, 2000, Mana met at the consulate with a Saudi man, Omar al-Bayoumi, who would—later that same day—meet Khalid al-Mihdhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi, the first two hijackers to arrive in the United States, take them under his wing and facilitate their transition into American residency in San Diego.

      The second mistakenly-published name is “Johar,” who’s described as having been “tasked” by Saudi consulate official Fahad al-Thumairy to pick up the same two hijackers at the airport and “take care of them during their time in Los Angeles.” The same former FBI agent’s declaration suggests the full name of this person is Mohammed Johar.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Each name is concealed on the first reference in a paragraph about them, but then left unredacted on a single subsequent reference.

      According to the redaction key that accompanies the released documents, both names were to be withheld as “information restricted from public release under the Privacy Act of 1974.” The names were, however, to be produced in the 9/11 civil suit, with attorneys bound to maintain their secrecy. The Department of Justice has yet to respond to a request for comment; this story will be updated if it does.

      Note: FBI documents are not evidence; assertions in FBI documents may prove false; behavior that appears suspicious may have a benign explanation; and association with the hijackers doesn’t equate to foreknowledge of their intentions.

      Saudi Consulate Employee Smail Mana Said to Have “Extremist Views” 

      Mana’s name appears in a March 20, 2014 document summarizing the status of Operation Encore, a once-secret investigation into Saudi government links to the 9/11 attacks launched in 2007.

      Mana is described as “an individual who was known to have extremist views” and who “has never provided adequate explanation…of his role aiding Bayoumi in facilitating the hijacker’s arrival and settlement in California.” The paragraph where his name is revealed appears elsewhere in the trove of documents—but the same reference is redacted.

      “Mana” is thoroughly redacted in this document

      Former FBI Special Agent Catherine Hunt referenced this paragraph—which had already been released with Mana’s name redacted—in a 2018 sworn declaration on behalf of the 9/11 plaintiffs.

      “I believe Smail Mana is the individual referenced in the paragraph and that the FBI has evidence that he met with al-Bayoumi at Saudi Arabia’s Los Angeles Consulate on February 1, 2000, just prior to the meeting of al-Bayoumi with the hijackers at the Mediterranean restaurant,” she wrote.

      Hunt interviewed Johar as part of her post-FBI work as a consultant for Kreindler & Kreindler LLP, one of the law firms representing 9/11 victims against Saudi Arabia. “Mr. Johar told me that he had been subpoenaed by a New York Grand Jury….the Grand Jury subpoena involved the 9/11-related investigation of an employee of Saudi Arabia working at its Los Angeles Consulate named Smail Mana aka Ismail Mana,” she wrote.

      In the trove of more than 900 documents spanning over 4,000 pages released under Executive Order 14040, there are undoubtedly other passages about Mana, but with his name properly redacted. A passage in a 2021 document describes an individual in a way that’s similar to the paragraph where Mana’s name is revealed. The redacted individual is said to be a local hire to the consulate “who may have met with al Bayoumi before his supposed chance encounter with al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar.”

      The memorandum quotes a source who seems to describe that same individual as enthusiastically reacting to the 9/11 attacks by saying, “Isn’t it great that our brothers are fighting?” The same passage says “a phone associated with [redacted] later had contact with the support network of the hijackers in Virginia.”

      According to another document with a similarly-described, redacted investigation subject (a consulate employee questioned about meeting Bayoumi on or about February 1, 2000), a witness said the redacted individual was “very vocal against Christians, Jews and the enemies of Islam.”

      Another source referenced in that same 2016 document “stated the Saudi Consul General in LA wanted to fire [redacted] for storage and distribution of extremist Muslim literature at the consulate but Thumairy and [Mohammed] Muhanna used their influence with the Saudi government to keep [redacted] in place.” Thumairy “was part of a Saudi-based network operating out of the Embassy and Consulates that distributed funds and support to extremists, and, it appears in some case[s], terrorist organizations,” a 2009 document says.

      Muhanna, who was a diplomat at the Los Angeles consulate, is described in various other records as an “Islamic extremist associated with a radical form of Salafi ideology” who is “heavily connected/linked to Saudi Sunni extremists operating inside the U.S.”

      Thumairy and Muhanna were later removed “at the behest of the Saudi Ministry of the Interior,” according to another memorandum.

      Beyond Mana’s single named appearance in the recently-released FBI files, there are very few references to him anywhere else on the internet. One is found in a 9/11 Commission memorandum summarizing a 2003 interview of Bayoumi in Saudi Arabia. It says only that Bayoumi denied recognizing the name “Ismael Mana.” The memorandum does not explain who Mana is or why the question was asked.

      Another reference is found in a 2020 discovery ruling in the 9/11 suit against Saudi Arabia. Judge Sarah Netburn said the kingdom’s searches for documents relating to Mana’s duties and responsibilities at the consulate “were likely insufficient.”

      Bayoumi: A Linchpin in the Saudi-9/11 Investigation

      The alleged meeting between Bayoumi and Mana is of intense interest because it came within a few hours of a central event in the 9/11 plaintiffs’ case against Saudi Arabia: Bayoumi’s Feb. 1, 2000 encounter with hijackers Mihdhar and Hazmi at the Mediterranean Gourmet restaurant near the King Fahad Mosque in Los Angeles, about two weeks after their Jan. 15, 2000 arrival in the United States.

      On that day, Bayoumi traveled to Los Angeles from his home in San Diego, ostensibly to renew his visa at the Saudi consulate. FBI files say he met privately with a consulate employee—Mana, apparently—before visiting the King Fahad mosque and then the Mediterranean restaurant where he met the two men who would serve as “muscle” hijackers on American Airlines Flight 77, which struck the Pentagon.

      Soon after meeting Bayoumi, the hijackers moved to the same San Diego apartment complex where Bayoumi lived. Bayoumi co-signed the lease and secured a cashier’s check for their security deposit, for which they immediately reimbursed him in cash. Two individuals, Mohdar Abdullah and another whose name is redacted, say Bayoumi instructed them to assist Hazmi and Mihdhar during their time in San Diego. One of them told the FBI that Bayoumi said he—Bayoumi—was “responsible” for Hazmi and Mihdhar.

      Bayoumi maintains that his initial encounter with the hijackers was coincidental, and that he struck up conversation because he heard them speaking in Gulf region accents. However, key details in his version of events conflict with witness accounts; his own statements have also been inconsistent.

      At the time, Bayoumi was a “ghost employee” of a Saudi aviation company—salaried without reporting to work. A 2017 document decisively confirms a long-running suspicion about Bayoumi: “Recent source information confirmed that al Bayoumi was, at the time of the 9/11 attacks, employed as a paid cooptee of Saudi Arabian intelligence services.”

      Some, including 9/11 Commission executive director Phillip Zelikow, speculate that Bayoumi wasn’t in league with the hijackers so much as he was monitoring them on behalf of Saudi intelligence. “The information that Bayoumi might have been a paid informant…if it is true, actually tends to cut the other way,” Zelikow told Business Insider in an article published last week.

      Informed speculation about Bayoumi’s potential motivations requires an examination of his ideology. Regarding his propensity to promote extremism, the 9/11 Commission Report stated, “We have seen no credible evidence that [Bayoumi] believed in violent extremism or knowingly aided extremist groups.”

      However, a recently-released 2006 document contains a jolting characterization that’s first being reported here: The document calls Bayoumi a “9/11 financier” who provided “substantial financial support” to Sheikh Abdel Rahman Barzanjee, “the new leader of Ansar Al-Islam in Europe,” as well as to Ansar al-Islam itself.

      Ansar al-Islam was a Kurdish, Salafist group formed in northern Iraq by former al Qaeda and Taliban members who’d fought in Afghanistan. The group was designated as a terrorist organization by the U.S. government in 2004, and merged into ISIS in 2014.

      During his time in southern California, Bayoumi was in frequent contact with Osama Bassnan, a Saudi who was reported to have hosted a party for Sheikh Omar Abdul Rahman—aka “The Blind Sheikh”—prior to the 1993 World Trade Center bombing which led to conviction on various conspiracy charges.

      Another FBI report says Bassnan asked someone pointed questions about how anthrax and small pox are transmitted. In 2001, Bassnan asked someone if it was “true that, just prior to dying, a small pox victim suffers extreme abdominal pain.” Also in 2001, Bassnan’s wife had a book titled, “Chemical and Biological Weapons: Anthrax and Sarin.” She had tabbed a section “that showed skin coming off the body.”

      While living in southern California, Bassnan and his wife received checks totaling some $74,000 from Princess Haifa, the wife of Prince Bandar, a close confidant of President George W. Bush who was at the time the Saudi ambassador to the United States. Bayoumi’s wife was reported to have received money from Bandar’s wife too.

      Bassnan also received more than $10,000 from a member of the Saudi royal family who was in Houston along with a Saudi delegation for a summit meeting with Bush. Some speculate that Bassnan was in line to succeed Bayoumi in a Saudi intelligence role in California.

      In late September 2001, Bayoumi was arrested in London by New Scotland Yard and held for a few days of questioning about his assistance to Hazmi and Mihdhar. He was released without charge. A search of Bayoumi’s papers, however, yielded a page of handwritten mathematical calculations and a diagram of an airplane in flight. According to last week’s reporting by Mattathias Schwartz at Business Insider, “its existence wasn’t noted until 2007—three years after the 9/11 commission issued its final report.”

      A 2012 FBI analysis of the diagram—by two special agents with engineering degrees who tapped the expertise of an experienced commercial airline pilot—comes to an ominous conclusion.

      “Given a distance from a target, the altitude at that location, and the current airspeed, one could calculate the rate of descent and plug it into the computer on a plane to initiate a descent to that target,” the report says. The pilot couldn’t conceive another use for the equation.

      Entertaining a possible benign explanation, the 9/11 Commission’s Zelikow told Schwartz, “It is possible that someone working in civil aviation might have worked on such equations, for various reasons.”

      However, according to FBI files, Bayoumi’s roles in the aviation industry—outside of his no-show job in southern California—were financial in nature, with job titles like aviation fees checker, budget clerk, accounts checker and accountant. His educational background was likewise focused on finance.

      [I’m compelled to note that, outside of major media, Zelikow has been the subject of sharp criticism of his leadership of the 9/11 Commission, including from me. Zelikow’s detractors cite conflicts of interest from his close association with the exceedingly Saudi-friendly Bush administration, and a host of indications that he steered the commission away from an earnest investigation of Saudi government links to the attacks.]

      FBI Source: Johar “Tasked” with Helping Two Hijackers

      According to the FBI document in which it’s revealed, Johar “never admitted to directly being tasked by al-Thumairy” with helping the hijackers “but he did admit to spending time with and assisting al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi with various things during their time in Los Angeles.”

      In her sworn declaration, former FBI Special Agent Hunt shared some of what she learned in her interview with Johar.

      “Johar assisted the hijackers with regard to their lodging during the first two weeks they were in Los Angeles,” she wrote. “Johar admitted that he took the hijackers to the Mediterranean restaurant…where the hijackers had their ‘chance meeting’ with al-Bayoumi.”

      Separately, an FBI document describes a person who “was tasked by Thumairy to assist Hazmi and Mihdhar while they were in Los Angeles.” The same paragraph quotes a redacted person as having called the hijackers “two very significant people.” It’s not clear whether the speaker was the person tasked to assist them or someone else. Continuing in that document, that same person tasked to help the hijackers— presumably Johar—reportedly told someone he was going to be taking Hazmi and Mihdhar to the Mediterranean restaurant.

      When someone asked why he’d take them there—given the poor food and service—the person “stated he just needed to take them there.” Another source noted that “people would go to that restaurant to have private meetings.”

      These two unintended public disclosures aren’t the first in the case. In May 2020, Yahoo’s Michael Isikoff was first to report the FBI accidentally revealed the name of Mussaed al-Jarrah, a mid-level official at the Saudi embassy in Washington suspected of directing support to the same two hijackers.

      Mana’s and Johar’s ultimate significance remains to be seen as the mammoth 9/11 civil suit grinds along its glacial path toward trial. However, the FBI’s inadvertent publishing of their names brings one more measure of clarity to a case shielded from public scrutiny by the U.S. government since the attacks that killed 2,977 people and changed much of the world for the worse.

      Stark Realities undermines official narratives, demolishes conventional wisdom and exposes fundamental myths across the political spectrum. Read more and subscribe at starkrealities.substack.com

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 22:45

    • CCP Smart Satellite "Live Streamed" US Nimitz-Class Aircraft Carrier Off New York 
      CCP Smart Satellite “Live Streamed” US Nimitz-Class Aircraft Carrier Off New York 

      The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) is using an advanced intelligence-gathering satellite for hunting US aircraft carriers and other military assets worldwide, according to South China Morning Post.

      Space researcher Yang Fang and her team at DFH Satellite Co., Ltd in Hong Kong published a report in the domestic peer-reviewed journal Spacecraft Engineering that reveals China’s People’s Liberation Army (PLA) used an AI-powered satellite to detect and “live stream” the USS Harry S. Truman. 

      A remote sensing satellite, powered by artificial intelligence technology, lurked in low Earth orbit above North America on June 17 of last year and automatically detected the Nimitz-class aircraft carrier off the coast of Long Island, New York. It captured footage of the vessel conducting naval maneuvers, such as adjusting formation and making emergency maneuvers. 

      Fang said the satellite is incredibly powerful and can analyze hundreds of frames of high-definition images per second for strategic targets — something that would take ground-based computers much longer. And humans would struggle at this very intel-gathering task. 

      Yang’s team determined Beijing has made a breakthrough in “weight reduction” and image recognition with the algorithm that only needs about 3% of the calculation power used by traditional algorithms when conducting similar tasks. 

      The satellite is equipped with a family of AI chipsets that can perform multiple tasks, and if one chip fails, another would come online as backup and immediately take over tasks. 

      Researchers didn’t name the satellite but said it also detected and obtained positions of military assets in northeastern Australia. 

      This new type of intelligence gathering via AI-powered satellites could one day have a more significant role in decision-making for PLA commanders. Beijing believes that future warfare is through high-tech weapons aided by supercomputers. 

      The revolution in AI is crucial for PLA to enhance its weapons race with the West as a global power struggle is well underway with Washington. CCP wants to retake Taiwan, dominate the South China Sea and the East China Sea, and even become more prevalent in the Pacific. 

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 22:25

    • "Inflation Has Peaked": Here's What To Expect In Tomorrow's CPI Report
      “Inflation Has Peaked”: Here’s What To Expect In Tomorrow’s CPI Report

      With the massively illiquid market poised on the edge of the negative gamma abyss, tomorrow’s CPI print could easily crash stocks if the number is above the consensus estimate of 8.1% (for headline, 6.0% for core), or alternatively could spark a huge bear market short squeeze. The extremely binary outcome is why there has been so little conviction and liquidity in stocks in recent days, as few traders were willing to put on material risk ahead of the print.

      So what to expect? Here, opinions differ with most forecasting that inflation will have peaked in March largely due to base effects, however, the rate of its decline from here on out is unclear.

      Starting first with the skeptics, surprisingly we find JPM economist Michael Feroli with one of the highest estimates – at 0.4% M/M and 8.3%Y/Y, he is above Street consensus (if below last month’s prints of 1.2% and 8.5%). In Feroli’s view that we may have one or more elevated prints before we start to see a significant decline in official measures of inflation.

      According to JPM economists, energy prices look to have come off somewhat in April following their March surge, and he believes that the energy CPI declined 0.2% in April. But this decline could be offset by another strong increase in food prices (forecast: 0.8%) and another solid gain for the ex.-food and energy core index (forecast: 0.39%).

      While JPM’s headline forecast is above consensus, its core view is below: in April, JPM expects core CPI to drop from 6.5% to a still-strong 5.9%. Here, Feroli says that while “price increases for the rent measures have been solid lately, helping push headline and core inflation higher” he thinks April increases were similar to the rent trends, with tenants’ rent up 0.47% and owners’ equivalent rent rising 0.43%. While that may be true, it is now clearly the case that asking rents have peaked and are declining on a Y/Y basis as the following chart of data from Apartment List shows. However, since the BLS owner’s equivalent rent series lags about 5-6 months, we may still see some residual increases in April and/or May. In any case, those seeking real-time trends, we have clearly hit an inflection point and the coming sharp slowdown in US consumption and/or recession, assures that within a few months, rents will stop growing on a Y/Y basis.

      Besides rents, vehicle prices have also cooled after an earlier surge, with price increases for new vehicles moderating in recent months and used vehicle prices turning lower.

      In the April CPI, JPM expects more of the same with new vehicle prices edging up 0.1% and used vehicle prices declining 2.0%. (BLS is changing its methodology starting with the April data to estimate new vehicle prices directly from transaction data from J.D. Power.)

      Compared to JPM, Bank of America is somewhat more cheerful, and looks for core CPI to rise 0.3% mom in April, which would reflect a similar increase as in March and would come in below consensus expectations of 0.4%.  Due to significantly unfavorable base effects, this would result in a sizeable cooling off in yoy inflation to 5.9% from 6.4% in March.

      Headline inflation should come in softer than core, edging up only 0.1% (0.07% unrounded) according to BofA. That’s because after boosting headline in March, energy prices are set to be a sizeable drag reflecting a decline in retail gasoline prices coupled with unfavorable seasonal factors. Meanwhile, food prices should remain hot. If BofA’s forecast proves correct, Y/Y headline inflation would drop to 7.9% from 8.5%, confirming March as the peak for Y/Y inflation.

      Next, BofA notes that the composition of core inflation is likely to look close to March, with autos inflation a drag and underlying inflation stronger. Within autos, used cars should see another sizable contraction given the signal from wholesale metrics, while new car prices may accelerate. Both JDPower forecasts and Truecar data on average transaction prices showed a strong rebound in April after price cuts for three consecutive months. Note that new car prices will receive a methodology source update that will rely on JDpower transactions data. Meanwhile, BofA expects broad price gains across goods categories amid congested supply chains and rising commodity prices.

      Like JPM, BofA expects continued strength in owners’ equivalent rent (OER) and rent of primary residence amid tight rental markets, with both gauges increasing 0.45% mom. Lodging prices are likely to post a modest increase after the past two months of strength. Airline fares are also expected to cool, as are broader transportation services. The latter will be underpinned by further price hikes in motor vehicle insurance. Medical care services may slow to a 0.3% clip as sequestration-related Medicare cuts are being phased in —1% in April, another 1% in July. Other major services categories should see steady gains amid tightening labor markets and rising wages.

      Next, we hear from Goldman (whose CPI forecasts were absolutely catastrophic in 2021 so take anything here with a ton of salt). The vampire squid writes that core PCE inflation has run at a 3½% annualized pace over the last two months, a substantial deceleration from the 6% pace over the prior four months. The bank expects the annualized pace to reaccelerate to 4¼% on average in Q2 before falling back to 3½% in Q3 and 3¼% in Q4.

      Here Goldman takes a quick detour to discuss the “three pillars” of its 2022 inflation forecast.

      • First, it expects inflation in supply-constrained durable goods categories to fall sharply to roughly zero on net. This accounts for the entirety of the decline in the bank’s 2022 forecast, even though it is not assuming payback for recent price spikes in these categories on net until after this year.
      • Second, Goldman thinks shelter inflation has peaked on a sequential basis but will rise above 5% on a year-on-year basis.
      • Third, Goldman expects inflation in the rest of the service sector to remain steady at just over 4% because labor market overheating is likely to keep wage pressures firm for a while (this form the same bank that in January and February said no risk of a wage price spiral).

      Some more details (from the bank which has a proven track record of being terrible at forecasting inflation):

      Our base case is that inflation will reaccelerate from the 3½% annualized pace of the past two months to 4¼% on average in Q2, before falling back to 3½% in Q3 and 3¼% in Q4. The left panel of Exhibit 4 shows the contributions to month-on-month (not annualized) core PCE inflation by category under our forecasts. As described earlier, declining used car prices weighed on the February and March prints, but the slowdown also reflected softer financial, health care, and food services inflation—all three of which are included in the red bars for “Other Services” in Exhibit 4. We expect financial services inflation—which saw outright declines in February and March—to increase steadily over the rest of this year as intermediation spreads rise with higher interest rates. Health care and food services inflation are also likely to reaccelerate over the next few months in response to continued wage pressures and higher agricultural commodity prices, before moderating in the back half of the year as wage growth slows modestly.

      The right panel of Exhibit 4 shows the contributions to year-on-year core PCE inflation. The lapping of last year’s large durable goods price increases means that the contribution to inflation from supply-constrained categories will shrink rapidly even in the absence of goods price deflation on a sequential basis and contribute to substantially lower core PCE inflation at year-end (we estimate 3.9% on a year-on-year basis).

      And visually

      Most other banks fall somewhere inbetween these observations.

      Turning to markets, it is worth noting – as the Leuthold Group has done – that after freaking out in March following the Russian invasion of Ukraine, markets have calmed down and the bond market’s one-year forward inflation expectation have fallen fall below 5% and the two-year expectation drop slightly below 4%. “Those declines are some of the strongest evidence that overall inflation has peaked”, Leuthold writes.

      One reason for Leuthold’s optimism is that industrial commodity prices have tumbled in the past 4 weeks (largely on the back of the latest Chinese lockdowns), and investors haven’t discounted the meanting of this shift.

      Of course, all of the above data does not exist in a vacuum and readers should recall that we will surely see headwinds from a monetary policy path that is intent not only on reining in inflation from here, but sparking a gentle recession in the US.

      Sure enough, there was a distinct flip in the market today, because while bond proxies (such as financials, utilities and real estate) got hammered, bond yields tumbled. Meanwhile, industrials and Consumer Discretionary stocks are also lagging behind, which according to Goldman suggests that “the market narrative may be slowly shifting towards concerns of just a recession, not the stagflation (a recession plus inflation) concerns that have dominated market direction lately.”

      That last sentence is key, because if indeed the Fed succeeds in sparking a recession in the near future, then all of the above is irrelevant and inflation will soon transform into deflation, unleashing the next easing cycle and QE.

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 22:05

    • Watch: "Terrifying" Chinese Super Drones That Can "Hunt Humans In Packs" Are Here
      Watch: “Terrifying” Chinese Super Drones That Can “Hunt Humans In Packs” Are Here

      Video of what are being called “Chinese super drones” has emerged over the past week, and the footage is being described as “terrifying”.

      Footage of 10 lightweight drones made its way into the ether this past week thanks to a team at Zhejiang University, who released the video. It shows the drones bobbing and weaving through heavily wooded areas, moving swiftly amidst foliage. 

      The drones take direction from an algorithm that helps them chart their surroundings in real time, The Sun wrote in an article about the video. Their internal software updates “every few milliseconds”, which helps them avoid colliding with other objects.

      The article also notes that since they don’t run on GPS, they can be deployed in areas with poor satellite coverage. 

      That’s all good and well – but the “terrifying” response to the video came when the same team at Zhejiang University released video of the drones chasing a man through a forest of trees. After being instructed to keep focus on the man, they are able to follow him – even after he hides behind objects. 

      “The swarms’ capability of navigation and coordination in these films has attracted and inspired numerous researchers. Here, we take a step forward to such a future,” researchers in the journal Science Robotics commented. Dr Jonathan Aitken from Sheffield University praised the progress as an “excellent achievement”. 

      He added: “To achieve a quality map, built from a distributed collection of robots, of the detail demonstrated is an excellent piece of engineering. To couple this with the additional successful navigation and avoidance of obstacles, and critically other members of the swarm, is an excellent achievement.”

      Paul Scharre, former senior Pentagon official and expert on drone warfare, concluded by noting how well China’s drone programs were coming along. 

      “We can’t see from the Chinese video whether the drones are communicating and co-ordinating with each other,” he said. “It could just be a launch of drones like the launch of missiles from a multiple-launch rocket system. However, the test shows that China is developing swarm drone systems and they could be operational in a few years.”

      You can watch video of the drones, via The Telegraph, here:

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 21:45

    • House Conservatives Ready Law-And-Order Agenda Ahead Of Midterms
      House Conservatives Ready Law-And-Order Agenda Ahead Of Midterms

      Authored by Philip Wegmann via RealClear Politics,

      Crime is on the rise around the country, the midterm elections are fast approaching, and the largest bloc of House conservatives is preparing a comprehensive package of law-and-order legislation.

      The Republican Study Committee, led by Indiana Rep. Jim Banks, has catalogued every GOP argument about crime in the last two years and distilled it into a single memo to lay at the feet of President Biden. The murder rate is up. So are violence against law enforcement, drug seizures, aggravated assault, grand theft auto, and domestic violence.

      All of it, as the RSC sees it, is the result of “the left’s crime wave.” The solution then, according to a memo obtained exclusively by RealClearPolitics, is to make federal funding conditional on states’ adoption of “certain pro-law enforcement measures,” or what Banks calls the “Concerned Citizens Bill of Rights.”

      The document comes just six months before the midterms, and crime was always going to play a significant role in those contests. Voters fed up with lawlessness made Eric Adams mayor of New York City, and crime continues to upstage more progressive priorities in traditionally liberal contests, like the Los Angeles mayoral race. Even outside of major metropolises, Americans believe crime is getting worse. According to Gallup, a majority (53%) say they personally worry a “great deal” about crime. It now ranks third in their top concerns, behind only inflation and the economy.

      Banks and House Republicans argue that the uptick stems from a spate of progressive prosecutors who’ve been bankrolled by liberal money and the Defund the Police movement, which call it “one of the greatest dangers to public safety in our nation’s history.” Despite Biden’s condemnation of the “defund” rhetoric from his left flank, they still say the president and his party own the carnage that comes from adhering to that philosophy.

      “From the White House to liberal state and local governments, there has been a systemic failure to contain crime in America. It stems from the dangerous belief that enforcing the law is somehow morally wrong or even racist. It has paralyzed law enforcement agencies at all levels and created prosecutors who would rather let a dangerous criminal walk out of jail than enforce the law,” the memo reads.

      None of this is new. Republicans are always eager to lean into their traditional branding as the party of law and order. For instance, the memo states that “once, again, Democrats have broken a part of our civil society.” But unlike Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell, the RSC led by Banks has rejected the idea of just playing the opposition until November. “Crime is at an unacceptable level and Americans are desperate for solutions,” the memo states. “They need to know that Conservatives have a plan to make them safe.”

      This time, those plans go beyond anti-liberal rhetoric. Republicans are laying a legislative agenda. And the plan in the RSC memo is the most comprehensive picture voters have to date for how Republicans will seek to tackle crime if they retake the majority. First and foremost, the “Concerned Citizens Bill of Rights” is fiduciary in nature. Conservatives would use congressional purse strings to close the net on states and local authorities they believe “promote the left’s pro-criminal agenda.”

      Among other things, this means withholding money from states “when their district attorneys’ offices systematically decline to prosecute types of cases or charge certain crimes,” and also cutting off federal dollars “to states that have ‘no-cash bail’ laws on the books.” The RSC would also tie strings to federal funding, perhaps largest among them the condition that state and local police departments open their books and report all crimes to the FBI’s Uniform Crime Reporting Program.

      The memo also details 10 other proposed reforms, each of them almost certain to trigger a showdown with the White House.

      A Republican majority would pressure the DOJ to reinstate the Trump administration policy of federal prosecutors charging offenders with the highest offense rather than lesser ones, reversing a tactic they say the current administration is using to “skirt mandatory minimums.” At the same time, lawmakers would press Attorney General Merrick Garland to reverse course and limit the use of consent decrees.

      Another top priority if the GOP retakes control and if the RSC gets its way: codifying qualified immunity for police officers. The memo also calls for new legislation that would create new criminal offenses for killing or assaulting law enforcement officers.

      Other priorities include traditional calls for “enhancing penalties against violent, repeat offenders,” specifically when it comes to drug traffickers. They call for Fentanyl to be permanently listed as a Schedule I drug and for consideration of “stronger penalties for this particularly deadly drug, even life in prison.”

      There are also new reforms tailored to current conservative passions such as “holding Big Tech accountable when it facilitates or is complicit in criminal activity,” and seeking to stem the flow of tax dollars to any public schools that advance “anti-police education.”

      While House conservatives pay lip service to the idea that Congress “should be constrained by the principles of federalism” when pursuing their anti-crime agenda, they are eager to flex federal muscles. At least, that is, when it comes to governing Washington, D.C.

      Citing the city’s 226 homicides and sharp uptick in overall crime, they believe Congress should take an increased role in how D.C. polices its streets. They hold out as a tantalizing possibility using the federal city as an example for the nation of “how abandoning pro-criminal policies can increase public safety.”

      Again, all of this is aspirational. None of it stands any chance of becoming law unless Republicans retake both chambers of Congress. Even then, it almost certainly means a showdown with the White House. But the conflict of visions is precisely the point. The RSC wants voters to see what the GOP plans to do if they return to power, and here conservatives are leading.

      The Republican Study Committee under Banks has returned to its role serving as the in-house think tank for the GOP. The conservative group has also thrown its weight around. The RSC, which counts more than 150 lawmakers as members, has spent its time in the minority pushing Republican brass to the right. Banks lobbied Minority Leader Kevin McCarthy to make the GOP more of a “working class party.” Now the group has put pen to paper outlining how they’d tackle crime.

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 21:25

    • Landlords And Corporations Are Renovating Their Office Spaces For "Hybrid" Work
      Landlords And Corporations Are Renovating Their Office Spaces For “Hybrid” Work

      After years of employees working from home thanks to the pandemic, some companies and commercial landlords are finding it difficult – and even unnecessary – to bring workers and new tenants “back to the office” the way they were prior to Covid.

      This has resulted in landlords modifying workspaces and some corporations renovating their already existing office space to become “hybrid” workspace, according to a new article by Bisnow. The publication reported this week that supply chain issues and rising rates are likely also helping fuel the move. 

      Even architects are paying attention to the new changes. American Institute of Architects Chief Economist Kermit Baker said this week that firms are making more income from renovating existing workspaces than from building new ones. “Architecture firms are drowning in work,” he said. 

      CBRE Global Head of Occupier Thought Leadership Julie Whelan noted that there is an “onslaught” of renovations taking place, as landlords look to change their properties to appeal to future tenants and existing tenants modify their workspaces.

      767 Third Avenue, for example, is about to be in the midst of a “wholesale demo”, led by Sage Realty, and costing $53 million. This renovation will allow for “a new lobby space and a reworked amenities program for tenants, including a library, terrace garden, cafés and communal spaces,” according to the report. The hope is to attract boutique companies and maximize space for amenities for tenants. 

      CEO Jonathan Iger commented: “The mindset right now is that you have to be reinvesting in your property. It’s about how you define quality.”

      Another major renovation is being led by Brookfield and WatermanClark, who are investing $100 million into renovating the midcentury Lever House in Manhattan. Chicago’s Merchandise Mart and Boston’s One Post Office Square are also getting multi-million dollar renovations. 

      Baker continued, stating of the demand for work: “They’re so busy they’re having trouble finding staff, and there are project backlogs. The pipeline for new architects isn’t as quick and easy to expand as other professions.”

      Whelan concluded: “Office construction is falling off a cliff. All that work going into a new build is going into renovating space now. Very few will take a risk with the way the debt market is now.”

      “Real estate has never moved quickly. That’s the nature of the beast. Frankly, it never had to, with long-term leases. And the pandemic turned that on its head. It’s an inflection point, and you need to do it or buildings will just become obsolete.” 

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 21:05

    • These 20 States Threaten Legal Action Over Biden's 'Ministry Of Truth'
      These 20 States Threaten Legal Action Over Biden’s ‘Ministry Of Truth’

      Via Organic Prepper’s Daisy Luther – author of Prepper’s Pantry and The Blackout Book,

      The attorneys general of 20 states have threatened legal action against the US government unless they disband the newly formed Disinformation Governance Board.

      We shared with you recently an article about the people behind the DGB, who have a history of trying to curb dissenting speech by calling it “disinformation.” We here at the OP have been the targets of censorship before and would not be surprised to see more of the same. (Here’s how we’re meeting the possibility of further oppression head-on.)

      It turns out that we’re not the only ones concerned about this.

      What’s being done?

      In a letter addressed to DHS Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas, the Attorney General of Virginia, Jason Miyares, spoke for the AGs of 19 other states and shared his concerns about the overreach.

      The letter was acquired by ReclaimtheNet.org.

      As the chief legal officers of our respective States, we, the undersigned Attorneys General, are tasked not just with enforcing the laws but with protecting the constitutional rights of all our citizens. Today we write you to insist that you immediately cease taking action that appears designed exclusively for the purpose of suppressing the exercise of constitutional rights.

      Every American knows that the Constitution forbids the government to “abridg[e] the freedom of speech.” US Const. Amend. I. As Justice Robert Jackson wrote nearly eighty years ago, “[i]f there is any fixed star in our constitutional constellation, it is that no official, high or petty, can prescribe what shall be orthodox in politics, nationalism, religion, or other matters of opinion.” West Virginia State Bd. of Educ. v. Barnette, 319 US 624, 642 (1943).

      Your recent testimony before the US House Appropriations Subcommittee on Homeland Security, however, indicated that the Department of Homeland Security, under your leadership, is doing exactly that: prescribing orthodoxy by slapping a federal-government label of “disinformation” or “misinformation” on speech that government bureaucrats, operating behind closed doors, decree to be improper. This is an unacceptable and downright alarming encroachment on every citizen’s right to express his or her opinions, engage in political debate, and disagree with the government. The Biden Administration’s latest effort to decide what speech is “acceptable” and “orthodox” combines McCarthyite speech policing with the secrecy of the English Star Chamber.

      In short, you seem to have misunderstood George Orwell: the “Ministry of Truth” described in 1984 was intended as a warning against the dangers of socialism, not as a model government agency. “MiniTru” and its thuggish apparatchiks are the villains in that story, not the heroes. For the sake of our democracy, you must immediately disband the “Disinformation Governance Board” and cease all efforts to police Americans’ protected speech. The existence of the Disinformation Governance Board will inevitably have a chilling effect on free speech. Americans will hesitate before they voice their constitutionally protected opinions, knowing that the government’s censors may be watching, and some will decide it is safer to keep their opinions to themselves.

      The resulting damage to our political system and our culture will be incalculable: as a democracy, our political debates and decisions are supposed to take place in the public square, where every citizen can participate, rather than in government office buildings where hand-picked and unaccountable partisan committees are insulated from public supervision and criticism.

      (Read the rest of the letter here.)

      The letter goes on to question the timing of the new Ministry of Truth (just as Elon Musk completes the purchase of Twitter with the stated goal of restoring free speech on the platform). It also calls into question the dubious qualifications of head honcho, Nina Jancowiz, who AG Miyares describes as “often in error but never in doubt.”

      How will the AGs enforce this?

      In a firmly worded promise, Miyares concludes:

      Unless you turn back now and disband this Orwellian Disinformation Governance Board immediately, the undersigned will have no choice but to consider judicial remedies to protect the rights of their citizens.

      We sincerely hope this puts a halt to the censorship efforts of the Biden administration.

      Who signed the letter?

      The letter was signed by the attorneys general of 20 states. We hope that other states follow in their footsteps to protect this vital constitutional right. (Contact your state’s AG and let them know you support them or want them to get on board, too!)

      The following AGs signed the letter.

      1. Jason S. Miyares, Virginia (the author of the letter)

      2. Steve Marshall, Alabama

      3. Mark Brnovich, Arizona

      4. Leslie Rutledge, Arkansas

      5. Ashley Moody, Florida

      6. Christopher M. Carr, Georgia

      7. Todd Rokita, Indiana

      8. Derek Schmidt, Kansas

      9. Daniel Cameron, Kentucky

      10. Jeff Landry, Louisiana

      11. Lynn Fitch, Mississippi

      12. Eric Schmitt, Missouri

      13. Austin Knudson, Montana

      14. Douglas J. Peterson, Nebraska

      15. David Yost, Ohio

      16. John M. O’Connor, Oklahoma

      17. Alan Wilson, South Carolina

      18. Ken Paxton, Texas

      19. Sean D. Reyes, Utah

      20. Patrick Morrisey, West Virginia

      Will this effort gain any traction with the DHS and the current administration? We are not holding our breath.

      *  *  *

      Want uninterrupted access to The Organic Prepper? Check out our paid subscription newsletter.

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 20:45

    • IRS Paying Billions In Interest On Millions Of Delayed Tax Returns
      IRS Paying Billions In Interest On Millions Of Delayed Tax Returns

      The IRS is paying interest on overdue refunds to the tune of 4%, up 1% from the prior quarter, according to the Wall Street Journal, which notes that’s more than half of what a money-market or a savings account is currently paying.

      The backlogged agency has 45 days to process a tax return and issue a refund, after which interest begins accumulating. In 2021, they paid $3.3 billion in interest, which was 3x the amount paid in 2015, according to the Government Accountability Office.

      “It’s not a small amount of money,” said Jessica Lucas-Judy, director of tax issues at GAO. “If there’s some way to avoid some of these payments, that’s probably a good thing.”

      The IRS has been moving slower than usual to process tax returns. Administration officials say that is the result of years of Republican-backed budget cuts. Republicans say the agency hasn’t given priority to taxpayer service. Some recent years have been particularly difficult. In fiscal 2019, the aftermath of a government shutdown caused a backlog. The IRS slowed again when the coronavirus pandemic began in 2020 and is still months behind schedule in processing paper returns.

      As of April 29, the IRS has 9.6 million unprocessed individual tax returns, some from tax year 2020 and some from 2021. The agency says it is taking more than 20 weeks to handle amended tax returns and hopes to catch up on all of its processing backlogs by the end of 2022. -WSJ

      The $3.3 billion in 2001 interest payments works out to around 1/4 of the cost to run the IRS, however the interest payments don’t come out of the tax agency’s budget.

      According to the GAO, the IRS isn’t being proactive enough about excessive interest payments.

      “IRS does not fully understand the causes for refund interest payments—both within and outside of its control—and therefore cannot communicate this information to Treasury and Congress,” the GAO wrote.

      The IRS’s answer? ‘it’s complicated.’

      The agency notes that interest rates vary over time, and that payments can’t be analyzed in a vacuum. In other cases, costs aren’t the agency’s fault, but are instead required by law.

      “Our role is to administer the Tax Code as it is enacted,” said Douglas O’Donnell, deputy commissioner for services and enforcement. “We do not believe the amount of interest paid is a reliable or meaningful business measure.”

      According to Nina Olson, the government needs a technology upgrade that would allow for more automated processing of returns prepared with tax software, but are printed out on paper for a physical submission.

      “I don’t think the IRS shrugs it off,” said Olson, adding “It’s just that we have had two and now three filing seasons that have been abnormal.”

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 20:25

    • How Federal Student-Loans Create College-Rankings Scandals
      How Federal Student-Loans Create College-Rankings Scandals

      Authored by Preston Cooper via RealClear Education (emphasis ours),

      A whistleblower lawsuit filed last month alleges that Rutgers University’s business school artificially boosted its rankings by using a temp agency to hire MBA graduates and place them into “sham positions at the university itself,” according to NJ.com, which first reported the news. Though shocking, the scandal is the natural result of the incentives the federal government has set up for schools through uncapped student loan subsidies for graduate programs.

      Photo: Ekrulila

      Rutgers has denied the charges. But the allegations are credible when considering the source: the lawsuit was filed by Deidre White, the human resources manager at Rutgers’ business school. Days later, a separate class-action lawsuit was filed by one of Rutgers’ MBA students.

      Last year Rutgers was ranked first among public business schools in the northeast by Bloomberg Businessweek. One wonders how many students, hoping for a degree that would boost their employability, may have been deceived by that rosy statistic.

      The scandal follows similar incidents at other universities. The University of Southern California withdrew from the U.S. News & World Report graduate education school rankings due to “inaccuracies” in its reported data stretching back for years. And earlier this year, the dean of Temple University’s business school was sentenced to more than a year in prison for submitting false data to U.S. News.

      Why would university officials risk prison time to manipulate their rankings? The answer is that graduate degrees—especially master’s degrees—are increasingly becoming a cash cow for universities. Though federal loans to dependent undergraduate students are capped at $31,000, loans to graduate students are effectively unlimited.

      Many schools have vastly expanded their graduate school offerings to soak up this stream of cash. The number of master’s degrees conferred annually has risen 41% since 2006, when unlimited loans for graduate students were introduced. Over the past decade, universities have added more than 9,000 new master’s degree programs.

      The master’s-degree bonanza shows no sign of tapering off. While the number of students pursuing higher education has dropped 6% overall since the beginning of the pandemic, enrollment in master’s degree programs has moved in the opposite direction, surging by nearly 6%.

      Predictably, this has led to a surge in graduate student debt. In 2019-20, 43% of all federal student loans issued were for graduate education, up from 33% at the beginning of the decade. Rutgers itself gets over half of its federal student loan funding from graduate programs. For many prominent universities, undergraduate education is old news—graduate programs are where the real money is.

      Unfortunately, much of this federal largesse finances programs of questionable financial value. According to my estimates of return on investment, 40% of master’s degrees do not provide their students with an increase in earnings large enough to justify their costs. Among MBAs and other business-related master’s degrees, the share of nonperforming programs rises to 62%. Perhaps that reality is a reason that so many graduate schools feel the need to fudge rankings data.

      Many graduate borrowers will strain under the weight of debt that the federal government so freely gave out. But taxpayers will pick up a large share of the burden as well. Most graduate borrowers are eligible for income-based repayment programs which limit their monthly payments and grant loan cancelations after a set period of time. The Congressional Budget Office estimates that more than half of graduate loans issued in 2022 and repaid on income-based plans will eventually be discharged.

      The student loan payment pause has also transferred many of the costs of graduate school from borrowers to taxpayers. The Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget estimates that the average master’s degree holder has already received over $13,000 of effective loan forgiveness through canceled interest payments and excess inflation during the pause. These factors, plus the possibility of additional loan forgiveness in the future, allow universities to hint that students might not have to pay the full cost of their education—and makes it easier to sell them on expensive master’s degrees.

      The Education Department has the tools to put a stop to this racket. A regulation known as borrower defense to repayment allows students defrauded by their institutions to have their federal student loans canceled; the institution must make taxpayers whole in the event of a successful loan discharge. Initially developed by the Obama administration, the rule was aimed at for-profit colleges, but there’s no reason it couldn’t be used against a public flagship university like Rutgers. If the Education Department forced a school with provably falsified rankings data to pay off the loans of defrauded students, it would send a firm signal that this sort of behavior will not be tolerated.

      But borrower defense to repayment isn’t enough. There are plenty of federally funded master’s degree programs where institutions are not guilty of fraud, but outcomes are abysmal nonetheless. Therefore, it is also necessary for Congress to remove the incentive for universities to market bad master’s degrees in the first place: their unlimited federal funding.

      The prevalence of master’s degrees that offer little to no return on investment can be chalked up to uncapped federal student loans, which are handed out in an undiscriminating fashion, and the repayment regime that forces taxpayers to pick up the tab for unpaid loans. Universities push low-quality master’s degrees to capture the federal dollars, while students are willing to borrow thanks to the federal government’s implicit stamp of approval. End federal loans for graduate school, and most low-quality master’s degrees will vanish.

      Private lenders would be able to meet demand for the financing of quality graduate degrees, such as medicine. Reliable financial returns for these degrees mean that private lenders will jump at the chance to lend to medical students attending reputable institutions, but will be far more hesitant to pony up $180,000 for a master’s degree in film. A thriving private market for graduate student loans existed before Congress uncapped federal loans in 2006. There is no need for a federal graduate loan program when the private sector can adequately fill the role.

      The brewing scandal at Rutgers is a sign that many universities will do anything for a piece of the federal government’s unlimited graduate loan offerings. By ending federal loan subsidies for graduate programs, Congress can fix the bad incentives that led to this mess, protect students from low-quality master’s degrees, and save taxpayers a heap of money along the way.

      Preston Cooper is a research fellow in higher education at the Foundation for Research on Equal Opportunity.

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 20:05

    • Russian Forces Unlikely To Stop After Capturing Donbas – Expect Prolonged War: Top US Intel Chief
      Russian Forces Unlikely To Stop After Capturing Donbas – Expect Prolonged War: Top US Intel Chief

      At a moment that top US intelligence officials are holding intense discussions over what “victory” might look like for Russian President Vladimir Putin – or whether or not he’s contemplating an exit from the conflict in Ukraine and under what conditions – senior Pentagon officials assess there’s been little significant progress by Russian forces in the Donbas. 

      During a Monday briefing one senior official told reporters this is due partly to low morale and “refusing to obey orders” – which is even impacting the officer corps. The officials described, “We still see anecdotal reports of poor morale of troops, indeed officers, refusing to obey orders and move and not really sound command and control from a leadership perspective.”

      Further the officials said that “midgrade officers at various levels, even up to the battalion level” are either refusing to follow orders or are not obeying them with the same measure of alacrity that you would expect an officer to obey,” according to The Hill.

      Given Putin’s more restrained than expected ‘Victory Day’ speech in Moscow on Monday, some Western observers have speculated that lack of any verbal assessment of how his forces are doing on the ground could be a sign of frustration. Prior to this, some thought the Russian leader aimed to declare full victory over the Donbas by the time of the May 9 commemoration events on Red Square.

      Putin had given as one of the justifications for the Feb.24 invasion during the speech that the West was “preparing for the invasion of our land, including Crimea.” This following last month his commanders appearing to narrow the operation’s objectives to liberating Ukraine’s east in particular, also as heavy fighting is now taking place in the south, increasingly focused on the port city of Odesa, where Ukraine’s navy is headquartered.

      Avril Haines, Director of National Intelligence

      On Tuesday Director of National Intelligence Avril Haines in testimony before lawmakers in the Senate said that a Russian military victory over the Donbas might not actually end the war.

      “We assess President Putin is preparing for prolonged conflict in Ukraine during which he still intends to achieve goals beyond the Donbas,” she said. “Both Russia and Ukraine believe they can continue to make progress militarily,” Haines said, adding, “we do not see a viable negotiating path forward, at least in the short term.” Additionally she testified the US intel community’s assessment that…

      • U.S. DOES NOT SEE RUSSIA USING TACTICAL NUCLEAR WEAPONS AT THIS TIME -INTELLIGENCE CHIEFS
      • RUSSIA MAY STEP UP EFFORTS TO BLOCK WESTERN WEAPONS: HAINES
      • PUTIN WOULD USE NUCLEAR ARMS ONLY IN EXISTENTIAL THREAT: HAINES
      • RUSSIA’S PUTIN LIKELY COUNTING ON U.S., EU RESOLVE IN UKRAINE TO WEAKEN -HAINES

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      But one might argue that the Biden administration has from the beginning of the invasion shown little to no strategy of engaging diplomatically on any serious level to end the war. In fact, an opposite picture has emerged: while pumping billions in weapons and military aid into Ukraine, Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin said it’s America’s desire to see a “weakened” Russia due to its Ukraine offensive.

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 19:45

    • Destroying Democracy To Save It: Democrats Lose Another Effort To Disqualify A GOP Member
      Destroying Democracy To Save It: Democrats Lose Another Effort To Disqualify A GOP Member

      Authored by Jonathan Turley,

      For two years, Democrats have been trying to disqualify dozens of Republicans from appearing on ballots for supporting the challenge to the certification of the 2020 election or declaring the election to be stolen.

      It is premised on a deeply flawed historical and legal view of a provision under the Fourteenth Amendment. In the name of democracy, these Democrats have demanded that courts prevent voters from being able to vote for incumbent members. Yet, scholars like Harvard Professor Laurence Tribe have endorsed this sweeping interpretation. It has been rejected repeatedly in the courts.

      The latest such ruling comes from the Arizona Supreme Court which ruled that Democrats could not prevent Rep. Paul Gosar (R-AZ) from appearing on the ballot in 2022.

      In the age of rage, nothing says democracy like preventing people from running for office.

      Last year, Democratic members called for the disqualification of dozens of Republicans. One, Rep. Bill Pascrell (D-N.J.) demanded the disqualification of the 120 House Republicans — including House Minority Leader Kevin McCarthy(R-Calif.) — for simply signing a “Friend of the Court brief” (or amicus brief) in support of an election challenge from Texas.

      These members and activists have latched upon the long-dormant provision in Section 3 of the 14th Amendment — the “disqualification clause” — which was written after the 39th Congress convened in December 1865 and many members were shocked to see Alexander Stephens, the Confederate vice president, waiting to take a seat with an array of other former Confederate senators and military officers.

      Justice Edwin Reade of the North Carolina Supreme Court later explained, “[t]he idea [was] that one who had taken an oath to support the Constitution and violated it, ought to be excluded from taking it again.” So, members drafted a provision that declared that “No person shall be a Senator or Representative in Congress, or elector of President and Vice-President, or hold any office, civil or military, under the United States, or under any state, who, having previously taken an oath, as a member of Congress, or as an officer of the United States, or as a member of any State legislature, or as an executive or judicial officer of any State, to support the Constitution of the United States, shall have engaged in insurrection or rebellion against the same, or given aid or comfort to the enemies thereof.”

      By declaring the Jan. 6th riot an “insurrection,” some Democratic members of Congress and liberal activists hope to bar incumbent Republicans from running. Even support for court filings is now being declared an act of rebellion. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) helped fuel this movement — before Jan. 6 even occurred — by declaring that the Republicans supporting election challenges were “subverting the Constitution by their reckless and fruitless assault on our democracy which threatens to seriously erode public trust in our most sacred democratic institutions, and to set back our progress on the urgent challenges ahead.”

      This effort failed on legal grounds in seeking o bar Rep. Madison Cawthorn (R-N.C.) from running for office due to his actions related to the Jan. 6, 2021. It failed on factual grounds in seeking to bar Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene (R., Ga.), even after a federal district court wrongly allowed a hearing to be held.

      Now the Arizona Supreme Court has ruled that not only did the challengers lack the standing to bring the case but Arizona Supreme Court Chief Justice Robert Brutinel reaffirmed that this is a power left to Congress:

      “Qualifications of its own Members,” appears to vest Congress with exclusive authority to determine whether to enforce the Disqualification Clause against its prospective members. However, we need not decide these issues because we hold that A.R.S. § 16-351(B), which authorizes an elector to challenge a candidate “for any reason relating to qualifications for the office sought as prescribed by law, including age, residency, professional requirements or failure to fully pay fines . . . ,” is not the proper proceeding to initiate a Disqualification Clause challenge. By its terms, the statute’s scope is limited to challenges based upon “qualifications . . . as prescribed by law,” and does not include the Disqualification Clause, a legal proscription from holding office. 

      The court case is Thomas Hansen v. Mark Finchem, No. cv-22-0099.

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 19:25

    • Taco Bell Goes Woke: Launches 'Drag Brunch' Events At US Locations 
      Taco Bell Goes Woke: Launches ‘Drag Brunch’ Events At US Locations 

      Taco Bell is the latest company to embrace woke activism by rolling out “Taco Bell Drag Brunch” at select Taco Bell Cantinas across the US. 

      “Each show will be hosted by the fabulous drag performer and taco extraordinaire, Kay Sedia, and feature performances from local queens and kings that will transform any morning from Mild to Fire!” according to a recent press release from the largest fast-food Tex-Mex restaurant chain. 

      “As a brand that brings people together, the Taco Bell Drag Brunch experience is rooted in celebrating the LGBTQIA+ community and creating safe and welcoming spaces for all,” the press release continued. 

      The first drag event was held at a Taco Bell Cantinas in Las Vegas on May 1. Here are the upcoming events:

      • Chicago, Wrigleyville Cantina: Sunday, May 22

      • Nashville Cantina: Sunday, May 29

      • New York, Times Square Cantina: Sunday, June 12

      • Fort Lauderdale Cantina: Sunday, June 26

      Here’s a short clip of the drag bunch in Vegas. 

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      “We understand the importance of creating safe spaces for the LGBTQIA+ community and are thrilled to provide a unique experience that spotlights and celebrates the wonderful artform of drag and its influence in culture with their chosen families,” Taco Bell global chief brand officer Sean Tresvant said in a statement. 

      “Taco Bell Drag Brunch was concepted by Live Más Pride, Taco Bell’s LGBTQIA+ Employee Resource Group, which has played a major role in driving awareness of and meaningfully supporting LGBTQIA+ communities both within Taco Bell and the communities we serve and operate in,” Tresvant added. 

      Taco Bell’s drive to create “spaces for the LGBTQIA+ community” is another example of woke corporations meddling in divisive political issues and risk sparking a backlash. 

      If CEOs learned anything so far in 2022, it’s that woke corporate America is finally getting push-back. The latest example was Gov. Ron DeSantis (R-Fla.) signed a bill that strips Disney of its special tax status in Florida after defaming the governor’s “Don’t Say Gay” bill. 

      Corporations diving into woke activism can result in severe consequences — if that’s losing special tax status or even a customer base. Some Taco Bell customers lost their appetite over the announcement of taco drag brunches. 

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Another corporate “get woke, go broke” example? 

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 19:05

    • The Six Most Common Financial Myths People Believe
      The Six Most Common Financial Myths People Believe

      Authored by Bruce Wilds via Advancing Time blog,

      It is time to revisit six of the most common financial myths we have come to believe. Accepting any of these as a reflection of reality could lead us down the path to ruin. Unfortunately, belief in them is so widespread most people no longer even question them and are putting their economic future in peril. A myth is often defined as any invented story, idea, concept, or false collective belief that is used to justify a social institution. With this in mind, it is understandable those in the government and financial systems would crank out such yarns to keep us docile.

      The six favorite financial myths are easier to believe when financial fears are low and times are good. 

      Over the last few years, a slug of freshly printed liquidity being pumped into the global financial system and stock markets has caused many asset bubbles to expand sending the wealth effect into overdrive. An increase in liquidity results in people feeling comfortable to take on more risk and this tends to cause people to “leverage up.” During such a time true price discovery has a way of being greatly diminished.

      Changes made to the rules and financial engineering have made many comparisons to the past obsolete. Sometimes, it is a question of people just being too lazy to question what they see, at other times, it is because they simply can’t face the truth. It should be noted that the entertainment industry has flourished as society seeks any diversion to pull our attention away from the sharp edges of reality and into the soft comfort of escape. In some ways, it could be said that our culture has become obsessed with avoiding what is real. Regardless of the reason why people fail to view the myths below as lies the point is they will result in the financial ruin of those counting on them in time of need.

      Over the years, extraordinary efforts have been made to keep the economy afloat. The most noticeable is the massive amount of new money and credit released into the financial system by central banks. This has been interpreted by many people as confirmation the current trend of never-ending growth will continue. Rather than considering it is time for a reality check it is both easier and more comforting to adopt an “all is well” attitude and ignore the signs of danger lurking around the corner.

      The crux of this article is about some of society’s favorite myths. These feed directly into the economy and our feelings about our financial security. While it could be argued the myths below have more to do with how we feel about life than about money, it cannot be denied that most people make many of their financial decisions based on the assumption the below statements are true. As a society, we rapidly choose to embrace and often choose not to question them because of the discomfort it would undoubtedly create. The six below permeate society and should be enough to remind you and even shed a bit of light upon the fact we as  individuals are vulnerable at any time if reality raises its’ ugly head.

      Believing Myths Is A Head In Sand Approach

      #1 Government is for the people and by the people – Seriously? After the dog and pony show, we experienced during the last presidential primary all illusions of that should have been erased. After often being forced to choose between the least of two evils it is difficult to praise our political system. After all the talk about “we the people,” the fact is the average “person” is far removed from the power to decide important issues.

      #2 Financial planning means you only have to start saving a little money each year to guarantee an easy retirement.  – The fact is life is a casino where our future is tenuous at best. Much of our circumstances and lives revolve around money and the number of options it gives us when we possess it. I intentionally used the term “casino” to conjure up the image of financial fortune. Which you can lose in a blink of an eye if things go against you. This myth extends deeply into the promises made by the government and others such as pension plans and financial institutions. Many of these promises will not be honored.

      #3 You have rights and that we are not slaves – I defer to a few lines from a blog by Gerry Spence who has spent his lifetime representing and protecting victims of the legal system from what he calls The New Slave Master: big corporations and big government. In his blog, Spence wrote; The Moneyed Master has closed its doors against the people and sits on its money like an old hen on rotten eggs. The people will not prevail. With its endless propaganda, the Moneyed Master has caused its slaves to believe they are free.

      #4 Your life will progress and move along pretty much as you have planned – When you think back over the years of your life if you are like most people things have not unfolded as you had planned. You may not be in the occupation you trained for or with your true love. Throughout our life watershed events occur that we have little control over, this holds true when it comes to your finances as well. Having an investment or pension plan go south can completely alter your life.

      #5 Those in charge or above you care about you and will make an effort to protect you – Sadly, more than one person has been sliced and diced by the people and institutions he or she trusted most. History shows when push comes to shove it is not uncommon for a person to look out for the person they treasure the most and that is often him or herself. Politicians and those in power have a long history of throwing the populace under the bus rather than taking responsibility for the problems they create.

      #6 It could be argued the biggest myth of all is the idea that inflation is reflected in the Consumer Price Index. Those making financial decisions have masked their failings. This is done by heavily skewing the CPI to give the impression there is little inflation. This dovetails with a theory I continue to expound on, that inflation would be much higher if people were not willing to invest in intangible assets such as stocks and Bitcoin. This removes a lot of demand for tangible items people use in their everyday life. 

      The fact is inflation is soaring and acts as a wealth transfer mechanism that hurts far more people than it helps. My apologies if this post has been a downer or seems overly negative, however, it is what it is and it was written for a reason. Best stated by a comment I read on another site; These myths add up to where “This is not a can of worms but a warehouse stacked with pallets of cans of worms.” 

      Believing the above myths will impact your life, that is why it is important to recognize them for what they are, lies. This is not to say that by making good and reasonable choices we cannot eliminate some of the risks we encounter when we get out of bed each morning. Developing the habit of being skeptical while pressing on to reach solid and reasonable goals is the best medicine to combat a deck that is often stacked against us. Be careful out there!

      *  *  *

      Mentioned above is the fact economists and analysts seem oblivious to the point that so many people willing to invest in intangible assets have helped to minimize inflation. This is a very important part of the inflation puzzle. This is a very important part of the inflation puzzle. The link below is to an article that delves deeper into why this is true.

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 18:45

    Digest powered by RSS Digest

    May 10

    Today’s News 10th May 2022

    • United Ireland On The Horizon? Sinn Féin Takes Control For First Time
      United Ireland On The Horizon? Sinn Féin Takes Control For First Time

      For the first time since the first election of the Northern Ireland Assembly in 1998, the Irish nationalist party Sinn Féin has won more seats than any other party after the vote held on May 5.

      Sinn Féin aims to reunify Northern Ireland with the Republic of Ireland and is now close to installing party vice-president Michelle O’Neill as first minister.

      As Statista’s Martin Armstrong shows in the infographic below, Sinn Féin were just the fourth most-popular party in 1998, taking 18 seats compared to the winning Ulster Unionist Party’s 28. Having established itself as the second largest party in the years since, 2022 represents the first time it has gained control of the most seats, and the first time a nationalist party has won since Northern Ireland was founded in 1921.

      Infographic: United Ireland on the Horizon? Sinn Féin Takes Control For First Time | Statista

      You will find more infographics at Statista

      So does this mean we are now a significant step closer to a united Ireland?

      O’Neill avoided focusing on this issue during campaigning, instead choosing to prioritize the cost of living crisis. Before we see what her focus is while in office though, the parties have to form an Executive – something which the opposition unionist party the DUP has indicated it may not do with a nationalist first minister such as O’Neill. If no government is formed within six months, new elections will have to take place.

      What this election does signify however, is a shift towards nationalist politics in Northern Ireland.

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 02:45

    • Is An EU Army On The Horizon?
      Is An EU Army On The Horizon?

      Authored by Kit Knightly via Off-Guardian.org,

      The building blocks of supra-national military already exist…they’re just waiting for a reason.

      The special “Future of the EU” Conference came to a conclusion a few days ago.

      There may have been a familiar veneer of “public consultation”, but the aim of the conference was simple: Tell the EU to do what they’ve already been planning to do for years.

      If that wasn’t clear from the outset, it became unavoidably obvious a couple of days ago when the conference’s list of 49 “recommendations” was published on April 27th.

      You can read the whole list here, if you are so inclined.

      We have picked out some of the more troubling ones to discuss.

      There’s number 21, for example, which suggests:

      that the EU improve its capacity to take speedy and effective decisions, notably in Common Foreign and Security Policy (CFSP), speaking with one voice and acting as a truly global player, projecting a positive role in the world and making a difference in response to any crisis

      This sentiment is repeated in Number 39, where the conference claims there is a need to…

      Improve the EU’s decision-making process in order to ensure the EU’s capability to act, while taking into account the interests of all Member States and guaranteeing a transparent and understandable process for the citizens

      And they intend to do that by changing the voting system…

      All issues decided by way of unanimity should be decided by way of a qualified majority

      Taken together these measures would pretty much eradicate the national veto, and see member states potentially subject to legislation imposed against their will. A huge knock to national sovereignty.

      They also want to:

      strengthen the role of the High Representative to ensure that the EU speaks with one voice

      Which is a roundabout way of saying “centralising power”.

      Most concerning, though, is recommendation 23:

      We propose that the EU continue to act to promote dialogue and guarantee peace and a rules-based international order,36 strengthening multilateralism and building on long-standing EU peace initiatives which contributed to its award of the Nobel Prize in 2012, while strengthening its common security

      Which sounds harmless enough (apart from the shameless self-congratulatory reference to the Nobel Peace Prize), except they intend to achieve these ends using a new EU Army…

      [The EU’s] joint armed forces that shall be used for self-defence purposes and preclude aggressive military action of any kind, with a capacity to provide support in times of crises including natural catastrophes. Outside European borders it could be deployed in exceptional circumstances preferably under a legal mandate from the UN Security Council and thus in compliance with international law38, and without competing with or duplicating NATO and respecting different national relationships with NATO and undertaking an assessment of EU relations with NATO in the context of the debate on the EU’s strategic autonomy.

      A potential EU Army has been a talking point for years, but most often simply dismissed as Euro-sceptics scaremongering. In fact, further down in point 21, the conference adds:

      [The EU should] reflect on how to counter disinformation and propaganda in an objective and factual way

      Somewhat ironic, because as recently 2 or 3 years ago, the “EU Army” itself was described as “misinformation”. A “lie” spread by “Brexiteers” according to the Guardian, or “as true as saying Elvis lives” according to Emily Thornberry.

      Following the Brexit vote, everyone from Politico to the Atlantic Council was attempting to dispel the “myth” of the EU Army.

      The EU itself published an article on their official site debunking the “EU Army myth” in June of 2019.

      …Then, just last month, the EU voted to create a “rapid reaction military force” of 5000 troops.

      Funny how things change.

      Now, all the outlets which had previously “fact-checked” the idea of an EU Army, or dismissed it as a “conspiracy theory” are discussing its existence as more or less inevitable.

      Foreign Policy asks “Is an EU Army coming?”, while This Week is weighing the pros and cons, and the New European suggests “Maybe we need an EU Army after all”.

      This might seem like a sudden volte-face, but to anyone paying attention it is anything but surprising.

      Despite the waves of propaganda calling the plan a myth, the fact of the matter is that prominent political voices from Macron to Merkel to Juncker have been calling for an EU Army for years.

      The years-old agenda was given new life by the US’s withdrawal from Afghanistan. The carefully-engineered shambles was said to “highlight the need for an autonomous European military”.

      The story was that the US had withdrawn in chaos and abandoned their native allies, and an EU military – filled with happy-clappy European empathy, not heartless American pragmatism – would have stayed longer and air-lifted more people to safety.

      These rumblings grew louder after Russia launched its “special operation” in Ukraine, with Foreign Policy claiming the “war in Ukraine has turned the EU into a serious military player”, and Investigate Europe pointing out that “Putin is doing more to bolster European military unity than decades of EU initiatives”.

      Outside of the propaganda narratives, though, the pure and simple truth is that the EU Army is already a semi-reality.

      As this article in the Defense Post points out, “the framework of a unified European military is already in place”.

      EuroCorps has existed since 1992, and is described as “a force for the EU and NATO”. Essentially it’s a link between the NATO command structure and the EU. It’s a token force, and barely used, but sits there waiting to be adapted and expanded.

      The Berlin Plus Agreement, signed between NATO and the EU in 2002, permits the EU to draw on NATO resources (Vehicles, weapons etc) to participate in conflicts in which NATO chose not to participate.

      In 2018 the EU launched the European Intervention Initiative,

      Only last March, the EU launched their new “Strategic Compass” initiative, alongside creating the “European Peace Facility”, a 5 BILLION Euro “off-budget” project designed to “enhance the EU’s ability to act as a global security provider”.

      You can see how these documents allow for a smooth segue from “NATO-backed US Imperialism” to “EU Peacekeeping” in the geopolitical narrative.

      The EU Army will be sold to the US as “European partners stepping up to the plate” and taking some of the burden of “policing the world”, while in the EU/UK it will be billed as the EU “asserting its independence from US foreign policy”. Neither will be true.

      It might signal a genuine change in the paradigm, a relocation of the seat of power further East as the crumbling US is abandoned and the heart of global hegemony shifts towards the EU. Maybe.

      Either way, the end result will be the same people spending our money on the same weapons, pursuing the same policies, telling the same lies…just with a new name over the door.

      That was always the plan.

      The pieces of the EU Army already exist, they just needed a reason to be assembled.

      And thanks the US’s “chaotic” withdrawal from Afghanistan, and Russia’s “Special Operation” in Ukraine, it looks like they’ve got one.

      Tyler Durden
      Tue, 05/10/2022 – 02:00

    • China's Xi Urges Europe To Promote Russia-Ukraine Peace Talks, Resisting US Pressure
      China’s Xi Urges Europe To Promote Russia-Ukraine Peace Talks, Resisting US Pressure

      During a Monday virtual meeting between Chinese President Xi Jinping and German Chancellor Olaf Scholz, Xi stressed that Europe must play an active role in promoting peace talks, and in “building a balanced, effective and sustainable European security framework,” according to China’s state media.

      Xi said “all efforts must be made to avoid the intensification and expansion of the Ukraine conflict, and China welcomes all efforts that are conducive to promoting peace talks,” according to a translation. “China welcomes all efforts of the international community that facilitate the ceasefire and negotiations, the relevant parties should support Russia and Ukraine in reaching peace through negotiations,” the Chinese leader said further.

      Image: DPA

      Since nearly the start of the conflict, Washington has charged that Beijing is providing behind-the-scenes support for Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, something which Chinese officials have consistently denied. China has also come under fire for appearing to provide political cover in its criticisms of NATO which echo the Russian position.

      Cui Heng, an assistant research fellow from the Center for Russian Studies of East China Normal University, was featured in China’s state-run English daily Global Times as describing Beijing’s perspective that time is running out on Washington’s muscular efforts at arming and propping up Ukrainian forces amid the Russian onslaught. This is why new pressure has been put on America’s European allies to step up and do more, even as China argues they must get serious about negotiations and compromise.

      “Cui said the growing pressure and sanctions by the US and its allies showed that the West was anxious to defeat Russia, especially as the Biden administration is facing huge pressure over a weakening domestic economy and hefty financial aid for Ukraine, knowing that getting deeper into the mire of the Russia-Ukraine conflict would harm its domestic midterm election prospects,” GT states.

      “On the other hand, Wang said with its support for Ukraine stretched to the limit, the US was in urgent need of its allies to demonstrate their commitment to the cause, and help its military sector continue making money from sending weapons to Ukraine,” the report adds.

      Meanwhile China’s ambassador to Russia Zhang Hanhui in fresh remarks Monday announced China will boost ties with Moscow in the areas of military technology, energy, as well as in space. The South China Morning Post quotes him in the following:

      In an interview with Russian state news agency Tass, Zhang Hanhui said energy had been the “most important, fruitful and extensive area of pragmatic cooperation between Russia and China”. He said such cooperation would be strengthened but – as Europe tries to reduce its dependence on Russian fuel – Zhang stopped short of promising to buy more oil and gas from Russia.

      Zhang said there were difficulties in bilateral trade with Russia but the two sides would enhance settlements in their national currencies to ensure stable trade that they hoped would reach US$200 billion by 2024.

      As for the prospect of a Russia-Ukraine ceasefire, by all appearances Washington doesn’t seem interested in pushing for robust talks or diplomatic engagement with Moscow. Instead it is openly on record as saying it wants to see a “weakened” Russia, according to the recent words of Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin.

      Below: Beijing has consistently sided with Kremlin condemnations of NATO expansion, saying this is a key part of Russia’s legitimate security concerns…

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Official communications are even to the point of Russia’s ambassador to D.C. Anatoly Antonov saying he’s had zero contact with Biden administration officials, describing it as a situation of being “blockaded”.

      “Frankly, we are in a blockade,” Antonov said late last month. “When I came to Washington, my idea was to use the word ‘improvement’ to describe his goals for the relationship. Now I prefer to use the word ‘stabilization.’”

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 23:50

    • Nonprofit Watchdog Uncovers $350 Million In Secret Payments To Fauci, Collins, Others At NIH
      Nonprofit Watchdog Uncovers $350 Million In Secret Payments To Fauci, Collins, Others At NIH

      Authored by Mark Tapscott via The Epoch Times,

      An estimated $350 million in undisclosed royalties were paid to the National Institutes of Health (NIH) and hundreds of its scientists, including the agency’s recently departed director, Dr. Francis Collins, and Dr. Anthony Fauci, according to a nonprofit government watchdog.

      “We estimate that up to $350 million in royalties from third parties were paid to NIH scientists during the fiscal years between 2010 and 2020,” Open the Books CEO Adam Andrzejewski told reporters in a telephone news conference on May 9.

      “We draw that conclusion because, in the first five years, there has been $134 million that we have been able to quantify of top-line numbers that flowed from third-party payers, meaning pharmaceutical companies or other payers, to NIH scientists.”

      The first five years, from 2010 to 2014, constitute 40 percent of the total, he said.

      “We now know that there are 1,675 scientists that received payments during that period, at least one payment. In fiscal year 2014, for instance, $36 million was paid out and that is on average $21,100 per scientist,” Andrzejewski said.

      “We also find that during this period, leadership at NIH was involved in receiving third-party payments. For instance, Francis Collins, the immediate past director of NIH, received 14 payments. Dr. Anthony Fauci received 23 payments and his deputy, Clifford Lane, received eight payments.”

      Collins resigned as NIH director in December 2021 after 12 years of leading the world’s largest public health agency. Fauci is the longtime head of NIH’s National Institute for Allergies and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), as well as chief medical adviser to President Joe Biden. Lane is the deputy director of NIAID, under Fauci.

      NIH Director Dr. Francis Collins holds up a model of the coronavirus as he testifies before a Senate Appropriations Subcommittee looking into the budget estimates for the National Institute of Health (NIH) and the state of medical research, on Capitol Hill on May 26, 2021. (Sarah Silbiger/Pool via AP)

      The top five NIH employees measured in terms of the number of royalty payments that they received while on the government payroll, according to a fact sheet published by Open the Books, include Robert Gallo, National Cancer Institute, 271 payments; Ira Pastan, National Cancer Institute, 250 payments; Mikulas Popovic, National Cancer Institute, 191 payments; Flossie Wong-Staal, National Cancer Institute, 190 payments; and Mangalasseril Sarngadharan, National Cancer Institute, 188 payments.

      Only Pastan continues to be employed by NIH, according to Open the Books.

      “When an NIH employee makes a discovery in their official capacity, the NIH owns the rights to any resulting patent. These patents are then licensed for commercial use to companies that could use them to bring products to market,” the fact sheet reads.

      “Employees are listed as inventors on the patents and receive a share of the royalties obtained through any licensing, or ‘technology transfer,’ of their inventions. Essentially, taxpayer money funding NIH research benefits researchers employed by NIH because they are listed as patent inventors and therefore receive royalty payments from licensees.”

      An NIH spokesman didn’t respond by press time to a request for comment.

      Andrzejewski told reporters that the Associated Press reported extensively on the NIH royalty payments in 2005, including specific details about who got how much from which payers for what work, that the agency is denying to Open the Books in 2022.

      “At that time, we knew there were 918 scientists, and each year, they were receiving approximately $9 million, on average with each scientist receiving $9,700. But today, the numbers are a lot larger with the United States still in a declared national health emergency. It’s quite obvious the stakes in health care are a lot larger,” Andrzejewski said.

      He said the files Open the Books is receiving—300 pages of line-by-line data—are “heavily redacted.”

      “These are not the files the AP received in 2005 where everything was disclosed—the scientist’s name, the name of the third-party payer, the amount of the royalty paid by the payer to the scientist,” Andrzejewski said. “Today, NIH is producing a heavily redacted database; we don’t know the payment amount to the scientist, and we don’t know the name of the third-party payer, all of that is being redacted.”

      Federal officials are allowed to redact information from responses to FOIA requests if the release of the data would harm a firm’s commercial privilege.

      The undisclosed royalty payments are inherent conflicts of interest, Andrzejewski said.

      “We believe there is an unholy conflict of interest inherent at NIH,” he said. “Consider the fact that each year, NIH doles out $32 billion in grants to approximately 56,000 grantees. Now we know that over an 11-year period, there is going to be approximately $350 million flowing the other way from third-party payers, many of which receive NIH grants, and those payments are flowing back to NIH scientists and leadership.”

      Fauci and Lane told AP that they agreed there was an appearance of a conflict of interest in getting the royalties, with Fauci saying that he contributed his royalties to charity. Lane didn’t do that, according to Andrzejewski.

      The governing ethics financial disclosure form in the past defined the royalty payments as income recipients received from NIH, which meant the recipients weren’t required to list their payments on the form.

      But Andrzejewski said NIH has refused to respond to his request for clarification on the disclosure issue.

      “If they are not, none of these payments are receiving any scrutiny whatsoever and to the extent that a company making payments to either leadership or scientists, while also receiving grants … then that just on its face is a conflict of interest,” he said.

      Open the Books is a Chicago-based nonprofit government watchdog that uses the federal and state freedom of information laws to obtain and then post on the internet trillions of dollars in spending at all levels of government.

      The nonprofit filed a federal Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) suit seeking documentation of all payments by outside firms to NIH and/or current and former NIH employees.

      NIH declined to respond to the FOIA, so Open the Books is taking the agency to court, suing it for noncompliance with the FOIA. Open the Books is represented in federal court in the case by another nonprofit government watchdog, Judicial Watch.

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 23:30

    • Tesla Reportedly Halts Shanghai Production Again, This Time Due To "Issues With Supplies"
      Tesla Reportedly Halts Shanghai Production Again, This Time Due To “Issues With Supplies”

      No sooner did it seem Tesla got back up and running in Shanghai than its plant is apparently halting production yet again, according to an exclusive from Reuters late Monday night. The halt is due to “issues with supplies,” according to the report.

      It comes just three weeks after the plant resumed production after shutting down due to Covid lockdowns. The plant was closed for a total of 22 days, Reuters noted. 

      Shanghai is in its sixth week of lockdowns, the report notes, and as of now it is “unclear when the supply issues can be resolved and when Tesla can resume production”.

      Wire harness maker Aptiv is one supplier who is currently facing issues due to “infections found among its employees”. 

      Tesla had just started to eye resuming double shifts at its plant, we noted last Friday. The plant was making plans to “resume double shifts” at its Shanghai factory as soon as mid-May after starting back up in mid April. 

      Upon the April restart, workers were living on site to reduce Covid risk. Workers returned to work under this system were working 12 hour shifts, six days a week, we wrote. 

      Management had been “canvassing the willingness of staff to leave their residential compounds” and “looking at daily door-to-door shuttle buses that would allow some workers to return home after their shift rather than sleep at the factory”. 

      We’re guessing that plans for the double shifts have likely been shelved for the time being…

      We also wrote on Friday that the plant had “remained challenged” by parts shortages, pushing back waits for new Model 3 Teslas to 20 to 24 weeks, instead of their normal wait time of 4 to 6 weeks. 

      Recall, back on April 19, we wrote that Shanghai had re-opened. Additionally, we noted days ago that Elon Musk was eerily quiet about China’s lockdowns, after in 2020, Musk slammed stay-at-home orders in the U.S., labeling them “fascist”. Musk called shelter-in-place orders “forcibly imprisoning people in their homes against all their constitutional rights,” CNBC reported at the time.

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 23:10

    • Did The Biggest Recent Buyer Of Bitcoin Just Become A Forced-Seller?
      Did The Biggest Recent Buyer Of Bitcoin Just Become A Forced-Seller?

      Authored by Sam Rule via BitcoinMagazine.com,

      As the Terra stablecoin becomes depegged from the U.S. dollar, the biggest buyer of bitcoin in recent months could become its biggest forced seller.

      UST DOLLAR PEG COLLAPSES

      What’s been developing over the weekend and has been amplified today is the depegging of the Terra stablecoin (UST) to the U.S. dollar now with Terra currently trading at $0.85. Many of these market dynamics have been playing out in near real time today as the situation worsens and will likely change again over the next 24 hours.

      It started with billions of dollars in UST leaving the high-yielding Anchor Protocol over the weekend and turned into a full-on digital bank run.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      UST relies on the LUNA token to maintain its price through algorithmic minting and burning mechanics. Through this method, an arbitrage opportunity is created when UST is off its $1 peg. Traders can burn LUNA and create new UST when UST is priced over $1 and profit. When UST is below $1, UST gets burned and LUNA is minted to help stabilize the peg. Yet, as UST has suffered a blow to demand and liquidity, LUNA has fallen nearly 26% in just one day while BTC is down nearly 8%.

      As UST has suffered a blow to demand and liquidity, LUNA has fallen nearly 26% in just one day while BTC is down nearly 8%.

      Why this matters for bitcoin is because the centralized Luna Foundation Guard (LFG) has accumulated 42,530 bitcoin ($1.275 billion at a $30,000 price) as reserves to be used in these exact situations, to defend the UST peg when it sustains below the $1. And currently, that is exactly what they are attempting to do.

      Luna Foundation Guard is attempting to leverage its BTC reserves to defend its UST peg.

      As a response, the LFG voted earlier today to loan out $750 million of bitcoin and $750 million of UST to OTC trading firms in efforts to help sustain the UST peg. Later in the day, the LFG announced a withdrawal of nearly 37,000 BTC to loan out to market makers highlighting that it is currently being used to buy UST. 

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Now the main risk to the market is that the biggest buyer of bitcoin over the last couple months will now become the market’s biggest forced seller.

      The market expectations and potential selling have certainly played a role in bitcoin’s historic selloff today, but it comes at the same time that broader equity markets have been selling off in tandem.

      Bitcoin’s correlation to broader equity indexes and tech stocks is at historic highs and is following the same market dynamics since November 2021.

      *  *  *

      This is an excerpt from a recent edition of Bitcoin Magazine Pro, Bitcoin Magazine’s premium markets newsletter. To be among the first to receive these insights and other on-chain bitcoin market analysis straight to your inbox, subscribe now.

      Ty
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 23:00

    • Dems Ditch COVID Funds To Rush $40 Billion To Ukraine
      Dems Ditch COVID Funds To Rush $40 Billion To Ukraine

      Congressional Democrats are rushing forward to whip up $39.8 billion in additional Ukraine aid, after agreeing to drop a a proposal for additional COVID-19 related funding they planned to combine.

      The package, which tops President Joe Biden’s $33 billion request in April, could receive a House vote as soon as Tuesday, with Senate Democrats indicating that they are prepared to move swiftly according to Reuters.

      Biden on April 28 asked Congress for $33 billion to support Ukraine, including more than $20 billion in military assistance. That proposal was a dramatic escalation of U.S. funding for the war with Russia. read more

      The new proposal includes an additional $3.4 billion for military aid and $3.4 billion in humanitarian aid, the sources said. -Reuters

      While emergency aid for Ukraine has had bipartisan support for weeks, disputes over domestic funds for pandemic relief, or whether stiffer immigration controls should be included, have delayed the process.

      “We cannot allow our shipments of assistance to stop while we await further congressional action,” read a statement from President Biden, who called on lawmakers to expedite the funding so he could sign it within the next few days.

      The urgency comes after Secretary of State Antony Blinken and Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin sent a letter to House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and top House Republican Kevin McCarthy begging for the funds, which they said would run out in two weeks.

      “We need your help” wrote Austin and Blinken, who said there was ‘only’ $100 million left from a presidential authorization of weapons (which required no congressional approval).

      “We expect to exhaust that authority no later than May 19, 2022,” the letter continues.

      Senate Republican Leader Mitch McConnell told reporters he was pleased the Ukraine assistance was decoupled from COVID-19 aid. He had advocated for a “clean” Ukraine bill repeatedly in speeches in the Senate. -Reuters

      Some Democrats, such as #2 Senator Dick Durban, weren’t happy with the decision.

      “It would have been so much better for us to protect the United States as well as worked to protect Ukraine,” said Durban, adding that separating Ukraine aid from COVID-19 aid “doesn’t help. Putting those two together would have been a positive.”

      Biden owned stripping the COVID relief from the bill, saying on Monday that he was advised it would slow down action “on the urgently needed Ukrainian aid.”

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 22:30

    • 25% Of San Francisco's EV Charging Stations Don't Work 
      25% Of San Francisco’s EV Charging Stations Don’t Work 

      California’s bold move toward an EV revolution and eliminating the sale of gasoline- and diesel-powered vehicles by 2035 have hit a snag in the liberal utopian city of San Francisco. 

      A recent report by David Rempel of the University of California at Berkeley found a quarter of all EV charging stations in the Bay Area were out of order, suggesting current infrastructure isn’t ready for the giant leap toward an electrified world. 

      Here’s a section of the study describing the poor infrastructure for EVs across the Bay Area: 

      In order to achieve a rapid transition to electric vehicle driving, a highly reliable and easy to use charging infrastructure is critical to building confidence as consumers shift from using familiar gas vehicles to unfamiliar electric vehicles … This study evaluated the functionality of the charging system for 657 EVSE (electric vehicle service equipment) CCS connectors (combined charging system) on all 181 open, public DCFC (direct current fast chargers) charging stations in the Greater Bay Area. An EVSE was evaluated as functional if it charged an EV for 2 minutes or was charging an EV at the time the station was evaluated. Overall, 72.5% of the 657 EVSEs were functional. The cable was too short to reach the EV inlet for 4.9% of the EVSEs. Causes of 22.7% of EVSEs that were non-functioning were unresponsive or unavailable screens, payment system failures, charge initiation failures, network failures, or broken connectors.

      The study notes that the nine-county San Francisco Bay Area region (Alameda, Contra Costa, Marin, Napa, San Francisco, San Mateo, Santa Clara, Solano, and Sonoma) were included. It excluded private EV charging stations in paid parking lots, private workplaces, or business sites with restricted access hours. Also, all Tesla Superchargers were excluded since those stations weren’t accessible to all EVs. 

      California is the largest auto market in the US and the 10th largest globally. Its aggressive transition to EVs, all in the name of climate change, is hitting road bumps as infrastructure support cracks in at leader one major metro area, and the state’s power grid is unreliable as fossil fuel power plants have been retired too quickly in the transition to unsustainable solar and wind power generations. This has caused a jump in electricity rates for customers who use Pacific Gas & Electric Co., Southern California Edison Co., and San Diego Gas & Electric. Rates are so expensive that charging some EVs in certain parts of the state is almost as much as filling up a vehicle at the gas station. 

      The incentives for owning an EV in California are diminishing, from faulty infrastructure in San Francisco to extremely high electricity rates in some parts of the state. Not exactly what is needed to instill confidence in increasing EV ownership.

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 22:10

    • Sen. Graham Pushes To Designate Russia A 'State Sponsor Of Terror'
      Sen. Graham Pushes To Designate Russia A ‘State Sponsor Of Terror’

      Authored by Kyle Anzalone via AntiWar.com,

      Senator Lindsey Graham said the US must pursue an even more aggressive strategy against Russia. While appearing on Fox News Sunday with Brett Baier, the hawkish Senator advocated for a barrage of actions targeting Moscow.

      Graham promoted a new piece of legislation he co-authored with Senator Richard Blumenthal that calls on the White House to designate Russia as a state sponsor of terrorism. Senator Graham published an op-ed Friday, arguing the designation will allow the US to conduct more legal and economic warfare against Russia.

      Via Sky News

      However, Graham does not link Russia to a terrorist group. Rather, he compares the invasion of Ukraine to the Nazi military campaign during World War Two and claims Vladimir Putin is a “megalomaniac wanting to rewrite the map of Europe and recreate the former Russian Empire.”

      The Senator also urges the passing of the $33 billion aid bill for Ukraine, prosecuting Putin for war crimes through the International Criminal Court, and putting “more weapons in theater that can target the Russian military offensively.”

      On Saturday, the Speaker of the Russian State Duma claimed the Western intervention in Ukraine amounted to direct attacks on Russia. “Washington essentially coordinates and develops military operations, thereby directly participating in the hostilities against our country,” Vyacheslav Volodin said.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Baier posed two questions to Graham, asking if he was concerned that increasing military involvement in Ukraine could lead to direct confrontation with Russia.

      The Senator was dismissive of the potential conflict between nuclear powers saying, “we can’t let him [Putin] win in Ukraine.”

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Graham boldly called on the US to “take out Putin” and said the Russian leader no longer had an “off-ramp.” He predicted that the lack of an off-ramp would provoke Putin to use chemical or nuclear weapons, causing the US to enter the conflict directly.

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 21:50

    • Pro-Life Organization Fire-Bombed With Molotov Cocktail
      Pro-Life Organization Fire-Bombed With Molotov Cocktail

      Following a Supreme Court draft leak that could overturn Roe v. Wade, the nation has become even more divided and riled up by the actions (or potential actions) of ‘the other’.

      There were incidents of pro-abortion activists gathering outside the homes of at least two conservative U.S. Supreme Court Justices on Saturday night. Then on Sunday morning, pro-life organization Wisconsin Family Action’s headquarters in Madison, Wisconsin, was firebombed, according to local news Madison.com.

      Police have called the fire an “arson.” The building is located near the Dane County Regional Airport, or about 6 miles northeast of downtown Madison, the capital of Wisconsin. 

      Julaine Appling, the president of the anti-abortion lobbying group, was notified by a staffer around 0600 local time Sunday of the arson attack. 

      When firefighters arrived, flames were shooting out of a window. It wasn’t immediately clear who or possibly which pro-abortion group was responsible for the fire. Investigators said there were signs a Molotov cocktail was used. 

      The arsonist left behind a frightening message, spray-painted in black on the side of the building that read: “If abortions aren’t safe then you aren’t either.”

      Madison Police Chief Shon Barnes said the attack was “targeted.” 

      Appling said this is a “direct threat against” our organization: 

      “We will repair our offices, remain on the job, and build an even stronger grassroots effort … We will not back down. We will not stop doing what we are doing. Too much is at stake.”

      On Sunday afternoon, Democratic Gov. Tony Evers condemned the arson attack in a tweet: 

      “We condemn violence and hatred in all forms, including the actions at Wisconsin Family Action in Madison last night. 

      “We reject violence against any person for disagreeing with another’s view … We will work against overturning Roe and attacks on reproductive rights by leading with empathy and compassion. We will defend what we believe in with our words and our voices — in the streets, in halls of government, and at the ballot box. In Wisconsin, we must lead by example.”

      Republican Sen. Ron Johnson said the attack shouldn’t be tolerated. 

      “This attack is abhorrent and should be condemned by all,” Johnson said.

      There are fears that social instability might erupt in metro areas upon the Supreme Court announcement if Roe v. Wade is overturned. The Biden administration has yet to denounce the disgraceful leak and targeted protests of justices. One justice had to go in hiding on Monday… 

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      As Jonathan Turley concluded earlier, all three branches, having to be protected from enraged citizens on the left or the right. Schumer’s 2020 pledge that justices would “pay the price” has been realized as they and their families are now bunkered in their homes. Despite the shocking image of a court system under attack, President Biden has not mustered the courage to dissuade these protesters. He appears to be following the lead of French revolutionary Abbe Sieyes, who watched as his 1789-99 revolution spun out of control; asked what he had done during “the Terror,” he replied: “I survived.” President Biden is now in survival mode, too. It seems he does not lack decency, just the courage to defend it.

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 21:30

    • Michigan Police Seize Voting Machine During Investigation Into Possible Election Breaches
      Michigan Police Seize Voting Machine During Investigation Into Possible Election Breaches

      Authored by Zachary Stieber via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

      Police officers in Michigan took custody of a voting machine as the state expands its investigation into what it’s described as possible unauthorized access to election equipment.

      A person places his ballot in a tabulating machine in East Lansing, Mich., in a file photograph. (Jeff Kowalsky/Reuters)

      Michigan State Police and officials with Michigan Attorney General Dana Nessel’s office seized an Irving Township voting tabulator on April 29, township supervisor Jamie Knight told The Epoch Times in an email.

      The seizure was done pursuant to a search warrant, she said.

      “The Township intends to fully cooperate with law enforcement, and the Township attorneys have been in contact with the Michigan State Police regarding this matter. The Township has no further comment at this time,” Knight added.

      An investigation was launched earlier this year at the request of Michigan Secretary of State Jocelyn Benson, who said her office received reports that an unnamed third party “was allowed to access vote tabulator components and technology in Roscommon County.”

      “Michigan law is clear about the security threats that emerge when anyone gains unauthorized access to our election machines or technology, and I will have no tolerance for those who seek to illegally tamper with our voting equipment,” Benson, a Democrat, said at the time.

      Michigan State Police Lieutenant Derrick Carroll confirmed that the probe has expanded beyond Roscommon County, which declined to comment.

      “As we found out more information we’ve expanded our area to see if any other places were compromised,” Carroll told Reuters. “We have gone to other regions.”

      Carroll told The Epoch Times in an email that the probe has expanded but declined to share any details.

      Nessel’s office declined to comment.

      Carroll previously told news outlets that the probe will continue “until we have exhausted all leads,” adding that the possible unauthorized access “did not, in any way, affect the 2020 election.”

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 21:10

    • COVID Cases Explode After White House Media Dinner Becomes Superspreader Event
      COVID Cases Explode After White House Media Dinner Becomes Superspreader Event

      Cases of Covid-19 among attendees to the White House correspondents’ dinner two weekends ago continue to mount, as the fully vaccinated and boosted ‘elites’ who condescended to non-compliant Americans participated in a superspreader event.

      As The Hill notes, “High-profile cases following the dinner include ABC reporter Jonathan Karl, Secretary of State Antony Blinken, and reporters from The Washington Post, Voice of America and other outlets.”

      There is no exact count, and it is not clear which dinner attendees contracted the virus at the dinner itself or at one of the many parties last weekend surrounding it.  

      But the string of reported cases does emphasize the point that even as the country seeks to move on from the virus, large indoor gatherings do carry some risk.  

      The cases have also played into an ongoing debate, with some arguing that the current era of COVID-19 allows vaccinated and boosted people to decide to attend large gatherings even if it means a small risk, while others are more cautious, pointing to the downstream effects on other people of increased transmission. –The Hill

      No – it’s not a debate over whether large gatherings are a good idea since the dominant strain of Covid is only slightly more deadly than the common cold and the vast majority of people will make it through Covid-19 without issue. The point is that those who refused to play the lockdown game were chastised by the very people at this superspreader event.

      “I’m yet another [White House Correspondents’ Association] weekend casualty,” tweeted Puck News correspondent Julia Ioffe. “I knew I was taking a risk and, well, here we are!”

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      WaPo journalist Jada Yuan tweeted that she had tested positive, then felt obligated to condescend over how people should conduct themselves to avoid her mistake.

      “Hindsight and all that, but wear a mask or leave or tell your employer you can’t go if you’re in a situation where you feel uncomfortable,” she tweeted, adding “Those consequences are usually better than the ones you’ll face if you get sick.”

      According to White House Correspondents’ Association President Steven Portnoy, “We worked hard to publicize our protocols and encouraged those eligible to get booster shots in the weeks leading up to the dinner,” adding “Our event implemented protocols that went beyond any guidance or regulation issued by the CDC or the DC health department. We wish anyone who may not be feeling well a speedy recovery.”

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 20:50

    • With World Gripped By Fertilizer Crisis, Biden Admin Clings To "Climate-Inspired Utopian Food-Production Fantasies"
      With World Gripped By Fertilizer Crisis, Biden Admin Clings To “Climate-Inspired Utopian Food-Production Fantasies”

      Authored by Nathan Worcester via The Epoch Times,

      Samantha Power: ‘Never let a crisis go to waste.’ Do the World Economic Forum and China agree?

      “Fertilizer shortages are real now.”

      Uttered by USAID’s Samantha Power in a May 1 ABC interview with former Democratic advisor George Stephanopoulos, the words briefly drowned out the din of the news cycle.

      They were not unexpected to some.

      Power, who served as U.N. ambassador under Obama, mentioned fertilizer shortages after weeks of hints from the Biden administration.

      White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki repeatedly alluded to challenges obtaining fertilizer in recent press briefings. So did President Joe Biden himself in a joint statement with EU President Ursula von der Leyen.

      “We are deeply concerned by how Putin’s war in Ukraine has caused major disruptions to international food and agriculture supply chains, and the threat it poses to global food security. We recognize that many countries around the world have relied on imported food staples and fertilizer inputs from Ukraine and Russia, with Putin’s aggression disrupting that trade,” the leaders stated.

      In an April report titled, “The Ukraine Conflict and Other Factors Contributing to High Commodity Prices and Food Insecurity,” the USDA’s Foreign Agriculture Service acknowledged that “for agricultural producers around the world, high fertilizer and fuel prices are a major concern.”

      While political rhetoric has often focused on Russia, the rise in fertilizer prices did not begin with its invasion of Ukraine.

      An analysis from the Peterson Institute of International Economics shows that fertilizer prices have rapidly climbed since mid-2021, spiking first in late 2021 and again around the time of the invasion.

      Industry observers have pointed out that commodity prices are not solely affected by Vladimir Putin.

      Max Gagliardi, an Oklahoma City oil and gas industry commentator who cofounded the energy marketing firm Ancova Energy, told The Epoch Times that the war and sanctions have helped drive the upward climb of natural gas prices in Europe.

      A worker walks at the Yara ammonia plant in Porsgrunn, Norway, on Aug. 9, 2017. (Lefteris Karagiannopoulos/Reuters)

      Natural gas is used in the Haber-Bosch process, which generates the ammonia in nitrogen fertilizers. Those fertilizers feed half the planet.

      Gagliardi thinks the picture is more complicated at home, where environmental, social, and corporate governance (ESG) has become a controversial tool of stakeholder capitalism, often used to force divestment from fossil fuels or other industries disfavored by the left.

      “It’s a combination of record demand domestically and from LNG [liquid natural gas] exports combined with less than expected supply, in part due to the starving of capital for the O&G industry due to the ESG/green movement pressures on capital providers, plus pressure from Wall Street to spend less capital and return value to shareholders,” he said.

      Language from Power Echoes Green Activists, EU, WEF

      In the case of increasing costs for oil, natural gas, and coal, some politicians and green activists have argued that those fast-rising prices mark an opportunity to accelerate a move from hydrocarbons to wind, solar, and electrification.

      “Big Oil is price gouging American drivers. These liars do nothing to make the United States energy independent or stabilize gas prices. It’s time we break up with Big Oil and ignite a clean energy revolution,” Sen. Ed Markey (D-Mass.) said on Twitter in March.

      “I say we take this opportunity to double down on our renewable energy investments and wean ourselves off of planet-destroying fossil fuels[.] Never let a crisis go to waste,” said former Joe Biden delegate and political commentator Lindy Li in a Twitter post about ExxonMobil’s exit from Russia’s Far East.

      Meanwhile, Mandy Gunasekara, an environmental lawyer who served as the Environmental Protection Agency’s chief of staff under President Trump, said in an interview with The Epoch Times, “It’s always been part of their plan to make the price of traditional energy sources go up, so then wind and solar could actually compete with them.”

      Describing how fertilizer shortages could actually help advance a particular agenda, Power sounded much like Li.

      She even used an identical phrase: “Never let a crisis go to waste.”

      Intentionally or not, this echoed a line from another high-profile Obama alum, Rahm Emanuel: “Never let a serious crisis go to waste.” Emanuel was talking about the 2008-2009 financial meltdown.

      “Less fertilizer is coming out of Russia. As a result, we’re working with countries to think about natural solutions, like manure and compost. And this may hasten transitions that would have been in the interest of farmers to make anyway. So, never let a crisis go to waste,” Power told Stephanopoulos.

      Power’s language of setting crisis as opportunity parallels similar statements from environmental groups.

      Writing to EU President von der Leyen and other EU bureaucrats, a group of European and international environmental organizations urged the union to stay the course on environmental policy.

      “The crisis in Ukraine is yet another reminder of how essential it is to implement the Green Deal and its Farm to Fork and Biodiversity Strategies,” the letter states.

      The Farm to Fork Strategy confidently asserts that its actions to curb the overuse of chemical fertilizers “will reduce the use of [fertilizers] by at least 20 percent by 2030.”

      “Ploughing more farmland, as is currently being put forward, to grow crops for biofuels and intensive animal farming by using even more synthetic pesticides and [fertilizers] would be absurd and dangerously increase ecosystem collapses, the most severe threat to social-ecological stability and food security,” the activists’ letter argues.

      “The European Union must tackle the current challenges by accelerating the implementation of its strategies to reduce the use of synthetic pesticides and [fertilizers], to preserve its natural environment and the health of its citizens.”

      Numerous publications from the World Economic Forum (WEF), known for its role in orchestrating the global response to COVID-19, have made similar arguments.

      A 2020 white paper from WEF and the consulting firm McKinsey and Company warns of greenhouse gas emissions and potential runoff from fertilizers, advocating for an end to fertilizer subsidies in developing countries and praising China for its efforts to reduce fertilizer use.

      A 2018 WEF white paper, co-authored with the consulting firm Accenture, claims that “a 21st century approach to organic farming” should strive to close the gap in yields between organic and conventional farming.

      WEF’s vision of 21st century agriculture comes into greater focus in another 2018 report titled, “Bio-Innovation in the Food System.”

      It advocates for the bioengineering of new microbes to fix nitrogen more efficiently in plants.

      “This offers the prospect of lowering and more optimally applying nitrogen fertilizer,” WEF’s report states.

      WEF has also pushed the use of “biosolids”—in other words sewage sludge—as fertilizer.

      Urine, it notes, “makes an excellent agricultural fertilizer.”

      Gunasekara, formerly of the EPA, said that fertilizer overuse and runoff presents serious risks, giving rise to toxic algal blooms in the Great Lakes and the Gulf of Mexico.

      However, “generally speaking, the farmers are very, very efficient with their fertilizer use. They have a built-in incentive not to waste something that is a high input cost,” she told The Epoch Times, adding that in her experience, industry and communities could work out positive solutions with regulators.

      Heavy-handed restrictions, she argued, are not the solution.

      The UK Absolute Zero report, produced by academics at top British universities, goes even further than some other reports in its opposition to nitrogen-based fertilizers and conventional agriculture more generally.

      This photo shows sheep feeding on lush grass on the property of Australian farmer Kevin Tongue near the rural city of Tamworth in New South Wales, Australia, on May 4, 2020. (Peter Parks/AFP via Getty Images)

      It anticipates a phaseout of beef and lamb production, with “fertilizer use greatly reduced,” in order to meet net-zero emissions targets by 2050.

      “There are substantial opportunities to reduce energy use by reducing demand for [fertilizers],” the report states.

      It also envisions cuts to energy in the food sector of 60 percent before 2050.

      That imagined energy austerity, with its many unforeseeable consequences for human life, apparently will not last forever.

      The report claims that after 2050, energy for fertilizer and other aspects of food production will “[increase] with zero-emissions electricity.”

      “A food crisis/famine advances the long-term goal of more centralized control of energy, food, transportation, etc., as advanced by the Davos crowd of the WEF. Governments must expand their powers to ‘handle’ crises, and that is what progressives love more than anything,” Marc Morano, proprietor of the website Climate Depot, told The Epoch Times.

      Sri Lanka’s Organic Experiment a Stark Warning

      Though Power’s remarks were consistent with talking points from Democrats, WEF, the EU, and similar factions, they came at a particularly inconvenient moment for advocates of organic fertilizer—Sri Lanka’s recent experiment with abandoning chemical fertilizer has plunged the island nation into chaos that shows no signs of letting up.

      According to a 2021 report from the USDA Foreign Agriculture service,  Sri Lankan agricultural economists warned that a rapid shift from chemical to organic fertilizers “will result in significant drops in crop yields.”

      The country has since had to compensate one million of its farmers to the tune of $200 million, as reported by Al Jazeera.

      With food shortages now a reality, anti-government protests prompted Sri Lankan President Gotabaya Rajapaksa to declare a state of emergency on May 6—the second in two months.

      “[Sri Lanka is] now literally on the verge of famine, because they’ve had massive crop failures,” Gunasekara said.

      A farmer prepares a paddy field for sowing in Biyagama on the outskirts of Colombo on October 21, 2020. (Ishara S. Kodikara/AFP via Getty Images)

      “This administration wants to use this as an opportunity to push their Green New Deal-style farming tactics, which we’ve seen implemented elsewhere, that cause significant problems beyond what we’re currently facing from our farmers’ perspective and what consumers are going to be facing,” she added.

      “Manure cannot compete with modern chemical agriculture for high yield farming that the world depends on,” Morano of Climate Depot said.

      Rufus Chaney, a retired USDA scientist known for his research on sewage sludge-based fertilizers, echoed Morano’s skepticism about making up for missing chemical fertilizers with organic alternatives.

      “There are not enough useful (and not already being used) organic fertilizers to change the balance of any chemical fertilizer shortages,” Rufus told The Epoch Times via email.

      “Nearly all organic fertilizers are built on livestock manure and can only be shipped short distances before it becomes cost-prohibitive,” he added.

      These realities underscore another apparent contradiction in green policy—even as climate activists push for cuts to chemical fertilizer use and greater reliance on organic alternatives, they are working assiduously to cull the livestock populations that provide manure for those fertilizers.

      In Northern Ireland, for example, a newly passed climate Act will require the region to lose a million sheep and cattle.

      The EU’s Farm to Fork Strategy even states that work on fertilizers will be focused “in hotspot areas of intensive livestock farming and of recycling of organic waste into renewable fertilizers.”

      “For years we were warned that ‘climate change’ would cause food shortages, but now it appears that climate policy will be one of the biggest factors in causing food shortages,” Morano told The Epoch Times.

      Bails of hay sit in a paddock containing a failed wheat crop on farmer Trevor Knapman’s property in Gunnedah, NSW, Australia, on Oct. 4, 2019. (David Gray/Getty Images)

      He cited research suggesting that a move to organic farming in the United Kingdom could actually raise carbon dioxide emissions, as the decrease in domestic yields can be expected to boost carbon-intensive imports.

      “What the Biden admin is doing is seizing on ‘crises’ to advance their agenda. Greta [Thunberg] famously said, ‘I want you to panic.’ Because when you panic, you don’t think rationally and calmly, and you make poor choices. The only way they can sell these climate-inspired utopian energy and food production fantasies is during times of COVID crisis or wartime crisis,” he added.

      China’s Role Scrutinized

      Still, others see the focus on Russia as a distraction from China’s maneuvering on the world stage.

      In 2021, China limited exports of both phosphate and urea fertilizers. The country has also stepped up its fertilizer imports.

      China’s export restrictions came after it rapidly emerged as “the most important and most influential country in the fertilizer business,” according to an outlook document from the Gulf Chemicals & Petrochemicals Association.

      The Peterson Institute’s analysis shows that as global fertilizer prices shot upward in 2021 and 2022, China’s fertilizer prices mostly leveled off.

      Although the USDA’s April report did note the impact of China’s fertilizer export restrictions and heavy fertilizer imports, its executive summary drew greater attention to the Russia-Ukraine conflict.

      That summary did not mention China by name among the “countries imposing export bans and restrictions.”

      Stanford University’s Gordon Chang, a China expert, warned on Twitter on May 6 that China has been “buying chemical companies whose products are needed for fertilizer and, more generally, food production,” citing comments from onshoring advocate Jonathan Bass.

      The Epoch Times has reached out to Chang and Bass for additional details.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      China has also been buying up American farmland as well as ports around the world, including ports in the now-food insecure Sri Lanka.

      Physicist Michael Sekora, a former project director in the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), told The Epoch Times that worldwide fertilizer shortages could reflect China’s long-range technology strategy.

      A key element of that strategy, he argued, is undercutting the United States whenever and wherever possible.

      “Our ability to produce food is very much under attack right now. Some people say, ‘Oh, it’s just a coincidence.’ It’s China,” Sekora said.

      “China has been very strategic in making sure they shore up what they have and restricting access throughout the rest of the world,” Gunasekara said.

      “When you have people come in that are very anti-development and anti-growth, China can put its finger on the global market, making it that much harder, and then try to use that as an example to exert more authority and have access to greater power.”

      Pain Felt Around the World

      “It’s been hectic,” said South African tobacco farmer Herman J. Roos.

      Roos told The Epoch Times that fertilizer prices near him have jumped since the invasion of Ukraine, on the heels of steep increases over the previous year.

      He was able to buy all the fertilizer he needs for this year before the latest price shock. Yet, he expects shortages of urea, monoammonium phosphate (MAP), and other fertilizers to strain a population of farmers already under significant stress.

      Copper theft, lack of government support, and the ever-present threat of physical violence are all pushing Roos and producers like him to the brink.

      Yet, for all the challenges in South Africa, Roos anticipates the fallout will be worse elsewhere in the continent.

      “The economy will be hit harder in countries like Mozambique, Zambia, and Zimbabwe—countries where your agricultural system is more focused on subsistence farming,” Roos added.

      They and other sub-Saharan African countries are heavily dependent on South Africa for their food supply.

      Roos prays food riots won’t come to South Africa. The country is still recovering from a wave of riots in summer 2021, prompted by the arrest of former South African President Jacob Zuma.

      He does predict that some farmers in the country will go bankrupt.

      Let the master gardeners foot the bill and do all the work, then show up to get in on the harvest. (StockMediaSeller/Shutterstock)

      Back in the United States, Connecticut landscaper Adam Geriak does not yet face such stark choices.

      He told The Epoch Times that fertilizer prices near him are up, in line with estimates a Connecticut garden store provided to The Epoch Times.

      “I do primary garden work and use organic fertilizers, which primarily come from poultry manure,” Geriak said, adding that the price of poultry manure fertilizer may have risen too.

      He does not think fertilizer price increases will have much of an effect on him. Yet, other facets of the current economic picture are worrisome to him as tries to manage his small business most effectively.

      “I’m having a hard time planning for the future because of the uncertainty, and I think other owners are feeling this too. In the previous two years, clients seemed to have open coffers. They wanted more projects done and there seemed to be a lot of money going around. Clients seem to be a bit tighter now, asking how they can save money on certain projects and such,” Geriak said.

      “Being on the verge of a recession, and retirement accounts down may be leading to these issues,” he added.

      The USDA report on Sri Lanka’s organic experiment states that the country’s government made impossible promises to different parties.

      It informed farmers it would handle the cost of moving away from chemical fertilizers while telling consumers that rice on their shelves would not become pricier, all while attempting to realize environmental and public health benefits through a breakneck transition to organic fertilizers.

      “If you put too much emphasis on environmental issues, and you ignore the very real impact that can have to people’s daily lives, it can have dire consequences,” Gunasekara told The Epoch Times.

      “Unfortunately, we’re seeing it in the most dire of circumstances, which is a suppressed food supply. I think that situation is only going to get worse because of the rise in prices for fertilizers and diesel and everything else that’s going to make it harder for farmers in the U.S. to produce, then also globally.”

      Josh, a farmer in Texas who raises small livestock, also believes things will get worse before they get better. He did not want to share his last name.

      “I personally think that we haven’t even begun to feel the effects of inflation in our grocery store bills, because last year, the costs to produce were 1/3 to 1/2 the cost farmers and ranchers are having to pay this year. That cost has to be absorbed by the buyer to make it feasible for them to even continue,” he said in a message to The Epoch Times.

      “My family is preparing now and stocking up our freezers and pantry because we are really concerned how bad it can get this next year.”

      He estimates that fertilizer prices near him have increased 200 or even 300 percent, “dependent on what program you are running.”

      The rise in diesel prices has hurt him the most. “Farm equipment runs on diesel,” he pointed out.

      According to AAA’s gas price website, diesel in Texas is running at an average of $5.231, up from $2.820 a year ago.

      “I can’t imagine how anyone would profit or sustain raising crops or cattle with all these price increases that effect your overhead,” Josh said, saying he has heard about other ranchers and farmers culling their herds to avoid losses.

      “Food shortages are a great way to collapse the current system and install a Great Reset,” Morano, of Climate Depot, told The Epoch Times.

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 20:30

    • Goldman, Citi, & BofA Are All Quietly Backing Out Of The SPAC Business
      Goldman, Citi, & BofA Are All Quietly Backing Out Of The SPAC Business

      Better late than never…

      It looks like the SEC’s recent crackdown on SPAC rules is finally hitting its intended mark. And there’s no better sign that increased regulation has spoiled the party than Goldman Sachs backing out of most SPACs it has already taken public.

      The bank is apparently “spooked by new liability guidelines from regulators and throwing into doubt the fate of billions raised for those blank-check vehicles,” Bloomberg reported on Monday morning. Prior to pulling out, Goldman had been the second largest underwriter of SPACs last year. 

      Now, it “has been telling sponsors of the vehicles it will be ending its involvement”. Additionally, it is also halting all new SPAC issuances, the report says. It also says the bank may “elect to continue the advisory work with a small number of SPAC clients in rare cases”.

      Maeve DuVally, a spokeswoman for New York-based Goldman Sachs, commented: “We are reducing our involvement in the SPAC business in response to the changed regulatory environment.”

      Recall, we just wrote days ago that the SEC was seeking to enact new SPAC rules. 

      As we noted, the agency is threatening SPAC sponsors who “embellish projections about the companies they plan to take public”, according to another Bloomberg report late last month. The regulator’s targeted enforcement that would appear to hit at the heart of the SPAC business model: namely, coming up with bullshit overly-optimistic projections for pre-profit (and sometimes pre-revenue) companies, and hoping that analysts and the investing public buy into their validity because they’re formatted nicely on a PowerPoint slide. 

      Now the SEC is going to propose “curbing the legal protections that some blank-check companies have relied on to make bullish forward-looking statements about the firms they plan to merge with”, the report said. 

      The rules will also allow investors to sue over inaccurate forecasts and the notion of removing SPACs’ safe harbor from legal liability would raise listing via SPAC to the same legal standards as traditional IPOs, effectively taking out one of the major points of appeal to going public via SPAC. 

      Sidley Austin LLP recently told clients: “Investment banks involved with de-SPAC transactions do not typically conduct the same level of due diligence as they would for a traditional IPO.”

      Later in the day, Bloomberg reported that both BofA and Citi had also ‘scaled back’ their work with some SPACs.

      At Bank of America, the situation is reportedly fluid and policies could change – with the potential for further pullback – depending on the outcome of the regulatory proposals, according to people familiar with the matter.

      Citigroup paused initial public offerings of new U.S. SPACs last month, until it gets more clarity on the potential legal risks posed by the guidelines.

      Together, Bank of America, Citigroup and Goldman accounted for more than 27% of U.S. SPAC deals since the start of last year, overseeing about $47 billion of the transactions, according to data compiled by Bloomberg.

      This pullback by the three majors comes just as gay-dating app Grindr announced plans to go public through a merger with a SPAC, in a deal that it said would give the business an implied valuation of $2.1bn.

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 20:10

    • Biden Orders Officials To Stop Intel Leaks On Ukraine
      Biden Orders Officials To Stop Intel Leaks On Ukraine

      Authored by Dave DeCamp via AntiWar.com,

      According to a report from NBC News, President Biden spoke with top administration officials on Friday and said reports in the media about US intelligence sharing with Ukraine have been counterproductive.

      The report cited two anonymous administration officials who said Biden spoke with Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin, CIA Director William Burns, and Director of National Intelligence Avril Haines. One source said Biden told them the reports “distract from our objective,” while the other source said he conveyed that the leaks must stop.

      Russia’s Moskva missile cruiser sinking in mid-April after apparent Ukrainian missile attack, via CNN.

      This week, US officials claimed to media outlets that US intelligence helped Ukraine kill Russian generals and aided Ukraine in the sinking of the Russian warship Moskva, the flagship of Russia’s Black Sea Fleet. While the claims aren’t confirmed and might not be true, the fact that US officials are making such statements to the media is a major provocation toward Moscow.

      Both the Pentagon and the White House wouldn’t outright deny the details of the reports but did downplay them by saying that the US isn’t sharing intelligence with Ukraine on specific targets.

      Asked about the Moskva, Pentagon spokesman John Kirby said the US was providing “relevant and timely” intelligence and that if “they do decide to do something with that intelligence, then they make the decisions about acting on it.” For their part, Russia denies that the Moskva was sunk by Ukraine and insists that a fire caused by an ammunition explosion took down the ship.

      The Biden administration has expanded intelligence sharing with Ukraine since Russia invaded, but US officials had previously been hesitant to disclose details over fears of provoking Moscow.

      In a newly published FT interview, CIA Director William Burns slammed the leaks as “irresponsible and risky”…

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      On top of the increased intelligence sharing, the Biden administration continues to escalate military aid to Ukraine. Biden is seeking from Congress $33 billion in new assistance for Kyiv, which includes $20.4 billion in military aid.

      The US objectives in the war go beyond just helping Ukraine defend itself, and the administration is digging in for a long-term campaign. Austin recently said that one of the US goals is to see a “weakened” Russia.

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 19:50

    • For the 19th Consecutive Week, Marko Kolanovic Says To Buy The Dip
      For the 19th Consecutive Week, Marko Kolanovic Says To Buy The Dip

      What do you do when you have dug yourself so deep in a hole with your “BTFD” recos you have about as much chance of crawling out as Melvin Capital has of hittin gits high water mark? Why, you keep digging of course.

      We are talking about JPMorgan’s chief quant and permabullish market preacher, whose relentless recos to buy no matter what we discussed back in March in “After Urging To Buy The Dip Every Week In 2022, Kolanovic Tells Clients To Buy The Dip… And He Means It This Time“, and again last month in “Is It Time To Turn Bullish On Stocks?”, when we said that “before bulls give themselves the all clear, a big red flag is that just one week after JPM’s resident permabullish cheerleader, Marko Kolanovic said to buy everything… which should be the clearest signal that one should take chips off the table and go short.”  (As a reference, the S&P was trading at 4,450 that day)

      In retrospect, our perpetually cynical view was once again correct, because since then the S&P has plunged more than 10%, and closed below 4,000 today even as Marko kept repeating to just buy the dip, buy the dip….

      Alas, being wrong every week since the start of the year has not been sufficient to get Marko to change his tune, and today the JPMorgan quant, who once upon a time (long ago) was known as Gandalf for magically moving markets with a mere whisper but has since become a bigger fade than Gartman, once again dug in his heels and for the 19th week of 2022 (here we exclude just the week of April 11 when Marko said to take “some” profits, although it wasn’t exactly clear which of his calls in 2022 has been profitable since stocks have never risen above the early Jan highs), urged JPM clients (at least those who still listen to him) to bet what little money they have left that this time stocks will finally bounce.

      “The past week’s selloff appears overdone, and driven to a large extent by technical flows, fear, and poor market liquidity, rather than fundamental developments,” Kolanovic wrote in his weekly Global Asset Allocation note. “While we expect growth to soften, we continue to push back on a base case assumption that the global economy is headed for recession, an outcome that is increasingly being priced by markets.”

      “We see supports for our pro-risk stance from COVID reopening, policy easing in China, strong labor markets, light positioning, distraught investor sentiment, and healthy consumer and corporate balance sheets” he added. Too bad nobody believes him any more. In fact, it’s so bad that even Bloomberg’s traditionally fawning writers took a swipe at the media-friendly strategist:

      Marko Kolanovic’s repeated dip-buying calls are failing to play out so far this year, but he’s sticking to his bullish stance on risk and urging investors to increase holdings in beaten-up corporate bonds.

      Kolanovic, voted the No. 1 equity-linked strategist in last year’s Institutional Investor survey, has been a steadfast bull in risky assets despite this year’s turmoil. Over the last two weeks, when the equity rout worsened, he forecast the stock market was poised for a rebound, partly because pessimism had gone too far. That prediction has yet to materialize, with the S&P 500 falling more than 3% Monday after five straight weeks of declines.

      And yes, we would share more from his latest note but we won’t since it all the same old stuff: too much bearishness, everything is great, no recession, tightening fears overblown, etc, etc.

      Of course at one point Marko will be right – that point will be when even the Fed realizes it has pushed stocks too low, too fast, and panics, sparking a historic short squeeze rally. Until then, however, those who follow the advice of Marko, or is that mARKKo, better have the same infinite balance sheet as his employer or else they’ll end up with that Cathie Wood.

      Finally, for those curious for a quick walk down memory lane, here is an annotated history of the 2022 bear market overlaid with Marko’s weekly recommendations to buy each and every dip.

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 19:30

    • Japan Reports More Suspected Cases Of Unexplained Acute Hepatitis In Children
      Japan Reports More Suspected Cases Of Unexplained Acute Hepatitis In Children

      Authored by Aldgra Fredly via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

      At least seven possible cases of acute hepatitis—inflammation of the liver—in children have been identified in Japan, the Health Ministry said Friday, but the cause of the cases is yet unknown.

      A file image of a woman with a pushchair walking with children at a park in Tokyo. (Yoshikazu Tsuno/AFP via Getty Images)

      The first case was reported on April 25, followed by the second on April 28. Four more possible cases were reported on May 6, the ministry said in a statement (pdf). The patients are all under the age of 16.

      One of them tested positive for COVID-19, and another Adenovirus Type 1, the ministry said according to The Japan Times, without mentioning whether these were two separate people or one person who caught both viruses.

      It stated that the seven recorded cases comprised children admitted to hospitals between October, 1. 2021 and May, 6. 2022, with some having already been discharged. None of the patients received a liver transplant.

      The World Health Organization (WHO) told news outlets on May 3 that there were at least 228 probable cases of hepatitis worldwide in at least 20 countries, including Denmark, the United States, the United Kingdom, Italy, and France.

      WHO stated on April 23 that the cases involved children aged one month to 16 years old, many of whom developed gastrointestinal symptoms, including abdominal pain, diarrhea, and vomiting preceding presentation with severe hepatitis and jaundice (yellowing skin and eyes).

      “The common viruses that cause acute viral hepatitis (hepatitis viruses A, B, C, D, and E) have not been detected in any of these cases. International travel or links to other countries based on the currently available information have not been identified as factors,” it said.

      In Indonesia, a mysterious form of hepatitis has been linked to the deaths of three children ages two, eight, and 11, The Jakarta Post reported on May 3. The Health Ministry said the children developed diarrhea and jaundice, adding that the case was still under investigation.

      The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) said Friday that it was investigating more than 10 cases of a mysterious form of hepatitis in children, saying that five have died so far.

      Dr. Jay Butler, the CDC’s deputy director of infectious diseases, said during a briefing said the agency is investigating 109 cases of acute hepatitis in 24 U.S. states and Puerto Rico. The cause of the outbreak is not yet clear, he stressed, adding that about half of the children had adenovirus infections.

      The UK Health Security Agency reported that (pdf) the country’s case count had risen to 163, dating back to early January, adding that 11 children have received liver transplants so far. UK officials ruled out the COVID-19 vaccine as a potential cause.

      “There are fewer than five older case-patients recorded as having had a COVID-19 vaccination prior to hepatitis onset,” the report said, adding that most of the impacted children are too young to receive the shot. “There is no evidence of a link between COVID-19 vaccination and the acute hepatic syndrome.”

      Jack Phillips contributed to this report.

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 19:10

    • Pentagon To Give Ukraine High-Precision Laser-Guided Rockets
      Pentagon To Give Ukraine High-Precision Laser-Guided Rockets

      On Monday The Washington Post is reporting that for the first time the Pentagon will provide Ukrainian forces “high-precision laser-guided weapons” as part of the recently approved mammoth arms package amid Russia’s invasion.

      As expected, defense contractors will continue seeing a windfall of profits: “The Pentagon is expanding delivery of commercially available weapons and military equipment to Ukraine, detailing on Friday its $136 million in purchases of aerial drones, laser-guided rockets, binoculars and other items set for shipment soon.”

      File image: Defence & Security Monitor

      The WaPo details further that “The weapons and equipment, to be purchased from U.S. companies, represent a separate category of military assistance than the vast quantities of armaments that the United States already has provided Ukraine from existing Pentagon stocks.”

      Pentagon undersecretary for acquisition and sustainment Bill LaPlante has vowed to utilize “all available tools to support Ukraine’s armed forces in the face of Russian aggression.”

      This is but the latest in the ramped-up continuing saga of it’s not a proxy war simply because we insist it’s not a proxy war… Many Western military analysts have pointed to the game-changing nature of US weapons and intelligence-sharing on the Ukraine battlefield, saying it’s greatly slowed and even stalled the Russian advance, also in the east, where Russian forces have focused their current objective on taking the Donbas.

      According to further details of a system called the “advanced precision kill weapon system”:

      This round includes $22.6 million worth of 70mm rockets — known as the advanced precision kill weapon system — that can be fired from helicopters

      …the advanced precision kill system, for instance, works by converting low-cost ammunition into guided weapons. U.S. forces have used it to supplement the firepower inherent to a variety of aircraft, including helicopters and fighter jets.

      Below: what was reported as of last week, part of the massive US weapons pipeline to Kiev. Infograph: Breaking Defense

      Last month Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin bluntly admitted of US policy aims in Ukraine: “we want to see Russia weakened to the degree it cannot do the kinds of things that it has done in invading Ukraine.” He also sought to stress before the American public during an interview that the US is not fighting a “proxy war”. However, there’s clearly a contradiction in these two statements, especially given Biden administration actions in the form of unprecedented military assistance

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 18:50

    • Biden's 'Ministry Of Truth' Tsar: Parents Concerned About Critical Race Theory Are "Disinformers"
      Biden’s ‘Ministry Of Truth’ Tsar: Parents Concerned About Critical Race Theory Are “Disinformers”

      Authored by Bill Pan via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

      The Biden administration’s new disinformation chief says that parents who are upset about critical race theory (CRT) making its way into public school classrooms are “disinformers” who “weaponize” the issue “for profit.”

      [ZH: let’s not forget the US Attorney General’s son makes millions selling CRT materials]

      Nina Jankowicz, who was appointed to lead the newly established Disinformation Governance Board at the Department of Homeland Security, dismissed the pushback against CRT indoctrination at an event in Ohio last October, when the debate over parents’ right to direct their children’s education had taken center stage in high-profile elections, including Virginia’s gubernatorial race.

      “Critical race theory has become one of those hot-button issues that the Republicans and other disinformers, who are engaged in disinformation for profit, frankly, … have seized on,” she said in a video that has recently regained attention.

      Jankowicz added that she lived in Virginia, where parents in Loudoun County fiercely resisted attempts to inject leftist political activism into local school curricula and policies. She called Loudoun “one of the areas where people have really homed in on this topic.”

      “But it’s no different than any of the other hot-button issues that have allowed disinformation to flourish,” she said. “It’s weaponizing people’s emotion.”

      Jankowicz then told her audience to be alert when they read news articles that make them feel emotional, adding that she supports government-funded, left-leaning institutions such as NPR and PBS, because these media outlets “get into the nuance of the issues” and “provide a balanced, nonpartisan source of information.”

      Jankowicz’s speech at the City Club of Cleveland took place on Oct. 29, 2021, weeks after U.S. Attorney General Merrick Garland released a memo bringing together a coalition of federal and local law enforcement to address alleged “threats of violence” against teachers and school board members from unruly parents.

      Garland has conceded that his memo was based in part on a September 2021 letter to President Joe Biden by the National School Boards Association. The now-notorious letter characterized disruptions at school board meetings as “a form of domestic terrorism and hate crime,” and urged the Departments of Justice and Homeland Security and the FBI to invoke counterterrorism laws to quell “angry mobs” of parents, who sought to hold school officials accountable for promoting CRT and for imposing COVID-19 restrictions such as mask mandates on their children.

      Jankowicz’s comments resurfaced as her new post, tasked with addressing “disinformation that imperils the safety and security of our homeland,” has generated much scrutiny. Many have since compared the disinformation board to George Orwell’s fictional “Ministry of Truth,” the main purpose of which was to rewrite history to manipulate and control the population.

      “The Biden administration wants a government agency dedicated to cracking down on what its subjects can say, an idea popular with Orwellian governments everywhere,” Sen. Tom Cotton (R-Ark.) said in a May 3 statement. “This board is unconstitutional and un-American.”

      Cotton has introduced a proposal that would bar any federal funds from going to the board. He was joined by 18 Republican senators as co-sponsors.

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 18:30

    Digest powered by RSS Digest

    May 09

    Today’s News 9th May 2022

    • Sweden Pandemic Deaths Among Lowest In Europe — All While Avoiding Strict Lockdowns
      Sweden Pandemic Deaths Among Lowest In Europe — All While Avoiding Strict Lockdowns

      Sweden logged one of the lowest Covid-19 death rates in Europe, all while avoiding strict economy-killing lockdowns that led to economic chaos across the world, the Telegraph reports, citing new figures from the World Health Organization.

      Sweden, which was criticised in the early stages of the pandemic for resisting a mandatory lockdown, had fewer deaths per capita than much of Europe.

      In 2020 and 2021, the country had an average excess death rate of 56 per 100,000 – compared to 109 in the UK, 111 in Spain, 116 in Germany and 133 in Italy. -Telegraph

      As the Telegraph delicately notes – “Experts said the difference demonstrated stringent lockdowns alone did not determine success when battling Covid-19.”

      So what’s Sweden’s secret?

      The Telegraph suggests that things such as lower obesity and better general health played a factor – which is certainly true.

      “The lesson from Sweden is to invest in your population’s health and have less inequality,” said Prof Devi Sridhar, the chairman of global public health at the University of Edinburgh.

      Meanwhile in the strictly locked-down UK, “there have been too many preventable deaths,” according to Dr Michael Head, a senior research fellow in global health at the University of Southampton. “By the end of the pandemic, it’s likely that the UK will probably end up mid-table on various metrics that measure pandemic performance, such as excess mortality,” he added.

      In fact, some 68% of deaths during the pandemic came from just 10 countries, including the United States, Russia and India.

      But Colin Angus, a modeller at the University of Sheffield who was not involved in the study, said the WHO’s methodology “looks entirely sensible”, adding that excess death estimates are critical to hold governments to account.

      The figures were compiled by a panel made up of international experts who have been working on the data for months, using a combination of national and local information, as well as statistical models, to estimate totals where the data are incomplete. -Telegraph

      Of course, we’ve known for a while that enough evidence exists to question the effectiveness of lockdowns.

      Peer-Reviewed Study “Did Not Find Evidence” Lockdowns Were Effective In Stopping COVID Spread

      Statistician: Lockdowns Don’t Work Because They Force People To Congregate In Fewer Places

      Another Study Shows—Yet Again—That Lockdowns Don’t Work

      Anti-Lockdown States Performed Better Than New York & California, Think Tank Finds

      It Was The Lockdowns, Not The Pandemic That Created The Havoc

      Now imagine policymakers ever admitting they were wrong as we suffer through an inflationary hangover.

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 02:45

    • Vilches: Europe's Mad Ban On Russian Oil
      Vilches: Europe’s Mad Ban On Russian Oil

      Authored by Jorge Vilches,

      Cognitive scientists would concur in that the current performance of European leadership could be diagnosed as either myopic ignorance or – most probably – full intellectual blindness.

      Ursula von der Leyen

      In the case of so far happy-go-lucky Ursula von der Leyen there is no doubt it´d be the latter… but only if we first dismiss her warm on-the-record support for Bundeswehr colonial policies and military involvement… plus her praise of Third Reich famous general Field Marshall Erwin Rommel, Commander of the Führer Headquarters. But leaving that possible Nazi whiff aside, full ´intellectual blockage´ is the only kind way to dare explain a most strategic project as foolish and doomed to fail as banning Russian oil sales worldwide. Why so you may ask ?

      Ref #1 https://www.wsws.org/en/articles/2017/06/20/vond-j20.html

      asymmetrical retaliation

      The short answer is massive — ´Russian´ massive – unmitigated “asymmetrical non-military retaliation” through surgical and divisive optional sales of natural gas – and other key commodities – just leaving EU sanctioned Russian oil for sale to and re-sale by third parties. And, oh yes, weaponization is not limited to any particular means as various European war schools should have internalized already. War means war and pretty much anything is fair game. But apparently, it´d be as if through the centuries, uppity European leaders – most especially German, French, Swedish, British and Poles — have not learned a single thing despite the über-high costs already paid for by their nations large-caliber warfare experiences most especially with Russia. By the way, the UK also has the additional ( unsolvable? ) burden of its current Brexit ballast…

      Ref # 2 https://www.zerohedge.com/energy/eu-proposes-ban-russian-oil-imports

      Ursula´s softball

      May I call you Ursula ? Thank you. “We will make sure that we phase out Russian oil in an orderly fashion [… a phenomenal bad joke of sorts… ] in a way that allows us and our partners to secure alternative supply routes and minimises the impact on global markets” you said. Question: will the Russians just idly watch you trying to execute such enormity at the EU´s preferred speed and political and geopolitical sequencing? And the Russians would never dare to strike back with natural gas or other restrictions no? For starters, what about nickel, uranium, and lithium? Not having them would be like trying to prepare tasty food without salt, pepper or mustard. Without uranium no nuclear power is possible, did you know? [ more on that later ]. Ursula, your pink unicorn wishful thinking is unfathomable gal.

      EU kelpers

      This mad-ban requires EU approval with conditional support from Hungary, Greece, and others. So some special EU members will be exempted while regular EU ´kelpers´ will not. Now could that lead to serious friction ? How many years will it take all of Europe to reconvert its industry and supply chains? “This is why we will phase out Russian supply of crude oil within 6 months and refined products by the end of the year.” Okay, so Aunty Ursie you believe the Russians are dumb enough to let you phase this idea out nice and easy at your own pace and whenever you decide to act per your own special EU schedule. No market dynamics involved as Europe plays everybody else´s pieces too as grandpas would do with 3-year-old grandkids.

      Ref # 3 https://www.rt.com/business/555065-russia-oil-ban-exemption-eu/

      Russian DNA

      No way Ursula, the Russians play world-class professional chess while you play elementary school checkers, not even being good at that either. The instant Russia perceives the initial execution of your game plan regarding banning of Russian oil, they´ll make their moves, not yours. And those Russian moves will not be nice and pretty. For one, Europe will not have anywhere nearly ready its own diesel refining capacity by the end of 2022 while the middle distillate market is ever much tighter everywhere as demand recovers from the Covid pandemic. So the EU “plan” is

      to frantically search for hard-to-find or simply non-existent substitutes while investing tons of time, money, effort and risk. Well, the Russians know that already even before you start. Diesel is already in critically short supply in the EU.

      Furthermore, Europe will continue buying Russian oil and distillates via third countries once it introduces any embargo only that at much higher prices than today. Such old, quick and dirty business is known as “triangulation” Ursula.

      Russian hardball

      The existential threat imposed on Russia by the EU with its macabre “Ukraine Plan” and sanctions has not left Russia any way out other than playing hardball for keeps. Furthermore, the Russian non-military retaliation domain is actually unlimited due to the full-scale and open-ended addiction that Europe has developed for Russian imports of different sorts including commodities of any and every imaginable type. Without such, Europe will cease to exist as we know it in a matter of a very few months, if not weeks. As Francis Fukuyama should posit, Europe´s dependency on Russian commodities is the end of its own history. The unipolar world is dying, admit it Frank. Hint: write a new book guy.

      Ref # 4 https://www.zerohedge.com/energy/trump-was-right-putins-gas-strategy-gives-germany-only-bad-worse-choices

      Ref # 5 https://www.rt.com/business/554968-moscow-toughens-response-western-sanction

      not your dog

      It seems that Ursula von der Leyden has convinced the EU that feeding a refinery or a chemical plant is pretty much like feeding your dog. But nothing can be further from the truth. Chemical plants and refineries are very closely matched and subtly calibrated to very specific supply feeds very difficult to substitute. Changes can and have been made, but it requires lots of time, effort, money, dedicated facilities, experimentation, specific expertise, risk, and most important fixed, unchanging feeds always complying with specs. This means that Russia today supplies Europe with exclusive unreplaceable oil & gas grades of very specific chemical content (even coal grades) that would be impossible to get from third parties fast enough and cheap enough. So it´s a very delicate and tight matching already achieved between European facilities and Russian fuels and other inputs that cannot be altered or replaced that easily, let alone all at the same time !! Are EU countries aware of all this ?

      Ref #6 https://www.ifo.de/en/node/69417

      expensive divorce

      So maybe after investing years, money, expertise, trials & errors, risk and lots of hard work Europe may possibly and eventually be able to partially switch from current to dirtier or far more inefficient options. But that would be (a) against the EU´s Green Deal compliance and (b) a very short-term non-sustainable “solution” (c) against the whole world.

      So how can Europe transition to a 0% Russian supplies end-point as swiftly and safely as Chinese plate spinners? 

      Ref # 7 https://www.rt.com/business/555087-energy-warning-russia-sanctions/

      No minimally informed no-nonsense mindset has thought out the foolish idea of coordinating the whole European continent in this self-destructive mission. Taking matters to an extreme, let´s assume that Europe completely weans itself – or is cut off — from Russian oil & gas imports tomorrow morning and everything else sourced in Russia. In that hypothetical case, Moscow may feel the financial problem possibly within 6 months… or maybe never. But if such event were to happen, the timing would be quite different as the EU would necessarily start imploding in 6 days and would achieve full implosion in 6 weeks. With the oil mad-ban Europe would badly need to find substitutes for Russian imports. The problem is such need cannot ever be satisfied fast enough and right enough no matter how it is diced or sliced. Triangulation means Europe will buy quality Russian imports via third countries only that at much higher prices

      plug & play (not)

      No, it is not anywhere near “plug & play” either. No. Several EU landlocked countries can only import nat-gas thru existing Russian pipeline unless a nightmarish and highly risky sea-land supply lines are established by different means going across complicated mountain ranges sometimes, a project which no one wants to entertain. Replacing Russian feeds & supply lines is an incommensurable task that Russia will not help out with either. Once Russia withstands the “ban Russian oil” idea, Europe will find itself in the worse of both worlds not being able to rewind back.

      tit-for-tat ?

      Also, the impact of the Russian reaction may most probably result to be disproportionate to the damage inflicted by an EU worldwide ban on Russian oil. Hence, ´asymmetrical´, simply because an exact ´tit-for-tat´ result is impossible to calculate for and let alone effectively achieve. If ever implemented, the unintended consequences of a haphazard decision such as proposed will necessarily mean for the EU either to (1) instantly back-pedal to square one or (2) finally suicidal Europe would follow through and achieve its goal. I kid you not. Other commodities could be included.

      human food

      And food for thought, as Europe would face famine in-its-face if grains from Ukraine, Belarus, Russia and elsewhere are tied up or absent by Russian retaliation or impossibility to deliver. And the lack of cheap diesel and natural gas from Russia means that farmers everywhere face sharply increased costs, whereby fertilizer is either not available at all, or too expensive to use, and thus crop yields will fall worldwide increasing the price of food products. Greenhouse producers in many parts of Europe have already shut down over high energy costs as prices stand today, not even thinking of the possibility of having Russian oil banned worldwide. Banning Russian oil from Europe can only back-fire.

      Ref # 8 https://www.zerohedge.com/commodities/worlds-largest-fertilizer-company-warns-crop-nutrient-disruptions-through-2023

      Russian leverage

      It´s impossible to approach all aspects involved at once, so let´s briefly touch upon part of Russia´s bargaining power.

      1. Russia does not want, let alone need, to defeat all of Europe. Just turning Germany — or Poland for that matter — into a messy mess would be more than enough for the whole EU to focus and reason out basic stuff.

      2. No uranium from Russia means the 3 remaining German nuclear power stations cannot be re-commissioned. Not having already scheduled substitute delivery of finely-tuned Russian uranium means an adaptive retro-fit with newly-sourced feed, which technically is risky and mission almost impossible which would take years.

      3. China + India + Brazil have ´free-patent-IP´ investments plans in Russia kicking off an entirely new ball game

      4. 60% of German gas consumption is Russian. Today German industry would not survive without Russian gas.

      5. A partial or total reduction of Russian nat-gas and coal supply in retaliation for banning Russian oil would negatively and instantly impact Europe in many ways and the rest of the world with irregular market dynamics.

      6. If not delivered to the EU, the Russian nat-gas can be vented or flared at well-heads as there is plenty more.

      7. Russian oil can be sold elsewhere and/or stockpiled relatively rapidly and easily, or production can be slowed down without damaging reservoirs or wells. Russia will actually increase its “drill baby drill” policy.

      8. Paraphrasing former US Secretary of Treasury John Connally “Sorry, Russian commodities, your problem”

      9. Russia´s market is 85% of the world population largely under growth and just as fed up with the US-dollar reserve currency system. The EU trade embargo on Russia does not work per parallel imports from 3rd parties

      10. The defiant Russian economy is doing just fine, the Ruble is as strong as ever. US President Biden vowed “to make sure the pain of our sanctions hits the Russian economy, not ours” as if he were getting the picture…

      11. China and others definitely back Russia while the rest of the world de-dollarizes and does not sanction Russia

      12. There are $ 500 billion worth of physical Western assets in Russia that can be confiscated at any time.

      Ref # 9 https://www.rt.com/business/555076-moscow-allows-foreign-goods/

      Ref # 10 https://www.rt.com/business/553038-russia-lifts-ban-parallel-imports/

      Ref # 11 https://www.newyorker.com/news/daily-comment/russia-and-china-unveil-a-pact-against-america-and-the-west

      Ref # 12 https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=39ef25c3-1bf0-4029-bac2-de0ac11965da

      Ref # 13 https://www.rt.com/business/555097-russia-sanctions-recession-economist/

      Ref # 14 https://www.rt.com/business/555119-russia-india-oil-sales-increase/

      eyes wide shut

      Agreed, it´s a multi-variable environment in a context of constant change with plenty of moving parts interacting on each other. But, for starters, no ( or less) Russian nat-gas and no Russian oil means many unsolvable things for the EU today. We´d also need to add the impact of having no oil, coal, or gas substitutes fast enough in large enough quantities. All of that put together means no (or less) refined products, no intermediate distillates, no heavy-duty machinery (think mining) no nickel nor aluminum, cobalt or lead or magnesium, no neon, no grains or edibles at large, wheat, corn, barley, rye, soybeans, timber, paper, titanium, rocket engines, nitrogen fertilizer, crop nutrients, potash, less petrochemicals, iron ore, minerals and rare-earths, uranium for nuclear power plants, lithium for batteries, no inputs for production of metals, plastics, fabrics, pharmaceuticals, fertilizer, chemicals, etc., no manganese, chromium, platinum, essential palladium for catalytic converters, copper, tin, mica, wolfram, bismuth, kaolin, talcum, tungsten, diamonds, phosphates, sulphur… and even no gold. By the way, as we should all know, none of these can be printed.

      Russian vacations

      By the way, fewer distillates such as diesel and fuel oil means that private and public transportation and freight would slow down lots, also affecting heavy-duty vehicles, industrial machinery, and airplane travel. Also far lower tourism. So might as well shut down the EU and go away on vacation to beautiful Russia right? You won´t find that much food or heating or A/C either, just new massive unheard of migrations all around you. With less Russian imports, very huge German industrial giants run the certainly serious risk of shutting down otherwise continuous year-round processes which cannot be re-started and would mean irreparable harm & negative impact on the German economy and the rest of the world. And it’s not only Russian produce that would be missing. Also from Belarus and Ukraine itself + the Stans

      mission impossible

      Only mediocre light-brained European leadership can propose such suicidal move 100% guaranteed to blowback in-their-face much harder and faster than their original strike. It´d be like poking a bear ( sound familiar ? ) with a sharply pointed pole and pretending the beast to continue munching fish unbothered by the aggression itself and the presence of the aggressor, both. Not even young unexperienced teen-aged urban Canadians would think of doing such a thing. Of course, they would know that the bear will necessarily focus attention first ( already done that… ) then would rise on his hind legs and swing his sharp deadly paw wide and fast sooner than the EU can react to what just happened.

      It isn´t European David vs. Russian Goliath either. It´s a well-fed and rested Russian Goliath with hypersonic weapons under his arm vs. a worn-out underweight European David with a worn-down sling and lots of very small stones…

      to “Schwedt” or not to “Schwedt”

      Schwedt is a key refinery for which the German government better find fast good & reliable sources of substitute Russian oil. If Schwedt does not deliver as usual, problems will be felt throughout Germany, Poland, and elsewhere.

      But one problem is that Schwedt is majority-owned by Rosneft, the Russian state oil company which has control.

      Now supposedly Schwedt has already dramatically reduced its dependence on Russian oil. But there´s a rub.

      data laundromat

      The rub is that EU member countries are very good at data laundering practices since inception of EU membership acceptance proceedings. Don´t trust me, ask Goldman Sachs they should know. So, for example, if imported Russian oil stays stationary in an EU depot for a couple of months it is “nationalized” and it is no longer considered to be ´Russian´.  Also, the official oil inflow figures cheat, as for partial mixtures of Russian oil 45%+ 55% ´oil from somewhere else´ it is considered to be non-Russian, see? So Russian oil import substitution is a topic not yet anywhere close to being solved. And if Russian oil is banned right here, well Russians might deny delivery of either Russian oil or Russian gas – or whatever — over there. They defend their interests, not the EU´s.

      Ref # 15 https://www.rt.com/business/555059-europe-needs-russian-gas/ 

      Ref # 16 https://www.rt.com/business/555022-germany-petrol-shortages-russia-oil/

      two to tango

      Which brings us to the fact that the EU cannot dream of moving its pieces in a vacuum as if the Russian enemy were not there also playing in the same theater scenarios and moving its pieces alternatively. The instant the EU makes any headway whatsoever regarding the possible banning of Russian oil, then Russia will respond in kind or possibly before so as to carry out a pre-emptive deterrence sort of like a taste of things to come such as in Poland and Bulgaria

      “We have every right to take a matching decision and impose an embargo on gas pumping through the [existing] Nord Stream 1 gas pipeline. So firstly, Russia may reduce or cut off its gas exports if the West goes ahead with a ban on Russian oil”. Understand? The EU attacks Russian oil and Russia counter-attacks reducing or cutting off Russian natural gas, etc. In other words, asymmetric non-military retaliation.

      Ref # 17 https://www.bbc.com/news/58888451

      Prices

      If the Russian oil ban attempt goes ahead, agreed that the first thing that Russia may do is reduce or cut off nat-gas supplies – or other key commodities — with the stroke of a keyboard.. And it would be impossible to find replacements for Russian oils fast enough also. It would take years of adaptation and readjustments and it will still be much more expensive for European consumers. Russian Deputy Prime Minister Alexander Novak left on record that a “rejection of Russian oil would lead to catastrophic consequences for the global market causing oil prices to more than double to $300 a barrel”…possibly up to $ 500 pundits say assertively in specialized blogs. Be it $300 or $500 does the EU actually want that ? And Russia would end up earning much more by exporting far less. Trust US Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen, she said it, not me. And the higher the price, the higher the inflationary pressure and the higher the prices at the supermarkets already at approx. 35% p.a.. I can´t believe having to explain all this, really…

      Ref # 18 https://www.bbc.com/news/business-60656673

      Despite sanctions, Russia has almost doubled its monthly earnings from selling fossil fuels to the EU, according to the Centre for Research on Energy and Clean Air. The EU has imported about $23 billion dollars of fossil fuels per month from Russia since March 2022 as oil and gas prices have soared, compared with an average of about $ 12 billion in 2021. Meanwhile, transfers of oil between tankers have surged as buyers take advantage of discounted Russian crude. Different crude blends shipped from Russia may also contain oil from elsewhere which would also be affected.

      logistics & freight

      Banning Russian oil also means a logistics major reversal from-East-to-West to from-South-to-North. Such cardinal change is costly and risky. New shipping freighters are unprepared for unknown delivery schedules and product specs. Ports and oceans are different, shipping lanes are different, climate is different, seasonal availability of product and ship size and type are also different. That also involves lots of negotiating time, coordination, money, expertise, risk, permanent costs, and new dependencies with yet unknown trade and business partners, new modus operandi, brokers, insurance companies, etc. That is why every EU government has failed to build a realistic energy strategy that does not depend on Russia. Continuity, LNG & LPG terminal bottlenecks, and processing, availability, cost, no weather restrictions when needed. Pipe delivery is safe, dependable, and cheap, sea freight is risky and cost-prohibitive

      nuclear blues

      Germany had 15 nuclear plants in operation. The last 3 operating nuclear plants in Germany were scheduled to be decommissioned permanently in 2022. Part of the “Green Agenda” in the EU is to eliminate nuclear plants. France does not approve this, but is having technical trouble with its nuclear plants. France has said it will shut down 50% of its nuclear plants for critical maintenance this year at the worst possible timing imaginable.

      Ref # 19 https://www.bbc.com/news/business-61298791

      military impact

      No readily available fuels of the right type (careful) mean no deployment no planes or other aircraft which means pretty much being stuck. Bad logistics, less food, no (or less) supplies, no heating to speak of. The European conventional military dependence on Russian fuels is beyond overwhelming, close to checkmate. Fuel imports are not anywhere near a military solution, just a way for civilians to survive if and when available and at a terribly high price.

      “So the EU better be prepared to continue paying (many) billions of euros each week to Russia, supporting the Ruble and subsidizing its military in the process. It’s not just a short-term problem, either. If Germany manages over time (many years ?) to find adequate replacements for Russian natural gas, oil and coal, it will be at (tremendously) much higher prices. The era of cheap-Russian natural gas fueling the German economy is over. German energy-intensive companies, like its chemical giants, could not compete in the global market. Germany will face painful choices about the future of its industrial economy”. So without very specific and unreplaceable exclusive Russian grades of natural gas and oil and coal the European military are pretty much game-over.

      Ref # 20 https://www.zerohedge.com/energy/trump-was-right-putins-gas-strategy-gives-germany-only-bad-worse-choices

      unmanageable world finances

      The camel is 990% overloaded and this one foolish decision may break its back. The world already rides on a wild $ 600+ trillion of a derivatives tiger that can only survive provided the corresponding counterparties do not fail.

      “ Clearly, central banks in conjunction with their governments will have no option but to rescue their entire financial systems, which involves yet more central bank credit being provided on even greater scales than seen over Covid, supply chain chaos, and the provision of credit to pay for higher food and energy prices. It must be unlimited.”

      Ref # 21 https://www.goldmoney.com/research/goldmoney-insights/financial-war-takes-a-nasty-turn?gmrefcode=gata

      So unless something dramatically favorable happens very soon, economic-financial considerations will have highly negative socio-political impact driving the crisis to a high-pitch climax with the pitchforks roaming about European streets. Per Rabobank: “ When the ´food system´ breaks down, everything will break down with it”.

      Per The Guardian, “…Come October, it’s going to get horrific, truly horrific … a scale beyond what we can deal with”.

      Europe´s mad ban on Russian oil is just another perfect example of sheer Anglo-Saxon European puppeteering.

      Ref # 22 https://www.theguardian.com/business/2022/apr/19/energy-chiefs-fear-40-of-britons-could-fall-into-fuel-poverty-in-truly-horrific-winter

      Ref # 23 https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/rabobank-when-food-system-breaks-down-everything-will-break-down-it

      Tyler Durden
      Mon, 05/09/2022 – 02:00

    • The Psychology Of Manipulation: 6 Lessons From The Master Of Propaganda
      The Psychology Of Manipulation: 6 Lessons From The Master Of Propaganda

      Authored by Ryan Matters via Off-Guardian.org,

      Edward L. Bernays was an American business consultant who is widely recognized as the father of public relations. Bernays was one of the men responsible for “selling” World War 1 to the American public by branding it as a war that was necessary to “make the world safe for democracy”.

      During the 1920s, Bernays consulted for a number of major corporations, helping to boost their business through expertly crafted marketing campaigns aimed at influencing public opinion.

      In 1928, Edward Bernays published his famous book, Propaganda, in which he outlined the theories behind his successful “public relations” endeavours. The book provides insights into the phenomenon of crowd psychology and outlines effective methods for manipulating people’s habits and opinions.

      For a book that’s almost 100 years old, Propaganda could not be more relevant today. In fact, its relevance is a testament to the unchanging nature of human psychology.

      One of the key takeaways of the book is that mind control is an important aspect of any democratic society. Indeed, Bernays maintains that without the “conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses”, democracy simply would not “work”.

      We are governed, our minds molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of. This is a logical result of the way in which our democratic society is organized. Vast numbers of human beings must cooperate in this manner if they are to live together as a smoothly functioning society.

      According to Bernays, those doing the “governing” constitute an invisible ruling class that “understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses”.

      In Propaganda, Bernays draws on the work of Gustave Le Bon, Wilfred Trotter, Walter Lippmann, and Sigmund Freud (his uncle!), outlining the power of mass psychology and how it may be used to manipulate the “group mind”.

      If we understand the mechanism and motives of the group mind, is it not possible to control and regiment the masses according to our will without their knowing about it?

      I recently explored this topic in an essay about how occult rituals and predictive programming are used to manipulate the collective consciousness, influencing the thoughts, beliefs and actions of large groups of people, resulting in the creation of what occultists call “egregores”.

      Here I have extracted some key insights from Bernays in an attempt to show how his book Propaganda is, in many ways, the playbook used by the globalist cryptocracy to process the group mind of the masses.

      1. IF YOU MANIPULATE THE LEADER OF A GROUP, THE PEOPLE WILL FOLLOW

      Bernays tells us that one of the easiest ways to influence the thoughts and actions of large numbers of people is to first influence their leader.

      If you can influence the leaders, either with or without their conscious cooperation, you automatically influence the group which they sway.

      In fact, one of the most firmly established principles of mass psychology is that the “group mind” does not “think”, rather, it acts according to impulses, habits and emotions. And when deciding on a certain course of action, its first impulse is to follow the example of a trusted leader.

      Humans are, by nature a group species. Even when we are alone, we have a deep sense of group belonging. Whether they consciously know it or not, much of what people do is an effort to conform to the ideals of their chosen group so as to feel a sense of acceptance and belonging.

      This exact method of influencing the leader and watching the people follow has been used extensively throughout the last few years. One notable instance that comes to mind is the horrendously inaccurate epidemiological models created by Neil Ferguson, which formed the basis for Prime Minister Boris Johnson’s lockdown policies.

      Once Johnson was convinced of the need to lockdown and mask up, the people gladly followed.

      2. WORDS ARE POWERFUL: THE KEY TO INFLUENCING A GROUP IS THE CLEVER USE OF LANGUAGE

      Certain words and phrases are associated with certain emotions, symbols and reactions. Bernays tell us that through the clever and careful use of language, one can manipulate the emotions of a group and thereby influence their perceptions and actions.

      By playing upon an old cliché, or manipulating a new one, the propagandist can sometimes swing a whole mass of group emotions.

      The clever use of language has been employed throughout the Covid-19 pandemic to great effect. An obvious example of this was when the definition of “vaccine” was changed to include injections utilising experimental mRNA technology.

      You see, the word “vaccine” is associated in the public mind with a certain picture – that of a safe, proven medical intervention that is not only life-saving but absolutely necessary.

      If governments had told people to go get their “gene therapies”, the vast majority of the public would likely question the motives behind such a campaign; they would feel extremely sceptical because the phrase “gene therapy” is not associated with the same images, emotions and feelings as “vaccine”.

      The same goes for the word “pandemic”, the definition of which was also changed. The word “pandemic” is generally associated in the collective consciousness with fear, death, chaos and emergency (largely thanks to Hollywood and the myriad virus films it has released over the years).

      3. ANY MEDIUM OF COMMUNICATION IS ALSO A MEDIUM FOR PROPAGANDA

      Any system of communication, whether phone, radio, print, or social media, is nothing more than a means of transmitting information. Bernays reminds us that any such means of communication is also a channel for propaganda.

      There is no means of human communication which may not also be a means of deliberate propaganda.

      Bernays goes on to stress that a good propagandist must always keep abreast of new forms of communication, so that they may co-opt them as means of deliberate propaganda.

      Indeed, systems that most people would associate with freedom of speech and democracy are none other than means of circulating propaganda. Facebook fact-checkers, Big Tech censorship and YouTube’s Covid banners certainly fall into this category.

      Other examples of this include the recent algorithm updates made by various search engines (including Google and DuckDuckGo) to penalize Russian websites. Although this should come as no surprise (Google has been engaging in this type of “shadow propaganda” for many years).

      4. REITERATING THE SAME IDEA OVER AND OVER CREATES HABITS AND CONVICTIONS

      Although Bernays terms this a technique used by the “old propagandists”, he, nonetheless, recognizes its usefulness.

      It was one of the doctrines of the reaction psychology that a certain stimulus often repeated would create a habit, or that the mere reiteration of an idea would create a conviction.

      Repeating the same idea or the same “mantra” again and again is a form of neuro-linguistic programming aimed at instilling certain concepts or emotions into the subconscious mind. Indeed, people who are feeling sad or depressed are often advised to repeat to themselves an uplifting saying or affirmation.

      There are many examples of this simple, yet effective, technique being used to great effect over the last few years. Think Q’s “trust the plan”, the globalist favourite, “build back better” or the incessant repetition of that twisted phrase, “trust the science”. Included in this category are the 24/7-in-your-face death statistics and case numbers, aimed at promoting the illusion of a pandemic.

      There are more obvious examples of this as well, such as news anchors in different areas all reading from the exact same script.

      5. THINGS ARE NOT DESIRED FOR THEIR INTRINSIC WORTH, BUT RATHER FOR THE SYMBOLS THAT THEY REPRESENT

      After studying why people make certain purchasing decisions, Bernays observed that people often don’t desire something for its usefulness or value, but rather because it represents something else which they unconsciously crave.

      A thing may be desired not for its intrinsic worth or usefulness, but because he has unconsciously come to see in it a symbol of something else, the desire for which he is ashamed to admit to himself.

      Bernays gives the example of a man buying a car. From the outside, it may appear as if the man is buying the car because he needs a means of transport, but in actuality, he is buying it because he craves the elevated social status that comes with owning a motor vehicle.

      This idea, too, applies to the events over the last few years.

      For example, masks are a symbol of compliance. Everyone knows they don’t work but they wear them because of their desire to “fit in”, and to be seen as an upstanding citizen who follows the rules. Covid-19 injections are also a symbol and many people choose to get them because they have a desire to avoid being called an “anti-vaxxer” or a “conspiracy theorist”.

      6. ONE CAN MANIPULATE INDIVIDUAL ACTIONS BY CREATING CIRCUMSTANCES THAT MODIFY GROUP CUSTOMS

      Lastly, Bernays tells us that if one wishes to manipulate the actions of an individual, the most effective way to do so is to create circumstances that engender the desired behaviour.

      What are the true reasons why the purchaser is planning to spend his money on a new car instead of on a new piano? […] He buys a car, because it is at the moment the group custom to buy cars. The modern propagandist therefore sets to work to create circumstances which will modify that custom.

      For example, why all of a sudden does everyone “stand with Ukraine”? According to Bernays, it’s not because there is a war going on and innocent people need our love and support, but rather because it is the new “group custom” to do so.

      The process of altering group customs begins from the top down. In every nation or social clique, there are leaders, public figures and influencers. Manipulating those with the most sway eventually filters down into the public mind. That is why when a celebrity decides to wear something extravagant on the red carpet, a whole new trend can arise overnight.

      Similarly, at the beginning of the Covid saga and then the Russia-Ukraine war, the media were quick to circulate stories of celebs “catching Covid” and urging people to stay home, or public figures condemning Russian actions and calling for stricter sanctions (which just so happened to hurt the West more than they hurt Russia).

      THE PROPAGANDA PLAYBOOK

      The world is a volatile place right now. Things seem to change quickly and no one knows what might happen next. However, amid all this chaos there is one thing that has not changed and is unlikely to change any time soon, and that is human psychology.

      Because of this, the tactics used to manipulate people’s thoughts, beliefs and actions have not changed either. In fact, most of them were outlined in detail 100 years ago by Edward Bernays in his 1928 book, Propaganda.

      That’s right, the Puppet Master’s playbook isn’t a secret. It’s right there, freely available to anyone who cares to understand how the powers that be seek to influence them on a daily basis.

      *  *  *

      Propaganda by Edward Bernays has now been added to our Forbidden Library. Read it now, along with other forbidden books.

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 23:20

    • Hedge Funds Are Flooding Into Energy Stocks At The Fastest Pace In Years
      Hedge Funds Are Flooding Into Energy Stocks At The Fastest Pace In Years

      It didn’t take long for hedge funds to completely reverse their aversion towards energy.

      Recall back in the middle of March, when not long after oil briefly soared to the highest level in 14 years, hedge funds just couldn’t sell oil fast enough – contrary to traders of physical oil who were buying up every last drop, be it real or synthetic – they could find. It’s also one of the primary reasons why despite dismal fundamentals which scream oil in the mid to upper-$100 range, the black gold would get slammed down every time it tried to make a break for it.

      So fast forward to today, when oil is now well back over the price hit when Biden announced his SPR release, and energy stocks – in the words of Goldman’s head of hedge fund sales Tony Pasquariello – remain the only place to hide from the market’s vicious selloff. A big reason for that is that hedge funds have finally capitulated on dumping and shorting energy, and have turned full-bore oil bulls.

      According to the latest weekly report by Goldman’s Prime Brokerage group (full note available to professional subscribers), amid rising crude oil prices, Energy was the only US sector that saw positive price returns this week, outperforming the S&P 500 index by +7.7% (largest spread in 8 weeks). More importantly, it was also among the most $ net bought US sectors on the GS Prime book.

      Remarkably, hedge funds bought US Energy stocks at the fastest pace since Mar ’20 amid continued sector outperformance.

      According to GS Prime, “this week’s net buying in US Energy was the largest since Mar 2020 (1-Yr Z score +1.8), driven by long buys outpacing short sales nearly 4 to 1; Integrated Oil & Gas, E&P, and Oil & Gas Equip & Services were among the most net bought subindustries, while Storage & Transportation and Oil & Gas Drilling were among the most net sold.”

      Some more details on the recent buying flurry: hedge funds were net buyers of US Energy stocks in 4 of the past 5 weeks, driven by long buys outpacing short sales 3 to 1. More notably, the uptick in $ gross trading flow in US Energy over the past month was the largest over any 4-week period since Mar ’20.

      Still, before we get calls of “hedge funds are rotating in so dump it all”, here is some context: energy now makes up a paltry 4.4% of overall US Net exposure (vs. an even paltrier 2.1% at the start of 2022), and while this is the highest level since Aug ’19, it is just in the 37th %ile vs. the past five/ten years.

      How much more can the rotation into energy be in the coming weeks and months? Well, if we are about to experience a reversion to the mean, it could be a lot because while the Bloomberg commodity spot index is clearly trading at all time highs…

      … when put in the context of equities, well… see for yourselves:

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 22:45

    • Victor Davis Hanson: California Can't Go On Like This
      Victor Davis Hanson: California Can’t Go On Like This

      The following is an abridged version of a talk delivered on Wednesday, April 20, 2022, during the question and answer portion of an OpenTheBooks.com virtual event. Videos, media, and other speeches are available at YouTube/OpenTheBooks.

      Photo by Sterling Davis on Unsplash

      Victor Davis Hanson, earned his B.A. at the University of California, Santa Cruz, and his Ph.D. in classics from Stanford University. He is the author of several books, including A War Like No Other: How the Athenians and Spartans Fought the Peloponnesian War and The Second World Wars: How the First Global Conflict Was Fought and Won. Dr. Hanson is also a senior fellow at the Hoover Institution and a professor of classics emeritus at California State University, Fresno.

      QUESTON:

      Dr. Hanson, You and I are both native Californians. So looking at California, do you think we’ve lost the state? Or do you have any strategy advice to reverse this current downward trend set up that we have, and bring some success to us? Just in the state of California.

      ANSWER — VICTOR DAVIS HANSON:

      California is sort of like a prodigal son. We’ve all had members of our family that we love, and we grew up with and we thought they were stable, and then they take drugs or they get wayward, they get in trouble, but we don’t disown them. Well, we don’t move away from them. We try to work with them and hope they can find redemption.

      I think that’s what we’re doing in California.

      So, there isn’t one Republican statewide officeholder. Republicans only have 11 of 53 Congressional seats. The rest are Democrats. Both houses of the state legislature have super majorities (Democrats). The ninth federal appellate court is the most liberal in the nation. So, they got what they wanted; the left did.

      The Left got what they wanted.

      Because about four or five to 6 million voters— we don’t know the exact number of the old Ronald Reagan, Pete Wilson, Arnold Schwarzenegger voters (32 years of Republican governors)  — they moved. And they moved because:

      • paying the highest electricity, gas, sales, income tax in the nation.
      • 47/50 rated schools
      • terrible infrastructure, 48th on roads and bridges.
      • And California had high crime.

      That was a bad deal compared to Texas, or Florida or Wyoming or Nevada.

      And, then, we had $6 trillion dollars of market capitalized wealth that came in to Silicon Valley in 30 years, and that created a whole class of coastal millionaires, who were never subjected to the consequences or the ramifications (of bad public policy).

      So, walls on the border were terrible, but I need a wall around my estate in Palo Alto. Teachers unions are great, but my kid goes to the Menlo school or Sacred Heart. Twenty-seven cents peak electricity is essential. But it’s 70 degrees in Atherton all year round (Atherton is the richest city in America).

      That kind of hypocrisy really hurt us.

      Then, let’s face it, we had 10 million people come here illegally from Mexico. And it wasn’t like the first diaspora of the 80s, 70s, or 60s of northern Mexico. These were people were indigenous people and very poor, without a high school diploma, and subject to a great deal of racism in Mexico.

      They came with far fewer skills, and they came in mass over the last 30 years. And they were promised open borders for their families and government support for their families. And they repaid that fee by being doctrinaire and leftist Democrats.

      So, that’s where we are now: the combination of a lot of tech money, and you know, and then our universities which were the best in the country — Stanford, Berkeley, Caltech, UCLA — they became engines of this paradigm and the middle class left.

      …

      So California was lost.

      And CA has the highest taxes costs cost per square footage, highest gasoline, highest electricity, highest number in poverty. Twenty-one percent of the population lives in poverty. One out of three people in public assistance (across America) live in California. Half the homeless live in California.

      However, you know, nothing’s static. So this Latino population has actually moved much slower than one would have liked. But it’s very similar to the Italian diaspora from Southern Italy and Sicily in the 1920s or late 19th century.

      And today’s Hispanics are becoming middle and upper middle class.

      And guess what? They don’t want people coming in from Mexico with 13 tattoos into their schools. They want advanced placement for their children, not bilingual education. And so they’re starting to – for the first time – vote conservatively.

      And under this Biden administration, there’s a phenomenon where they’re paying $7 for diesel fuel a gallon. Six dollars and thirty cents today for gasoline. Building materials are unaffordable.

      So, upper middle class and working and middle class Hispanics (that are 40% of the CA population) are undergoing — I’m not even sure they’re fully aware of it in the abstract — the most radical political shift in my lifetime.

      And I think that it’s going to be across California and even nationwide.

      Should they exercise that political clout, then, I think you’d see the beginning of real change back to what California could be.

      Because we’ve done — just to finish very quickly: We’ve reached the maximum extent of the left-wing progressive experiment without total chaos.

      Anything more than we do letting criminals out in Los Angeles and San Francisco under these crazy Soros-funded DA’s, letting homeless people fornicate or have excrement on the sidewalk, being easy on hit and run drivers and those with three DUIs – that is what we have now.

      And everybody understands that it doesn’t work.

      I was in San Francisco not too long ago, and people are parking with their windows down. Or they have signs on their window shield, “nothing in the car.” Or they unlock their cars. And these are not clunkers. These are Lexus’ and Volvos and they are basically saying to the criminal element… come in scrounge around, there’s nothing there.

      But please don’t break my $1,600 electrified windshield because if you do, I know they won’t prosecute you. And I’m out $1,600.

      …

      That’s something that’s pre-civilizational. And there are groups of people who are changing their political allegiance. So, I think I’m cautiously optimistic that what can’t go on won’t go on.

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 22:10

    • Bill Maher Refuses To Follow Democrats Into The Woke Abyss
      Bill Maher Refuses To Follow Democrats Into The Woke Abyss

      HBO Host Bill Maher is now openly mocking ‘woke’ Democrats for dying on the hill of gender politics while more important issues such as Roe V. Wade threaten core Democratic principles.

      “Louisiana wants to pass a law that says flat out if you get an abortion, you get charged with murder. Wow,” said Maher. “Suddenly getting the right pronoun doesn’t seem so big, does it?“

      Kudos to Maher for pointing out his own party’s descent into idiocracy.

      “Oklahoma already has one on the books. Six weeks, can’t get an [abortion] after six weeks,” said the comeidan, adding “Most women don’t even know they’re pregnant at six weeks.

      “They don’t even know if they like the guy. Six weeks. That’s a quick look.”

      Maher even knocked pro-abortion protesters – saying that the claim that ending Roe v. Wade would send abortion rights back 50 years is “factually inaccurate,” adding that the ruling is not “settled law,” and wouldn’t have the impact that pro-choice protesters think it would.

      ‘Most abortions now, even when you go to a clinic, are done with the pill,’ Maher said. The pill. And pills are easy to get in America.’ 

      ‘So, you know, for the people who say we’re going back to 1973, we’re not. That’s just factually inaccurate.’ -Daily Mail

      Maher even pointed out that abortion rights in many European countries are far more restrictive than in the US.

      “The modern countries of Europe are way more restrictive than we are or what they’re even proposing,” said Maher. “If you are pro-choice, you would like it a lot less in Germany, and Italy, and France, and Spain, and Switzerland.”

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Germany, France and Spain all set an abortion limits at 14 weeks into the pregancy, with Italy and Switzerland setting the cap at 12 weeks. 

      Even the more liberal Norway and Denmark set the limit at 12 weeks, with Sweden limiting abortions at 18 weeks. 

      In the U.S., only 22 states set abortion limits at 20 weeks or less, according to the Guttmacher Institute, and most states that have set a shorter time frame cannot enforce the law as they have faced numerous legal challenges. -Daily Mail

      Meanwhile, Maher also put Democrats’ primal screaming over Roe v. Wade in perspective, saying “This whole bulls*** argument about, ‘Well, it’s settled law.’ So was segregation,” adding “So that’s a bulls*** argument. It’s what you think.”

      The rational Democrat strikes again…

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 21:35

    • Escobar: Megalopolis x Russia – Total War
      Escobar: Megalopolis x Russia – Total War

      Authored by Pepe Escobar,

      After careful evaluation, the Kremlin is rearranging the geopolitical chessboard to end the unipolar hegemony of the “indispensable nation”.

      “But it’s our fate / To have no place to rest, / As suffering mortals / Blindly fall and vanish / From one hour / To the next, / Like water falling / From cliff to cliff, downward / For years to uncertainty.”

      – Holderlin, Hyperion’s Fate Song

      Operation Z is the first salvo of a titanic struggle: three decades after the fall of the USSR, and 77 years after the end of WWII, after careful evaluation, the Kremlin is rearranging the geopolitical chessboard to end the unipolar hegemony of the “indispensable nation”. No wonder the Empire of Lies has gone completely berserk, obsessed in completely expelling Russia from the West-centric system.

      The U.S. and its NATO puppies cannot possibly come to grips with their perplexity when faced with a staggering loss: no more entitlement allowing exclusive geopolitical use of force to perpetuate “our values”. No more Full Spectrum Dominance.

      The micro-picture is also clear. The U.S. Deep State is milking to Kingdom Come its planned Ukraine gambit to cloak a strategic attack on Russia. The “secret” was to force Moscow into an intra-Slav war in Ukraine to break Nord Stream 2 – and thus German reliance on Russian natural resources. That ends – at least for the foreseeable future – the prospect of a Bismarckian Russo-German connection that would ultimately cause the U.S. to lose control of the Eurasian landmass from the English Channel to the Pacific to an emerging China-Russia-Germany pact.

      The American strategic gambit, so far, has worked wonders. But the battle is far from over. Psycho neo-con/neoliberalcon silos inside the Deep State consider Russia such a serious threat to the “rules-based international order” that they are ready to risk if not incur a “limited” nuclear war out of their gambit. What’s at stake is nothing less than the loss of Ruling the World by the Anglo-Saxons.

      Mastering the Five Seas  

      Russia, based on purchasing power parity (PPP), is the 6th economy in the world, right behind Germany and ahead of both the UK and France. Its “hard” economy is similar to the U.S. Steel production may be about the same, but intellectual capacity is vastly superior. Russia has roughly the same number of engineers as the U.S., but they are much better educated.

      The Mossad attributes Israel’s economic miracle in creating an equivalent of Silicon Valley to a base of a million Russian immigrants. This Israeli Silicon Valley happens to be a key asset of the American MICIMATT (military-industrial-congressional-intelligence-media-academia-think tank complex), as indelibly named by Ray McGovern.

      NATOstan media hysterically barking that Russia’s GDP is the size of Texas is nonsense. PPP is what really counts; that and Russia’s superior engineers is why their hypersonic weapons are at least two or three generations ahead of the U.S. Just ask the indispensable Andrei Martyanov.

      The Empire of Lies has no defensive missiles worthy of the name, and no equivalents to Mr. Zircon and Mr. Sarmat. The NATOstan sphere simply cannot win a war, any war against Russia for this reason alone.

      The deafening NATOstan “narrative” that Ukraine is defeating Russia does not even qualify as an innocuous joke (compare it with Russia’s “Reach Out and Touch Someone” strategy). The corrupt system of SBU fanatics intermingled with UkroNazi factions is kaput. The Pentagon knows it. The CIA cannot possibly admit it. What the Empire of Lies has sort of won, so far, is a media “victory” for the UkroNazis, not a military victory.

      Gen Aleksandr Dvornikov, of Syria fame, has a clear mandate: to conquer the whole of Donbass, totally free up Crimea and prepare the advance towards Odessa and Transnistria while reducing a rump Ukraine to the status of failed state without any access to the sea.

      The Sea of Azov – linked to the Caspian by the Don-Volga canal – is already a Russian lake. And the Black Sea is next, the key connection between the Heartland and the Mediterranean. The Five Seas system – Black, Azov, Caspian, Baltic, White – enshrines Russia as a de facto continental naval power. Who needs warm waters?

      Moving “at the speed of war”

      The pain dial, from now on, will go up non-stop. Reality – as in facts on the ground – will soon become apparent even to the NATOstan-wide LugenPresse.

      The woke Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Gen Mark Milley, expects Operation Z to last years. That’s nonsense. The Russian Armed Forces may afford to be quite methodical and take all the time needed to properly demilitarize Ukraine. The collective West for its part is pressed for time – because the blowback from the real economy is already on and bound to become vicious.

      Defense Minister Shoigu has made it quite clear: any NATO vehicles bringing weapons to Kiev will be destroyed as “legitimate military targets”.

      A report by the scientific service of the Bundestag established that training of Ukrainian soldiers on German soil may amount, under international law, to participation in war. And that gets even trickier when coupled with NATO weapons deliveries: “Only if, in addition to the supply of weapons, the instruction of the conflict party or training in such weapons were also an issue would one leave the secure area of ​​non-warfare.”

      Now at least it’s irretrievably clear how the Empire of Lies “moves at the speed of war” – as described in public by weapons peddler turned Pentagon head, Lloyd “Raytheon” Austin. In Pentagonese, that was explained by the proverbial “official” as “a combination of a call center, a watch floor, meeting rooms. They execute a battle rhythm to support decision-makers.”

      The Pentagonese “battle rhythm” offered to a supposedly “credible, resilient and combat-capable Ukraine military” is fed by a EUCom system that essentially moves weapons orders from Pentagon warehouses in the U.S. to branches of the Empire of Bases in Europe and then to the NATO eastern front in Poland, where they are trucked across Ukraine just in time to be duly incinerated by Russian precision strikes: the wealth of options include supersonic P-800 Onyx missiles, two types of Iskander, and Mr. Khinzal launched from Mig-31Ks.

      Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov has stressed Moscow is perfectly aware the U.S., NATO and UK are transferring not only weapons but also loads of intel. In parallel, the collective West turns everything upside down 24/7 shaping a new environment totally geared against Russia, not caring for even a semblance of partnership in any area. The collective West does not even consider the possibility of dialogue with Russia.

      Hence talking to Putin is “a waste of time” unless a “Russian defeat” in Ukraine (echoing strident Kiev P.R.) would make him “more realistic”. For all his faults, Le Petit Roi Macron/McKinsey has been an exception, on the phone with Putin earlier this week.

      The neo-Orwellian Hitlerization of Putin reduces him, even among the so-called Euro-intelligentzia, to the status of dictator of a nation chloroformed into its 19th century nationalism. Forget about any semblance of historical/political/cultural analysis. Putin is a late Augustus, dressing up his Imperium as a Republic.

      At best the Europeans preach and pray – chihuahuas yapping to His Master’s Voice – for a hybrid strategy of “containment and engagement” to be unleashed by the U.S., clumsily parroting the scribblings of denizens of that intellectual no-fly zone, Think Tankland.

      Yet in fact the Europeans would rather “isolate” Russia – as in 12% of the world’s population “isolating” 88% (of course: their Westoxified “vision” completely ignores the Global South). “Help” to Russia will only come when sanctions are effective (as in never: blowback will be the norm) or – the ultimate wet dream – there’s regime change in Moscow.

      The Fall

      UkroNazi P.R. agent Ursula von der Lugen presented the sixth sanction package of the Europoodle (Dis)Union.

      Top of the bill is to exclude three more Russian banks from SWIFT, including Sberbank. Seven banks are already excluded. This will enforce Russia’s “total isolation”. It’s idle to comment on something that only fools the LugenPresse.

      Then there’s the “progressive” embargo on oil imports. No more crude imported to the EU in six months and no more refined products before the end of 2022. As it stands, the IEA shows that 45% of Russia’s oil exports go to the EU (with 22% to China and 10% to the U.S.). His Master’s Voice continues and will continue to import Russian oil.

      And of course 58 “personal” sanctions also show up, targeting very dangerous characters such as Patriarch Kirill of the Orthodox Church, and the wife, son and daughter of Kremlin spokesman Dmitri Peskov.

      This stunning display of stupidity will have to be approved by all EU members. Internal revolt is guaranteed, especially from Hungary, even as so many remain willing to commit energy suicide and mess up with the lives of their citizens big time to defend a neo-Nazi regime.

      Alastair Crooke called my attention to a startling, original interpretation of what’s goin’ on, offered in Russian by a Serbian analyst, Prof. Slobodan Vladusic. His main thesis, in a nutshell: “Megalopolis hates Russia because it is not Megalopolis – it has not entered the sphere of anti-humanism and that is why it remains a civilization alternative. Hence Russophobia.”

      Vladusic contends that the intra-Slav war in Ukraine is “a great catastrophe for Orthodox civilization” – mirroring my recent first attempt to open a serious debate on a Clash of Christianities.

      Yet the major schism is not on religion but culture: “The key difference between the former West and today’s Megalopolis is that Megalopolis programmatically renounces the humanistic heritage of the West.”

      So now “it is possible to erase not only the musical canon, but also the entire European humanistic heritage: the entire literature, fine arts, philosophy” because of a “trivialization of knowledge”. What’s left is an empty space, actually a cultural black hole, “filled by promoting terms such as ‘posthumanism’ and ‘transhumanism’.”

      And here Vladusic gets to the heart of the matter: Russia fiercely opposes the Great Reset concocted by the “hackable”, self-described “elites” of Megalopolis.

      Sergey Glazyev, now coordinating the draft of a new financial/monetary system by the Eurasia Economic Union (EAEU) in partnership with the Chinese, adapts Vladusic to the facts on the ground (here in Russian, here in an imperfect English translation).

      Glazyev is way more blunt than in his meticulous economic analyses. While noting the Deep State’s aims of destroying the Russian world, Iran and block China, he stresses the U.S. “will not be able to win the global hybrid war”. A key reason is that the collective West has “put all independent countries in front of the need to find new global currency instruments, risk insurance mechanisms, restore the norms of international law and create their own economic security systems.”

      So yes, this is Totalen Krieg, Total War – as Glazyev spells it out with no attenuation, and how Russia denounced it this week at the UN: “Russia needs to stand up to the United States and NATO in its confrontation, bringing it to its logical conclusion, so as not to be torn between them and China, which is irrevocably becoming the leader of the world economy.”

      History may eventually register, 77 years after the end of WWII, that neocon/neoliberalcon psychos in Washington silos instigating an inter-Slavic war by ordering Kiev to launch a blitzkrieg against Donbass was the spark that led to the Fall of the U.S. Empire.

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 21:00

    • Morgan Stanley: "We Live In The Most Chaotic, Hard-To-Predict Macroeconomic Times In Decades"
      Morgan Stanley: “We Live In The Most Chaotic, Hard-To-Predict Macroeconomic Times In Decades”

      By Seth Carpenter, Global Chief Economist of Morgan Stanley

      How Close To The Edge

      Fears of a global recession abound, and in the past three months we have revised our global growth forecast down 170bp while inflationary pressures have risen.

      We live in the most chaotic, hard-to-predict macroeconomic times in decades. The ingredients for a global recession are on the table. My colleague Mike Wilson is calling for a substantial further selloff in US equities, even in the base case of no recession. Consider that the recovery from Covid means companies that have over-earned – especially those producing consumer goods whose demand has soared – will face a reversal of fortune. What’s more, higher rates and falling growth are never good for valuations. Avoiding a recession is our base case, but markets will have to confront the rising probability of one regardless.

      China’s sharp slowdown is clear. Last year, the Chinese government embarked on a regulatory reset that caused a marked downshift in the economy. Then successive waves of Covid buffeted the country. The Covid-zero policy has throttled household spending and has not left the productive side of the economy unscathed. Critically large cities like Shanghai and Shenzhen have been locked down, and cases in other major cities have been rising. The risk of an extended contraction is plain to see.

      For Europe, the slowdown is more prospective because recent PMIs and confidence surveys suggest continued momentum. But since Russia’s invasion of Ukraine started, downside macroeconomic risks have risen. The sharp spike in energy and food prices will impose a tax on the European consumer. And as the Russian invasion of Ukraine continues, the prospect of an embargo on oil imports from Russia is becoming more certain. The second half of the year looks decidedly worse for euro area growth than the first half. Accompanying these headwinds, high inflation has spurred the ECB to normalize policy. While ending QE and bringing the depo rate to zero are highly unlikely to pitch Europe into recession, markets are forward looking, and the selloff in euro area sovereigns is likely just the start of tightening financial conditions.

      In the US, GDP contracted in 1Q. To be sure, domestic final spending was solid, and the culprits were inventories and exports. Weak exports, however, warn of softening global growth. Nonfarm payrolls for April rose by 428k, extending a string of very strong job gains. But just as in Europe, we have yet to see the hit to consumer spending from the surge in food and energy prices, and our recent work shows that the drag can be noticeable (see Slower Growth Ahead). Moreover, mortgage rates have gone above 5% for the first time in 12 years, and with a shortage of new homes driving prices higher and higher, home affordability is the worst in decades. And of course, the Fed has signaled a fairly aggressive set of rate hikes that we see taking the federal funds rate past 2.5% this year as the balance sheet starts to shrink. The direction of travel for the US economy is clear, though for now it remains strong.

      So why not call for a global recession? For now, even if Chinese GDP sees a modest sequential contraction in 2Q, mounting fiscal policy and receding Covid should allow for a subsequent rebound. A European embargo on Russian oil is likely to be manageable, while for a recession, we would need a scenario where all energy imports from Russia including natural gas are cut off abruptly. And the Fed is feeling its way with policy, trying to slow the economy to rein in inflation but willing to reverse course at the first sign of doing too much. We would need a European contraction to hit the US economy after enough front-loaded policy tightening is in train to trigger a recession. The alignment of those unlucky stars is possible, hence the rising risk, but it is not something I would count on.

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 20:30

    • Pro-Abortion Activists Target Homes Of Justices Kavanaugh And Roberts
      Pro-Abortion Activists Target Homes Of Justices Kavanaugh And Roberts

      Authored by Naveen Athrappully via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours)

      Photo via Fox News

      Around 100 pro-abortion activists took their protests to the homes of two conservative U.S. Supreme Court Justices on Saturday night in the aftermath of a leaked draft opinion, according to which the landmark 1973 Roe v. Wade ruling is set to be overturned.

      Protests kicked off from a local café at Chevy Chase, and protestors first headed off to the home of Justice Brett Kavanaugh, then toward the residence of Chief Justice John Roberts, located just half a mile away, and finally back to Kavanaugh’s, where police asked them to disperse.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      During the demonstration, protestors chanted slogans like “Keep abortion safe and legal.” Left-wing group ShutDown DC is planning on holding a protest outside Supreme Court Justice Samuel Alito’s house on May 9.

      “The evening of Monday, May 9, we will hold a vigil for all these rights that Alito is threatening to take away. Because it’s been impossible to reach him at the Supreme Court (especially now with the enormous fences), we will do it at his home,” said an online description of the event.

      “At 7:30 pm we will gather at a nearby location and walk together to his house. At the foot of his driveway, on the public street, we will light candles and speakers will share their testimony.”

      According to the leaked Supreme Court draft opinion, the justices have decided to overturn the 1973 decision that categorized abortion as a constitutional right.

      Alito wrote that the 1973 judgment was “egregiously wrong from the start,” its reasoning was “exceptionally weak,” and the decision has had “damaging consequences.”

      Numerous states are set to ban abortion once the Supreme Court strikes down Roe v. Wade. States that continue to allow abortion may see an influx of pregnant women seeking such services.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Roberts called the unprecedented leak “absolutely appalling” during a recent talk with a group of lawyers and judges. He also called the individual who leaked the document “foolish” if they believed the action would affect the final court judgment.

      “To the extent this betrayal of the confidences of the Court was intended to undermine the integrity of our operations, it will not succeed. The work of the Court will not be affected in any way,” Roberts said.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      “This was a singular and egregious breach of that trust that is an affront to the Court and the community of public servants who work here.”

      Kavanaugh is one of the five justices known to have cast the preliminary votes to overturn Roe v. Wade. Roberts opposed striking it down completely, instead batting for a compromise decision that would leave some parts of the original ruling intact while keeping abortion limited to 15 weeks of pregnancy.

      Amid protests triggered by the draft opinion, Justice Clarence Thomas, one of the most conservative on the nine-member Supreme Court panel, stated that the court cannot be “bullied.”

      As a society, “we are becoming addicted to wanting particular outcomes, not living with the outcomes we don’t like,” Thomas said, according to Reuters. “We can’t be an institution that can be bullied into giving you just the outcomes you want. The events from earlier this week are a symptom of that.”

      *  *  *

      [ZH and a reminder…]

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 20:11

    • Hedge Fund CIO: "We're On Our Own Now, Without A Fed Safety Net. It's A Sobering Reality"
      Hedge Fund CIO: “We’re On Our Own Now, Without A Fed Safety Net. It’s A Sobering Reality”

      By Eric Peters, CIO of One River Asset Management

      Hope all goes well… “For as long as we’ve been trading, every time stocks fell hard, you knew they’d step in and cut rates,” said the CIO, describing the Fed Put. “But with the kind of inflation we’re seeing now, there’s no way the Fed can cut rates just because stocks fall,” he said. “Even if the S&P were to puke 25% in a week or two, the best you could hope for from the Fed is some kind of statement saying they’ll slow down, maybe pause.”

      US stocks had just finished lower for the 5th consecutive week. “What we’re seeing is the market pricing out the Fed Put. We’re on our own now, without a safety net. It’s a sobering reality, a bit like trading crypto.”

      Overall:

      “Our plans and policies have produced the strongest job creation economy in modern times,” declared Biden. “The unemployment rate now stands at 3.6% – the fastest decline in unemployment to start a President’s term ever recorded,” he boasted. “There have been only 3 months in the last 50yrs where the unemployment rate in America is lower than it is now – a direct result of the American Rescue Plan, our COVID vaccination program, and my plan to grow our economy from the bottom up and middle out.”

      No one could’ve known exactly what would happen when Biden signed into law the $1.9trln American Rescue Plan in March 2021. Now we do. “Inflation is much too high,” said Powell, following his 50bp rate hike, and describing plans to reduce the Fed’s $9trln balance sheet.

      “We understand the hardship it is causing, and we’re moving expeditiously to bring it back down,” pledged the Fed Chairman. “We have both the tools we need and the resolve that it will take to restore price stability on behalf of American families and businesses.”

      The essential tool the Fed has is its ability to create slack in the labor market through forcing people out of work, undermining their position when negotiating higher wages. But higher wages and narrowing inequality are precisely what the administration wants from America’s hot economy.

      So begins a new conflict in a world of rapidly expanding hostilities. For decades, the disinflationary tendencies that accompanied rising levels of globalization, slowing working-age population growth rates, and accelerating microprocessor processing speeds, allowed central banks to act in general support of fiscal stimulus. In each cycle, their stimulus ratcheted up as our central bankers probed for the point at which their expansive policies would spur runaway inflation, wage-price spirals, hoarding, debasement. But they never found it — until now that is.

      In that previous paradigm, stocks and bonds generally rose together. Even better, when the former temporarily declined the latter rallied. What replaces it will look far different. And we are only now getting a glimpse. 

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 19:41

    • How To Kill A Zombie? Positive Real Yields Leave Record Number Of Biotechs Trading Below Cash
      How To Kill A Zombie? Positive Real Yields Leave Record Number Of Biotechs Trading Below Cash

      An aggressive, hawkish, and behind the curve Federal Reserve unleashed the most significant rate hike since the Dot-Com bubble burst in the early 2000s. The oversized 50bps hike was in response to inflation at four-decade highs. The Fed is expected to ‘taper’ its balance sheet at the beginning of June, and all of this hawkishness has crushed the valuations of profitless companies. 

      The Fed telegraphed its move to embark on the hiking cycle late last year from emergency levels. The market’s consensus forecast of rate hikes for 2022 increased from 50bps in November to 235bps in May as the Fed is on the path to finding the neutral rate by the end of the year to slow inflation. 

      More importantly, real yields jumped into positive territory for the rest time in two years. However, the move didn’t happen overnight and began in November. 

      Once deeply in negative territory, the dynamic helped divert money from U.S. government bonds into risky stocks, such as profitless companies like biotech. This has since reversed. 

      Anticipation of tighter monetary policy pushed real yields positive and has re-rated risky companies, evident in the fact that over 20% of the Nasdaq Biotechnology Index’s 370 members – a record by a long way – are now trading less than cash. 

      The rise in real yields makes ‘growth’-focused, profitless ‘lottery ticket’ stocks less attractive (as those longer duration equity payoffs get discounted more and more heavily).

      It seems, the world’s freshly schizophrenic central bank hawks have finally figured out how to kill zombies. As we detailed recently, Zombies were introduced to the economic jargon by Ricardo Caballero, Takeo Hoshi, and Anil Kashyap in their article, “Zombie lending and depressed restructuring in Japan” in 2008, where they named the unprofitable and indebted yet still operating firms in Japan as “zombie companies.” They found that, after the financial crash of the early 1990s, large Japanese banks kept money flowing to otherwise insolvent borrowers, aka zombies.

      What happens, when money (credit) is abundantly and easily available? Unprofitable firms that should fail start to roll-over their debts and seek easy funding to carry on. This is what happened after central banks enacted their ‘extreme’ monetary measures in the 2010’s. They started to create zombie companies, like ailing Japanese banks did in the 1990’s.

      Zombie companies are a menace to the economy, because they restrict the entry of new, more productive companies, diminish job creation in the economy and lock capital to unproductive use. Zombie companies seek to survive, not to thrive. They hoard money and debt, but do not invest. Workers may keep their jobs, but they are locked in unprofitable production.

      According to research by Natixis, a French bank, the share of zombie corporations in Europe had risen to 21 percent by the end of 2019. Now, due to the “corona bailouts,” the share is likely to be considerably higher. According to the data compiled by Deutsche Bank Securities, the number of U.S. publicly traded companies classified as zombies had risen to close to 19 percent by the end of 2020. According to Bloomberg, in November 2020, U.S. zombie corporations sat on an incomprehensibly large mountain of $2 trillion in debt. The number of publicly listed zombie companies had also swollen by 200 since the start of the pandemic. This is a clear example of how government and central bank induced bailouts make the economy more fragile.

      Alas, central banks, especially the Federal Reserve and the European Central Bank have fed the creation of zombie companies for years through ultra-low interest rates and QE programs.

      Zombies should not exist in the real world, and the real world is about catching up with the “zombified” global corporate sector. With the drastically hastening inflation forcing the hand of central bankers to raise rates aggressively in the coming months, we are heading into a flood of corporate bankruptcies.

      And then, calamity.

      At the same time, the TINA (there is not alternative) narrative has died with Treasuries now offering ‘safer’, higher-yielding alternatives for increasingly anxious investors (despite the worst ever start to a year for bonds)…

      However, it gets worse, as Paul Tudor Jones recently warned, piling headlong into bonds may not be the wisest choice, as he notes that we are now in “uncharted territory”.

      Specifically, PTJ warned investors to prioritize capital preservation in such a challenging environment for “virtually anything.”

      “I think we’re in one of those very difficult periods where simply capital preservation is I think the most important thing we can strive for,” Jones said.

      “I don’t know if it’s going to be one of those periods where you’re actually trying to make money.”

      It’s not just investors that are in ‘uncharted territory’ as The Fed faces global stagflation…

      As he summarized: “You can’t think of a worse environment than where we are right now for financial assets.”

      And perhaps the signals from the riskiest of risky lottery ticket stocks – Biotechs – is one more sign of that risk-tolerating, zombie-embracing behavior being abandoned.

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 19:15

    • CA Lawmakers Use 'Gut-And-Amend' To Resurrect Failed Gun Tax
      CA Lawmakers Use ‘Gut-And-Amend’ To Resurrect Failed Gun Tax

      Submitted by The Machine Gun Nest (TMGN, emphasis ours),

      California lawmakers have used a legislative technique known as “gut-and-amend” to revive and fast-track a tax on firearms and ammunition.

      On May 5th, the California State Assembly ‘gutted’ the contents of an unrelated bill (AB-1227) aimed at building energy efficiency, and amended it with language reviving a long-failed firearm and ammunition excise tax which, if passed, would be effective immediately as an “urgency statute.”

      According to the new language, “The year 2020 saw an unprecedented surge in firearm and ammunition sales across the nation, and this trend has continued into 2021.” They say that the tax is needed because “This surge in firearm and ammunition sales and profits has occurred alongside an unprecedented nationwide spike in shootings and gun homicides.” Seemingly conflating legal gun sales with crime and violence.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      The bill itself calls for an excise tax of 10% on handguns and 11% on long guns, ammunition, or precursor parts. California would then deposit the tax collected from the bill into a so-called Gun Violence Prevention, Healing, and Recovery Fund. We’ve stated that these funds are cover for liberal states to tax gun owners and fund their opposition research, which in turn supports more gun control laws. It’s like an authoritarian Uroboros.

      Interestingly, a similar bill, AB-1223, was introduced by the same author, California state legislator Marc Levine, but failed to pass in February. This is another attempt to pass a failed gun tax by gutting and amending a solar roofing bill. 

      What’s even more telling of the lawmakers’ attitudes in California is this excerpt from the proposed legislation: “Existing law imposes various taxes, including taxes on the privilege of engaging in certain activities.” It’s obvious here that California intends to treat the 2nd Amendment like a privilege, to be taxed and taken away from those that are unworthy, or cannot afford it, instead of a constitutional right.

      As expected, the reaction on Twitter from gun owners has been explosive.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      While the insanity of the situation can almost be humorous, gun owners should look at California not as a bubble but as an example of what can happen when one party controls a state. Don’t forget, California was a Republican stronghold state until the 90s but now serves as a template and testing ground for gun control policy nationwide.

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 18:40

    • 3 American Tourists Found Dead In Mysterious "Health Emergency" At Bahamas Resort
      3 American Tourists Found Dead In Mysterious “Health Emergency” At Bahamas Resort

      Three American tourists were found dead inside their hotel room, and a fourth person was hospitalized Friday, at a Sandals resort in the Bahamas, according to local authorities. 

      Bahamian Acting Prime Minister Chester Cooper said two men and a woman died at the Sandals Emerald Bay resort on Exuma. A fourth was airlifted to a hospital in nearby Nassau. 

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Royal Bahamas Police Force said it was investigating that at least two people sought medical treatment Thursday night after suffering from nausea and vomiting. 

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      On Friday, police found a man and woman dead in their hotel room. In a separate hotel room, a man was found dead. All had signs of convulsion but no trauma, police added. 

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Sandals confirmed the three deaths to USA Today. A spokesperson for the resort released this statement:

      “It is with deep sadness that we can confirm the passing of three guests at Sandals Emerald Bay on May 6, 2022.

      “A health emergency was initially reported and following our protocols we immediately alerted emergency medical professionals and relevant local authorities,” Stacy Royal, a spokesperson for Sandals, said. 

      Minister of Health and Wellness Dr. Michael Darville and his team are expected to arrive on the island this evening to investigate the health emergency. 

      “We thought we might have to make a makeshift facility, a mini-hospital … we believe it’s an isolated situation that revolves around four people,” Darville said. It remains unclear how the three died. 

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 18:05

    • Duck And Cover
      Duck And Cover

      By Peter Tchir of Academy Securities

      Even I am not old enough to done “duck and cover” drills in school, but it somehow comes to mind this weekend as we digest the latest market action and the ongoing Russian nuclear threats.

      Markets

      On the week, stocks didn’t do too badly. The Dow was almost unchanged, and even the hard-hit Nasdaq “only” dropped 1.4%. Based on that, last weekend’s Bad to the Bone seemed overly dramatic. But the weekly change isn’t reflective of the mess the markets were. From its lows on Wednesday, ahead of the FOMC, the Nasdaq 100 rallied over 5% only to plunge almost 8% at its lowest point on Friday morning! While we expected many to try and rally, post FOMC, largely because it worked extremely well back in March, I had no expectation that the rally would be that strong and fast! Nor, did I expect it to be so short lived and to turn so ugly, so quickly.

      Markets, largely, remain broken. Liquidity is abysmal. Stock indices seem to move 0.5% on a whim and the trading this week, made me think back to the days when the TARP legislation failed, which I discussed on TD Ameritrade.

      There were some bright spots, like energy, where XLE was up almost 10% on the week! (Barron’s included Academy’s view that “The energy companies of today are also the energy companies of the future”). Bitcoin, on the other hand, is back below $35,000 as I type and had a miserable week, dropping more than 10%.

      I remain concerned that the “non-virtuous circle” described in last week’s report, highlighting the linkage between “disruptive” stocks and crypto isn’t over (though TQQQ had large inflows last week, including a huge inflow on Friday, as some investors bet heavily on a bounce, using leverage. ARKK, which I also highlight, had inflows on the week, but had a significant outflow on Friday which is something to watch).

      As much as I want to be full on bullish at these levels, the only “capitulation” that I have seen is the capitulation of shorts and hedges on Wednesday afternoon!

      Duck and cover seems to apply to trying to manage risk in these markets.

      Rates and Credit

      Much of the blame for last week’s markets can be placed on the Treasury market, though, that is a bit too simplistic. Yes, the 10-year treasury went from 2.94% on Wednesday, to 3.13% by Friday, but it did moved 5 bps higher on Monday, while stocks rallied and even on Friday, stocks and bonds were not moving in lock-step, which sets us up, potentially for a “risk-off” type of day, when stocks sell-off as treasuries rally.

      The yield curve actually steepened (at least 2s vs 10s) which should, if anything, be encouraging.

      Credit, as expected (or at least as hoped) did very well! The Bloomberg corporate bond spread actually tightened from 135 to 134 on the week. That seemed almost too good to be true, but LQD (a longer dated IG ETF) had spreads go from 172 to 169. The CDX index, didn’t fare as well, but that is linked, via algos, to the stock market almost as much as to the bond market.

      Lower prices and overall higher yields are attracting money to corporate bonds! That has been very supportive for spreads.

      I think there are some key takeaways from the credit markets:

      • Credit is holding in, which should support equity prices. Equities should not go into freefall while credit is holding in. What we are seeing is the gap between high equity valuations and credit, close. There is a large buffer between the credit risk and equity risk for most firms and that is what is getting priced in. Even some “distressed” investors are buying IG bonds, as the dollar prices are so attractive (buying bonds below par, solves a lot of credit concerns).
      • Watching the leveraged loan market closely. Leveraged loans and CLO’s had done very well, especially versus high yield bonds. That, to me, indicated that the movement was primarily rates related, and there wasn’t much concern about credit spreads. But these markets (BKLN and SRLN and JBBB are some ETFs to watch) are back to their march lows, or even worse than that. There is at least a hint that in the high yield market, credit risk is becoming more of a concern! This “metric” or signal has gone from comforting to mildly disturbing.

      Market Strategy – Duck and Cover

      As we head into this week:

      • Expect more volatility. I cannot think of any reason why volatility would decline dramatically. Last week’s extreme price action will likely feed into VAR (value at risk) models and cause traders to reduce positions. Liquidity, with summer coming is likely to remain poor, or get worse as traders won’t have the stomach for large positions with reduced staff as people take their vacations.
      • Buy dips on credit and rates. Unless we see signs of credit fears (either IG bond spreads widening or leveraged loans catching up to high yield bonds) I like buying dips on credit and rates. But very cautiously.
      • Watch Quantitative Tightening in action. When a bond matures, the issuer often issues new debt. That applies to treasuries as much as anything. Often, the holders of an existing bond, “roll” into the new bond. There is, to some extent, a list of ready made buyers. They are receiving cash for the bond that is maturing and may have an inclination to re-invest that money in bonds of the same issuer. Simplistic, yes, somewhat true, also yes. So, when the FED holds bonds that are maturing and is NOT planning on re-investing those proceeds, new buyers have to be found. I think we will see investors in every asset class, reduce risk to get similar expected returns, which is why I think the selling in the riskiest assets, isn’t quite over, yet.
      • Sell rips on risky assets. I’m stuck thinking we have another 10% downside on risky assets (and more than that on crypto). It doesn’t mean that we won’t get vicious “bear market” rallies. But I just don’t think this ‘valuation re-evaluation’ is over yet. It is getting close to being done, but I would really like to see capitulation, which I still don’t think we’ve seen.

      Stay nimble. Duck and cover was meant to be a way to protect yourself, and I think we have to trade this market with that perspective in mind.

      Longer term, the level of discussion about “securing” supply chains is high and I’m certain is going to result in action as companies (and countries) focus on ensuring that their supply chains are robust and “secure”.

      I am the least bearish I’ve been, even expecting some sort of a rally, which may mean I’ve become part of the problem and markets will face a rough start to the week.

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 17:37

    • The World Is "Crying Out For Diesel"; Product Tankers Could Win Big
      The World Is “Crying Out For Diesel”; Product Tankers Could Win Big

      By Greg Miller of Freight Waves,

      Retail gasoline prices in the U.S. are up 45% year on year. Diesel used by American truckers is up 75% and just hit an all-time high. But this is not just an American problem. Pain at the pump is global. And so-called product tankers — ships designed to transport cargoes such as diesel, gasoline and jet fuel — are in prime position to profit.

      Fuel flows globally to where it earns the highest return. Case in point: As U.S. diesel prices have skyrocketed, American exports of diesel have surged, because demand in other countries is higher.

      U.S distillate fuel exports hit 1.74 million barrels per day (b/d) in early April, nearing record levels, according to preliminary data from the Energy Information Administration (EIA). Total U.S. exports of all refined products in April rose 28% year on year.

      ‘Outright panic buying of diesel’

      “There has been outright panic-buying of diesel,” said Anthony Gurnee, CEO of product-tanker owner Ardmore Shipping, during a conference call on Wednesday.

      Ardmore specializes in MR tankers, a vessel class with capacity ranging from 25,000-54,999 deadweight tons (DWT). Clarksons Platou Securities said that modern-built MRs were earning $49,800 per day in the spot market as of Friday. That’s more than quadruple the average rate for full-year 2021. Clarksons puts the breakeven rate for such vessels at $18,000 per day.

      “The world is really crying out for diesel and that’s causing refinery margins to spike,” said Lois Zabrocky, CEO of International Seaways, during a conference call on Wednesday.

      INSW’s product tanker fleet primarily consists of MRs and LR1s (55,000-79,999 DWT). Modern LR1s are earning $50,400 per day in the spot market, according to Clarksons, which puts the breakeven rate for such ships at $19,000 per day. Current LR1 rates are almost quadruple their full-year 2021 average.

      Larger LR2s (80,000-119,00 DWT) that handle high-volume, long-haul runs are showing even steeper gains. Rates for modern LR2s jumped 21% on Friday to $58,600 per day, said Clarksons.

      War exacerbates diesel shortages

      The worldwide diesel market is “extremely tight” and the Russia-Ukraine war “has exacerbated the global diesel shortage,” said James Doyle, head of corporate development at Scorpio Tankers, during a conference call on April 28.

      Before the invasion, he said, Russia exported about 1 million b/d of diesel to Europe. That volume has plummeted. “But the diesel shortage in Europe is not new,” he added. “And the shortage extends beyond Europe to Latin America and Africa, which have similar diesel deficits.

      “For our MRs, the highest rate increases were for our vessels going from the U.S. Gulf to Latin America, which has less to do with Russia and Ukraine and more to do with increasing demand,” Doyle pointed out.

      “We expect the market to tighten further with increased competition for distillate molecules as jet fuel demand returns. This is also having an impact on gasoline. With refineries running in max distillate mode, we are not building significant gasoline inventories ahead of peak driving season. As demand grows and inventories remain low, product tankers will need to be the conduit for filling the global supply-demand imbalance.”

      Commodity specialist Argus made the same point on gasoline. “The lack of spare capacity is causing alarm heading into the peak summer driving season,” Argus warned on Thursday. “The situation is compounded by even higher middle-distillate margins, which have boosted supply of diesel over gasoline.”

      Inventories drawn through COVID era

      Usually, rates for tankers that carry crude oil and rates for tankers that carry petroleum products trend roughly in tandem. And if one outperforms the other, it’s usually crude. This year, product tankers are dramatically outperforming crude tankers; larger crude tankers are still below breakeven. 

      Both crude and product tankers saw rates collapse during the COVID era. Oil production outstripped demand amid lockdowns. The world’s inventories filled with cheap crude and products bought at the trough.

      Ever since, those inventories have been drawn down instead of using tankers to import new supply (because new supply is much more expensive than the petroleum still in storage bought at the trough).

      Due to this practice, stockpiles were already historically low months before Russia invaded Ukraine. In November 2021, Alphatanker published a report called “Welcome to the great diesel squeeze,” which warned: “It’s now apparent that global gasoil and diesel markets are tightening at an alarming pace with supply shortfalls now hitting key consumer markets worldwide.”

      Then Russia invaded Ukraine. “This event immediately laid bare … the risks of severely depleted inventories,” said Evercore ISI analyst Jon Chappell.

      Product tankers vs. crude tankers

      Asked why this has boosted product tanker rates so much more than crude tanker rates — given that crude inventories are also historically low — Chappell responded, “Usually the two groups are highly correlated, and usually crude leads and outperforms by measure of magnitude. But we are far from normal times.

      “Crude tankers are doing really well in regions directly impacted by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine — the Black Sea, Baltic and the Med — owing to the higher insurance costs and risks of entering those markets. But overall, the crude markets have been balancing new longer trade routes with the inability of OPEC to meet quotas, Russia [being] offline, and China lockdowns. The market is better than it probably should be based on those latter factors, but the low inventories and longer ton-miles [voyage distances] are offsetting some of the macro headwinds.

      “Product tankers are benefiting from localized diesel shortages, high refinery margins … and massive trading arbs [arbitrages] that allow traders to pay much higher freight costs and still make a ton on the arb. Inventories are far too low globally and prices will likely remain elevated, forcing more trading in unusual trade lanes, tightening capacity and lifting that market well before and well above crude.

      “Eventually crude tankers will catch up, I think, if supply of crude can meet higher refinery demand. But right now, it’s a unique product story. And talking with my oil analyst, it’s hard to see how these diesel shortages ease or the strong tanker markets end,” said Chappell.

      Earnings recap

      Among the universe of listed shipowners, Clarksons Platou Securities said that “product tankers are sailing up as the winning sector year to date.” Rates are surging on “exploding refining margins,” said Clarksons. It maintained that “the products sector looks primed to gain further.”

      Through Thursday’s close, the stocks of Scorpio Tankers and Ardmore Shipping were up 106% and 114% year to date, respectively. Shares of International Seaways — which owns both crude and product tankers — were up 50% year to date.

      Listed product tanker owners have just reported more losses for the first quarter. The rate upswing won’t be fully felt until the current quarter.

      Ardmore Shipping reported a net loss of $7 million for Q1 2022 versus a net loss of $8.5 million in Q1 2021. The adjusted loss of 4 cents per share beat consensus expectations for a loss of 8 cents.

      Ardmore has 50% of its Q2 2022 available MR spot days booked at $25,500 per day. That compares to rates of $16,513 per day in Q1 2022.

      International Seaways reported a net loss of $13 million for Q1 2022 compared to a net loss of $13.4 million in the same period last year. The adjusted loss of 29 cents per share was slightly better than Wall Street expectations for a loss of 30 cents.

      The company has 41% of its available Q2 2022 MR spot days booked at an average of $24,500 per day. That compares to $14,030 per day in the first quarter.

      Scorpio Tankers reported a net loss of $84.4 million for Q1 2022 compared to a net loss of $62.4 million in Q1 2021. The adjusted loss per share of 27 cents came in much better than the consensus forecast for a loss of 58 cents.

      Scorpio has 42% of its available Q2 2022 spot MR days booked at $30,000 per day. Its MR fleet earned an average of $16,305 per day in the first quarter.

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 17:30

    • Western Banks Brace For $10 Billion Hit Over Russia Exit
      Western Banks Brace For $10 Billion Hit Over Russia Exit

      Western banks are bracing for a $10 billion collective hit as they prepare to shutter operations in Russia over the invasion of Ukraine – a move which mirrors several US lenders last month.

      A Societe Generale logo on a Rosbank bank branch in Moscow, Russia. The French bank was hurt by a write-down on its Russian business.
      Bloomberg News

      According to the Financial Times, international sanctions have “forced banks to consider turning their backs on a country that some lenders first entered more than a century ago.”

      This week a string of European banks set aside billions of euros in provisions ahead of the closure of their Russian operations, following similar moves by US lenders last month. Western banks collectively have $86bn of exposure to Russia — with close to 40,000 staff — and are setting aside more than $10bn in expectation of losses on their ventures, according to Financial Times calculations. -FT

      French lender Société Générale, which has operated in Russia for 150 years, has set aside €561mn for the first quarter, and expects to lose €3.1bn ($3.3bn) on the sale of its Rosbank subsidiary – which was founded by billionaire Vladimir Potanin. The bank has 3.1 million retail customers throughout Russia and €18bn ($19.3bn) of total exposure to the country. Around 12,000 people are employed by Rosbank.

      Italy’s UniCredit has set aside €1.3bn ($1.37bn), and says that exiting Russia entirely could cost it €5.3bn ($5.6bn). The bank currently has 4,000 workers and 2 million customers in the country, where it has operated for 17 years.

      “I’m sure you have noticed the speed of change in terms of . . . waves of sanctions,” said CEO Andrea Orcel.

      Graphic via FT Research (Steven Bernard and Patrick Mathrin)

      Other European banks preparing to take a hit are French bank Crédit Agricole, Austria’s Raiffeisen, Swiss lender UBS, and Credit Suisse.

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 16:55

    • Biden Sends First Lady Jill To War-Torn Ukraine After Zelensky Urged Him To Come
      Biden Sends First Lady Jill To War-Torn Ukraine After Zelensky Urged Him To Come

      It appears the White House PR team has been quite busy trying to get creative in terms of ways it could display support for Ukraine… short of President Joe Biden actually going there himself (as has been requested and urged by Zelensky). They came up with a Mother’s Day “surprise” in the form of first lady Jill Biden traveling to a war zone to meet the first lady of Ukraine for a photo op.

      CNN reports of the previously unannounced visit, “First lady Jill Biden spent part of Mother’s Day making an unannounced trip to Uzhhorod, Ukraine, a small city in the far southwestern corner of Ukraine, a country that for the last 10 weeks has been under invasion by Russia.”

      Via The Independent

      The two met in a former school that’s now a refugee center for Ukrainians’ fleeing the fighting. Notably it’s the first time that President Zelensky’s wife, Olena Zelenska, has appeared in public since the Russian invasion kicked off on Feb.24.

      The Ukrainian first lady praised Jill Biden’s “very courageous act” – and Biden explained, “I wanted to come on Mother’s Day.” She said: “We thought it was important to show the Ukrainian people this war has to stop. And this war has been brutal.” Biden added, “The people of the United States stand with the people of Ukraine.”

      Three weeks ago Ukraine’s President Zelensky told CNN’s Jake tapper that the US president should visit his country in person because “he is the leader of the United States, and that’s why he should come here to see.” 

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      But many pundits have noted the huge security risk for such a trip, but additionally the question of Biden’s age, stamina and mental acumen for such a journey. Last month both Secretary of State Antony Blinken and Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin visited Kiev, and House Speaker Nancy Pelosi made the trip a week ago.

      Last month when pressed on the question of Biden going, White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki insisted “No. no… We are not sending the president to Ukraine.” She explained that when the UK’s Boris Johnson made the trip, he had to take a long train ride under high secure conditions. The suggestion was that it would be too difficult and risky for the US president to undertake, however, apparently it’s not for his wife Jill.

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 16:20

    • What Traders Can Learn From Professional Horse-Betting
      What Traders Can Learn From Professional Horse-Betting

      By Alex of the MacroOps Substack

      Thegreek.com, a horse racing blog, discusses the “seven deadly sins” losing horse bettors commit. Repeat these sins in your trading and you’ll suffer the same fate as the losers at the track.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Here are the four most important sins to avoid:  

      Deadly Sin No.1: The most important thing is picking winners.

      Wrong! Professional horse bettors will tell you that trying to pick the winner of the race is a failed strategy and that it’s far more important to get value. What’s “value?” Consider this: A horse that you handicap as a legitimate even-money favorite should win about half the time. So that horse is a bad play at 4/5 or less. A horse that you analyze should win about one in four times the race is run, should be about 3/1. That horse won’t win as often as the even money shot but if you can get value, say 5/1 or higher, you’ll make money in the long run.

      The few horse bettors good enough to make a living know it’s not about picking a winner. It’s about identifying positive expected value. Oftentimes that means the lower probability play is the better bet.

      If an option is currently priced to profit 1 in 10 times, but you think it’ll profit 2 in 10 times, then buy it. It’s a value. It doesn’t matter that most of the time the option will expire worthless. Over the long haul, the buyer will walk away profitable.

      Deadly Sin No.3: You should bet more on a horse you really like, such as your “best bet.”

      Ridiculous. Why bet if you don’t like who you’re betting? Put another way, any horse worth betting is one worth betting significantly. Sophisticated bettors usually bet about the same amount on every bet. After all, as one professional gambler told me, “If I knew what my ‘best bets’ were I’d only bet those.” A “best bet” is a media creation. If you know what you’re doing, your best bet always should be the next bet you make.

      Professional track gamblers understand that bet size is incredibly important. Sizing your bets based on “hunches” leaves you susceptible to accidentally betting big on losers and tiny on winners.

      Imagine three trades where you’re right on the first two and wrong on the last. And since you thought you had a “hot hand”, you bet really big on that last loser. This would result in the losses from the last trade canceling out the gains from your first two winners. Your account would end up net negative.

      Sizing up has a time and a place in trading. Soros would bet big when the stars aligned. But you need lots of experience before you can start sizing up on what you think are great trades.

      Until you’re seasoned and able to decipher between a good and great bet, keep your position sizes consistent. If you don’t, you risk going broke from bad luck.

      Deadly Sin No. 4: Statistical betting trends are important.

      Actually, they’re not. “Technical handicapping,” as it’s called, is another of those manufactured disciplines used by professional touts, not professional horse racing bettors. Mostly, technical handicapping—wherein statistics are employed to predict an outcome—are little more than “backfitting,” a practice where someone makes up a theory to fit a set of numbers. It’s a lazy handicapping shortcut and no replacement for hard analysis.

      Ever wonder why those really smart quants with the fancy degrees end up blowing up? It’s because they have too much trust in a model tightly fit to past data.

      Studying the past can help you figure out what’ll happen in the future, but only within reason. If you create a trading model based on the premise that the future will play out exactly like the past… it will fail.

      Keep historically based assumptions as simple as possible. That will help thread the needle between useful insight and robustness.

      Deadly Sin No. 7: Specialize in certain aspects of the game and pick your spots.

      Why limit yourself? If you never bet grass races or stay away from maidens you may be missing some great betting opportunities. When you gamble, having more options always is preferable.

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 15:45

    • Peak Inflation And Fed Policy: A Relationship Which Should Worry The Fed And Scare Investors
      Peak Inflation And Fed Policy: A Relationship Which Should Worry The Fed And Scare Investors

      Submitted by Joseph Carson, former chief economist At AllianceBernstein, via The Carson Report

      Some have used peak inflation to create the impression that the worse of inflation news is in the rear and that the Fed has less tightening to do than what many expect. Yet, peak inflation says a lot about what the Fed has to do, which should worry the Fed and scare investors.

      In three out of the last four decades, the US experienced a cyclical rise in inflation (4% and above) that compelled policymakers to raise official rates in response. It didn’t matter if the inflation cycles were broad (the early and late 1980s) or narrow (oil spike in the mid-2000s). But policymakers had to raise official rates above peak inflation on each occasion to squash the price cycle.

      No one is thinking the unthinkable that the Fed has to raise rates above the 8.5% increase in consumer prices over the past year. Yet, past experiences provide painful lessons on the level of official rates required to reverse inflation cycles.

      Each inflation cycle has common and unique factors. However, many, including Fed officials, have argued that the current inflation cycle has more than a few items lifting prices temporarily. The Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) produces a special aggregate series that removes some things people have cited, so it helps remove some of the noise.

      For example, BLS published a series of CPI less food, energy, shelter, and used car and truck prices. This series removes the recent temporary spikes in food and energy prices linked to the Russian invasion of Ukraine. It also removes the massive spike in used vehicle prices associated with supply bottlenecks owing to the pandemic. Yet, this dumbed-down price series still shows a 5.8% in the past year, matching the highest rate recorded in 40 years. 

      So even if this is the inflation rate the Fed needs to target to reverse the inflation cycle, it still calls for a fed funds rate of 6% or more than twice the peak rate shown in policymakers’ official rate projections made in March.

      Given how tight the labor markets are nowadays and everything else being equal, it would probably take a 6% fed funds rate to impact consumer demand and dampen inflation by creating more unemployment. At the end of March, there were a record 11.5 million job openings against a backdrop of 6 million unemployed. Never before has the Fed faced a significant inflation cycle with labor markets this tight. 

      Yet, I would bet that long before the fed funds rate gets close to 6%, something else would break to stop the Fed. Things that stopped the Fed in the past were an abrupt and sharp drop in the financial markets or a cessation in the flow of credit that could lead to economic and financial instability. 

      Given the current market environment, none of those conditions are present, so the risk, for now, is that Fed tightening course could look a lot like those of the past until something else breaks. Investors forewarned.

      Tyler Durden
      Sun, 05/08/2022 – 15:10

    Digest powered by RSS Digest

    May 08

    Today’s News 8th May 2022

    • "The Whole Planet Is A Pot, And We're All Frogs"
      “The Whole Planet Is A Pot, And We’re All Frogs”

      Authored by Ugo Bardi via The Seneca Effect blog,

      The lockdown in China: if the powerful are doing something that looks stupid, it’s because whatever they’re doing IS actually stupid

      I received several comments on my post “The Shanghai Lockdown: a Memetic Analysis,” and I think that some were so interesting to be worth reproducing in a full-fledged post. The first comment comes from an anonymous commenter living in China. It seems to me believable, and also consistent with my interpretation.

      In practice, the Chinese were (and are) not the only one who are conditioned by factors such as avoiding a loss of face.

      Italians did the same during the lockdowns of 2020 and 2021.

      There seems to be an enormous psychological problem that when you discover that you have been conned, you don’t want to admit that. It makes little difference if you are Chinese, Italian, or another nationality.

      There follows a comment by “Mon Seul Desir” on which I fully agree. So much that I used it in a condensed version for the title of this post.

      When something looks insane, most likely, it IS insane.

      A comment on “The Shanghai Lockdown: A Memetic Analysis”by “Anonymous”

      I am in Shanghai. I have been living here since 2007. I can read/speak Chinese at a high level of fluency. I also travelled extensively in the country.

      There is something that most foreign analyst do not grasp: the Chinese Mind (the “collective subconscious” if you wish.)

      • The Chinese Mind likes to be seen in the Struggle doing things to fight in the Struggle (no matter what the Struggle is, whether those actions give tangible results or not, at least they make great photo ops for the media.)

      • The Chinese Mind is hive-like, it’s blindly obedient, and it lashes out at the “Enemy” (whether real or imaginary)

      • The Chinese Mind is a bit childish, it is for sure stubborn, and non-rational/logical (non-Cartesian)

      • The Chinese Mind is constantly under ideological propaganda, everywhere, every time, from childhood til death, from home to the workspace…

      • The Chinese Mind is never guilty, it always blames the Other (and the object of the blame is constantly shifting)

      • The Chinese Mind hates losing face (what face, nobody knows) and hates being criticized (just shut up and put it under the carpet)

      Remember the famines? One day they wake up and decide to kill all the birds (that were eating bugs that were eating crops…)

      Same Mindset.

      Shanghai has always been seen as the most “civilized” city in China. Shanghai is often called Le Paris de l’Orient, it is an “international” first tier city… probably the top Chinese city in terms of openness, quality of life and access to medical care.

      Nobody expected to see such levels of insanity in Shanghai… in other areas of the country, yes, but not here. Looking at the conditions in the quarantine centers… Containers without doors in a field, tents set on a highway, toilets flooded with feces… open air zoo.

      They come take positive cases in big buses and ambulances almost daily. The police is patrolling streets at all times and we are unable to even set foot on the sidewalk. Every building that had a positive case is either: shut down with barriers OR has 1-2 men in a tent monitoring 24/7 (imagine all the manpower required.) Currently there are 3-4 of those tents in my compound. It’s basically Martial Law.

      The psychological toll is quite high. The monetary one must be hard of lower classes. Some neighbors have mental breakdowns. Some people spray alcohol in the air while walking to get tested… You’d think the Plague is upon us.

      Some people were getting messages in group chat about “foreign spies” and “foreign media fueling anti-China conspiracies.” Good ol’ shift the blame tricks.

      I have been in lockdown since mid-March, got tested 35 times, and lost about 12 pounds. The local governmental commune gave us a little bit of food, but barely enough to survive.

      Luckily we had some preps and were able to order some food. Now most delivery guys are not allowed to deliver to our address. We can get a bit of food, but we need to get imaginative to create new recipes (boiled/sweet and sour/spicy/fermented cabbage.)

      My take is:

      It could be a test for something much bigger (ie., war, energy crisis) or they are truly afraid of the unrest if lots of old people were to die. Chinese people tend to get emotional and the last thing the authorities want to deal with is mobs lynching doctors in the streets.

      Is the frog slowly boiling in the pot?

      I think so.

      Except the whole planet is pot and we’re all frogs.

      Posted by “Mon Seul Desir”

      I think that there’s far too many attempts to rationalize the conduct and policies of the powerful as being part of some astonishingly clever plan, myself I use Occam’s razor, if the powerful are doing something that looks incredibly stupid, self destructive and utterly insane, then it is because whatever they’re doing IS actually incredibly stupid, self destructive and utterly insane. I don’t buy the myth that those in power are unusually clever, informed or are far seeing. Here in Canada I’ve been witnessing the follies of our child-rulers for the past few years and the bungling of senile Brandon south of the border and this is governance on the level of Honorius and Arcadius and their corrupt intrigue filled courts. As for China, I saw a report on Xi’s appearance before the Congress of Peoples Deputies and I wondered. How many of the deputies applauding him are actually plotting against him?

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 23:20

    • These Cities And States Are Leading America's Manufacturing Comeback
      These Cities And States Are Leading America’s Manufacturing Comeback

      The health of the US manufacturing sector has become a major political issue in recent years. Populist figures like Donald Trump on the right and Bernie Sanders on the left have seized on the supposed death of American manufacturing to criticize the ruling political order.

      From former President Trump’s focus on trade policy and President Biden’s $1.2 trillion bipartisan infrastructure bill to companies “reshoring” plants for the sake of their supply chains – and for consumers expressing preferences for American-made goods – manufacturing in the US is poised for a comeback, according to one study.

      Still, manufacturing in the US represents a much smaller slice of jobs today than it did years ago.

      After manufacturing peaked at near 40% of American jobs at the height of World War II, the sector has seen a steady decline over time, to around 8.4% of employment today. In total employment, manufacturing jobs peaked at 19.5 million in the late 1970s and fell off sharply after 2000 to just 12.6 million today.

      Interestingly, despite the decrease in manufacturing employment over the past several decades, manufacturing output as a share of real GDP has stayed relatively stable. Since 1997, manufacturing has fluctuated between 11.5% and 13.2% of GDP.

      In terms of which states are responsible for the largest  growth in manufacturing jobs, Nevada has seen nearly 50% increase in both manufacturing employment in terms of jobs and percentage of GDP from 2010 to 2020, while California has seen a 45.6% increase in manufacturing GDP and Florida has reported an increase of 35.5%.

      At the metro level, many of the top locations for manufacturing currently are also found in these states, although a few Rust Belt metros have also enjoyed a resurgence in manufacturing, an industry that they historically saw.

      Meanwhile, here’s a breakdown of small and midsize metros where manufacturing activity is thriving.

      Meanwhile, here’s a breakdown of large cities where manufacturing is thriving.

      15. Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL

      14. Tucson, AZ

      13. Orlando-Kissimmee-Sanford, FL

      12. San Antonio-New Braunfels, TX

      11. Austin-Round Rock-Georgetown, TX

      10. Tulsa, OK

      9. Phoenix-Mesa-Chandler, AZ

      8. Raleigh-Cary, NC

      7. Portland-Vancouver-Hillsboro, OR-WA

      6. Nashville-Davidson–Murfreesboro–Franklin, TN

      5. San Francisco-Oakland-Berkeley, CA

      4. Detroit-Warren-Dearborn, MI

      3. San Diego-Chula Vista-Carlsbad, CA

      2. San Jose-Sunnyvale-Santa Clara, CA

      1. Grand Rapids-Kentwood, MI

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 22:45

    • We Are All Traders Now
      We Are All Traders Now

      By Nicholas Colas of DataTrek Research

      Even the most committed long-term investor can learn a thing or two from how traders go about their process. The core tenets of trading are: 1) respect price action, 2) manage risk so you can meet your goals, and 3) maximize the impact of your time and attention. The last 2 days tell us US/global equities still have a slog ahead of them. The only goal now, for investors and traders alike, is to make it to the turn in asset prices (whenever that is) with the least amount of incremental damage to portfolios. A little bit of traders’ discipline can help.

      Ever since I (Nick) started on Wall Street in the mid 1980s, there has been a bright line between “traders” and “investors.” The stereotypes for each tell the story. Traders are momentum-chasing volatility addicts. Investors buy and hold no matter what the tape is saying.

      I have worked for and with individuals who have made billions of dollars for themselves and their investors following one or the other approach, so I am not much of a fan of these labels. Many people point to the fact that Warren Buffett is wealthier than any trader as proof that investing beats trading. Fair enough, but as Barron’s recently pointed out, Buffett made 90 percent of his money after age 65. His edge in the global wealth league tables is just as much about longevity as investment acumen. He has been blessed with both.

      One reason professional traders and investors are so different is due to their training. This was the approach when I got to SAC Capital in 1999:

      • You start with a base of capital, say $1 million.
      • Your goal is to make $1,000/day, every day, on that capital. This works out to a 25 percent annual return. Not a crazy amount, but well more than the S&P’s typical 7-10 percent return. And when I say “every day” that is exactly what I mean. Every day, no excuses.
      • Once you can reliably make $1,000/day for 4-6 weeks you up the goal to, say, $1,500/day.
      • If you stumble at $1,500/day, you go back to the $1,000/day goal. Once you make that for a few weeks, you try again to hit the higher target. The process then repeats. Eventually, you add more capital to the original $1 mm base and set ever-higher goals.

      This is nothing like the typical training for an “investor”. The usual path for them combines education (MBA or CFA preferred, as the help wanted ads often say) and on the job training. Many investors start as industry analysts, then run a sector portfolio, and finally a diversified book. I did the first part of this path myself, getting an MBA and then working as an industry analyst at Credit Suisse for 9 years. Only then did I go to SAC and undergo the training described above.

      I can tell you from those first-hand experiences that the difference in training leads to very different decision-making pathways for “traders” versus “investors”. A few simple examples:

      • Show a trader a stock making a 52-week low, and they’ll be inclined to short it. The investor, on the other hand, will be more inclined to want to buy it. Most stocks do not go to zero, they reason, so a “cheaper” stock may have better future return prospects.
      • If a trader owns a stock that drops 3-5 percent in a day, they will almost certainly sell it right there. That loss is a hit against their daily profit target, so selling clears the mental decks and provides the capital to focus on making that money back in other names. The investor is more likely to think that “the market has it wrong”. See Cathie Wood’s endless defense of her major holdings in the ARKK ETF for a case study in that way of thinking.
      • Traders focus on high conviction ideas – those that have the best chance to deliver their daily profit goal. They don’t need to have a perspective on anything else. Investors face a more wide-ranging challenge. Most are broadly diversified, which means they need a high level of competence across a wide array of asset classes, geographic regions, sectors, and stocks.

      The point here is not that trading is “better”, but that in challenging markets even the longest-term investor can use a trader’s discipline to achieve better results. A few examples:

      • As we have said many times of late, avoid holding on to new 52-week lows and certainly be very careful considering any stock or ETF that has recently made one. Wait for the price to level out for 1-3 months at least. Cheap stocks and sectors always get cheaper when markets are resetting valuations lower.
      • Scale risk exposure based on the CBOE VIX Index. When it gets to 36 (or, even better, 44 or 52) consider adding some risk. When it gets closer to 20, lighten up.
      • Focus only on future returns. Even the most novice trader does this by keeping to their $1,000/day goal. The hardest thing about making good investment decisions in a bear market is acknowledging prior mistakes, selling, and moving on.
      • Stocks don’t love you back. That’s an old saying among traders, and it is equally true for long term investors. It is easy, but wrong, to think that a stock or sector will work just because you’ve done a lot of work on it or think the CEO is a genius.

      The bottom line here is that trading emphasizes the importance of goal setting, following a disciplined process and embracing intellectual honesty – all essential habits for sensible investing in volatile markets. Traders may come across as less intelligent than investors, but their approach acknowledges that managing capital is ultimately about managing your time and emotions. “Investing”, grounded in academic theory, skips over those all-too-human considerations. That’s fine in a bull market, but in a bear market a more realistic approach is essential.

      Final thought: if you read these comments as a sign we think US/global equity markets have further to fall, you are correct. The good news, after a fashion, is that there will be some fantastic money to be made when asset prices turn around. The only goal now for investors should be to get to that point with a minimum of incremental damage to their portfolios.

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 22:10

    • Top Tractor-Maker Warns Ransomware Attack Has "Adversely Affected" Production
      Top Tractor-Maker Warns Ransomware Attack Has “Adversely Affected” Production

      One of the world’s top manufacturers and distributors of agricultural equipment announced Thursday that a ransomware attack impacted operations. 

      Duluth, Georgia-based AGCO Corp. released a statement that some of its manufacturing plants have slowed production for several days because of a ransomware attack. 

      “AGCO is still investigating the extent of the attack, but it is anticipated that its business operations will be adversely affected for several days and potentially longer to fully resume all services depending upon how quickly the Company is able to repair its systems,” AGCO’s statement read. 

      AGCO has an extensive portfolio of machines and equipment manufacturers for farming. Some brands include Massey Ferguson, Valtra, Challenger, and Fendt. Its brands are sold around the world. 

      The company added this cautionary statement: 

      Our expectations with regard to resolving the issues are forward-looking statements, and actual results could be materially different due to a number of factors, including our ability to successfully reinstall software and restore IT operations at the effected sites.

      The ransomware attack comes only a few weeks after the FBI’s Cyber Division warned about increased cyber-attack threats on agricultural companies and comes after a curious string of fires and explosions that damaged major US food processing plants.

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 21:35

    • 'Criminal, Inhumane And Unethical': EU Passes Resolution Condemning Chinese Regime’s Forced Organ Harvesting
      ‘Criminal, Inhumane And Unethical’: EU Passes Resolution Condemning Chinese Regime’s Forced Organ Harvesting

      Authored by Eva Fu via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

      The European Parliament has adopted a resolution voicing “serious concerns” about the Chinese regime’s ongoing forced organ harvesting, while calling on its member states to publicly condemn the abuse.

      “Parliament expresses serious concern about reports of persistent, systematic, inhumane and state-sanctioned organ harvesting from prisoners in China, and more specifically from Falun Gong practitioners,” reads a statement dated May 5 following the adoption of the text.

      Falun Gong practitioners participate in a parade to commemorate the 23rd anniversary of the April 25th peaceful appeal of 10,000 Falun Gong practitioners in Beijing, in Flushing, N.Y., on April 23, 2022. (Larry Dye/The Epoch Times)

      The Parliament members “consider that the practice of organ harvesting from living prisoners on death row and prisoners of conscience in China may amount to crimes against humanity,” it reads.

      A 2019 independent panel, called the China Tribunal, found that the Chinese regime had for years been killing prisoners of conscience for their organs for transplant on a substantial scale, a practice that’s still going on. It concluded that such actions amounted to crimes against humanity and that the main victims were detained Falun Gong practitioners.

      Falun Gong is a spiritual practice consisting of meditative exercises and moral teachings based on the principles of truthfulness, compassion, and tolerance. In 1999, adherents became the target of a sweeping persecution campaign by Beijing after the practice’s vast popularity was perceived as a threat to the communist regime’s authoritarian control on society. Millions of detained Falun Gong practitioners around the country were essentially turned into a large involuntary organ bank for the Chinese regime’s hungry organ transplant system.

      Falun Gong practitioners participate in a parade to commemorate the 23rd anniversary of the April 25th peaceful appeal of 10,000 Falun Gong practitioners in Beijing, in Flushing, N.Y., on April 23, 2022. (Chung I Ho/The Epoch Times)

      Since reports of forced organ harvesting first emerged in the mid-2000s, the Chinese regime has repeatedly denied the allegations but has also refused outside access to medical and detention facilities to verify its claims.

      The EU resolution noted that the regime refused to testify before the China Tribunal.

      The resolution further denounced the lack of independent oversight on whether detainees had given consent to organ donation, and the Chinese authorities’ silence on reports that families were being prevented from claiming the bodies of loved ones who died in detention.

      The four-page resolution, adopted by a show of hands on May 5, was the first public statement from the European Union on the issue since 2013, when the European Parliament first put Beijing on notice that the practice of forced organ harvesting was unacceptable.

      Besides condemning the abuse in public, the resolution said, the EU and its member states should raise the organ harvesting issue “at every Human Rights Dialogue,” raise the issue in engaging with partners, and take necessary actions to prevent their citizens from participating in transplant tourism to China. Relevant institutions, it said, should reconsider their collaboration with Chinese counterparts on transplant medicine, research, and training.

      Human Rights ‘Not an Option’

      The passage of the resolution came three days ahead of U.N. High Commissioner for Human Rights Michelle Bachelet’s planned trip to China, and the European Parliament in the resolution urged the human rights body to investigate the issue during the visit.

      EU’s top foreign policy official Josep Borrell a day earlier highlighted the issue during a parliamentary debate, saying the 27-member bloc “condemns in the strongest possible terms the criminal, inhumane and unethical practice of forced organ harvesting.”

      “Respect for human rights is not an option, but a requirement in all areas, including in the challenging medical and ethical area of organ donation and transplantation,” he said in prepared remarks delivered by Jutta Urpilainen, commissioner for international partnerships, on his behalf.

      An April medical study published in the American Journal of Transplantation identified dozens of Chinese publications where physicians took out the hearts and lungs from people for transplant without following the standard protocol for establishing brain death. This effectively meant that patients were killed for their organs and that the hundreds of medical professionals involved were acting as “executioners” for the state, the authors said.

      Borrell’s speech was applauded by U.S. Rep. Gus Bilirakis (R-Fla.), who serves as the co-chairman of the International Religious Freedom Congressional Caucus.

      “China’s abominable human rights record, including the inhumane practice of organ harvesting of ethnic and religious minorities, will no longer be swept under the rug,” he told The Epoch Times. “It is imperative that the United States and her allies send a strong and unwavering message in defense of basic human rights and protections for all people.”

      Others believe the measure is still far from solving the problem.

      Torsten Trey, executive director of the medical ethics advocacy group Doctors Against Forced Organ Harvesting, noted the international community’s prolonged silence on the matter.

      “Three years have passed since the China Tribunal concluded that China is killing people for their organs. For over two decades China has persecuted Falun Gong practitioners and probably killed over a million of them, probably more than [the fatalities] in Ukraine up to today,” he told The Epoch Times.

      Compared to the world’s response to the war in Ukraine, the resolution has been “a feeble call to a communist regime that backs up Russia in its aggression,” he said.

      “We need actions on China, not calls. China heard these calls for two decades and ignored them,” he said.

      “At this point, Europe is being challenged by the CCP: Will Europe make basic human rights and values a non-negotiable condition for partnership, or ignore the gruesome practice of forced organ harvesting from living Falun Gong practitioners in China?”

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 21:00

    • Used Car Prices Are Crashing At A Near Record Pace
      Used Car Prices Are Crashing At A Near Record Pace

      It’s been a challenging year for consumers. And with the highest inflation in four decades, some are paring back spending on big-ticket items, such as used automobiles. After jumping 90%, since the start of the virus pandemic, used car prices are cooling as buyers balk due to affordability issues stemming from soaring interest rates. 

      Outside of the COVID shock and Great Financial Crisis of 2008/09, the Manheim Used Vehicle Value Index, a wholesale tracker of used car prices, printed the most significant monthly decline in terms of rate of change averaged out over three months in April at 6.4%. It didn’t beat the April 2020 print of -11.2% nor December 2008 of -11.5%, but those two periods were in full-blown financial crises.

      Currently, the Federal Reserve and the Biden administration reassure everyone the economy is strong, and there’s nothing to worry about. The Fed routinely says monetary tightening will create a soft-landing, similar to the mid-90s. However, tightening financial conditions could only spark trouble for an economy based 70% on consumption and driven by access to cheap credit. 

      The cooling in the used car market could suggest a broader economic slowdown is ahead.

      Take a look at the used car market year-over-year growth rates versus used car auto loan rates. A jump in rates has dampened upward price pressure as fewer buyers can afford cars. 

      The rate surge was evident in April as used car sales slowed down precipitously, down 13% compared with March. 

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Readers may recall the first used car price stall warning printed in early February. In a piece titled “Used Car Prices Arrive At Yet Another Major Inflection Point,” it was evident that the loss in momentum in used car prices was a grave concern. By mid-March, used car prices slid some more as supply chain congestion peaked and was believed to soon increase the supply of new cars. Then by early April, used car prices continued to slump as we asked the question: “Are Used Car Prices About To Peak For Real This Time?”

      Some have pointed out that used car prices via the CarGurus index have already rebounded and suggest Manheim could be a laggard indicator. 

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      However, those in the industry have more confidence in Manheim than CarGurus. 

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Consumers have likely tightened their belts in early May. This comes as the Fed is cooling off hot inflation. New and used vehicles account for 9.2% of consumer prices. And if the Fed wants to find the neutral rate by the midterms, interest rates will go higher and inflict more downward pressure on used car prices, thus helping to extinguish the inflation fire it sparked two years ago by printing trillions of dollars. 

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 20:33

    • Visualizing The World's Largest Economies Since 1970
      Visualizing The World’s Largest Economies Since 1970

      Global GDP has grown massively over the last 50 years, but not all countries experienced this economic growth equally.

      In 1970, the world’s nominal GDP was just $3.4 trillion. Fast forward a few decades and it had reached $85.3 trillion by 2020. And thanks to shifting dynamics, such as industrialization and the rise and fall of political regimes, the world’s largest economies driving this global growth have changed over time.

      As Visual Capitalist’s Jenna Ross details in the slides below, using graphics from Ruben Berge Mathisen, show the distribution of global GDP among countries in 1970, 1995, and 2020.

      Methodology

      Using data from the United Nations, Mathisen collected nominal GDP in U.S. dollars for each country. He then determined each country’s GDP as a share of global GDP and sized each graphic’s bubbles accordingly.

      The bubbles were placed according to country latitude and longitude coordinates, but Mathisen programmed the bubbles so that they wouldn’t overlap with each other. For this reason, some countries are slightly displaced from their exact locations on a map.

      1970: USSR as a Major Player

      In 1970, the U.S. accounted for the largest share of global GDP, making up nearly one-third of the world economy. The table below shows the top 10 economies in 1970.

      Then a global superpower, the former Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR) came in second place on the list of the world’s largest economies.

      In the years leading up to 1970, the USSR had seen impressive GDP growth largely due to adopting Western technologies that increased productivity. However, the USSR’s economy began to stagnate in the ‘70s, and eventually collapsed in 1991.

      On the other side, Germany (including both West and East Germany) was the third-largest economy in 1970 after rising from economic ruin following World War II. West Germany’s “Economic Miracle” is largely credited to the introduction of a new currency to replace the Riechsmark, large tax cuts brought in to spur investment, and the removal of price controls.

      1995: Japan Begins to Slow Down

      By 1995, the U.S. still held the top spot on the world’s largest economies list, but the country’s share of global GDP had shrunk.

      Meanwhile, Japan had leapfrogged into second place and nearly tripled its share of the global economy compared to 1970. A number of factors played into Japan’s economic success:

      • Large business groups known as keiretsu used their connections to undercut rivals

      • Fierce competition between companies encouraged innovation

      • Tax breaks and cheap credit stimulated investment

      • The well-educated workforce was willing to work extremely long hours

      But around 1990, the country’s economy had actually begun to slow down. Japan’s decreasing labor force participation rate and diminishing returns from higher education both could have played a role.

      2020: The World’s Largest Economies Shift Again

      In 2020, the United States continued to hold onto the number one spot among the world’s largest economies. However, Japan’s slowdown created a rare opportunity for a new powerhouse to emerge: China.

      China’s economy saw incredible growth following economic reforms in 1978. The reforms encouraged the formation of private businesses, liberalized foreign trade and investment, relaxed state control over some prices, and invested in industrial production and the education of its workforce. With profit incentives introduced to private businesses, productivity increased.

      China was also positioned as a cheap manufacturing hub for multinational corporations. Since rising into contention, the country has become the world’s largest exporter.

      India held the title of the sixth largest economy in 2020. Similar to China, the country’s growth came from relaxed economic restrictions, and it has seen particularly strong growth within the service sector, including telecommunications, IT, and software.

      With dynamics shifting, which countries will be on the leaderboard in another 25 years?

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 20:25

    • FDA Investigating Reports Of COVID Relapses Following Use Of Pfizer’s Pill
      FDA Investigating Reports Of COVID Relapses Following Use Of Pfizer’s Pill

      Authored by Zachary Stieber via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

      The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is investigating reports of relapses among people who took Pfizer’s COVID-19 pill.

      A Pfizer technician handles the company’s COVID-19 pill, known as Paxlovid, in a file photograph. (Pfizer via AP)

      The FDA “is evaluating the reports of viral load rebound after completing paxlovid treatment and will share recommendations if appropriate,” an agency spokesperson told The Epoch Times in an email.

      In a recent preprint case report, Veterans Affairs researchers reported that a 71-year-old male who took the pill, also known as nirmatrelvir, experienced a “rapid and progressive reduction” in the viral load of SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID-19.

      But four days after completing the treatment course, there was a “surprising rebound of viral load and symptoms,” they reported.

      The report “highlights the potential for recurrent, symptomatic SARS-CoV-2 replication after successful early treatment” with the pill, the researchers said.

      A number of others have said they saw renewed symptoms after taking paxlovid.

      In the FDA’s evaluation (pdf) of data on paxlovid, which the agency cleared on an emergency basis in 2021, the agency reported that in an ongoing phase 2/3 trial run by Pfizer, several participants “appeared to have a rebound” in viral load five to nine days after completing their treatment courses.

      In light of the new reports, additional analyses of the paxlovid trial data were performed and showed that 1 to 2 percent of the patients had one or more positive COVID-19 tests after testing negative, or an increase in the amount of viral load, after completing the treatment, Dr. John Farley of the FDA said in an interview the agency published on May 4.

      “This finding was observed in patients treated with the drug as well as patients who received placebo, so it is unclear at this point that this is related to drug treatment,” he said, adding that, at this time, the reports “do not change the conclusions from the paxlovid clinical trial which demonstrated a marked reduction in hospitalization and death.”

      As part of the authorization agreement, the FDA said Pfizer must later submit information regarding “prolonged virologic shedding or rebound in clinical trials.”

      Pfizer did not respond to a request for comment.

      The company told Bloomberg that the rate of rebound in its trial was not higher among people who took paxlovid than in people who took a placebo.

      “This suggests the observed increase in viral load is unlikely to be related to paxlovid,” the company said.

      Dr. Clifford Lane, deputy director for clinical research at the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, told the outlet that the agency will study the issue, calling it “a priority.”

      Lane and the agency did not return queries.

      The FDA authorized paxlovid for the treatment of mild to moderate COVID-19 in Americans 12 years or older. To get the pill, a person must test positive for COVID-19 and be deemed at high risk of progressing to severe disease.

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 19:50

    • "Yeah, I'm Smart": Dr. Oz Repeatedly Booed At MAGA Rally Over Abortion Flip-Flop
      “Yeah, I’m Smart”: Dr. Oz Repeatedly Booed At MAGA Rally Over Abortion Flip-Flop

      US Senate candidate from Pennsylvania, Mehmet Oz (who had been living in New Jersey until recently), was savagely booed Friday night at a MAGA rally headlined by former President Donald Trump, who has endorsed Oz.

      The television doctor has come under fire for remarks two years ago calling efforts to overturn Roe v. Wade as a conspiratorial crusade – and was supportive of abortion rights after allegedly witnessing unsafe abortions in medical school.

      “I went to medical school in Philadelphia, and I saw women who had coat-hanger events. And I mean really traumatic events that happened when they were younger, before Roe v. Wade. And many of them were harmed for life,” he said in a 2019 interview.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Now, Oz has rebranded – and claims “I’m pro-life, life starts at conception, and that’s how I feel.”

      MAGA ain’t buying it…

      “President Trump endorsed me because he said I was smart, tough and I will never let you down,” Oz argued. “Yeah, I’m smart, but am I tough? That’s the question. He knew it because he checked it out. He did his homework. He wrote that announcement himself. ‘Cause I am smart. ‘Cause I’m tough as nails and I will never let you down.”

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      As Mediaite notes, Trump’s endorsement of Oz ‘has left some conservatives scratching their heads.’

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 19:15

    • Poor Rail Service Threatens US Economy, Shippers Tell Federal Regulators
      Poor Rail Service Threatens US Economy, Shippers Tell Federal Regulators

      By Bill Stephens of Trains.com,

      Utilities are worried that the slowdown in coal deliveries could threaten U.S. electricity supply and destabilize the power grid.

      A BNSF train climbs Edelstein Hill near Chillicothe, Ill.

      Chemical producers say erratic rail service has forced them to curtail production of essentials like chlorine used to treat public drinking water systems and the plastics used in medical products.

      And one of the nation’s largest retailers of diesel fuel, renewable diesel, ethanol, and diesel exhaust fluid says Union Pacific’s plan to cut its shipments by 50% will create fuel shortages, bring trucking to a halt, and raise prices at the pump.

      Those were among the shipper concerns raised on Wednesday during a second day of hearings on railroad service problems that have been created by a shortage of train crews.

      “The nation’s supply chains are in a dire situation today because of this. And it’s not getting better, it’s getting worse. And the longer it goes on, the worse it’s going to get,” Ross Corthell, chair of the National Industrial Transportation League’s rail committee, told the Surface Transportation Board.

      He adds: “I don’t want to be doomsday, but it’s critical to our national security at some point in time. We have to be able to move commodities. And it’s becoming more and more challenging every day.”

      Shippers complained about how lengthy delays, erratic service, and missed switches forced them to curtail or halt production or shift some shipments to more expensive trucks. Some products, such as chlorine and coal, have no alternative to rail. “We need to move coal and right now it’s just not happening,” says Katie Mills, a lawyer for the National Mining Association.

      Shameek Konar, CEO of Pilot Travel Centers, says UP’s plan to restrict traffic as a way to ease congestion will squeeze already tight supplies of diesel fuel nationwide, and particularly of renewable diesel fuel required in California.

      UP initially asked Pilot to curtail its shipments by 26%, but subsequently said it would have to reduce its carloads by 50% or face railroad-imposed embargoes, Konar says. Unlike some shippers, who ordered extra cars as cycle times increased on UP, Pilot’s car fleet has held steady since January. UP gave Pilot a week to voluntarily reduce shipments but has not yet issued an embargo, Konar says. Pilot outlined the situation in a filing to the board last week.

      Eric Gehringer, UP’s executive vice president of operations, says the railroad continues to work with customers like Pilot to fully understand their car supply and shipment needs. “We’re still working through those details,” he says. “So we’re not pressuring them, saying you have to be at this level by this date. We’re still in the collaborative phase of ‘How can we do this together?’ ”

      STB steps up criticism

      STB Chairman Martin J. Oberman, who criticized CSX Transportation and Norfolk Southern officials in the first day of hearings, on Wednesday scolded BNSF Railway and UP for not maintaining a cushion of employees to handle a surge in traffic.

      Oberman pointed to June 2021 letters from BNSF CEO Katie Farmer and UP CEO Lance Fritz, who both offered assurances that their railroads would have enough crews to meet rising demand. Instead, both railroads have been holding a rising number of trains per day for a lack of crews and locomotives.

      Railroad officials apologized and said they were working as quickly as possible to hire crews and to pull locomotives out of storage. The railroads attributed their service problems to a combination factors: Traffic that rebounded faster than expected from pandemic lows; tangles in other links in the global supply chain, including ports, trucking, and warehouses; lower than anticipated return of furloughed crew members; higher than expected attrition of train crews and conductor trainees; and the struggle to hire conductors in a tight job market.

      BNSF aims to hire 1,700 conductors this year; UP says it will hire 1,400.

      “As BNSF has made clear in our communication with the board and to our customers, we’re not here to make excuses,” says Matt Garland, BNSF’s vice president of transportation. “Our service is our responsibility and we simply have not met our customer expectations in recent months.”

      BNSF expects service to be choppy over the next 30 days, but within 60 days should start to show signs of improvement as conductor trainees are deployed across the system, Garland told the board.

      UP’s terminals are fluid, he says, but main lines are congested due to excess car inventory. As UP’s customers have put 30,000 more cars into the system as the railroad slowed down, UP has had to run 70 to 90 additional trains per day. And that compounded congestion that feeds on itself by requiring more crews and more locomotives.

      “With the amount of congestion currently on the network, it will likely take us the better half of the year to decongest the network, assuming minimal variability on the network in addition to our customers’ crucial help in taking private cars off the network,” Gehringer says, based on the railroad’s recovery from similar events in 2014, 2017, and 2019.

      Board member Robert Primus was critical of UP’s use of embargoes, which he said are far and away higher than the rest of the industry. And he said it shows UP is penalizing its customers for the railroad’s inability to provide efficient and reliable service.

      Gehringer said UP only resorts to embargoes after lengthy discussions with customers and doesn’t restrict traffic if congestion at a customer facility or local serving is a result of UP service failures.

      BNSF defended its controversial Hi-Viz attendance policy, which is designed to boost crew availability. Crews can still use vacation and personal days, Garland says, and more than 90% of crews have earned points for good attendance since the policy was implemented this year.

      And he disputed labor union claims that the attendance policy has led to a wave of resignations. Attrition is slightly higher than normal, Garland says, but most of the 300 engineers and conductors who have left recently had not worked a shift in the past six months.

      KCS to the rescue?

      With UP and BNSF traffic snarled in the busy Houston terminal, Kansas City Southern has offered use of its crews to move dead trains parked on main lines. KCS, which was singled out for providing good service and was not required to attend the STB hearing, made the offer in a Friday letter to the STB.

      “Union Pacific understands the severity of the situation and is working hard to restore service to the levels our customers expect,” Gehringer says.

      The congestion has hurt the operation of KCS cross-border traffic that relies on long segments of trackage rights, mostly on UP, through Houston and across south Texas. On average, KCS has had to use two crews — instead of one — to move traffic between Beaumont and Kendleton, west of Houston.

      “To help resolve the Houston congestion problems, KCS has actually offered its crews on several occasions to move BNSF and UP trains that lacked crews off the main line so that KCS trains can pass,” John Orr, executive vice president of operations, wrote to the board. “We have also moved our interchange with BNSF for some auto traffic from the Robstown/Corpus Christi area to Rosenberg, just west of Houston, so BNSF has to expend fewer crews from their over-taxed crew base.”

      Orr suggested that the STB might consider granting KCS temporary trackage rights so that it and other railroads could bypass Houston congestion to reach the border at Laredo, Texas.

      “Can we do something to ease the congestion in Houston, at least … as a temporary measure if not a permanent one,” Oberman asked.

      UP and BNSF were unaware of the KCS filing but said they’d follow up. Gehringer was surprised about KCS’s claims, saying UP has spent $250 million in the last two years to extend tracks in its Englewood and Settegast yards in Houston, which are fed by a triple-track main. And Garland said BNSF and UP collaborate well every day to move traffic through Houston.

      Oberman asked the railroads to work together. “Really, you need to pull out all the stops,” he says.

      More PSR criticism

      For a second day, shippers and rail labor criticized the railroads’ implementation of the low-cost Precision Scheduled Railroading operating model and blamed it for cuts in personnel, yards, locomotives, and local service.

      The NIT League’s Corthell disputed railroads’ claims that their PSR implementations had been flawless, noting that local service complaints were brought to the board in 2019 – when CSX and NS both said their service was at record levels of reliability.

      And while railroads have blamed their service failures on crew availability and power, Corthell says the problem did not begin during the pandemic. “The problem started before COVID and it has its roots in the financial model known as Precision Scheduled Railroading, or PSR,” Corthell says. “And yes, I did say financial model.”

      Railroads have reduced local service in pursuit of lower operating ratios, Corthell says, and have continued to miss scheduled switches at an alarming rate. “Precision Scheduled Railroading has proven to be anything but precise at origin and destination,” he says.

      Unions representing mechanical and signal workers told the board that railroads are cannibalizing stored locomotives to keep active units in service and claimed that shop forces, car inspectors, and signal maintainers are spread too thin.

      Many have resigned due to working conditions, they said, including machinists with 10 to 20 years experience who have left Railroad Retirement benefits behind.

      “The problem is not inherently with a scheduled railroad, but a ruthless cost-cutting business model,” says labor lawyer Richard Edelman.

      Canadian Pacific, which like Canadian National and KCS was not required to attend the hearing, defended PSR. James Clements, the railway’s senior vice president of strategic planning and technology transformation, says CP has grown and run well despite disruptions over the past three years.

      The railway’s improved financial performance since adopting PSR in 2012 allowed it to invest in track upgrades, longer sidings, centralized traffic control, and yards that can handle longer trains. “We have built what I would call the foundation upon which you operate the PSR model,” Clements says, noting improvements in the railway’s service and customer satisfaction.

      Primus thanked CP and CN for attending. “You guys weren’t on the firing squad list to be here, and yet you came,” he says. But he was critical of Farmer and Fritz for not attending.

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 18:40

    • Where The Press Is The Most (And Least) Free
      Where The Press Is The Most (And Least) Free

      Norway, Denmark and Sweden are the countries with the highest scores on this year’s World Press Freedom Index issued by Reporters Without Borders (RSF), with the first two scoring more than 90 points.

      Infographic: The State of World Press Freedom | Statista

      You will find more infographics at Statista

      As Statista’s Florian Zandt details below, while the top-ranked countries have changed somewhat compared to 2013, there’s a lot less movement in the bottom rungs, with one major exception.

      This exception is the Southeast Asian country of Myanmar, which in comparison with 2013 fell by 24 ranks to the fifth-last place. According to RSF, this can largely be attributed to the February 1, 2021 coup deposing State Counsellor of Myanmar Aung San Suu Kyi, in the wake of which the military junta banned a slew of media outlets dedicated to independent reporting from the region.

      Infographic: Where the Press Is the Most and the Least Free | Statista

      You will find more infographics at Statista

      While countries like North Korea, China or Iran have always been among or around the bottom 20 in the past, the number of countries losing the classification of having “good” freedom of press compared to around ten years ago is a cause for concern. In 2013, 25 countries scored between 85 and 100 index points, while in 2022 only eight qualified for this bracket. For example, liberal democracy poster children like the United Kingdom, the United States or Germany only managed to get a “satisfactory” rating.

      This analysis comes with one important caveat: The index only portrays the level of freedom journalists and media workers enjoy in their corresponding countries and doesn’t serve as an indicator of the quality or quantity of the connected outlets.

      The World Press Freedom Index is based on an annual questionnaire conducted among journalists and media workers and covers five indicators across over 100 questions: political context (e.g. media autonomy), legal framework (e.g. ability to work without censorship), economic context (e.g. corruption and favoritism), sociocultural context (e.g. attacks on the press based on gender, class, ethnicity etc.) and safety (e.g. bodily harm).

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 18:05

    • "AnalF**k69": Hunter Biden's Password Revealed In Whistleblower Tell-All
      “AnalF**k69”: Hunter Biden’s Password Revealed In Whistleblower Tell-All

      A Delaware computer repair shop owner who was driven out of business for blowing the whistle over Hunter Biden’s abandoned laptop has written a book, “American Injustice: My Battle to Expose the Truth, in which he details what went down behind the scenes with the sitting president’s crack-addict son.

      According to an excerpt published by the New York Post, John Paul Mac Isaac was about to close up shop on a Friday night when Hunter Biden ‘stumbled’ in carrying three MacBook Pros.

      “I’m glad you’re still open,” Hunter reportedly said with an “air of entitlement” radiating off of him. “I just came from the cigar bar, and they told me about your shop, but I had to hurry because you close at seven.”

      John Paul Mac Isaac (James Keivom)

      One of the computers, writes Mac Isaac, had a Beau Biden Foundation sticker covering the Apple logo. He proceeded to inspect the computers, when Hunter revealed his password: Analfuck69

      For some reason, maybe misplaced compassion, I decided to check them over then and there. One at a time, I performed a quick inspection of the machines. The 15-inch laptop was a complete write-off. It had extensive liquid damage, and because the drive was soldered to the logic board, data recovery was beyond my capability. (If a Mac can’t power on, you won’t be able to access the drive and get to the data.)

      The 13-inch 2015 MacBook Pro was in slightly better shape. It could boot up, but the keyboard was unresponsive. I pulled out an external keyboard and asked for permission to log in.

      Hunter started laughing.

      “My password is f–ked up. Don’t be offended!” he said, before announcing that it was “analf–k69” or something to that extent. His inebriated condition made it difficult to understand is speech. My eyes widened a bit, and I told him that maybe it would be best if he tried to log in himself.  -via the NY Post

      Mac Isaac then offered to loan Hunter the keyboard so he could perform his own hard drive recovery on one of the other laptops, before discovering porn on what would come to be known as the ‘laptop from hell.’

      “Scrolling down, I started to see files that didn’t align. I started to individually drag and drop the files to the recovery folder. It took only a few files before I noticed pornography appearing in the right column,” he writes.

      “How many of these does he have?” I wondered. It wasn’t just him alone either. Although it looked like he was having a love affair with himself, there also were photos with women. I decided I’d had enough, that I was no longer going to preview the data. I would just go by the file name and hope for the best. And I tried to work out how to keep a straight face when he returned for the recovery data.

      He then writes that there was a file labeled “income.pdf,” which showed what Hunter made in 2013, 2014 and 2015. “Next to each year was the amount of taxable income earned: $833,000+ in 2013, $847,000+ amended to $1,247,000+ in 2014, $2,478,000+ in 2015.” – all while Joe Biden was the sitting Vice President.

      Another note read, “Since you couldn’t have lived on $550,000 a year, you ‘borrowed’ some money from RSB in advance of payments.”

      The whole document seemed shady. I saw that a lot of money had exchanged hands, and it didn’t seem like it had been recorded lawfully. But what did I know? Plus, it was none of my business. It wasn’t my job to judge — just to transfer and verify. So I kept transferring data until I hit a rather large file. The file was about half transferred when the screen went blank. Dammit, the battery had run out.

      Now while all of this is certainly entertaining, what’s it going to take for the DOJ to launch a special counsel – given all the evidence of international dealings and other malarkey involving Joe Biden? If it was Don Jr’s laptop we would have already moved on to impeachment. Then again, we’re sure big tech platforms wouldn’t have interfered in the 2020 election by censoring the original story if the shoe was on the other foot.

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 17:34

    • Hospital Workers Are Fleeing High Housing Costs: Where Are They Moving?
      Hospital Workers Are Fleeing High Housing Costs: Where Are They Moving?

      By Becker Hospital Reviews

      As hospitals battle workforce shortages, part of their struggles come from workers leaving their jobs at hospitals for various reasons. Some have left because of emotional exhaustion while others have retired early. But there is another factor contributing to the shortages: housing costs. For some hospitals, the issue has become so prevalent they are building employee housing.

      Although the nation’s mover rate has been decreasing for several years, almost half of all movers in 2021 cited housing-related reasons for moving, according to a U.S. Census Bureau report released March 7.

      Mary Broadworth, vice president of human resources at Burlington-based University of Vermont Medical Center, told Becker’s earlier this year there are hurdles when it comes to nurse recruitment and retention, including a lack of housing options because of migration to the state. 

      “We have a housing shortage, pretty much no inventory,” Ms. Broadworth said.

      “And there aren’t a lot of other industries for career advancement in the state. For example, we have someone who moves up [to Vermont] with a partner, the partner is challenged to find a job outside of healthcare.”

      To address this, the University of Vermont Health Network announced in March that it is investing $2.8 million to help finance housing in South Burlington that can be used for its workers. UVM Health Network officials told Becker’s on March 10 that the health system will take a 10-year master lease on 61 new one-, two- and three-bedroom apartments that are being built, then make those units available first to its workers, potentially at a subsidy for eligible employees.

      Where are people moving?

      To determine the top 10 moving destinations for 2021, moving truck rental company Penske examined one-way consumer truck rental reservations made through the company’s website, calls to its 1-800-GO-PENSKE call center and via one-way reservations made at Penske’s more than 2,500 truck rental locations.

      To find the metro areas with the highest and lowest housing costs for a family of four, 24/7 Wall St. analyzed data from the Economic Policy Institute’s 2022 Family Budget Calculator.

      The top 10 moving destinations for 2021, according to the Penske list, which was released May 2: 

      1. Houston

      2. Las Vegas

      3. Phoenix

      4. Charlotte, N.C. 

      5. Denver

      6. San Antonio 

      7. Dallas

      8. Orlando, Fla.

      9. Austin, Texas 

      10. Chicago

      The 10 metro areas where families pay the most for housing and the estimated annual housing costs, according to the 24/7 Wall St. analysis:

      1. San Francisco-Oakland-Berkely, Calif.: $42,636

      2. San Jose-Sunnyvale-Santa Clara, Calif.: $36,612

      3. Santa Cruz-Watsonville, Calif.: $36,252

      4. Santa Maria-Santa Barbara, Calif.: $28,488

      5. Boston-Cambridge-Newton, Mass. and N.H.: $28,032

      6. San Diego-Chula Vista-Carlsbad, Calif.: $25,488

      7. Urban Honolulu, Hawaii: $24,876

      8. Los Angeles-Long Beach-Anaheim, Calif.: $24,696

      9. New York-Newark-Jersey City, N.Y., N.J. and Pa.: $24,636

      10. Napa, Calif.: $24,216

      The 10 metro areas where families pay the least for housing and the estimated annual housing costs, according to the 24/7 Wall St. analysis: 

      1. Jefferson City, Mo.: $8,136

      2. Hickory-Lenoir-Morganton, N.C.: $8,316

      3. Kingsport-Bristol, Tenn. and Va.: $8,412

      4. Dothan, Ala.: $8,472

      5. Decatur, Ala.: $8,496

      6. Gadsden, Ala.: $8,604

      7. Anniston-Oxford, Ala.: $8,676

      8. Johnstown, Pa.: $8,688

      9. Fort Smith, Ark. and Okla.: $8,736

      10. Pine Bluff: Ark.: $8,748

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 17:30

    • Taliban Orders All Afghan Women To Cover Faces In Public, Taking Country Back To Pre-2001
      Taliban Orders All Afghan Women To Cover Faces In Public, Taking Country Back To Pre-2001

      Over two decades after 9/11 and George W. Bush’s invasion of Afghanistan to overthrow the Taliban – which had at the time involved officials making arguments for the need (among other rationales offered) to secure women’s rights in central Asia – we’ve now come full circle…

      “Afghanistan’s Taliban leadership orders all Afghan women to wear the all-covering burqa in public,” The Associated Press reports based on the new Saturday published ruling.

      Image: Reuters 

      This means women will literally no longer be allowed to show their faces in public. The burqa, which is now required, goes far beyond the hijab which is typical in Sunni Islam and merely covers the hair; instead, the burqa prevents any skin including on the face from being shown at all. This is often accompanied by gloves covering the hands in hardline Islamic communities.

      The ruling, which is a reversion to the strict public code of pre-2001 prior to the US toppling the Taliban and installing its own national coalition (and more “democratic” secular-leaning) leaders, takes things back to the medieval style Islam of the Taliban.

      The man identified as supreme leader of the Islamic Emirate, Mawlawi Hibatullah Akhundzada, confirmed a statement that was issued by the “Vice and Virtue Ministry” (which ironically enough had prior to the Taliban taking the country back last August been known as the “Ministry of Women’s Affairs”), which reads as follows:

      …hijab is an obligation in Islam and that any dress that covers the body can be considered as hijab given that it is not “thin and tight.”

      The ruling said further according to national Tolo News:

      When it comes to the type of the covering or hijab that women will need to wear, the statement says that burka is the best type of hijab/covering “as it is part of Afghan culture and it has been used for ages.” 

      The statement, called “the descriptive and accomplishable plan on legitimate hijab,” also instructs women not to step out of home unless it is necessary, calling it one of the best ways of observing hijab.

      Perhaps all that’s left to do is remind the reader of the immense cost in blood and treasure (for both Americans and Afghanis, as well as allied coalition forces) of the 20+ year long so-called “Global War on Terror”…

      “Since invading Afghanistan in 2001, the United States has spent $2.313 trillion on the war, which includes operations in both Afghanistan and Pakistan,” a previous Brown University study found. “Note that this total does not include funds that the United States government is obligated to spend on lifetime care for American veterans of this war, nor does it include future interest payments on money borrowed to fund the war. This $2.313 trillion spent on Afghanistan is a portion of the total estimated cost of the post-9/11 wars.”

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 16:55

    • Courts Can't Be "Bullied" Into Delivering Outcomes People Demand: Clarence Thomas
      Courts Can’t Be “Bullied” Into Delivering Outcomes People Demand: Clarence Thomas

      Authored by Tom Ozimek via The Epoch Times,

      U.S. Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas on Friday defended judicial independence, arguing that government institutions mustn’t allow themselves to be strong-armed into delivering outcomes that people demand, according to news outlets.

      Thomas made the remarks at a May 6 judicial conference in Atlanta, where he was asked by a moderator to discuss the biggest threats to judicial independence, according to Law360.

      In his response, Thomas decried what he described as an erosion of respect for the high court and made an apparent reference to protests that erupted after the leak of a draft Supreme Court opinion suggesting the court is poised to overturn Roe v. Wade, with major implications for access to abortion.

      He said that at as a society, “we are becoming addicted to wanting particular outcomes, not living with the outcomes we don’t like,” according to Reuters.

      “We can’t be an institution that can be bullied into giving you just the outcomes you want. The events from earlier this week are a symptom of that,” he added.

      A flurry of protests and counter-protests broke out outside the Supreme Court after Politico obtained and published the draft opinion that would uphold a Mississippi law banning abortions after 15 weeks of pregnancy and overturn the Roe v. Wade decision that legalized abortion nationwide.

      The protests have been loud but mostly peaceful, though there have been reports that pro-abortion activists attacked pro-life pastors.

      In a bid to prevent violence, police have now surrounded the Supreme Court with a set of 9-foot high metal barricades, with an officer telling an Epoch Times reporter that the move was “just in case.”

      Speaking at the 11th Circuit Judicial Conference, a gathering of lawyers and judges, Thomas referred several times to the “unfortunate events” of the past week, bemoaning declining respect for institutions and the rule of law.

      “It bodes ill for a free society,” he said, according to The Washington Post.

       It can’t be that institutions “give you only the outcome you want, or can be bullied” into submission.

      Thomas also expressed concern about a “different attitude of the young” towards respect for institutions and the law, suggesting this is on the decline relative to past generations, as cited by the outlet.

      The Supreme Court has confirmed the authenticity of the draft opinion but called it preliminary.

      A ruling in the case is expected in June.

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 16:20

    • Watch: Autonomous Chinese Drone Swarm Flies Through Forest While Hunting For Humans 
      Watch: Autonomous Chinese Drone Swarm Flies Through Forest While Hunting For Humans 

      A swarm of micro-drones autonomously navigated a dense bamboo forest in China without GPS, able to avoid trees, branches, and brush. The incredible footage suggests these drones could one day be used for search and rescue efforts or even put to sinister use: hunting humans.

      Chinese scientists from Zhejiang University published a report and footage of ten lightweight drones maneuvering at speed through a forest. The technology behind the drones autonomously navigates the best flight path through high-tech sensors. 

      Lead author Xin Zhou wrote in a paper published Wednesday, in the journal Science Robotics, that “multi-robot aerial systems are a symbol of future technology” and cited science fiction films, Prometheus (2012), Ender’s Game (2013), Star Wars: Episode III (2005), and Blade Runner 2049 (2017), where drones or drone swarms were used, which ultimately “inspired” the research team.  

      Here is the drone swarm navigating through the woods. Full video below. 

      In another experiment, Zhou and his team showed the drone swarm could track a human “target” through a field of trees. 

      Commenting on the breakthrough research is Enrica Soria, of the laboratory of intelligent systems at the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology in Lausanne, Switzerland, who told The Telegraph: 

      “This work presents a notable contribution to the robotics community and an important step towards the application of drone swarms beyond the constrained environment of a laboratory, not only for exploration in forests but also for a range of safety-critical missions in human-made environments, such as urban areas with humans and buildings.”

      What’s terrifying is if researchers transfer the technology to Beijing, or even the military, who could use the advanced drone software for hunting humans, if that’s for domestic surveillance purposes, or equip it with weapons for the modern battlefield. 

      About five years ago, the world’s leading AI researchers and humanitarian organizations warned about lethal autonomous weapons systems, or killer robots, that select and kill targets without human control. Future of Life Institute released this dystopic video of “slaughter bots.”

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 15:45

    • CDC Investigating 109 Mysterious Hepatitis Cases In Children, Including 5 Deaths
      CDC Investigating 109 Mysterious Hepatitis Cases In Children, Including 5 Deaths

      Authored by Jack Phillips via The Epoch Times,

      The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) is investigating more than 100 cases of a mysterious form of hepatitis in children, saying that five have died so far.

      Dr. Jay Butler, the CDC’s deputy director of infectious diseases, said during a briefing said the agency is investigating 109 cases of acute hepatitis, or liver inflammation, in 24 U.S. states and Puerto Rico. The cause of the outbreak is not yet clear, he stressed, adding that about half of the children had adenovirus infections, although Butler said the CDC doesn’t know yet if adenovirus is the actual cause.

      Approximately 90 percent of the children required hospitalization, Butler said. Five have died so far, and more have required liver transplants, he added in the briefing.

      Last month, the CDC issued a nationwide alert after nine acute hepatitis cases were discovered among children in Georgia. Since then, a number of state agencies have reported cases and several deaths.

      Several days ago, the CDC issued a report saying that it found no evidence that COVID-19 vaccines caused the outbreak of hepatitis among children. None of the initial children in Alabama, the agency said, received the vaccine.

      Meanwhile, other countries have reported similar outbreaks of hepatitis among children. On Friday, the UK Health Security Agency reported that (pdf) the country’s case count had risen to 163, dating back to early January, adding that 11 children have received liver transplants so far.

      “Adenovirus remains the most frequently detected potential pathogen. Amongst 163 UK cases, 126 have been tested for adenovirus of which 91 had adenovirus detected,” said the agency.

      “Amongst cases the adenovirus has primarily been detected in blood.”

      UK officials also ruled out the COVID-19 vaccine as a potential cause.

      “There are fewer than five older case-patients recorded as having had a COVID-19 vaccination prior to hepatitis onset,” the report said, adding that most of the impacted children are too young to receive the shot.

      “There is no evidence of a link between COVID-19 vaccination and the acute hepatic syndrome.”

      Earlier this week, the World Health Organization (WHO) told news outlets that there were at least 228 probable cases of hepatitis worldwide in at least 20 countries. That statement came before the CDC’s latest announcement Friday.

      Hepatitis is an inflammation of the liver that can be caused by a viral infection, alcohol, prescription drugs, over-the-counter medications acetaminophen, high doses of certain herbal supplements, toxins, and various medical conditions. Hepatitis viruses, which spread via bodily fluids, can also cause liver inflammation. The hepatitis A, hepatitis B, and hepatitis C viruses are also well known to target the liver.

      Symptoms include abdominal pain—namely in the upper right part of the abdomen right below the ribs—dark-colored urine, light-colored stools, and jaundice, which is the yellowing of the skin and whites of the eyes.

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 15:10

    • States Sue Biden Administration For 'Pressuring And Colluding' With Big Tech To Censor Free Speech
      States Sue Biden Administration For ‘Pressuring And Colluding’ With Big Tech To Censor Free Speech

      Authored by Katabella Roberts via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

      Two Republican-led states have filed a lawsuit against President Joe Biden, White House press secretary Jen Psaki, Dr. Anthony Fauci, and other top administration officials for allegedly pressuring and colluding with social media giants with the aim of censoring and suppressing free speech.

      U.S. President Joe Biden speaks as Assistant to the President & Chair of the Council of Economic Advisers Cecilia Rouse listens during an event at the Roosevelt Room of the White House in Washington, on May 4, 2022. (Alex Wong/Getty Images)

      Missouri Attorney General Eric Schmitt and Louisiana Attorney General Jeff Landry filed the lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Louisiana on April 5, they announced in separate statements on Thursday.

      The attorneys claim that Biden and other government officials worked with big tech companies like Meta, Twitter, and YouTube to censor conversation around matters relating to everything from COVID-19 and election integrity to the Hunter Biden laptop story, doing so under the guise of combating “misinformation.”

      Others named in the lawsuit include Surgeon General Vivek Murthy, Department of Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas, and the executive director of DHS’s newly established “Disinformation Governance Board,” Nina Jankowicz.

      Nina Jankowicz [ZH]

      The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Xavier Becerra, and Director of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency Jen Easterly are also listed as defendants.

      In announcing the lawsuit on Thursday, attorney Schmitt stressed the importance of freedom of speech which he said is “paramount to a healthy society,” adding that “discourse, debate, and discussion have been the cornerstone of our country since the Founders codified that right in the Bill of Rights.”

      Schmitt stated that Americans use social media platforms to discuss an array of topics, noting that those topics have more recently, in light of the global COVID-19 pandemic, conversations regarding whether or not face coverings are effective in preventing the virus from spreading and whether the virus origins came from a lab leak in Wuhan, China.

      White House press secretary Jen Psaki speaks during a White House daily press briefing at the James Brady Press Briefing Room at the White House in Washington on May 04, 2022. (Alex Wong/Getty Images)

      Dr. Anthony Fauci, director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, responds to questions during a congressional hearing in Washington in a file image. (Greg Nash/Pool via Reuters)

      “In direct contravention to the First Amendment and freedom of speech, the Biden Administration has been engaged in a pernicious campaign to both pressure social media giants to censor and suppress speech and work directly with those platforms to achieve that censorship in a misguided and Orwellian campaign against ‘misinformation,’” said Schmitt, referencing George Orwell’s dystopian novel about a totalitarian state, 1984.

      The lawsuit filed on Thursday specifically accuses Biden and other government officials of working with big tech companies to remove “truthful information related to the lab-leak theory, the efficacy of masks, election integrity, and more,” Schmitt said.

      It also accuses Biden and other officials of “falsely” attacking the Hunter Biden laptop story as “disinformation” along with tech giants like Twitter.

      The story, which was first published by the New York Post in October 2020, detailed the contents of Hunter Biden’s laptop that was abandoned in a Delaware computer repair shop, and which included compromising pictures and emails regarding allegedly corrupt foreign business deals.

      Twitter labeled the story as “potentially harmful” and locked the New York Post’s main Twitter account while simultaneously blocking Twitter users from publishing the link to the story.

      Hunter Biden attends his father Joe Biden’s inauguration as the 46th President of the United States on the West Front of the U.S. Capitol in Washington on Jan. 20, 2021. (Jonathan Ernst/Pool/Reuters)

      The New York Times and the Washington Post have since acknowledged the existence of Hunter Biden’s laptop and emails.

      “Big Tech has become an extension of Biden’s Big Government, and neither are protecting the freedoms of Americans; rather, they are suppressing truth and demonizing those who think differently,” said Attorney General Landry.

      “Ripped from the playbook of Stalin and his ilk, Biden has been colluding with Big Tech to censor free speech and propagandize the masses. We are fighting back to ensure the rule of law and prevent the government from unconstitutional banning, chilling, and stifling of speech.”

      The lawsuit alleges that the federal government violated Missourians’, Louisianans’, and Americans’ First Amendment rights and “coerced, threatened, and pressured social-media platforms to censor disfavored speakers and viewpoints by using threats of adverse government action.”

      As a result of those threats, the lawsuit states, the defendants “are now directly colluding with social-media platforms to censor disfavored speakers and viewpoints, including by pressuring them to censor certain content and speakers, and ‘flagging’ disfavored content and speakers for censorship. These actions violate the First Amendment.”

      The attorneys asked the court to declare that Biden and other defendants violated the First Amendment, exceeded their statutory authority, and to stop the officials from continuing to engage in their “unlawful” conduct.

      Furthermore, they claim that the DHS and HHS officials’ conduct violates the Administrative Procedure Act.

      The Epoch Times has contacted a White House Spokesperson for comment.

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 14:00

    • Peter Grandich: "Situation Is Beyond Fed's Control" As Recession Unstoppable
      Peter Grandich: “Situation Is Beyond Fed’s Control” As Recession Unstoppable

      Inflation today compared to the 1980s “is a completely different animal this time around, and the situation is so beyond what the Fed can do now,” says Peter Grandich, founder of Peter Grandich & Company.

      The enthusiasm over this week’s Fed rate hike is misrepresented, he tells Stansberry Research’s Daniela Cambone, because Powell and the Fed, “will still be behind the curve, and need to be more aggressive.”

      “Social and political disharmony is at the highest level since the onset of Civil War,” in the U.S., and “with the world suffering economic challenges, “it does not paint a good picture for the future,” he warns.

      General stocks and bonds have had a phenomenal run, but have been overdone on the upside, Grandich states, “and the only market I can risk capital on for capital appreciation is the gold market.”

      He concludes that the mining companies, “especially the majors, are in phenomenal shape,” with the juniors market still facing struggles.

      Watch the full interview here….

      Tyler Durden
      Sat, 05/07/2022 – 13:25

    Digest powered by RSS Digest

    May 07

    Today’s News 7th May 2022

    • The Pragmatic American: "Can 'We, The People' Be Trusted?"
      The Pragmatic American: “Can ‘We, The People’ Be Trusted?”

      Authored by Tony Woodlief via RealClearBooks,

      The following essay is excerpted from “I, Citizen: A Blueprint for Reclaiming American Self-Governance“.  This is Part 1 in a symposium that seeks to answer the question posed within this essay: “Can ‘We the People’ be trusted?”

      The Pragmatic American

      “I would rather be governed by the first 2,000 people in the telephone directory than by the Harvard University faculty.”

      – William F. Buckley, Jr.

      While American partisans have altered their policy opinions to match the ideologies of the political class, regular Americans have ignored that marching order. Partisans no longer agree with the Other Side on anything, but average Americans don’t let team allegiance dominate their views. Even most Americans who are registered as Democrats or Republicans still favor some policies desired by majorities in the other party. Average citizens demonstrate greater independence of thought than the ideological conformists so revered by political scientists.

      Political scientists still contend, however, that Americans are in no condition to vote responsibly, let alone engage in self-governance. By evaluating citizens through a unidimensional, ideological lens, they’ve concluded that there’s neither rhyme, reason, nor consistency behind our voting patterns. In the words of Kinder and Kalmoe, “many Americans simply don’t know what they want from government.”

      Is the fact that most Americans don’t flock to either pole on the ideological spectrum proof that their opinions aren’t held together by an underlying value system? Some opinion researchers have pondered the possibility that force-fitting survey answers to the liberal/conservative spectrum incorrectly casts everyday Americans as flighty and unserious. “Perhaps ordinary citizens’ issue preferences lacked ‘constraint,’” speculate Christopher Achen and Larry Bartels, “because they had thoughtfully constructed their own personal political belief systems transcending conventional ideologies and party lines?”

      I, Citizen: A Blueprint for Reclaiming American Self-Governance, Encounter Books

      Despite more than a hint of derision in this question, there is indeed evidence that when we unpack the liberal/conservative continuum, Americans aren’t as scatterbrained as scholars make them out to be. Researchers have separated American opinions about foreign policy and defense, economic policy, and moral issues, and found that we hold somewhat consistent beliefs within those issue areas. The problem for theorists is that, when taken in total, those beliefs don’t fit onto their unidimensional, ideological spectrum. Many Americans, for example, are very religious and oppose abortion, which political scientists would consider conservative. Yet these same people also embrace government aid to minorities and laws that ensure equal access to job opportunities, which are typically considered liberal positions. Likewise, a significant portion of America embraces free enterprise and limited government spending, but also abortion rights and gay adoption. We’re “liberal” on some things, and “conservative” on others, and this drives theorists batty.

      The damning reality about Americans, however, which makes political scientists so confident in their negative assessments, is that our political opinions fluctuate from year to year. One year we favor more aid to minorities; two years later we oppose it. We say the government should provide health insurance, then we say it shouldn’t. We believe the US should intervene less in foreign affairs, then we’re for war. If average Americans did have an underlying value structure informing their policy preferences, goes the reasoning, their survey answers wouldn’t jump around so much. Maybe there’s an ideology that leads someone to be for both free trade and government-provided health insurance, but there’s no ideology that leads a person to favor these policies one year, and disapprove of them the next.

      Before we throw in the towel on the American mind, however, let’s consider a pretend survey question. It asks you to express, on a seven-point scale, your agreement or disagreement with this statement: “People will be better off if they have children.” One means you very strongly disagree; seven means you agree very strongly.

      Before you protest that this question lacks all context (“What people?” “How old are they?” “How many children will they have?”), let me remind you that I didn’t make the survey rules. Here’s a real statement, for example, that the American National Election Studies has used for more than sixty years to evaluate American opinions about foreign policy: “This country would be better off if we just stayed home and did not concern ourselves with problems in other parts of the world.”

      Let’s tease that one out before returning to my hypothetical childbearing question. Imagine a survey respondent in 2002 who has just recently watched President George W. Bush’s “axis of evil” speech. Inspired by the urgent imperative to stop weapons of mass destruction from proliferating in the hands of evildoers, he might feel strongly that the US will be worse off if it doesn’t get more involved overseas. So, he chooses “disagree” on the survey.

      Fast forward to 2012. American soldiers have suffered terrible casualties in Iraq and Afghanistan. Reports of civilian deaths and dismemberments, meanwhile, are staggering. It now appears clear that intelligence failures, even deliberate misstatements, were used to justify our military interventions. No weapons of mass destruction were found, and many of the people we told ourselves we were going to liberate want us out of their countries.

      Our same citizen, finding himself once again contemplating this survey question, has significantly cooled toward military interventions. Maybe he still believes some kind of action was warranted against the people who masterminded the September 11th attacks, but he no longer supports wholesale invasions. So, this time he chooses “agree.”

      This is entirely reasonable logic. One might even argue that this citizen has better judgment — and certainly more humility — than the politicians and bureaucrats who remain resolutely unapologetic for plunging America into a twenty-year war costing $6.5 trillion and more than 7,000 American lives. Yet still this respondent will be judged as inconsistent by pollsters, because he changed his answer to their survey question.

      Now, imagine what might go through someone’s mind when answering my hypothetical survey question about having children. One respondent has just been around parents yelling at their kids in the local park. Another has an unmarried teenage niece with a six-month-old baby. Still another recently watched her daughter win a state championship in wrestling. Do you think this personal context matters? If it does, do you think the very same people, two or four or eight years later, might give significantly different answers that will have been colored by their recent experiences? If so, does this prove they have inconsistent beliefs about children and parenting?

      Of course it doesn’t. Ordinary people, when asked abstract philosophical questions, will draw on recent, concrete experience to inform their answers. Cognitive psychologists Amos Tversky and Daniel Kahneman labeled this tendency “availability bias.” “Perhaps the most obvious demonstration of availability in real life,” they wrote in the academic journal Cognitive Psychology, “is the impact of the fortuitous availability of incidents or scenarios.” Asked to evaluate abstractions, the natural human response is to draw upon experience, and often our most recent experience is the most accessible. You may hold bedrock beliefs that are proven out in the way you live and how you treat others, yet which don’t shine through in opinion surveys that, lacking sufficient context, invite emotion, varied interpretations, and recency to affect your choice of a number on a scale.

      With that said, there is a small group of people whose answers to the parenting question wouldn’t vary: those with such strong convictions about childbearing that context doesn’t matter. Some people have firm religious beliefs, for example, that everyone is called to “be fruitful and multiply,” and that God will work out the circumstances. Others believe the world’s resources are so depleted that it’s imperative for everyone to stop having children before the planet dies.

      People who believe a principle should be adhered to no matter what the cost — ideologues, in other words — are likely to be much more consistent in survey after survey than the rest of us. What’s more, they’ll struggle to imagine how people whose responses depend on context can be anything other than shallow. If they happen to be the scholars constructing the surveys and interpreting the results, well, you get today’s near-consensus about American public opinion, which is that most citizens are shortsighted, biased, forgetful, and relatively unprincipled. Not well-suited, in other words, to govern themselves according to the vision of the American Founders.

      It’s worth noting that a more charitable view of their fellow man might evoke curiosity among scholars about why their surveys indicate citizenship incompetence among a wide swath of Americans. Given a well-established psychological literature revealing the human tendency to explain one’s own behaviors (and inconsistencies) with more grace than one generally affords others, we might be justified in saying to the professors who hold such a damning view of everyday Americans: “Physician, heal thyself.”

      The plain truth is that the machinery of public-opinion surveys, crafted by ideologues, is geared to detect ideology. Ideology is the only mechanism they imagine can drive political opinion in a coherent, predictable direction. There are entire academic treatises on the nature of ideology, its formation and its actualization. The fact that you obey the law, pay your taxes, and participate in the market economy is proof, in some interpretations, that you are embedded in a web of ideology. That discussion is not worth delving into here. The question at hand is whether Americans have shared beliefs that not only lead them to respond to surveys with answers that cut across the academic conceptualization of liberal vs. conservative, but which also explain the variation in their policy preferences over time. 

      Can “We the People” Be Trusted?

      This isn’t just a philosophical question. What’s at stake is the American republic. If most citizens really are indifferent, and the remainder blindly partisan, then the faith of the Founders was mislaid, and we are in no condition to govern ourselves. Far better to leave all those policy decisions to the attentive politicos in DC, provided we can find a way to keep them from plunging us into civil war.

      In short, where we go from here depends on an honest answer to this question: is there something other than capriciousness and low information that drives the political opinions of average Americans? Something that makes their desires for our country trustworthy?

      I believe there is, for two reasons.

      First, public-opinion scholars assess citizens’ knowledge of issues and politics like they’re grading a midterm exam. Political scientist James Gibson points out, for example, that President Richard Nixon repeatedly mangled the name of the man he himself nominated to the Supreme Court, William Rehnquist. Coding standards applied by the American National Election Studies would have required pollsters to record Nixon as not knowing his own Supreme Court nominee. So were real survey respondents, when presented with William Rehnquist’s name, recorded as not knowing who he was if they answered with something like: “head honcho of the Supreme Court.” Using a more reasonable standard of knowledge, Gibson found that 72 percent of responses recorded as wrong were in fact correct. The surveys employed to prove most Americans are ignorant, in other words, appear to be off the mark.

      More importantly, surveys of American beliefs about government focus almost exclusively on policy levers. They ask whether respondents believe government should provide health insurance, and whether it should spend more or less on welfare, public health, education, crime—even space exploration. They ask whether courts should be harsher or more lenient with criminals, and whether more or fewer immigrants should be allowed into the country. This is like asking an average person to diagnose his car trouble from the driver’s seat. He can no more tell you how much welfare spending is adequate than he can determine how much transmission fluid he’s lacking. If you force him to offer diagnoses, he’s going to grasp at impressions. Wasn’t there a grinding sound last week? Didn’t I notice a funny smell?

      Ask him repeatedly over the years, and his answers are going to jump around. All his seeming schizophrenia proves is that he isn’t a mechanic. It doesn’t mean that he has no consistent vision of where he wants his car to go, and how he wants it to get there. Likewise for Americans when it comes to their conceptualizations of government and the common good. Everyday people don’t know how much money government at all levels spends on education, or how much it should spend. This doesn’t mean they lack coherent opinions about what a child’s education ought to look like. 

      Instead of Survey Respondents, Citizens

      Imagine that instead of asking Americans to be government mechanics, we instead asked them to think like citizens. Rather than quiz them regarding what policy levers ought to be pulled, they would be questioned about what outcomes they believed were best for our country. People disagree vehemently about government-provided health insurance, for example, but share a desire to see as many Americans as possible receive the medical care they need. People disagree about whether parents should be allowed to divert public funds to private schools, but share a desire to see every American child receive a suitable education. We’re divided over what levers to pull, but not nearly so divided as the political class when it comes to the ends we want to achieve, because we are far more united in our core values than they are.

      How do I know? Most directly, I have experienced this reality firsthand — as I suspect you have as well — in many conversations with friends, neighbors, relatives, coworkers, and fellow parishioners whose political opinions vary. Beyond one’s own sense from those conversations, hints of an underlying consensus on American values can be found in the same surveys used by scholars to claim American beliefs are incoherent. Occasionally, a question on those broad national surveys reveals — perhaps without meaning to — values and desires of Americans regarding public policy and the common good.

      The American National Election Studies, for example, has asked Americans for decades how they feel about government support for people who need jobs. Between 1956 and 1960, on average 58 percent of Americans said the government should see to it that people who needed jobs should get them. Opposing that goal were 26 percent of respondents, with another 17 percent stating either that they didn’t know or didn’t care. In 1964, however, the percentage of respondents who agreed with this lofty aspiration fell almost by half, to 31 percent. Those who disagreed, meanwhile, rose to 43 percent.

      On the surface, this appears to be another example of American ideological schizophrenia. Either that, or a sizable portion of Americans lost their charitable instincts in four short years. A closer look at the question’s wording, however, reveals that between 1956-1960, Americans were asked to either agree or disagree with this statement:

      The government in Washington ought to see to it that everybody who wants to work can find a job.

      The statement’s wording was altered in 1964, however, replacing a simpler declaration with this version:

      In general, some people feel that the government in Washington should see to it that every person has a job and a good standard of living. Others think the government should just let each person get ahead on his own. Have you been interested enough in this to favor one side over the other?

      This is a very different question, isn’t it? Before, Americans were asked whether they wanted government to help everyone willing to work find a job. The revised question, in contrast, asked whether Americans believed government should provide everyone a job (no mention of willingness to work), and beyond that a good standard of living. The dramatic change in subsequent survey responses doesn’t simply illustrate the sensitivity of surveys to how questions are worded. It illuminates, as demonstrated with greater proof below, a core conviction that informs how everyday Americans think about everything from welfare to immigration, namely that we should help people who are trying to help themselves.

      This is a widespread and stable value that directly affects how Americans feel about welfare, preferential hiring, aid to minorities, immigration, and other policies. The majority of survey questions about these topics, however, pretend this sentiment doesn’t exist. The two most consistently administered and academically rigorous survey batteries in America — the American National Election Studies (University of Michigan) and General Social Survey (University of Chicago) — don’t ask Americans to distinguish between welfare recipients who have one child out of wedlock versus three, or immigrants willing to work versus those who subsist on crime or welfare. Yet these are exactly the considerations, as anyone who’s talked to regular Americans for even a few minutes about these topics can attest, that determine how generous or stingy most Americans will be. Little wonder responses to survey questions about how much we should spend on social services, or how many immigrants we should allow into the country, fluctuate. Lacking context, respondents base their answers on what’s prominent in the news or other media, alongside immediate personal experiences.

      Another effect of the aforementioned change to the wording of the jobs question reveals something else about how Americans respond to surveys. When surveyors altered the wording in 1964, the percentage of respondents who subsequently replied that they either didn’t know or didn’t care rose by more than half, from 17 percent to 26 percent. When the surveyors switched, eight years later, from a Yes/No format to a seven-point scale, the “don’t know” responses fell by half. Forty-two percent of respondents, furthermore, placed themselves in the middle of the scale, choosing a three, four, or five.

      Between 1964-1972, in other words, ANES administrators forced respondents to consider a false choice: either government guarantees everyone a job and a good standard of living, or it leaves people to fend for themselves. Anyone acquainted with everyday life understands there’s a third alternative in which assistance comes from families, churches, and communities. This isn’t an uncommon phenomenon in surveys. Ideologically-minded researchers manufacture false choices, and Americans respond by either opting out of the questions altogether, or placing themselves in the middle of a scale when it’s available, which gets interpreted as mindless moderation borne of ignorance and shallow beliefs. Americans appear schizophrenic to academics on many policy issues because they’re being asked the wrong questions.

      Fortunately, some academics have invested in the more painstaking work of asking Americans what they think about government, public policies, and the common good, and recording what respondents have to say in their own words.

      The findings of these scholars offer a sharp — and encouraging — contrast to the work of pollsters.

      While survey researchers paint a picture of Americans as ignorant and indifferent, scholars who take the time to actually talk with the subjects of these surveys describe people who sound like they’re capable of — and willing to be — the kinds of citizens the American Founders envisioned.

      *  *  *

      Tony Woodlief is Executive Vice President at State Policy Network, a nationwide community that cultivates and supports state-based organizations working on behalf of citizen freedom and self-determination.

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 23:40

    • President Xi Insists China's COVID Lockdowns Will "Stand The Test Of Time"
      President Xi Insists China’s COVID Lockdowns Will “Stand The Test Of Time”

      Shanghai residents who have been trapped in lockdown conditions that have barely eased over the span of a month-and-a-half were given a sense of false hope on Friday, when Chinese news outlets mistakenly reported that Disneyland in Shanghai was preparing to open with limited capacity.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Those reports were quickly retracted, and instead, the Politburo doubled down on China’s “COVID zero” policy, while President Xi insisted that the lockdowns would withstand the test of time, and that pledged to combat any attempts to “distort” or “question” the CCP’s heavy handed policies.

      The SCMP reported that this marked the first time that Xi has spoken out in defense of the country’s lockdown in Shanghai.

      Meanwhile, in Beijing, local authorities have closed public transport routes, told people to work from home and ordered mass testing in an effort to stop the capital outflows.

      In a statement issued after the latest meeting of the Politburo Standing Committee, the Politburo insisted that the Chinese people must stand strong in the face of COVID.

      “We must be firm in overcoming thoughts of indifference and self-righteous thinking, and underestimating the epidemic,” a statement issued after the meeting said.

      “We must keep a clear head and unwaveringly adhere to the general policy of dynamic zero-Covid. We must struggle against speech and acts that distort, question or reject our country’s anti-epidemic guidelines and policy.”

      That President Xi has felt the need to directly address the lockdowns is hardly a surprise. As we have noted, the lockdown in China’s financial and economic capital has led to an intense blowback among the public (well, as intense as criticism of the government ever gets in China), with residents complained of food shortages, difficulties in gaining medical treatment and fences being set up outside residential buildings to stop residents leaving.

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 23:20

    • Adam Kinzinger Executes Neocon Vision For Ukraine
      Adam Kinzinger Executes Neocon Vision For Ukraine

      Authored by Patrick Macfarlane via The Libertarian Institute,

      As the war in Ukraine approaches its tenth week, the steady flow of ominous headlines has grown to a floodwater deluge. Dissenting observers are made to watch, seemingly helpless, as the broader levy of sanity threatens to break, unleashing a torrent of death and destruction across Eastern Europe, and likely, the globe.

      Leading the bad news cycle, on Sunday, May 1, Congressman Adam Kinzinger proposed a new Authorization of Use of Military Force (AUMF) in the U.S. House of Representatives. The legislation, if passed, would allow President Joe Biden to deploy American forces to restore “the territorial integrity of Ukraine” in the event that Russia uses chemical, biological, or nuclear weapons. When Kinzinger announced the legislation on Meet the Press, he stated that he “doesn’t think we need to be using force in Ukraine right now.” However, as Antiwar.com opinion editor Kyle Anzalone ominously noted, in 2002, then-Senator Joe Biden similarly downplayed the danger of war before voting for the 2002 AUMF—under which President George W. Bush later prosecuted the invasion of Iraq.

      If bad Ukraine policy amounts to a downpour, Rep. Adam Kinzinger has been performing a rain dance for years now.

      Kinzinger was elected to the U.S. House of Representatives in 2010. In March 2014, while sitting on the House Foreign Affairs Committee, Kinzinger pledged that the House would back the Obama administration’s efforts in Ukraine. Further, he stated the House would consider legislation calling for increased aid to Ukraine, up to and including adding Georgia and Ukraine into NATO. Kinzinger’s pledge came soon after the conclusion of the 2014 Euromaidan Coup, where the US State Department played an instrumental role in ousting then-president Viktor Yanukovych. By April, 2014, Ukraine would launch a civil war against pro-Russian separatists in Ukraine’s eastern Donbas region.

      In 2016 Kinzinger co-authored H.R. 5094, the Stability and Democracy for Ukraine Act (the STAND for Ukraine Act). On September 21, 2016, the STAND for Ukraine Act passed the U.S. House unanimously by voice vote. It was engineered to “contain, reverse, and deter Russian aggression in Ukraine, to support the sovereignty of Crimea against Russia’s illegal annexation, and to ultimately assist Ukraine’s democratic transition.” The STAND for Ukraine Act cemented sanctions as a permanent fixture of American policy by making it “effectively…impossible to remove certain anti-Russian sanctions unless Crimea is returned to Ukraine.”

      Since Russia’s February 2022 invasion of Ukraine, Kinzinger has repeatedly pushed to escalate a situation that his policy helped to create. On March 3, 2022, he publicly called for a “no-fly zone” over Ukraine to “prevent Russian air attacks.” If enforced, a no-fly zone in Ukraine would see U.S. forces shooting down Russian planes and even attacking targets in Russia.

      Kinzinger’s corresponding press release cited his experience piloting an intelligence aircraft in Iraq as being some sort of qualification for such a daft and dangerous proposition:

      Representative Kinzinger understands what being a hero means…Maybe Congress and President Joe Biden should listen to him. Kinzinger thinks that war with Russia might be inevitable. We would have the advantage now when few people would die. It looks as if we will find out.

      Kinzinger likely wouldn’t state his true credentials for pushing such maniacal Ukrainian policy. Indeed, through his years advocating—near universally—for an aggressive U.S. foreign policy, Kinzinger has been immersed in the neoconservative think-tank circuit.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      On March 24, 2014, Kinzinger joined the American Enterprise Institute (AEI) for a panel discussion involving arch-neoconservative Fredrick Kagan. During the panel, Kinzinger “underlined the…potential dangers associated with leaving [Afghanistan]” in the wake of the Karzai government.

      For all the seven years of U.S. support for the Kabul government between Kinzinger’s 2014 panel appearance at AEI and his April 15, 2021 reprisal, the withdrawal had the same predictable result. In a matter of weeks, the Afghan National Army washed away like water breaking upon stone. The Kabul government disintegrated with it.

      In 2022, nearly nine months after the withdrawal of U.S. troops from Afghanistan, the “potential dangers” Kinzinger foretold have failed to materialize—at least for the American public. Instead, Afghanistan has vanished from the U.S. news cycle. The AEI, who so loudly virtue-signaled for the rights of Afghanistan women, is now silent about the consequences of the twenty-year U.S. war there—except to the extent that it could be used to justify even further intervention. Beyond AEI, on May 26, 2016, Kinzinger attended an event hosted by the ultra-neoconservative Foreign Policy Initiative and The Hudson Institute. He stated:

      Our involvement in NATO is not because we just want to defend Europe out of the goodness of our heart, but because without NATO we never would have been able to drop the Iron Curtain and bring freedom to millions of people and make us safer…Are there challenges? Of course. But that needs to be done in the context of “how do we get NATO reengaged” versus “let’s just get out of the rest of the world. That’s a narcissistic foreign policy.”

      The Foreign Policy Initiative was founded in 2009 by Weekly Standard editor Bill Kristol and Brooking’s Institute Fellow Robert Kagan. In the 1990s, Kristol and Kagan founded the now-infamous Project for a New American Century are largely credited as being architects of the Global War on Terrorism.

      Robert Kagan’s wife, Victoria Nuland, served as assistant secretary of state during the 2014 Euromaidan Coup in Ukraine. In a leaked phone call with the then-U.S. ambassador to Ukraine, Nuland lamented the European Union’s decision to limit its involvement. She then stated “Yats is the guy, he’s got the economic experience,” referring to opposition leader Arseniy Yatsenyuk. The first prime minister of the post-Madian interim government was none other than Arseniy Yatsenyuk. The Hudson Institute is:

      part of a closely-knit group of neoconservative institutes that champion aggressive, Israel-centric U.S. foreign policies. Founded in 1961 by several dyed-in-the-wool Cold Warriors, including Herman Kahn–a one-time RAND nuclear war theorist notorious for his efforts to develop “winnable” nuclear war strategies [emphasis added]. Kinzinger has also spoken at the Atlantic Council, a think tank that has long pushed increasing confrontation between the US and Russia over Ukraine. It is funded, to the tune of millions, by weapons manufacturers, the UAE, the Rockefeller Foundation, Goldman Sachs, Facebook, JP Morgan–Chase, and Palantir.

      While it is unclear exactly how much influence the above-named think tanks have had on Kinzinger’s policy positions, it is clear that Kinzinger has played a starring role in escalating diplomatic tensions between the U.S. and Russia over Ukraine.

      Just as in the Global War on Terror, this time with Kinzinger as their thrall, the same ghouls slither forth from their crypts for another orgy of death. Is our best hope another twenty-year, society-eating slog? Or will the NeoConservatives’ Ukrainian denouement detonate a flash ending?

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 23:00

    • $50 Million Of Cocaine Found At Nespresso Factory
      $50 Million Of Cocaine Found At Nespresso Factory

      Employees at a Swiss Nespresso factory were shocked after discovering about a half-ton of cocaine in a shipment of coffee beans delivered to the plant from Brazil. 

      According to AFP, workers at the Nespresso plant in Romont, in western Switzerland, notified authorities on Monday after discovering mysterious white powder inside mounds of coffee sacks in shipping containers. 

      Local police seized more than 500 kilos (1,103 pounds) of cocaine from five containers. 

      The shipment originated from Brazil, police said, adding the seized cocaine was 80% pure and had a street value of $50 million (48 million euros). 

      “It appears that all of the drugs were destined for the European market,” police said.

      The Nespresso plant is a subsidiary of the multinational food and drinks processing conglomerate Nestlé. The Romont plant specializes in producing single-serve coffee capsules. 

      Bloomberg’s top commodity expert Javier Blas recently told Joe Weisenthal and Tracy Alloway in an Odd Lots podcast that in physical trading of commodities, such as agricultural, metals, and energy, traders “don’t have to disclose anything.” 

      Several years ago, a much larger shipment of cocaine was seized on a containership owned by JP Morgan Chase. U.S. Customs and Border Protection seized 20 tons from the ship, worth an estimated street value of $1.3 billion. 

      If it’s Nestlé or a JP Morgan ship, drug cartels have somehow tapped large supply chains owned by large Western companies to smuggle drugs into the developed world. 

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 22:40

    • China Has 'Financial Nuclear Bombs' If West Levies Russia-Style Sanctions, Beijing Warns
      China Has ‘Financial Nuclear Bombs’ If West Levies Russia-Style Sanctions, Beijing Warns

      Multiple analysts at Chinese state-linked think tanks and banks have weighed in on the Biden administration’s recent threats to punish the world’s second-largest economy over China’s refusal to condemn Russia’s war in Ukraine, and amid US charges that it could be helping Moscow evade sanctions, or even quietly resupplying Putin’s military machine (charges which at this point have remained without evidence).

      “It is necessary to speed up the construction and external connection of the cross-border yuan clearing system CIPS … [But] the primary choice is to continue to strengthen cooperation with Swift,” Wang Yongli, a former vice-president with the Bank of China and a former board member for Swift, was cited as saying in a fresh South China Morning Post report this week.

      However, China is taking note and studying its own preparedness and future options in the wake of the US drastic measure of freezing Russia’s central bank assets overseas. On this, Yongli underscored to the SCMP that “The huge foreign exchange reserves are hard-won, and they are China’s ‘financial nuclear bombs’ with a powerful deterrent effect. It must be used properly rather than arbitrarily, and cannot be easily slashed.”

      Beijing file image via Skift

      Officials in Beijing are putting counterparts in Washington on notice – pointing out that “China is no Russia” given China’s immensely larger role in nearly every facet of the global economy. They’ve also said that any potential Taiwan reunification scenario with the mainland would not be like Russia-Ukraine, and yet it’s understood well due to the current crisis and the West’s anti-Russia sanctions constitute a “textbook warning for China”:

      “The expansive economic sanctions that US-led Western countries have imposed on Russia can be seen as a textbook warning for China – on how far [the sanctions] can go,” said He Weiwen, former economic and commercial counsellor at the Chinese consulates in New York and San Francisco.

      The SCMP report lists a number of short and long-term strategies being mulled in a crisis scenario with the West, predicated on geopolitical factors like a showdown over Taiwan.

      For example, “China has been stepping up efforts to diversify its foreign exchange reserve assets in the past two decades, according to data from the State Administration Of Foreign Exchange.” The report recommends, “One countermeasure China can take is to expand its economic and financial opening up to the outside world, and encourage foreign investors to hold more Chinese assets, according to Chinese government advisers.”

      Below are some key sections from the analysis outlining various possible scenarios…

      Unintended Consequences

      “China and the US have a stake in each other, so for the US, China is totally different from Russia. The political calculations will inevitably be restrained by economic conditions.”

      Lu Xiang, a senior fellow with the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences (CASS), also said that if the same sanctions were levied against China, they would have unintended consequences for the nation or global bloc imposing them.

      “The effects of any sanctions are mutual,” Lu said. “We have assets in the US and Europe, and so do they in China.”

      “Some US sanctions will inevitably remain in place, and perhaps more will come, but the unfolding of the sanctions will follow its original pace,” according to Shi Yinhong, an international relations professor at Renmin University and an adviser to the State Council, the country’s cabinet.

      “A sharp and sudden escalation is quite unlikely,” Shi said.

      Playing with Ambiguity

      “The United States is now playing with ambiguity,” a Beijing-based foreign diplomat was quoted as saying. “China also wants to know, clearly, under what specific circumstances it would be sanctioned.”

      Accordingly, the Chinese government, along with state-owned banks and enterprises that have business relations with Russia, have been adopting a very prudent approach since the war began, according to Professor Shi with Renmin University.

      “Such a Western attitude [towards Russian aggression] has probably been fully anticipated by China, so to protect Chinese assets, I think so far, China has been acting very cautiously,” Shi said.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Slashing Reserves?

      According to the report, “There has been talk inside China of slashing its huge holding of reserves, but experts say this is not feasible, as a sudden change in the volume could have catastrophic consequences in global markets.”

      Wang Yongli explained, “…Of course, this does not rule out China increasing its purchase of gold or other strategic materials, or adjusting the currency and country composition of foreign exchange reserves, to further reduce its US dollar reserves, but we avoid this as much as possible to use it as a means of confrontation with the US.”

      Read the rest of the SCMP report here.

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 22:00

    • 80 'Suspicious Actors' And 'Material Witnesses' Under Scrutiny By Jan. 6 Defense Attorneys
      80 ‘Suspicious Actors’ And ‘Material Witnesses’ Under Scrutiny By Jan. 6 Defense Attorneys

      Authored by Joseph M. Hanneman via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

      Defense attorneys seek to identify and investigate 80 suspicious actors and material witnesses, some of whom allegedly ran an entrapment operation against the Oath Keepers on January 6, 2021, and committed crimes including the removal of security fencing, breaching police lines, attacking officers, and inciting crowds to storm into the Capitol.

      Attorney Brad Geyer seeks information on unidentified “suspicious actors” at the U.S. Capitol on Jan. 6, 2021. (Brad Geyer/Graphic via The Epoch Times)

      In a motion (pdf) and supplement (pdf) filed after 11 p.m. on May 5 in federal court in Washington, attorney Brad Geyer listed 80 people, some of whom he said could be government agents or provocateurs. The people are seen on video operating in a coordinated fashion across the Capitol grounds on January 6, the attorney alleged.

      Geyer’s suggestion of an entrapment scheme will resonate with dozens of January 6 defense attorneys, coming shortly after two men were acquitted of an alleged plot to kidnap Michigan Gov. Gretchen Whitmer (D). There was a hung jury on charges against two other defendants. The jury in that case was allowed to consider FBI entrapment as a defense.

      Geyer, who represents Oath Keepers defendant Kenneth Harrelson, is seeking a court order from U.S. District Judge Amit Mehta compelling federal prosecutors to help identify the individuals and disclose whether they were working for law enforcement or any government agency on January 6. Geyer wrote that the information is exculpatory, which compels the government to produce it. Other Oath Keepers defendants are expected to join in the motion.

      The May 5 filing comes on the heels of an April 12 Oath Keepers motion that alleged at least 20 “assets” from the FBI and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) were embedded in the crowds on January 6.

      More than a dozen ‘suspicious actors’ flagged by defense attorneys line up on the east steps of the U.S. Capitol, shortly before they pushed past police and climbed to the Columbus Doors on Jan. 6, 2021. (Attorney Brad Geyer/Screenshot via The Epoch Times)

      According to the new filing, video evidence the defense gained access to only recently shows that some of the 80 people attacked police, other people, and members of the Oath Keepers; entered the Capitol on the west side “with apparent permission or acquiescence of government actors”; opened the Columbus Doors on the east side of the Capitol “from the inside, possibly with even further assistance of government actors”; and deployed “sophisticated crowd-behavior techniques,” orienting themselves between protesters and police.

      Suspicious actors are seen on video “associating, conferring and traveling with others, engaging in behavior to confuse law enforcement through body masking, facial masking, clothing changes, and disorienting skirmishing behavior,” Geyer wrote.

      The suspected people used earpieces, satellite phones, and other communication equipment. “Often it appears that these communications devices do not seem to be affected by capacity restriction or sophisticated jamming that was evident throughout the day,” Geyer wrote.

      “If it can be established that these SAs [suspicious actors] were government agents, this could amount to entrapment defense that will dispose of this 7th indictment prior to trial,” the motion said.

      “If it can be established that SAs, even without established government agency, from the west or elsewhere, were let into the Capitol and/or were assisted in opening the Columbus Doors from the inside—a reasonable inference from video evidence—a reasonable jury might conclude that one or more SAs had government sponsorship,” Geyer wrote.

      Eleven members of the Oath Keepers were charged on January 12 with seditious conspiracy, obstruction of a government proceeding, and other counts. The government alleged the Oathkeepers committed the crimes to prevent the certification of Electoral College votes from the 2020 presidential election.

      Two Oath Keepers defendants of the original 11 accepted deals offered by prosecutors and pleaded guilty to seditious conspiracy and obstruction. Another Oath Keepers member from North Carolina was charged May 4 with the same counts and pleaded guilty on May 5. All three are expected to assist the FBI with its ongoing January 6 investigations.

      Geyer suggested the Oath Keepers who entered the Capitol Rotunda through the famous Columbus Doors atop the east stairs were entrapped by suspicious actors who boxed them in and attempted to push them into the Capitol after the doors were opened from the inside.

      “Prima facie evidence of an entrapment scheme (very possibly without formal government agency) is becoming impossible to ignore on video,” Geyer wrote.

      Video shot by a French television crew, and surveillance footage under court seal raise “significant concerns of informants, influencers, and inciters whose activities are now clearly observable,” said a footnote in the motion.

      Suspicious Examples

      “The now observable behavior suggests the exact kind of specialized training, coordination, logistical support, timing, and common goals and objectives that the government attributes to the Oath Keepers,” Geyer wrote. “Conduct alleged against the Oath Keepers seems to have been perpetrated by others before the Oath Keepers were brought in front of the Columbus Doors.”

      The new video evidence “not only exculpates defendant Harrelson and the Oath Keepers in compelling ways, it also shows a large group of SAs that actually carry out the crimes of which the Oath Keepers are accused and which is the centerpiece of the government’s case,” the motion said.

      The many unidentified individuals in the court filing are referred to by the hashtag nicknames assigned by the Sedition Hunters website.

      “James Dean Wannabe” stood on a column near the Columbus Doors and led “vicious attacks by SAs on police with chemicals and mace,” Geyer wrote.

      As soon as the inner doors to the Rotunda opened, James Dean Wannabe shot inside the door and began violently pulling protesters into the Capitol, the document said. He also helped to trap Oath Keepers member James Dolan into a tight space with a Capitol Police officer, the report alleged. He was later seen on the east steps after changing clothes and removing his hat.

      “Lemony Kickit” and “Lemon Zest,” both known for their colorful hats, appeared at the first and second breach points of the day near Ray Epps, the alleged provocateur who was captured on video on January 5 and 6 imploring protesters to go into the Capitol.

      Video also showed Lemony Kickit and Lemon Zest pushed at police and breached the police line on the east steps before they moved up the stairs to the Columbus Doors.

      Columbus Doors Were Closed

      Videos referenced in Geyer’s motion show that the 17-foot-high, 20,000-pound bronze Columbus Doors were closed when the crowd gathered at the bottom of the steps and then breached the police line. When the crowd reached the top, the fortress-like doors were still shut. It’s not clear when, or why, the doors were opened.

      That significant revelation backs up arguments made in January by attorney Jonathon Moseley, who told prosecutors his client, Kelly Meggs, could not have breached the doors because they are controlled from inside the Capitol.

      “The outer doors cast from solid bronze would require a bazooka, an artillery shell, or C4 military-grade explosives to breach,” Moseley wrote in a letter to federal prosecutors. “That of course did not happen. You would sooner break into a bank vault than to break the bronze outer Columbus Doors.”

      The 17-foot-high bronze Columbus Doors at the U.S. Capitol were closed when protesters and suspicious actors pushed past police on the east steps on Jan. 6, 2021. The 20,000-pound doors can only be opened from inside. (Attorney Brad Geyer/Screenshot via The Epoch Times)

      The towering Columbus Doors that lead into the Rotunda on the east side of the U.S. Capitol are secured by magnetic locks that can only be opened from the inside by using a security code controlled by Capitol Police, Moseley wrote in an eight-page memo in January.

      The two inner doors are secured by magnetic locks and cannot be opened from the outside. Twice within an hour on January 6, suspicious actors opened the inner doors from inside the Rotunda, surveillance video shows.

      According to Geyer’s filing, a large number of suspicious actors controlled the scene directly in front of the Columbus Doors after the giant doors were opened. They chased away regular protesters with pepper spray and moved other actors into place. The Oath Keepers, each of whom was shadowed by at least one suspicious actor, were positioned and coaxed toward the entrance.

      Six to eight suspicious actors attacked police with mace in preparation to breach the entrance, Geyer wrote.

      “The dynamic of the crowd makes this almost invisible or fleeting to almost all publicly available camera angles, so most people in the crowd could not have known these chemical assaults occurred and certainly no one could have known who was standing on the steps which is where the Oath Keepers were positioned at exactly this moment.”

      The net effect is that the Oath Keepers, who had come up the east stairs, were swept into the Capitol with the group of suspicious actors, the document alleged. The actors attacked police, breached the doors, and led a crowd inside the Rotunda.

      Members of the Oath Keepers were flanked and followed into the U.S. Capitol by suspicious actors on Jan. 6, 2021. (Attorney Brad Geyer/Screenshot via The Epoch Times)

      Some of the video evidence referenced in the court motion was redacted from the document because it is part of the more than 14,000 hours of video under a protective court seal.

      The court filing will bring fresh attention to the issue of provocateurs at the U.S. Capitol. Epps, a former Oath Keepers member from Arizona, denies he was working as a government informant on Jan. 5 and 6.

      Federal prosecutors announced earlier this year they would disclose more information about Epps, whose photo was removed from the FBI’s Jan. 6 most-wanted list. He has not been arrested or charged, despite urging crowds to enter the Capitol and being present when police lines were breached by protesters.

      Some of the suspicious actors on Geyer’s list were also seen in the hallway outside the Speaker’s Lobby where Ashli Babbitt was shot at 2:44 p.m. on Jan. 6. There are a number of other unidentified individuals who stood near Babbitt before she tried to climb out of the hallway and was shot and killed by Capitol Police Lt. Michael Byrd.

      Three witnesses to the Babbitt shooting were removed from the FBI’s most-wanted list in April 2021 without explanation. Those men have not been identified or charged.

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 21:40

    • Americans Prefer Low-Tech Approach To High-Tech Security
      Americans Prefer Low-Tech Approach To High-Tech Security

      With life moving more and more into the digital domain and hybrid work solutions potentially creating more vulnerabilities concerning sensitive data, adequate password security is one of the key concerns for the cybersecurity sector. However, as Statista’s Florian Zandt details below, although programs like password managers and built-in password vaults in browsers are geared towards maximizing security by generating and storing complicated passphrases, 41 percent of U.S. Americans still rely on memorizing techniques to store their passwords.

      Infographic: U.S. Prefers Low-Tech Approach to High-Tech Security | Statista

      You will find more infographics at Statista

      As data from a joint survey of security.org and YouGov shows, an additional 30 percent of respondents claimed to have their passwords written out on paper. While this is technically a safe way to store your passphrases, it’s rarely convenient and can still be a potential attack point when using said notes outside of the confines of your own home. 24 and 23 percent keep their passwords in their browser or a digital note file, respectively, while one fifth of survey participants commit one of the cardinal sins of cybersecurity: Reusing the same few passwords again and again.

      For the 20 percent who use password managers, which are programs that can generate passwords, store them in a digital vault locked behind a master password and enable synchronization across devices, LastPass, Keeper and McAfee True Key are the most popular solutions.

      Following an initiative by chipmaker Intel in 2013, every first Thursday in May is observed as World Password Day. This international observance is meant to underline the importance of using secure and strong passwords to protect users’ data and privacy. These efforts still seem to fall short, though: According to an analysis of a database containing over 275 million passwords by NordPass, the three most common passwords used in 2021 were 123456, 123456789 and 12345.

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 21:20

    • Financial War Takes A Nasty Turn
      Financial War Takes A Nasty Turn

      Authored by Alasdair Macleod via GoldMoney.com,

      The chasm between Eurasia and the Western defence groupings (NATO, Five-eyes, AUKUS etc.) is widening rapidly. While media commentary focuses on the visible side of the conflict in Ukraine, the economic and financial aspects are what really matter.

      There is an increasing inevitability about it all. China has been riding the inflationist Western tiger for the last forty years and now that it sees the dollar’s debasement accelerating wonders how to get off. Russia perhaps is more advanced in its plans to do without dollars and other Western currencies, hastened by sanctions. Meanwhile, the West is increasingly vulnerable with no apparent alternative to the dollar’s hegemony.

      By imposing sanctions on Russia, the West has effectively lined up its geopolitical opponents into a common cause against an American dollar-dominated faction. Russia happens to be the world’s largest exporters of energy, commodities, and raw materials. And China is the supplier of semi-manufactured and consumer goods to the world. The consequences of the West’s sanctions ignore this vital point.

      In this article, we look at the current state of the world’s financial system and assess where it is headed. It summarises the condition of each of the major actors: the West, China, and Russia, and the increasing urgency for the latter two powers to distance themselves from the West’s impending currency, banking, and financial asset crisis.

      We can begin to see how the financial war will play out.

      The West and its dollar-based pump-and-dump system

      The Chinese have viewed the US’s tactics under which she has ensured her hegemony prevails. It has led to a deep-seated distrust in her relationship with America. And this is how she sees US foreign policy in action.

      Since the end of Bretton Woods in August 1971, for strategic reasons as much as anything else America has successfully continued to dominate the free world. A combination of visible military capability and less visible dollar hegemony defeated the communism of the Soviets and Mao Zedong. Aid to buy off communism in Africa and Latin America was readily available by printing dollars for export, and in the case of Latin America by deploying the US banking system to recycle petrodollars into syndicated loans. In the late seventies, banks in London would receive from Citibank yards-long telexes inviting participation in syndicated loans, typically for $100 million, the purpose of which according to the telex was invariably “to further the purposes of the state.”

      Latin American borrowing from US commercial banks and other creditors increased dramatically during the 1970s. At the commencement of the decade, total Latin American debt from all sources was $29 billion, but by the end of 1978, that number had skyrocketed to $159 billion. And in early-1982, the debt level reached $327 billion.[i] We all knew that some of it was disappearing into the Swiss bank accounts of military generals and politicians of countries like Argentina. Their loyalty to the capitalist world was being bought and it ended predictably with the Latin American debt crisis.

      With consumer price inflation raging, the Fed and other major central banks had to increase interest rates in the late seventies, and the bank credit cycle turned against the Latins. Banks sought to curtail their lending commitments and often (such as with floating-rate notes) they were paying higher coupon rates. In August 1982, Mexico was the first to inform the Fed, the US Treasury, and the IMF that it could no longer service its debt. In all, sixteen Latin American countries rescheduled their debts subsequently as well as eleven LDCs in other parts of the world.

      America assumed the lead in dealing with the problems, acting as “lender of last resort” working with central banks and the IMF. The rump of the problem was covered with Brady Bonds issued between 1990—1991. And as the provider of the currency, it was natural that the Americans gave a pass to their own corporations as part of the recovery process, reorganising investment in production and economic output. So, a Latin American nation would have found that America provided the dollars required to cover the 1970s oil shocks, then withdrew the finance, and ended up controlling swathes of national production.

      That was the pump and dump cycle which informed Chinese military strategists analysing US foreign policy some twenty years later. In 2014, the Chinese leadership was certain the riots in Hong Kong reflected the work of American intelligence agencies. The following is an extract translated from a speech by Major-General Qiao Liang, a leading strategist for the Peoples’ Liberation Army, addressing the Chinese Communist Party’s Central Committee in 2015:

      “Since the Diaoyu Islands conflict and the Huangyan Island conflict, incidents have kept popping up around China, including the confrontation over China’s 981 oil rigs with Vietnam and Hong Kong’s “Occupy Central” event. Can they still be viewed as simply accidental?

      I accompanied General Liu Yazhou, the Political Commissar of the National Defence University, to visit Hong Kong in May 2014. At that time, we heard that the “Occupy Central” movement was being planned and could take place by end of the month. However, it didn’t happen in May, June, July, or August.

      What happened? What were they waiting for?

      Let’s look at another timetable: the U.S. Federal Reserve’s exit from the Quantitative Easing (QE) policy. The U.S. said it would stop QE at the beginning of 2014. But it stayed with the QE policy in April, May, June, July, and August. As long as it was in QE, it kept overprinting dollars and the dollar’s price couldn’t go up. Thus, Hong Kong’s “Occupy Central” should not happen either.

      At the end of September, the Federal Reserve announced the U.S. would exit from QE. The dollar started going up. Then Hong Kong’s “Occupy Central” broke out in early October.

      Actually, the Diaoyu Islands, Huangyan Island, the 981 rigs, and Hong Kong’s “Occupy Central” movement were all bombs. The successful explosion of any one of them would lead to a regional crisis or a worsened investment environment around China. That would force the withdrawal of a large amount of investment from this region, which would then return to the U.S.”

      For the Chinese, there was and still is no doubt that America was out to destroy China and stood ready to pick up the pieces, just as it had done to Latin America, and South-East Asia in the Asian crisis in 1997. Events since “Occupy Central” will have only confirmed that view and explains why the Chinese dealt with the Hong Kong problem the way they did, when President Trump mounted a second attempt to derail Hong Kong, with the apparent objective to prevent global capital flows entering China through Shanghai Connect.

      For the Americans the world is slipping out of control. They have had expensive wars in the Middle East, with nothing to show for it other than waves of displaced refugees. For them, Syria was a defeat, even though that was just a proxy war. And finally, they had to give up on Afghanistan. For her opponents, America has lost hegemonic control in Eurasia and if given sufficient push can be removed from the European mainland entirely. Undoubtedly, that is now Russia’s objective. But there are signs that it is now China’s as well, in which case they will have jointly obtained control of the Eurasian land mass.

      Financial crisis facing the dollar

      The geopolitics between America and the two great Asian states have been clear for all of us to see. Less obvious has been the crisis facing Western nations. Exacerbated by American-led sanctions against Russia, producer prices and consumer prices are not only rising, but are likely to continue to do so. In particular, the currency and credit inflation of not only the dollar, but also the yen, euro, pound, and other motley fiat currencies have provided the liquidity to drive prices of commodities, producer prices and consumer prices even higher. In the US, reverse repos which absorb excess liquidity currently total nearly $2 trillion. And the higher interest rates go, other things being equal the higher this balance of excess currency no one wants will rise.

      And rise they will. The strains are most obvious in the yen and the euro, two currencies whose central banks have their interest rates stuck below the zero bound. They refuse to raise them, and their currencies are collapsing instead. But when you see the ECB’s deposit rate at minus 0.5%, producer prices for Germany rising at an annualised rate of over 30%, and consumer prices already rising at 7.5% and sure to go higher, you know they will all go much, much higher.

      Like the Bank of Japan, the ECB and its national central banks through quantitative easing have assembled substantial portfolios of bonds, which with rising interest rates will generate losses which will drive them rapidly into insolvency. Furthermore, the two most highly leveraged commercial banking systems are the Eurozone’s and Japan’s with assets to equity ratios for the G-SIBs of over twenty times. What this means is that less than a 5% fall in the value of its assets will bankrupt the average G-SIB bank.

      It is no wonder that foreign depositors in these banking systems are taking fright. Not only are they being robbed through inflation, but they can see the day when the bank which has their deposits might be bailed in. And worse still, any investment in financial assets during a sharply rising interest environment will rapidly lose value.

      For now, the dollar is seen as a haven from currencies on negative yields. And in the Western world, the dollar as the reserve currency is seen as offering safety. But this safety is an accounting fallacy which supposes that all currency volatility is in the other fiat currencies, and not the dollar. Not only do foreigners already own dollar-denominated financial assets and bank deposits totalling over $33 trillion, but rising bond yields will prick the dollar’s financial asset bubble wiping out much of it.

      In other words, there are currently winners and losers in currency markets, but everyone will lose in bond and equity markets. Add into the mix counterparty and systemic risks from the Eurozone and Japan, and we can say with increasing certainty that the era of financialisation, which commenced in the 1980s, is ending.

      This is a very serious situation. Bank credit has become increasingly secured on non-productive assets, whose value is wholly dependent on low and falling interest rates. In turn, through the financial engineering of shadow banks, securities are secured on yet more securities. The $610 trillion of OTC derivatives will only provide protection against risk if the counterparties providing it do not fail. The extent to which real assets are secured on bank credit (i.e., mortgages) will also undermine their values.

      Clearly, central banks in conjunction with their governments will have no option but to rescue their entire financial systems, which involves yet more central bank credit being provided on even greater scales than seen over covid, supply chain chaos, and the provision of credit to pay for higher food and energy prices. It must be unlimited.

      We should be in no doubt that this accelerating danger is at the top of the agenda for anyone who understands what is happening — which particularly refers to Russia and China.

      Russia’s aggressive stance

      There can be little doubt that Putin’s aggression in Ukraine was triggered by Ukraine’s expressed desire to join NATO and America’s seeming acquiescence. A similar situation had arisen over Georgia, which in 2008 triggered a rapid response from Putin. His objective now is to get America out of Europe’s defence system, which would be the end of NATO. Consider the following:

      • America’s military campaigns on the Eurasian continent have all failed, and Biden’s withdrawal from Afghanistan was the final defeat.

      • The EU is planning its own army. Being an army run by committee it will lack focus and be less of a threat than NATO. This evolution into a NATO replacement should be encouraged.

      • As the largest supplier of energy to the EU, Russia can apply maximum pressure to speed up the political process.

      The most important commodity for the EU is energy. And through EU policies, which have been to stop producing carbon-based energy and to import it instead, the EU has become dependent on Russian oil, natural gas, and coal. And by emasculating Ukraine’s production, Putin is putting further pressure on the EU with respect to food and fertiliser, which will become increasingly apparent over the course of the summer.

      For now, the EU is toeing the American line, with Brussels instructing member states to stop importing Russian oil from the end of this year. But already, it is reported that Hungary and Slovakia are prepared to buy Russian oil and pay in roubles. And it is likely that while other EU governments will avoid direct contractual relationships with Russia, ways round the problem indirectly are being pursued.

      A sticking point for EU governments is having to pay in roubles. Otherwise, the solution is simple: non-Russian, non-EU banks can create a Eurorouble market overnight, creating rouble bank credit as needed. All that such a bank requires is access to rouble liquidity to manage a balance sheet denominated in roubles. The obvious providers of rouble credit are China’s state-controlled megabanks. And we can be reasonably sure that at his meeting with President Xi on 4 February, not only would the intention to invade Ukraine have been discusseded, but the role of China’s banks in providing roubles for the “unfriendlies” (NATO and its supporters) in the event of Western sanctions against Russia will have been as well.

      The point is that Russia and China have mutual geopolitical objectives, and what might have come as a surprise to the West was most likely agreed between them in advance.

      The recovery in the rouble from the initial hit to an intraday low of 150 to the dollar has taken it to 64 at the time of writing. There are two factors behind this recovery. The most important is Putin’s announcement that the unfriendlies will have to pay for energy in roubles. But there was a subsidiary announcement that the Russian central bank would be buying gold. Notionally, this was to ensure that Russian banks providing finance to gold mines could gold and other related assets as collateral. But the central bank had stopped buying gold and accumulated the unfriendlies currencies in its reserves instead. This was taken by senior figures in Putin’s administration as evidence that the highly regarded Governor, Elvira Nabiullina, had been captured by the West’s BIS-led banking system.

      Russia has now realised that foreign exchange reserves which can be blocked by the issuers are valueless as reserves in a crisis, and that there is no point in having them. Only gold, which has no counterparty risk can discharge this role. And it is a lesson not lost on other central banks either, both in Asia and elsewhere.

      But this sets the rouble onto a different course from the unbacked fiat currencies in the West. This is deliberate, because while rising interest rates will lead to a combined currency, banking, and financial asset crisis in the West, it is a priority of the greatest importance for Russia to protect herself from these developments.

      A new backing for the rouble

      Russia is determined to protect herself from a dollar currency collapse. So far as Russia is concerned, this collapse will be reflected in rising dollar prices for her exports. And only last week, one of Putin’s senior advisors, Nikolai Patrushev, confirmed in an interview with Rossiyskaya Gazeta that plans to link the rouble to commodities are now being considered. If this plan goes ahead, the intention must be for the rouble to be considered a commodity substitute on the foreign exchanges, and its protection against a falling dollar will be secured.

      We are already seeing the rouble trending higher, with it at 64 to the dollar yesterday. Figure 1 below shows its progress, in the dollar-value of a rouble.

      Keynesians in the West have misread this situation. They think that the Russian economy is weak and will be destabilised by sanctions. That is not true. Furthermore, they would argue that a currency strengthened by insisting that oil and natural gas are paid for in roubles will push the Russian economy into a depression. But that is only a statistical effect and does not capture true economic progress or the lack of it, which cannot be measured. The fact is that the shops in Russia are well stocked, and fuel is freely available, which is not necessarily the case in the West.

      The advantages for Russia are that as the West’s currencies sink into crisis, the rouble will be protected. Russia will not suffer from the West’s currency crisis, she will still get inflation compensation in commodity prices, and her interest rates will decline while those in the West are soaring. Her balance of trade surplus is already hitting new records.

      There was a report, attributed to Dmitri Peskov, that the Kremlin is considering linking the rouble to gold and the idea is being discussed with Putin. But that’s probably a rehash of the interview that Nickolai Patrushev recorded with Rossiyskaya Gazeta referred to above, whereby Russia is considering fixing the rouble against a wider range of commodities. At this stage, a pure gold standard for the rouble of some sort would have to take the following into account:

      • History has shown that the Americans and the West’s central banks manipulate gold prices through the paper markets. To fix the rouble against a gold standard would hold it a hostage to fortune in this sense. It would be virtually impossible for the West to manipulate the rouble by intervening in this way across a range of commodities.

      • Over long periods of time the prices of commodities in gold grams are stable. For example, the price of oil since 1950 has fallen by about 30%. The volatility and price rises have been entirely in fiat currencies. The same is true for commodity prices generally, telling us that not only are commodities priced in gold grams generally stable, but a basket of commodities can be regarded as tracking the gold price over time and therefore could be a reasonable substitute for it.

      • If Russia has significant gold bullion quantities in addition to declared reserves, these will have to be declared in conjunction with a gold standard. Imagine a situation where Russia declares and can prove that it has more gold that the US Treasury’s 8,133 tonnes. Those who appear to be in a position to do so assess the true Russian gold position is over 10,000 tonnes. Combined with China’s undeclared gold reserves, such an announcement would be a financial nuclear bomb, destabilising the West.

      • For this reason, Russia’s partner, China, for which exporting semi-manufactured and consumer goods to the West is central to her economy activities, would prefer an approach that does not add to the dollar’s woes directly. The Americans are doing enough to undermine the dollar without a push from Asia’s hegemons.

      Furthermore, a mechanism for linking the rouble to commodity prices has yet to be devised. The advantage of a gold standard is it is a simple matter for the issuer of a currency to accept notes from the public and to pay out gold coin. And arbitrage between gold and roubles would ensure the link works on the foreign exchanges. This cannot be done with a range of commodities. It will not be enough to simply declare the market value of a commodity basket daily. Almost certainly forex traders will ignore the official value because they have no means of arbitrage.

      It is likely, therefore, that Russia will take a two-step approach. For now, by insisting on payments in roubles by the unfriendlies domestic Russian prices for commodities, raw materials and foods will be stabilised as the unfriendlies’ currencies fall relative to the rouble. Russia will find that attempts to tie the currency to a basket of currencies is impractical. After the West’s currency, banking, and financial asset crisis has passed then there will be the opportunity to establish a gold standard for the rouble.

      The Eurasian Economic Union

      While it is impossible to formally tie a currency which trades on the foreign exchanges to a basket of commodities, the establishment of a virtual currency specifically for trade settlement between jurisdictions is possible. This is the basis of a project being supervised by Sergei Glazyev, whereby such a currency is planned to be used by the member states of the Eurasian Economic Union (EAEU). Glazyev is Russia’s Minister in charge of integration and macroeconomics of the EAEU. While planning to do away with dollars for trade settlements has been in the works for some time, sanctions by the unfriendlies against Russia has brought about a new urgency.

      We know no detail, other than what was revealed in an interview Glazyev gave recently to a media outlet, The Cradle [ii]. But the desire to do away with dollars for the countries involved has been on the agenda for at least a decade. In October 2020, the original motivation was explained by Victor Dostov, president of the Russian Electronic Money Association:

      “If I want to transfer money from Russia to Kazakhstan, the payment is made using the dollar. First, the bank or payment system transfers my roubles to dollars, and then transfers them from dollars to tenge. There is a double conversion, with a high percentage taken as commission by American banks.”

      The new trade currency will be synthetic, presumably price-fixed daily, giving conversion rates into local currencies. Operating rather like the SDR, state banks can create the new currency to provide the liquidity balances for conversion. It is a practical concept, which being relatively advanced in the planning, is probably the reason the Kremlin is considering it as an option for a future rouble.

      That idea of a commodity basket for the rouble itself is bound to be abandoned, while a successful EAEU trade settlement currency can be extended to both the wider Shanghai Cooperation Organisation and the BRICS members not in the SCO.

      China’s position

      We can now say with confidence that at their meeting on 4 February Putin and Xi agreed to the Ukraine invasion. Chinese interests in Ukraine are affected, and the consequences would have had to be discussed.

      The fact that Russia went ahead with its war on Ukraine makes China complicit, and we must therefore analyse the position from China’s point of view. For some time, America has attacked China’s economy, trying to undermine it. I have already detailed the position over Hong Kong, to which can be added other irritations, such as the arrest of Huawei’s chief financial officer in Canada on American instructions, trade tariffs, and the sheer unpredictability of trade policy during the Trump administration.

      President Biden and his administration have now been assessed by both Putin and Xi. By 4 February their economic and banking advisors will have made their recommendations. Outsiders can only come to one conclusion, and that is Russia and China decided at that meeting to escalate the financial war on the West.

      Their position is immensely strong. While Russia is the largest exporter of energy and commodities in the world, China is the largest provider of intermediate and consumer goods. Other than the unfriendlies, nearly all other nations are neutral and will understand that it is not in their interests to side with NATO, the EU, Japan and South Korea. The only missing piece of the jigsaw is China’s commoditisation of the renminbi.

      Following the Fed’s reduction of its funds rate to the zero bound and its monthly QE increase to $120bn per month, China began to aggressively stockpile commodities and grains. In effect, it was a one-nation crack-up boom, whereby China took the decision to dump dollars. The renminbi rose against the dollar, but by considerably less than the dollar’s loss of purchasing power. This managed exchange rate for the renminbi appears to have been suppressed to relieve China’s exporters from currency pressures, at a time when the Chinese economy was adversely affected first by credit contraction, then by covid and finally by supply chain disruptions.

      With respect to supply chains, current lockdowns in Shanghai and the logjam of container vessels in the Roads look set to emasculate Western economies with supply chain issues for the rest of the year. All we know is that the authorities are making things worse, but we don’t know whether it is deliberate.

      It is increasingly difficult to believe that the financial and currency war is not being purposely escalated by the Chinese-Russian partnership. Having attacked Ukraine, the West’s response is undermining their own currencies, and the urgency for China and Russia to protect their currencies and financial systems from the consequences of a fiat currency crisis has become acute.

      It is the financial war which is going “nuclear”. Talk in the West of the military war escalating towards a physical nuclear war misses this point. China and Russia now realise they must protect themselves from the West’s looming currency and economic crisis as a matter of urgency. To fail to do so would simply ensure the crisis overwhelms them as well.

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 21:00

    • Nantucket Gives The OK For Going Topless On Its Beaches
      Nantucket Gives The OK For Going Topless On Its Beaches

      There once was a man from Nantucket…

      But seriously, there could wind up being many more “men from Nantucket” now that the island has opened its beaches up for topless sunbathing. 

      Residents voted for the measure at the annual town meeting this week and it passed 327-242. But it was the way the measure passed that some may find interesting: it passed as a “Gender Equality on Beaches bylaw amendment”, the New York Post wrote this week.

      Sex educator Dorothy Stover proposed the amendment and celebrated the measure by writing on Instagram: “Thank you thank you thank you for choosing equality.”

      Stover also runs the online Nantucket Love School, according to the report. She brought up that men have been allowed to go topless on beaches for nearly 90 years. She made arguments about human anatomy and the history of the beach, the report said. 

      At the meeting to vote on the issue, she said: “Being topless is not being nude. This bylaw would not make beaches nude beaches. This bylaw would allow tops to be optional for anyone that chooses to be topless.”

      She talked about how she came up with the idea: “This past summer, I was at the beach and I wanted to lay out topless. And I thought, ‘Why can’t I do that?’ In Europe, it’s completely normal to be topless, you don’t even think about it.”

      A supporter of the proposal said at the meeting: “Nantucket women have always practiced and lived gender equality. Now I may not choose to go topless … but I think other people should have that choice … I would suggest that we vote for this so that we have choice.”

      She continued: “I’ve had more support than I thought I would. It’s been surprising seeing who supports it and who is pushing back. They say women’s breasts are sexual, and I said no, they’re sexualized, not sexual. We have the exact same makeup — men have mammary glands and nipples — and so I started reaching more into it and men can go topless but we can’t.”

      “Some men have bigger breasts than I do,” she quipped. 

      One man who expressed concern said: “Speaking as a father, I just feel as though this is opening a can of worms, for which we may not be able to control.”

      The official amendment reads “in order to promote equality for all persons, any person shall be allowed to be topless on any public or private beach within the Town of Nantucket,” the New York Post reported. 

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 20:40

    • Beijing Aggression Has Turned Australia Into Crucial Pillar Of US Defense: Expert
      Beijing Aggression Has Turned Australia Into Crucial Pillar Of US Defense: Expert

      Authored by Victoria Kelly-Clark via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

      The emergence of a more authoritarian and militarising Chinese Communist Party (CCP) has transformed Australia into a crucial component of U.S. defence plans to maintain its influence over the Pacific.

      The Australian flag is seen on the Parliament House in Canberra, Australia, on April 1, 2022. (Rebecca Zhu/The Epoch Times)

      John Blaxland, professor of international security and intelligence studies at the Australian National University, told The Epoch Times that middle powers are stepping up as the United States wrestles with its position in the international community.

      “Geo-strategically, and as a backup to the United States, Australia’s become more significant than ever for America’s plans and contingencies,” the former head of the Strategic and Defence Studies Centre said. “And that’s, I think, in part because of the rise of China. The emergence of a more authoritarian and powerful, increasingly militarised state that is much more prepared to throw its weight around than we had previously anticipated.”

      A Philippine Navy special operations group (NAVSOG) on board speed boats patrols off Subic Bay, facing the South China Sea, on Aug. 6, 2013. (Ted Aljibe/AFP via Getty Images)

      As a counter to China’s increasingly belligerent behaviour, Blaxland noted that it wasn’t just Australia, but also Japan and South Korea that have stepped forward in the Asia-Pacific to help maintain the security environment.

      “My sense is that the QUAD has become more and more important, particularly the role of Japan and Australia in contributing to helping the United States maintain its resolve and assuring the U.S. of being a welcome security partner in this part of the Indo-Pacific,” he said.

      Likewise, China’s assertiveness has also driven a more focused multilateral response from Australia, according to Blaxland.

      “When initially touted in 2007, the Quad was quite easily derailed by Chinese protestation. Australia gave priority to allaying their fears and showing due deference [under former Labor Prime Minister Kevin Rudd],” he said. “But the reinvigoration of the Quad in recent times would not have been possible without China’s assertiveness, particularly under President Xi. The member states now see their interests more closely aligned.”

      Blaxland also noted that interoperability between the United States, Australia, Japan, and Korea has been increasing over the past 20 years, allowing Australia to be able to “plug and play” as part of a U.S.-led coalition in the region.

      ‘Cut Australia from the Herd’

      Australia’s support for the United States has made it a target of the CCP however, firstly via soft power and more recently through economic coercion.

      Blaxland believes that the latter was an attempt by Beijing to isolate Australia from the Anglosphere and its allies.

      “I think there’s enough circumstantial evidence to mount a reasonably strong case that they are trying to and have been trying to for a number of years to wean us off United States security lines. To be honest, in the last few months, it’s backfired,” he said. “We’ve been a U.S. and UK ally for 100 plus years. So, if you’re able to break that bond, wouldn’t that be powerful? Yes, it will be very, very powerful.”

      The comments from Blaxland follow those that Kurt Campbell, the Indo-Pacific coordinator under the Biden administration, said on July 2021 in an address to the Asia Society.

      “I think from our perspective, it looks at least [on] some level that there is an attempt to cut Australia out of the herd, and to try to see if they can affect Australia to completely change how it both sees itself and sees the world,” Campbell said.

      The Embassy of the People’s Republic of China in Canberra, Australia, on April 1, 2022. (Rebecca Zhu/The Epoch Times)

      He noted that the relationship between Canberra and Washington has deepened as a result.

      “We’re not going to leave Australia on the field—that’s just not going to happen,” Campbell said.

      Blaxland says that Beijing has been surprised at how difficult it has been to sever Australia–U.S. ties.

      “Xi has miscalculated on Australia because our sense of honour and our interests are now more divergent than ever. And I don’t think he appreciated how that would manifest and what the implications would be,” he said.

      Australian Prime Minister Scott Morrison said in April that Australia is currently dealing with a very different China than in the past.

      “They’ve been coercing; they’ve been bullying; they’ve been intimidating in our region,” he said. “This is why we stepped up.”

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 20:20

    • All Hell Breaks Out At Apple China Factory As Workers Clash With Guards Over Lockdowns
      All Hell Breaks Out At Apple China Factory As Workers Clash With Guards Over Lockdowns

      Chaos broke out at Apple’s MacBook factory in China after hundreds of employees clashed with authorities and jumped isolation barriers following weeks of intense lockdowns, reported Bloomberg, citing local media sources. 

      Radio Free Asia (RFA) China posted a video early Friday morning showing an uprising of hundreds of workers who were angered with the continuous “closed-loop production” (which means they were kept on-site and quarantined to keep production humming) at the MacBook factory in Shanghai, owned by Taiwan’s Quanta Computer Inc. The incident reportedly occurred Thursday evening. 

      “[Suspected of dissatisfaction with “closed-loop production” epidemic prevention is too strict] [Quanta’s Shanghai plant was shocked to hear that employees “rioted”] Shanghai Dafeng Electronics, a subsidiary of Shanghai Quanta, which has just partially resumed work, experienced an employee “riot” on the evening of Thursday (5th).

      “As seen in the video, hundreds of young employees did not obey the command, jumped over the gate and ran away, and rushed out of the blockade to clash with the guards. It is reported that employees are dissatisfied with the epidemic prevention and control and want to go out to buy civilian materials,” RFA China tweeted. 

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Taiwanese media outlet UDN said the riots occurred after Quanta “prevented employees who had returned to work from returning to the dormitory area during off-duty hours, causing employees to panic and worry about returning to a strict state of isolation and control. Therefore, the group rushed into the dormitory area to cause riots, mainly because of dissatisfaction with the strict epidemic control.” 

      Quanta is Apple’s top Macbook factory and has conducted closed-loop production at the factory for the last month to keep workers from getting infected. Bloomberg noted that the discontent was resolved Friday morning, and the factory returned to normal operations. In its latest earnings report, Apple warned that supply constraints would cost the company $4 billion to $8 billion in the current quarter. 

      Shanghai has enforced a zero-COVID strategy (supported by China’s Politburo) across Shanghai, locking down nearly 25 million people for more than a month. Reuters reports the city’s epidemic prevention and control situation is “improving.” Some companies opted for closed-loop production to keep factories open. This helped restart 70% of production in the manufacturing hub, while 90% of 660 top industrial companies have resumed output.

      “But it’s unclear how long the closed loops can be sustained, given the resources required to feed and house thousands of workers at a time. The system also requires that workers avoid contact with anyone outside the loop, including family members,” Bloomberg explained. 

      The situation at Quanta on Thursday night shows workers are getting frustrated with strict controls and could lead to more uprisings at other factories. 

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 20:00

    • Former Tesla Engineer Aims To Build Next Generation Electric Battery Material Plant In The US By 2024
      Former Tesla Engineer Aims To Build Next Generation Electric Battery Material Plant In The US By 2024

      Authored by Bryan Jung via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

      Sila Nanotechnologies, a battery startup founded in 2011 by a former Tesla engineer, announced on May 3 plans for a new plant based in the United States that will mass-produce material for low-cost next-generation batteries with a longer range and is not dependent on manufacturing in China.

      “In a commitment to ensure America retains global leadership in the world’s transition to the new energy storage era, Sila, a next-generation battery materials company, today announced the purchase of a facility with more than 600,000 square feet of space located in Moses Lake, WA to be used to manufacture Sila’s breakthrough lithium-ion anode materials at automotive volumes and quality,” announced the company in a May 3 press release.

      “Powered with hydropower, the facility is located on 160-acres of land close to rail lines for convenient and efficient shipping,” said Sila.

      Electric vehicle lithium battery pack at a factory. (Sergii Chernov/Adobe Stock)

      Sila’s CEO Gene Berdichevsky told Reuters that the company will invest a few hundred million dollars to build the new factory in Washington state, which is set to open in the second half of 2024, with full production beginning in early 2025.

      The cost of electric car batteries has yet to fall to a more affordable price as was earlier anticipated, when Tesla jump-started the demand for batteries after its founding in 2003, due to material situations, explained the CEO to Reuters.

      Berdichevsky said that his materials could be used to build up to 500,000 chips, which would help lower the cost to consumers, making electric vehicles less expensive.

      The battery company had raised an additional $590 million in 2021, raising its valuation to an estimated $3.3 billion.

      “The U.S. has always excelled at innovation. Now we must also excel at manufacturing that innovation,” said Berdichevsky, who said that his company “is delivering proven next-generation anode materials today.”

      “Our new Washington state plant builds on that momentum offering the manufacturing capacity to meet the needs of our auto partners on their way to a fully electric future. We’ve been working towards automotive quality standards and scale since our start to ensure longer range, faster charge times, and lower battery cost.”

      “With this scale-up, we have a pivotal piece to realize the full potential of next-generation materials at the volumes required to make a global impact,” Berdichevsky concluded.

      The battery CEO said that Sila’s new plant in Moses Lake would make silicon-based anode materials, which he claims can store 20 percent more energy than anodes that typically use graphite, of which 70 percent comes from an increasingly unreliable China.

      Graphite is considered by the U.S. government to be a strategic mineral, but not silicon, which can be found largely domestically.

      The Biden administration has said it aims to reduce American reliance on China in the battery supply chain.

      Sila claims that its silicon anode allows more lithium ions to be stored in batteries, thus increasing energy density and creating a battery that is cheaper and contains more energy in the same space.

      Tesla’s CEO Elon Musk announced a plan in 2020 to use silicon-based anodes in its new batteries, but it is not certain whether it has taken advantage of the new technology.

      Sila is currently operating a test production facility at its headquarters in Alameda, California, that can produce battery materials for about 1,000 cars a year, but it is currently limited to making materials used in fitness watches.

      Berdichevsky said the company’s new facility aims to deliver annual silicon-based anode production sufficient to power 10 gigawatt hours of batteries in 100,000 electric vehicles, with a goal to increase the capacity of “150 GWh of cells when used as a full graphite replacement or 750 GWh as a partial replacement—enough to power two to ten million electric vehicles per year.”

      He said that Sila will address the immediate issue of rapidly expanding production to meet the needs of automakers.

      German automaker Daimler AG, meanwhile, has put a minority equity stake in Sila, which also has a contract to produce electric battery materials with its rival, BMW.

      Reuters has contributed to this report.

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 19:40

    • Nationwide Baby Formula Shortage Hits "Shocking" Levels, Sparking Panic Among Parents
      Nationwide Baby Formula Shortage Hits “Shocking” Levels, Sparking Panic Among Parents

      Authored by Jack Phillips via The Epoch Times,

      A nationwide shortage in baby formula is worsening, according to a new analysis, as parents have expressed alarm over the worrying trend.

      At retail locations across the United States, about 40 percent of the top-selling infant formula products were not in stock for the week ending April 24, said Datasembly. The company said that it tracked baby formula stock at more than 11,000 stores nationwide.

      “This is a shocking number that you don’t see for other categories,” Ben Reich, CEO of Datasembly, told CBS News.

       “We’ve been tracking it over time and it’s going up dramatically. We see this category is being affected by economic conditions more dramatically than others,” Reich added.

      Previously, drugstore chains like Walgreens and CVS have announced they would limit how many baby formula products each shopper can purchase at a given time.

      In a statement, Reich cited inflation, product recalls, and supply chain shortages as why there is “an unprecedented amount of volatility for baby formula.” And he believes that the shortages will continue in the near future.

      “We expect to continue to see the baby formula category being dramatically affected by these conditions,” Reich said.

      “Baby formula stock, which has been one of the more affected categories so far in 2022, and one that will continue to demonstrate higher than average out-of-stock levels.”

      Meanwhile, some parents have expressed alarm on social media about the apparent lack of infant formula on shelves.

      “If the [mainstream media] can talk about the toilet paper shortage ever [sic] hour, they should be talking about the baby formula shortage at least,” Danielle Miller, a mother, wrote on Twitter last week.

      “We ended [up] finding the Amazon brand online but not everyone is so lucky to be able to feed that. Please share. This is every store!”

      “The baby formula shortage is unreal!” GET THESE BABIES SOME FOOD!” another mother wrote on Twitter along with a photo of empty shelves, adding that “it’s a crisis all over.”

      Another parent, Irene Anhoeck of San Francisco, told local media that “we’ve noticed it being difficult to find maybe a couple months ago—two, three months ago—and then just recently we can’t find it.” She added, “We’ve tried all the local Targets. We checked Costco, Costco online, Walgreens, Long’s. Can’t find it anywhere.”

      In February, a major baby formula producer, Abbott Nutrition, recalled numerous lots of its products following reports of bacterial illnesses in infants. Last week, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration issued a notice to consumers telling them not to consume any products manufactured at Abbott’s facility in Sturgis, Michigan, over concerns of contamination.

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 19:40

    • As Average Apartment Size Shrinks, Renters Are Finding Best Deals In The Midwest
      As Average Apartment Size Shrinks, Renters Are Finding Best Deals In The Midwest

      Part of it is due to the trend of Americans increasingly congregating in trendy cities like NYC, but over the past couple of decades, the amount of square footage enjoyed by the average American renter has decidedly shrunk.

      Source: Rentcafe

      But in the era of remote work, renters looking to maximize their square footage will be best served by moving to the midwest, with Kansas City, MO emerging as the most obvious candidate among the nation’s major metropolitan areas.

      For renters who would be more at home in the suburbs, three small towns outside Kansas City have even more affordable options, according to a recent report from RentCafe.

      And if Kansas City doesn’t work, RentCafe has crunched the numbers to highlight some other high-value markets, producing a map of some of the most affordable cities (in terms of value by square footage), which readers can find below.

      Source: Rentcafe

      Here’s the data represented in another format, which also highlights that the south also offers increasingly strong deals for renters.

      Source: Rentcafe

      While the Midwest is the locus for the best deals for renters, its antithesis is – not NYC – but the state of California. Just check out the list of least affordable locales.

      Source: Rentcafe

      You’ll notice they all have one thing in common.

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 19:20

    • White House Defends Planned Left-Wing Protest At Homes Of Supreme Court Justices
      White House Defends Planned Left-Wing Protest At Homes Of Supreme Court Justices

      Authored by Caden Pearson via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

      The White House on May 5 defended the right of left-wing pro-abortion activists to protest at the homes of six conservative Supreme Court Justices, and avoided characterizing them as “extreme,” with outgoing press secretary Jen Psaki instead calling for “peaceful protest.”

      White House press secretary Jen Psaki answers questions during the daily briefing in Washington, on March 17, 2022. (Win McNamee/Getty Images)

      After the leak on Monday of a draft Supreme Court opinion that would overturn Roe v. Wade, the 1973 ruling that made abortion legal across the entire United States, protests erupted by progressive pro-abortion activists whom Psaki described as being “outraged.”

      Barricades were erected around the Supreme Court and security was beefed up around the Justices.

      Tall, heavy barricades surround the U.S. Supreme Court in Washington on May 5, 2022. (Jackson Elliot/The Epoch Times)

      Further, the left-wing organization Ruth Sent Us posted the supposed addresses of six conservative Justices and called for a “walk-by” protest on May 11.

      “At the homes of the six extremist justices, three in Virginia and three in Maryland. If you’d like to join or lead a peaceful protest, let us know,” the group’s website states.

      The group also calls for, and offers to pay, muralists and chalk artists to join the protests.

      Psaki conveyed President Joe Biden’s wishes that any protests remained peaceful but stopped short of characterizing them as extreme. This is while Biden on May 4 characterized a spectrum of the GOP—what he called the “MAGA crowd”—as the “most extreme political organization” in recent American history.

      “The president, for all those women, men, others, who feel outraged, who feel scared, who feel concerned, he hears them. He shares that concern and horror at what he saw in that draft opinion,” she told reporters, noting that it wasn’t a final opinion.

      Pro-abortion protestors shout before the U.S. Supreme Court in Washington on May 4, 2022. (Jackson Elliott/The Epoch Times)

      Biden’s direct message to anybody feeling frustrated by the Supreme Court’s draft opinion, Psaki said, is to participate in peaceful protest.

      “Ensure it’s peaceful. Have your voice heard peacefully. We should not be resorting to violence in any way, shape, or form. That’s certainly what he would be conveying,” she said.

      Psaki declined to say if Biden also viewed the left-wing activists who are planning protests at the homes of the Justices as “extreme.”

      “Peaceful protest? No. Peaceful protest is not extreme,” Psaki said.

      “Our view here is that peaceful protest—there’s a long history in the United States, in the country, of that. And we certainly encourage people to keep it peaceful and not resort to any level of violence,” she went on to say, ref

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 19:00

    • Putin Issued Rare Apology To Israel In Ukraine-Focused Phone Call
      Putin Issued Rare Apology To Israel In Ukraine-Focused Phone Call

      Russia’s President Vladimir Putin has issued a rare formal apology to Israel’s Prime Minister Naftali Bennet during a Thursday phone call, an Israeli statement has said.

      “The Prime Minister accepted President Putin’s apology for Lavrov’s remarks and thanked him for clarifying the President’s attitude towards the Jewish people and the memory of the Holocaust,” Bennett’s office said.

      PM Naftali Bennett, source: Tass

      However, the Russian statement didn’t reference the apology, instead saying the two leaders talked about the Nazi defeat during WWII head of Russia’s Monday ‘Victory Day’ celebrations.

      Israeli Foreign Minister Yair Lapid had days ago slammed remarks made by Russian FM Sergey Lavrov explaining why part of Russia’s war aim in Ukraine is to ‘deNazify’ it when President Zelensky is Jewish as “unforgivable and scandalous and a horrible historical error.”

      “In my opinion, Hitler also had Jewish origins, so it doesn’t mean absolutely anything. For some time we have heard from the Jewish people that the biggest antisemites were Jewish,” Lavrov had controversially stated Lavrov’s words made headlines around the world, and were promptly condemned by US and European officials.

      The remarks had created a days-long diplomatic row between the two countries. Lavrov had further in the interview explained that the “most rabid antisemites tend to be Jews.” Moscow for its part has been outraged that for years Western media and politicians have been cheerleading far-right nationalist groups in Ukraine that have long been widely acknowledged as neo-Nazi in ideology, Azov regiment foremost.

      Also during the Thursday call the standoff at Azovstal iron and steel works was discussed, as the Israeli leader has sought to mediate the situation as calls for a ceasefire and allowance for all remaining civilians to be able to exit the site grow. Fierce fighting has been ongoing there over the past days, also as an emergency UN humanitarian team seeks direct access to the besieged plant.

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 18:40

    • Biden Strategy Pushing US Nuclear Deterrence 'Beyond Its Usefulness': Experts
      Biden Strategy Pushing US Nuclear Deterrence ‘Beyond Its Usefulness’: Experts

      Authored by Andrew Thornebrooke via The Epoch Times,

      The Biden administration’s nuclear policies and budget are too ambiguous or otherwise wide reaching to provide the type of conflict deterrence that is expected of them, according to several experts.

      “How are you going to contain Russia and China?” said Harlan Ullman, a senior advisor at the Atlantic Council, a Washington-based think tank. “The policy statements don’t tell you. They’re aspirational.”

      Commander of U.S. Strategic Command Admiral Charles Richard testifies during a Senate Armed Services Committee hearing in Washington on March 8, 2022. (Drew Angerer/Getty Images)

      Ullman’s comments referenced the few statements made by the Biden administration about its National Defense Strategy (NDS) and National Security Strategy (NSS), neither of which has been released in unclassified form, and which were largely constructed on classified information.

      He noted also that the Pentagon would be unlikely to deliver on any large-scale strategic modernization efforts, given the fact that the nation was at a record $30 trillion in debt and was facing immense economic strain from 40-year record-high inflation.

      Further, Ullman said that the administration’s concept for nuclear deterrence was being pushed beyond its limits, and would prove an Achilles’ heel in the administration’s strategy unless more work was done to credibly improve the nation’s non-nuclear, or “conventional” forces.

      “How are you going to deter Russia and China, and from what?” Ullman said. “Nuclear deterrence has been expanded far beyond its usefulness. It’s going to prevent a major world war, but let’s not believe it can do lots of other things.”

      A Growing Strategy and a Shrinking Military

      Ullman delivered the comments amid a series of discussions on the nature of the Biden administration’s grand strategy at the Brookings Institution, a public policy think tank.

      The talks coincided with a series of Congressional hearings over the past week, which examined the administration’s proposed defense budget for FY23, and the role of the NDS and NSS in guiding that budget.

      Republican lawmakers criticized the budget as being a real cut to military spending given that the budget only allots a 2.2 percent inflation rate instead of the actual 8.5 percent, as well as for proposing to cut the number of ships and aircraft in the military amid growing tensions between the United States, China, and Russia.

      Sen. Susan Collins (R-Maine) said that the proposed budget would place the United States at “real risk.” Rep. Mike Rogers (R-Ala.), meanwhile, said that the budget did not meet the needs of President Joe Biden’s own strategy.

      China’s DF-41 nuclear-capable intercontinental ballistic missiles are seen during a military parade at Tiananmen Square in Beijing, China, on Oct. 1, 2019. (Greg Baker/AFP via Getty Images)

      China, and the Limits of Nuclear Deterrence

      At the Brookings event, another expert questioned the efficacy of the NDS and NSS for championing the idea that mere nuclear firepower could deter adversaries from engaging in unwanted behavior, especially given the recent failure of just such a strategy in preventing the invasion of Ukraine by Russia.

      “Both [the NDS and NSS] viewed and continue to view China as the primary threat to U.S. security,” said Melanie Sisson, a fellow at Brookings. “The NDS, in particular, defines the role of the military in providing American security today, and in this new period of competition, by being prepared to fight and to win a war with China.”

      “[But] We can’t assume that being able to win a war with China will create general deterrence, [or] that it will deter China not just from starting a war, but also from behaving badly in other ways,” Sisson added.

      Like Ullman, Sisson believed that the administration was making a mistake in believing that it could credibly deter China merely by establishing capabilities that could win a hypothetical war. As such, she said that the Pentagon would need to do more to illustrate its strategy of “integrated deterrence” in action as opposed to couching its meaning in buzzwords and slogans.

      “Deterrence isn’t a thing that one has,” Sisson said. “It’s an effect that we can produce. It’s the outcome of a strategy.”

      “I really want to know more about what the administration means by ‘integrated deterrence’ and don’t want just the bumper sticker slogan about ‘we’re going to work across all of the domains’,” Sisson added.

      To that end, Sisson said that the administration could provide real value by engaging in targeted initiatives designed to limit the potential for catastrophic conflict with China, such as engaging in talks with Chinese leadership to reach an agreement to take nuclear command and control systems off the table for cyber attacks.

      China Continues Nuclear Development with Eye on Taiwan

      Such efforts are increasingly likely to be deemed necessary as relations between the United States and China continue to bottom out to historic lows amid tensions over trade, IP theft, Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, and the continued de facto independence of Taiwan.

      As tensions have soared, the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) has continued the historic expansion and modernization of its nuclear arsenal, placing new emphasis on the capability of the United States’ own aging nuclear stockpile.

      Air Force Secretary Frank Kendall said that China’s ultimate aim in building such an arsenal was to develop a military capable of ejecting the United States from the Western Pacific, and that the regime was deliberately pursuing military technologies capable of undermining or otherwise circumventing U.S. defense systems.

      The test of a hypersonic weapon by the Chinese military in July was one such example of this effort in practice, he said, and at least one other U.S. official has said that the United States could not defend against such technology.

      The tensions have also highlighted the apparent disparity in growth between the American and Chinese militaries, and led some experts to question whether the United States actually has a strategy in place for potential conflict with China’s communist regime over Taiwan.

      China’s sole operational aircraft carrier, the Liaoning (front), sailing with other ships during a drill at sea in April 2018. (AFP via Getty Images)

      To that end, Rep. Ann Wagner (R-Mo.) said in April that the United States was effectively “ceding the Indo-Pacific” to China.

      Relatedly, comments delivered by Adm. Charles Richard, the current commander of the United States’ nuclear arsenal, during a hearing of the Senate Strategic Forces Subcommittee on May 4, suggested that U.S. military leadership was uncertain of the exact trajectory of Chinese military capabilities.

      “We don’t know where China is going to end up in capabilities and capacity,” Richard said.

      Richard also noted that China was in the process of a “strategic breakout” that would challenge the world order and that the United States would need to vigorously pursue “competitive overmatch,” or overwhelming superiority in force, to deter the CCP from expansionary or otherwise aggressive behaviors.

      That mission was rendered further complex, he said, by the deepening partnership between the CCP and the Kremlin, which placed the United States in the unprecedented position of needing to simultaneously deter two near-peer nuclear adversaries.

      “We are facing crisis deterrence dynamics right now that we have only seen a few times in our nation’s history,” Richard said.

      Richard further added that the CCP “will likely use nuclear coercion to their advantage in the future” due to its observations of Russia’s success in preventing Western interference in its invasion of Ukraine by threatening nuclear action.

      The remarks echoed similar comments by experts that China’s growing nuclear arsenal could easily be used to give cover to more conventional aggression by allowing China to effectively intimidate the United States away from interfering in any expansionary activities, such as an invasion of Taiwan, which Richard said the CCP planned to carry out by 2027.

      Stuck in the Middle with Nukes

      Caitlin Talmadge, a fellow at Brookings, said that the United States would need to develop a “more coherent way” to use non-nuclear means to achieve deterrence across domains, now that China was developing enough nuclear punch to counter the United States’ nuclear forces. To that end, she said nuclear would nevertheless continue to color military and diplomatic strategy.

      “We’re back to the world where nuclear weapons actually do cast a shadow over conventional and sub-conventional conflict.” Talmadge said.

      Despite this, there was little transformation in U.S. nuclear policy or strategy over the last decade and a half, according to Robert Einhorn, a senior fellow at Brookings, who said that, barring some classified unknown information, there was a broad continuity in nuclear policy through the Obama, Trump, and Biden administrations.

      “President Obama rejected a policy of no first use, and he insisted on retaining the option to use nuclear weapons in response to non-nuclear aggression,” Einhorn said. “Trump did the same and Biden will do the same in his [nuclear posture review].”

      As such, Einhorn said that the American public could likely expect a middling approach to nuclear modernization that neither excessively modernized nor shrunk the strategic weapons arsenal of the United States. That approach he said, would take into account the fact that the administration was unlikely to find support for expanding American nuclear capabilities given current fiscal concerns and the risk of triggering an even more costly arms race. Likewise, he said, there was little chance of the administration not pursuing some modernization efforts given the threat-rich environment facing the nation.

      “Given today’s very threatening strategic environment with growing threats from Russia, China, and North Korea, I don’t think there’s going to be much support for limiting U.S. nuclear capabilities and options,” Einhorn said.

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 18:20

    • The Idea Of A Four-Day Work-Week Is Spreading Throughout Asia
      The Idea Of A Four-Day Work-Week Is Spreading Throughout Asia

      The idea of the 4 day workweek is starting to make its way through Asia.

      The concept is being tested as long working hours are taking a noticeable toll on workers (and their productivity), a new report from Nikkei Asia says. Leading the charge is Japan, who is notorious for what Nikkei calls a “punishing” work culture.

      Hitachi announced last month that it was going to implement 4 day workweeks for about 15,000 of its employees. They were soon followed by game developer Game Freak, who is the company behind the Pokemon series. 

      Japanese staffing giant Persol Holdings polled about 1,000 workers about what new policies they would like to see implemented. About 23.5% of respondents, the largest group, said they wanted 3 day or 4 day workweeks. 

      Nikkei notes that in the year leading up to March 2021, there were more than 2,800 claims for karoshi, which is literally the term for “death from overwork”. That number is up 43% from 10 years prior. 

      Panasonic Holdings and NEC are also considering the change and the idea is spreading across the continent.

      In Indonesia, for example, lending company Alami has been on 4 day workweeks since last year. South Korean education company Eduwill has been working on the schedule since 2019 and was the first in its industry to do so. 

      India is also considering the idea, with the country set to implement four labor codes this year that will alter working hours and wages. The changes will offer workers the option of working four days a week. 

      China and South Korea also have reputations for overworking their citizens, Nikkei reported:

      In China’s “996” work culture, pervasive in its tech sector, employees toil from 9 a.m. to 9 p.m., six days a week. South Koreans on average worked 1,908 hours in 2020, according to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, the highest in Asia and 221 hours more than the OECD average.

      Yoshie Komuro, CEO of Tokyo-based consultancy Work Life Balance commented: “Japan’s overtime is a bargain” for businesses. Governments should also push for companies to “effectively evaluate employees’ productivity,” Kumoro concluded. 

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 18:00

    • Child-Gang's Violent Spree Shakes-Up Downtown Boston
      Child-Gang’s Violent Spree Shakes-Up Downtown Boston

      Authored by Alice Giordano via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

      A gang of young juveniles led by an 11-year-old girl is terrorizing random people throughout the popular downtown area of Boston.

      Police in Boston, Massachusetts, cannot detain many of the gang members because they are under the age of 14. (Maddie Meyer/Getty Images)

      According to incident reports released by police, all the children are black and under the age of 14.

      A 13-year-old in the gang already had an outstanding felony warrant for assault with a dangerous weapon at the time of the recent attacks.

      Their victims were all white—with the exception of one victim identified in the reports as a light-skinned Hispanic woman who the gang of juveniles allegedly called a “white [expletive] with braids.”

      The gang has been menacing people throughout the popular Boston Common. (George KUZ/Shutterstock)
      She told police the young minors began punching and kicking her after telling her she could not wear her hair “in the style” because she was “not black.”

      In one incident, the child gang is alleged to have entered a McDonald’s outlet chanting “Black Lives Matter” and ordering customers to say the phrase. They also demanded free food.

      When the McDonald’s owner asked them to leave, they spat at him with an 11-year-old lunging at him with a knife, police reports state.

      They then smashed the glass of the front doors to the establishment.

      Several of their attacks were captured on both surveillance cameras and filmed by bystanders with the 11-year-old leading some of the attacks.

      They included the beating of an elderly man and a violent assault of two college students that left one with head trauma. One of the children stomped on her eyeglasses after they fell off the student’s head in the attack.

      Police arrested, but then released some of the older children.

      In a written statement on the incidents, Boston police said they know the identity of the 11-year-old girl, but cannot arrest her because she is under 12, the cut off for prosecuting a minor under a law passed in 2018 in Massachusetts.

      Suffolk County District Attorney Kevin Hayden also cited the law as the reason his office has had a limited response to what he called an “urgent matter.”

      “Under this legislation, the primary responsibility for preventing these attacks instead falls on city, state, and community agencies,” Hayden said in a statement.

      The law also limits their ability to detain minors under the age of 14.

      According to the Office of Juvenile Justice Delinquency Preventions, 16 percent of members of youth gangs are now under 14.

      Boston’s Mayor Michelle Wu blames the children’s crimes on the pandemic. (Scott Eisen/Getty Images)
      At a press conference on the incident, Boston’s Mayor Michelle Wu blamed the crimes of the children on the COVID-19 pandemic.

      “All throughout our city right now, all through our country right now, there’s an incredible amount of stress and anxiety that’s translating the trauma of the pandemic into mental health challenges across every demographic, across every community.

      “There is really a second epidemic that’s coming out of this pandemic that is related to mental health,” Wu said in response to a question about the level of violence by the children.

      Just weeks after the election in 2021, Wu imposed some of the most restrictive COVID-19 school mandates in the nation, promising to keep them even if schools reached an 80 percent vaccination rate.

      Her “B together” policy, akin to New York City’s proof of vaccine passport, drew angry protesters who camped daily outside her home.

      Wu’s unwavering vaccine mandate for city workers also led to a lawsuit filed against her administration by police and firefighters.

      Wu also ran on a campaign platform for what she called the demilitarization of the Boston police.

      At least three Boston police officers were attacked by members of the child gang, including one that suffered a bloody nose after being punched in the face by the 13-year-old with priors.

      Some of the kids also kicked and spat on the police and caused damage to a police cruiser, the incident reports reveal.

      One of the children made racial slurs and homophobic comments to one of the officers.

      According to a police report, one of the children said he had been “set off” when called a racial slur by a person he asked to buy him ice cream.

      Boston is one of 24 states that set minimum ages for the prosecution of children.

      The National Juvenile Justice Network has called on a national minimum prosecution age of 14.

      As part of its call, it cited a video of a police officer in Rochester, New York, pepper-spraying a 9-year-old girl after she refused to get into a police cruiser, telling the officer she won’t get into the car until her father arrived.

      The child’s school called the police after she allegedly threw a temper tantrum in class.

      There have been similar incidents including a 2019 video of a New Mexico cop slamming an 11-year-old girl to the ground as she sobs and begs the police officer to get off of her.

      The officer, who later resigned, was arresting her because she took milk from the school cafeteria.

      Gangs made up of similar-aged children have for over a year been committing similar crimes in other major U.S. cities including New York, Seattle, and Chicago, where a 10-year-old boy held a woman at gunpoint while stealing her car as part of a string of violent attacks by a child gang.

      Boston, which has few neighborhoods that are not affluent, has until recently been relatively free of violent crimes with incidents mostly confined to the city’s low-income districts of Dorchester, Mattapan, Roxbury, Hyde Park, and Jamaica Plain.

      Boston Common, the vestige to such iconic literary tales as “Make Way For Ducklings” and its iconic Swan Boats, has been a main area for the child gang.

      The gang has also carried out attacks in an area of Boston known as Downtown Crossing, once the city’s red-light district that flourished into a tourist attraction where people flocked from all over to stare into the Christmas decorated windows of Macy’s and the landmark of Filene’s basement.

      At the press conference on the child gang, Wu called for privacy for the minors and suggested some of them have mental health issues and need support services.

      Wu also said there is “never any excuse for violence.”

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 17:40

    Digest powered by RSS Digest

    May 06

    Today’s News 6th May 2022

    • Visualizing How The Mobile Phone Market Has Evolved Over 30 Years
      Visualizing How The Mobile Phone Market Has Evolved Over 30 Years

      The mobile phone landscape looks drastically different today than it did three decades ago.

      As Visual Capitalist’s Stefan Ionescu and Carmen Ang detail below, in 1993, Motorola accounted for more than half of the mobile phone market. But by 2021, its market share had shrunk to just 2.2%. How did this happen, and how has the mobile industry changed over the last 30 years?

      This video by James Eagle chronicles the evolution of the mobile phone market, showing the rise and fall of various mobile phone manufacturers. The data spans from December 1992 to December 2021.

      The Early Days of Mobile Phones

      Motorola is known for being a pioneer in the mobile phone industry.

      In 1983, the American company launched one of the world’s first commercially available mobile phones—the DynaTAC 8000X. The revolutionary analog phone cost nearly $4,000 and offered users up to 30 minutes of talk time before needing to be recharged.

      Motorola went on to launch a few more devices over the next few years, like the MicroTAC 9800X in 1989 and the International 3200 in 1992, and quickly became a dominant player in the nascent industry. In the early days of the market, the company’s only serious competitor was Finnish multinational Nokia, which had acquired the early mobile network pioneer Mobira.

      But by the mid-1990s, other competitors like Sony and Siemens started to gain some solid footing, which chipped away at Motorola’s dominance. In September 1995, the company’s market share was down to 32.1%.

       

      By January 1999, Nokia surpassed Motorola as the leading mobile phone manufacturer, accounting for 21.4% of global market share. That put it just slightly ahead of Motorola’s 20.8%.

      One of the reasons for Nokia’s surging popularity was the major headway the company was making in the digital phone space. In 1999, the company released the Nokia 7110, the first mobile phone to have a web browser.

      But it wasn’t just Nokia’s innovations that were hampering Motorola. In 1999, Motorola fell on hard times after one of its spin-off projects called Iridium SSC filed for bankruptcy. This put a massive financial strain on the company, and it eventually laid off a large chunk of its workforce after the project failed.

      From then on, Motorola’s market share hovered between 14% and 20%, until Apple’s iPhone entered the scene in 2007 and turned the mobile phone industry on its head.

      The Emergence of the iPhone

      Things really started to change with the launch of the iPhone in 2007.

      In a keynote presentation at the San Francisco Macworld Expo in 2007, Steve Jobs presented the iPhone as three products wrapped into one device: a touchscreen iPod, a revolutionary cell phone, and an internet communications device.

      One year later, Apple launched the App Store, which gave users the ability to download applications and games onto their iPhones. Not only did this greatly enhance the iPhone’s functionality, but it also allowed consumers to customize their mobile devices like never before.

      This was the start of a new era of smartphones—one that Motorola failed to keep up with. Less than two years after the iPhone launched, Apple had captured 17.4% of the mobile phone market. In contrast, Motorola’s market share had shrunk down to 4.9%.

      By the end of 2021, Apple held about 27.3% of the global mobile market. The iPhone is a key part of the tech giant’s growth, driving more than 50% of the company’s overall revenue.

      A Failure to Pivot

      While a number of factors contributed to Motorola’s downfall, many point to one central hurdle—the company’s failure to pivot.

      The iPhone’s emergence was the start of a new, software-driven era. Motorola had mastered the hardware-driven era, but failed to keep up when the tides changed. And the animation above highlights other companies that also failed to adapt or keep up, including BlackBerry (formerly RIM), Palm, Sony, and LG.

      But Apple is not alone. The popularity of Google’s Android mobile operating system has helped competitors like South Korea’s Samsung and China’s Huawei and Xiaomi flourish, with each company establishing strong footholds in the global mobile phone market.

      In today’s fast-paced world, the ability to pivot is essential if businesses want to remain competitive. Will today’s mobile phone giants like Apple and Samsung remain on top? Or will other companies like Huawei catch up in the next few years?

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 02:45

    • Turkey: NATO's Pro-Putin Ally
      Turkey: NATO’s Pro-Putin Ally

      Authored by Burak Bekdil via The Gatestone Institute,

      • Western leaders shrugged it off when, in 2016, Erdoğan said in plain language that Turkey did not need to join the European Union “at all costs” and could instead become part of a security bloc dominated by China, Russia and Central Asian nations.

      • Erdoğan’s popularity, since he came to power in 2002, has worked as a self-poisoning instrument in the Turkish society, increasingly fuelling anti-Western sentiment, particularly anti-Americanism.

      • The… poll also indicated that 48% of the Turkish public think that the U.S. and NATO are responsible for the situation in Ukraine. Turks also think that Russia is their country’s third most important partner.

      • Nearly six out of 10 Turks (58.3%), according to the GMFUS poll, see the U.S. as the country’s biggest threat, while 31% said Russia and 29% said Israel. The percentage of Turks who say the U.S. should help solve global problems stands at just 6%.

      • While sending smiley messages of reconciliation to the West and the West’s partners in the Middle East, including Israel, Erdoğan keeps fuelling anti-Western sentiments in Turkey.

      • When they are not reading pro-Erdoğan newspapers, Turks are watching pro-Erdoğan television channels featuring commentators who blame the war on Washington and NATO’s eastward expansion.

      • Turkey… dismissed the idea of send its S-400 missiles to Ukraine to help Kyiv resist Russian troops.

      • “The Russians are buying houses and other properties in Turkey, taking advantage of the law that allows foreigners to become Turkish citizens if they invest at least $250,000. Many Russians are able to circumvent Western sanctions by transferring their money from Russian to Turkish banks and converting their rubles to Turkish liras or other currencies. All NATO member countries, with the exception of Turkey, have imposed strict sanctions on Russia…” — Wall Street Journal, April 13, 2022.

      • “Turkey’s central bank took in about $3 billion in just two days in mid-March… That money was likely largely composed of deposits from Russians.” — Wall Street Journal, April 13, 2022

      • This is how NATO ally Turkey is “fighting” the Western battle against Russian aggression. In return, the Biden administration seems to be rewarding Erdoğan.

      • The Biden administration, evidently, at the behest of Turkey, has tried to kill the EastMed gas pipeline project, which could supply gas from Cyprus and Israel, via Greece, to Europe.

      • Worse, the US State Department, in a March 17 letter to Congress, said that a potential sale of F-16 fighter jets to Turkey would be “in line with U.S. national security interests” and would also “serve NATO’s long-term unity.”

      • Greece, which recently has experienced countless illegal Turkish overflights, not to mention the last few years, must be thrilled.

      • Turkey needs to start acting like an ally; not a deceitful, pro-Putin ally.

      Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan’s popularity, since he came to power in 2002, has worked as a self-poisoning instrument in the Turkish society, increasingly fuelling anti-Western sentiment, particularly anti-Americanism. Turkey needs to start acting like an ally; not a deceitful, pro-Putin ally.

      Pictured: Erdoğan meets with Russian President Vladimir Putin in Moscow, on March 10, 2017. (Image source: kremlin.ru)

      Turkey’s “balancing act” during the Russian invasion of Ukraine is the result of the country’s Islamist leader’s two-decade long indoctrination of a generation of Turks to make them “pious.” President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan may or may not have raised pious generations, as he declared was his political mission, but he has definitely raised an anti-Western generation. That anti-Western sentiment once again makes Turkey the odd-man-out in NATO.

      Western leaders shrugged it off when, in 2016, Erdoğan said in plain language that Turkey did not need to join the European Union “at all costs” and could instead become part of a security bloc dominated by China, Russia and Central Asian nations. Earlier, in 2013, Turkey had signed up as a “dialogue partner” saying it shared “the same destiny” as members of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation — China, Russia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Uzbekistan) — which was formed in 2001 as a regional security bloc.

      The same Western leaders looked silly when they were “shocked” at a 2019 Turkish decision to buy the Russian-made S-400 surface-to-air missile system. They simply missed that Turkey had long been only a part-time NATO ally.

      Erdoğan’s popularity, since he came to power in 2002, has worked as a self-poisoning instrument in the Turkish society, increasingly fuelling anti-Western sentiment, particularly anti-Americanism. The Turkish public’s views of the Russian invasion of Ukraine today is an inevitable consequence. A poll by the German Marshall Fund of the U.S. (GMFUS) found that nearly 84% of Turks want their country either to mediate or stay neutral — 10 times more than those who want Turkey to back only Ukraine. Put in other words, 84% of Turks do not support Ukraine in the conflict.

      Turkish pollster MetroPoll found in March that fewer than half (49.3%) of those surveyed think Turkey should be a member of the EU, down from 80% in the early 2000s. The same poll also indicated that 48% of the Turkish public think that the U.S. and NATO are responsible for the situation in Ukraine. Turks also think that Russia is their country’s third most important partner.

      Nearly six out of 10 Turks (58.3%), according to the GMFUS poll, see the U.S. as the country’s biggest threat, while 31% said Russia and 29% said Israel. The percentage of Turks who say the U.S. should help solve global problems stands at just 6%.

      While sending smiley messages of reconciliation to the West and the West’s partners in the Middle East, including Israel, Erdoğan keeps fuelling anti-Western sentiments in Turkey. Speaking at the inauguration of a madrassa (Islamic seat of learning) on April 15, Erdoğan spoke of “these days when the Western culture and life-style has invaded the whole world.”

      Echoing his boss’ ideological obsession, Interior Minister Süleyman Soylu said in a March 14 interview that the Ukraine war shows that the “UN, NATO, and global institutions are going bankrupt” and “the EU is no longer meaningful as a community.” Soylu claimed that the Kremlin merely reacted against U.S. efforts to contain Russia “at a time when the vulnerability of the U.S. and the EU reached a peak under the pandemic.” The war, in Soylu’s thinking, symbolizes the end of globalization as nation-states rise to power.

      When they are not reading pro-Erdoğan newspapers, Turks are watching pro-Erdoğan television channels featuring commentators who blame the war on Washington and NATO’s eastward expansion. One well-known admiral saluted the Russian invasion of Ukraine as “a step to end the imperialist Atlanticist age”, and another claimed that Moscow was tricked into the conflict so that it can be weakened for years to come. Others said that Moscow was not massacring people and was in fact opening an opportunity for peace by not seizing Kyiv.

      Since the beginning of the Russian aggression, some of the confused Turkish action reflecting the country’s confused directions included:

      • On February 25, Turkey abstained from voting on suspending Russia’s membership in most bodies of the Council of Europe in response to the military operation in Ukraine. “During the vote in Strasbourg, Turkey decided to abstain,” Foreign Minister Mevlüt Çavuşoğlu said. “We don’t want to break off the dialogue with Russia.”

      • In an op-ed published in the Wall Street Journal, former CIA official Paul Kolbe suggested that “Turkey should send Ukraine the Russian-made S-400 missile defense systems.” Turkey, however, dismissed the idea of send its S-400 missiles to Ukraine to help Kyiv resist Russian troops.

      • Although Turkey has blocked some Russian ships from their Black Sea blockade of Ukraine, according to retired U.S. Admiral James Stavridis, “This is an illegal blockade in every dimension — no declared war, no self-defense involved, illegitimate and flagrant violation of international law. Designed to starve the population and break the economy. Yet another example of Russian criminal behavior.” No one, of course, has held Russia accountable. Turkey has, in fact, blocked all naval vessels, including NATO’s ships, which must make Russia happy — but not supplies.

      • As Western governments targeted Roman Abramovich and several other Russian oligarchs with sanctions to isolate Putin and his allies, a second superyacht linked to the Russian billionaire docked in a Turkish resort. A source in Ankara told Reuters that Abramovich and other wealthy Russians were looking to invest in Turkey, given the sanctions imposed elsewhere. “He wants to do some work and may buy some assets,” the source said, adding that the oligarch already had some assets in Turkey. Another source in Ankara said Turkey was not currently considering joining sanctions action and expected wealthy Russians to purchase assets and make investments.

      • Çavuşoğlu said on March 26 that “Russian oligarchs are welcome in Turkey.” The message was taken. On April 16, the Clio, a superyacht owned by Russian tycoon Oleg Deripaska, arrived at Turkey’s port of Göcek. Deripaska, the founder of the Russian aluminum giant Rusal, was sanctioned by the US, the EU and Britain.

      • Erdoğan’s government announced the creation of an airline, Southwind, with the aim of bringing Russian tourists to resorts and attractions in Turkey. This is part of a Turkish-Russian understanding that Russia keeps using Turkish airspace as free as if it had never invaded Ukraine.

      • The Wall Street Journal reported in a headline that “Superyachts, Seaside Apartments and Suitcases Full of Cash: Russians Pour Money Into Turkey.” The article said that tens of thousands of Russians have fled to Turkey with suitcases full of money, yachts, private jets and other assets:

        “The Russians are buying houses and other properties in Turkey, taking advantage of the law that allows foreigners to become Turkish citizens if they invest at least $250,000. Many Russians are able to circumvent Western sanctions by transferring their money from Russian to Turkish banks and converting their rubles to Turkish liras or other currencies. All NATO member countries, with the exception of Turkey, have imposed strict sanctions on Russia, preventing its citizens from wiring their money out of the country, blocking Russian Airlines from flying to western countries, and confiscating the oligarchs’ superyachts and private jets. Refusing to impose sanctions on Russia, Turkey is trying to revive its bankrupt economy by generating desperately-needed funds… Turkey’s central bank took in about $3 billion in just two days in mid-March… That money was likely largely composed of deposits from Russians.”

      This is how NATO ally Turkey is “fighting” the Western battle against Russian aggression. In return, the Biden administration seems to be rewarding Erdoğan.

      The Biden administration, evidently, at the behest of Turkey, has tried to kill the EastMed gas pipeline project, which could supply gas from Cyprus and Israel, via Greece, to Europe.

      According to Gatestone Senior Fellow Soeren Kern:

      “The EastMed pipeline has been in the works for more than a decade. The Israel-Greece-Cyprus project — joined by Bulgaria, Hungary, North Macedonia, Romania and Serbia — has long been seen as a way to diversify natural gas supplies to Europe.”

      Worse, the US State Department, in a March 17 letter to Congress, said that a potential sale of F-16 fighter jets to Turkey would be “in line with U.S. national security interests” and would also “serve NATO’s long-term unity.”

      Greece, which recently has experienced countless illegal Turkish overflights, not to mention the last few years, must be thrilled.

      Turkey needs to start acting like an ally; not a deceitful, pro-Putin ally.

      Tyler Durden
      Fri, 05/06/2022 – 02:00

    • The American People Must Relocate Power To The States
      The American People Must Relocate Power To The States

      Authored by Richard M. Reinsch II via RealClear Books (emphasis ours),

      When American citizens look to Washington, D.C., they find much to be disappointed in and even less to believe in. The fundamental problem is that the federal government has, through its regulatory and spending powers, usurped much of the governing authority for the republic.

      Morton

      However, for reasons both predictable and lamentable, it has failed to govern well for decades, with policy breakdowns occurring across the board. Peter Schuck observed in his book “Why Government Fails So Often” that most federal government policies cannot pass a transparent cost-benefits test. But this dysfunctional government results from size and scope – from the federal government vastly exceeding a competency scale that our Constitution attempted to establish.

      There is no manifest line in the Constitution that guides the distribution of power between the federal government and the state governments. In the Federalist Papers, Publius argues that the question will be decided by citizens about where to place power, and their judgment will turn on competency in administration. This process inevitably will be a deliberative one, influenced by elections, arguments, and results.

      If so, we should record that federal spending is now so large and so encompassing that it swallows the ability of the states to be self-governing and accountable to their citizens. This has occurred through ever-expanding federal grants-in-aid. These programs should be culled for the restoration of constitutional order and its commitment to a self-governing people.

      As Philip Hamburger argues in his new book “Purchasing Submission,” the federal government can impose laws and rules on the states through the so-called Spending Power. The constitutional authority of the government to act in this capacity is suspect, and its consequences go beyond the mere size of the expenditures. And yet, on federal spending, we are also facing real limits on government power, with negative consequences in the form of inflation, chronic indebtedness, and lost economic growth.

      Our country even faces potential catastrophic entitlement cuts, since, as a debtor nation, we continue to pay for present expenses with long-term debt instruments that we cannot afford to pay without drastic tax increases, spending cuts, or both.

      Of course, most of our state governments eagerly seek federal grants and funding. Even though such money comes with strings attached to Washington, most states can’t leave well enough alone. What do they lose by taking the money – funds that enable them to claim success for services to constituents whose real costs are not actually paid for by the state’s taxpayers?

      The loss is that we as citizens no longer govern ourselves in an open and competitive fashion versus other states. This crucial discipline over state governments is circumvented. However, the loss of self-government includes not only the states. Members of Congress no longer focus their undivided attention on what should be for them the more pressing objectives of national government. The federal government now gets wagged by the tail, turned on behalf of local concerns and interests that are served by grant programs.

      The failure here is to assume that federal spending in the form of grants to states and localities will produce better policy results than if local priorities had been decided by the actual authorities elected by that state’s voters. Thus does the centralization of power and its enthronement of experts continue unabated as the prime mover in American government.

      What must happen for the proper liberation of the states to govern themselves in full? That would entail ceasing federal grants through a constitutional amendment. This would save billions of dollars and, crucially, restore Congress to its proper function of deliberating national problems and issues.

      The American people must be able to locate authority and accountability in their state governments, which should be led by officials who are fully transparent with their citizens about the costs of programs that must be borne by actual citizens in the state, not by federal taxpayers in an endless game of fiscal shapeshifting. In this way, the federal government would stick to its basic set of truly national issues. The states would become what they were meant to be: entities that govern close to the people, shaping the communities within their jurisdiction, in ways that a national government cannot.

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 23:40

    • Watch: Air Force's "QUICKSINK" Smart Bomb Rips Cargo Ship In Half
      Watch: Air Force’s “QUICKSINK” Smart Bomb Rips Cargo Ship In Half

      Just weeks after Ukraine sunk a Russian warship, the US Air Force revealed new footage of a precision-guided bomb ripping a cargo ship in half during a new weapons test. 

      The US Air Force Research Laboratory (AFRL) used a modified GBU-31 Joint Direct Attack Munition (JDAM) under the Quicksink Joint Capability Technology Demonstration (JCTD) on April 28 over the 120,000-square-mile Eglin Gulf Test and Training Range on the Gulf of Mexico to sink a cargo ship. 

      An F-15E Strike Eagle fighter dropped the JDAM, successfully striking the ship at the marine testing range. The smart bomb penetrated the ship’s hull and exploded, immediately ripping the vessel in half. 

      “QUICKSINK is an answer to an urgent need to neutralize maritime threats to freedom around the world,” said Col. Tony Meeks, director of AFRL’s Munitions Directorate. 

      By repurposing a JDAM for maritime missions, QUICKSINK will save the DoD money and be able to quickly field these weapons worldwide. 

      “QUICKSINK is unique in that it can provide new capabilities to existing and future DOD weapons systems, giving combatant commanders and our national leaders new ways to defend against maritime threats,” explained Kirk Herzog, AFRL program manager.

      QUICKSINK could soon be another viable option for combat commanders to sink enemy ships and is a low-cost alternative to torpedoes. 

      “A Navy submarine has the ability to launch and destroy a ship with a single torpedo at any time, but the QUICKSINK JCTD aims to develop a low-cost method of achieving torpedo-like kills from the air at a much higher rate and over a much larger area,” continued Herzog.

      The testing of this technology comes as Russia continues a two-month assault on Ukraine. There’s also concern that China is expanding its massive naval fleet in the Pacific. 

      Watch the insane video of the modified JDAM splitting the vessel in half. 

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 23:20

    • The 5 Stages Of Getting Orange-Pilled
      The 5 Stages Of Getting Orange-Pilled

      Via Lightningnetwork.plus,

      No matter the subject, it’s never easy to accept the realization that one’s world view is incorrect. For many smart and educated people like Michael Saylor it took years to get it. Bitcoin’s underlying philosophy itself, and its implementation challenge many well engrained ideas. It’s also not a minor subject, it shakes the foundation of what you hold to be true all your life.

      Bitcoiners often get disappointed with nocoiners (people who don’t have Bitcoin) when trying to orange pill them (open their minds to Bitcoin), because they don’t seem to understand the obvious. I urge us to be patient and understanding.

      Learn to recognize the “5 stages of grief” most people go through while detoxing from fiat, and help them through the hurdles with patience and with compassion.

      1. Shock and denial 😲

      Initially people can’t accept that fiat money and the global monetary system is not what they thought it is. They can’t accept that the official narrative they have been thought in school and have been fed by mass media doesn’t tell the full story. It’s shocking to realize one has been manipulated.

      People also can’t accept that a pseudunomous economist / programmer(s) (Satoshi Nakamoto) can discover digital scarcity, and reboot the world economy with a more efficient and more just monetary system that doesn’t rely on centralized powers.

      This stage can take a relatively long time, because one has to learn a quite a bit about bitcoin while being in denial.

      2. Anger 😡

      Once people get over the shock, they often get angry.

      They are angry for being lied to by the system, but they are also upset because they assume they missed out on buying bitcoin early.

      Some construct or buy into various narratives that Bitcoin is actually dangerous because it will replace the old established monetary systems, or because it uses too many resources to run, etc.

      At one point though, people do come to accept that this is happening no matter what.

      3. Bargaining 🧐

      The next step for intelligent people typically is bargaining.

      They will ask: can we roll back time, and instead of bitcoin use another crypto coin that they can buy into early, or can we make the properties of bitcoin different so they would fit one’s personal preferences (that typically turn out to be shortsighted)?

      This stage is very important because people will learn through questioning about legacy systems, the engineering decisions made for bitcoin, about complex incentive structures, and other deeper aspects of the subject.

      4. Depression 😕

      As people understand more about the economy, financial systems, political powers, money in general, inflation, etc. they get depressed.

      There is a lot of uneccessary injustice, unfairness and cruelty going on in the world, and bitcoin doesn’t seem to offer a quick solution to all these problems right away. Most people in the world haven’t adopted bitcoin to any level in their lives. There are massive powers who are opposed to change. How will we ever get over these hurdles?

      Fortunately, most people are strong in heart and not willing to give in or give up. Many move on to the last and most important stage.

      5. Acceptance and hope 🤩

      Once people realize bitcoin is not an instant or perfect solution to all ills in the world, but it is our only fair shot to fix things, they reach the final stage. They start to see bitcoin’s true value and ingenuity, and how it can be the foundation for a new fair monetary and economic system. The future doesn’t seem bleak no more. Hope returns.

      At this point, people start to do what they can to help to push bitcoin forward:

      • Most adopt it in their lives for savings and for payments

      • Some start to run a node and provide liquidity to the Lightning Network

      • Some can’t hold back the good news and start to talk to their friends about bitcoin

      • Some transition into jobs where they can work on bitcoin and its ecosystem

      This entire process is difficult, yet extremely rewarding. It not only gives back hope in the future and improves one’s financials, but that hope cascades into other areas of life like health, relationships, improved moral values, etc. People start to feel empowered to take charge and embetter themselves and their communities.

      If you’re a bitcoiner, I don’t have to convince you about the above. If you’re a nocoiner, you won’t believe me until you experienced the change yourself. Good luck on your journey no matter where you stand! 🚀

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 23:00

    • Timeline: The Rise, Fall, & Return Of The Hummer
      Timeline: The Rise, Fall, & Return Of The Hummer

      The Hummer brand has a relatively short history, but its trucks are some of America’s biggest automotive icons (both figuratively and literally). Originally designed for the military, Hummers are famous for their size, off-road capability, and of course, fuel consumption.

      However, as Visual Capitalist’s Marcu Lu details below, the latter proved to be the Hummer’s Achilles’ heel. By 2007, a recession was coming, and the appetite for oversized gas guzzlers had shrunk. The Hummer brand was discontinued, and its last truck rolled off the production line in 2010.

      Over a decade later, GM is reviving the Hummer as a fully-electric off-road vehicle. Preorders have surpassed 65,000 units, but how does this compare to the brand’s heyday in the 2000s?

      The Origins

      The Hummer traces its roots to 1983, when AM General, a heavy vehicle manufacturer, received $1 billion from the Pentagon to build the High Mobility Multipurpose Wheeled Vehicle (Humvee).

      The Humvee became a staple of the U.S. military, and by 1991, 72,000 had been produced. The truck was especially useful in Middle Eastern conflict zones due to its ability to transport troops and cargo over rough terrain.

      If you’re wondering how this military vehicle ended up on public roads, you can thank none other than Arnold Schwarzenegger.

      While filming the 1990 action-comedy, Kindergarten Cop, Arnold reportedly fell in love with a Humvee used on set. He later persuaded AM General to produce a consumer version of the truck, which arrived in 1992 under the name “Hummer”.

      Apart from adding creature comforts like air conditioning, AM General made very few changes to the consumer-spec Hummer. It was notoriously crude and unsuited for city driving, but its military roots gave it plenty of character. GM saw an opportunity in expanding the brand, so in 1999, it purchased the rights to produce and market the Hummer.

      Rise and Fall

      GM moved rather quickly after purchasing Hummer. It renamed the truck to “H1”, and released an “H2” just a few years later.

      Sales in the U.S. jumped, hitting over 35,000 in 2003 before tapering off slightly. To keep momentum going, GM rolled out the smaller and cheaper “H3” in 2005. Sales once again spiked, and the brand recorded over 71,000 sales in 2006.

      Unfortunately, what goes up eventually comes down. In 2009, during GM’s bankruptcy proceedings, the Hummer brand was discontinued along with Pontiac and Saturn.

       

      So what went wrong? For starters, the H2 was a victim of the times. It was large, expensive, and extremely thirsty for gas—attributes that don’t fare well during an economic recession.

       

      In fact, the H2 never received an official fuel economy rating from the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) because it was too heavy. Regulations at the time excluded vehicles over 8,500 lbs from testing, though journalists observed an average of less than 10 mpg.

      The H3 mitigated some of these issues by downsizing, and it quickly become the brand’s best selling vehicle. This success was short-lived, as the H3 alone could not sustain the brand.

      Jolted to Life

      In 2020, GM announced the all-electric Hummer EV. It bears a strong resemblance to the H2, carrying over iconic design elements such as the front grill with vertical slats.

      Compared to the H2, this electric model is longer, wider, and heavier. Estimates suggest that it will weigh over 9,000 lbs, which according to EPA estimates, is more than double the weight of the average car. This is primarily attributed to the truck’s vast quantity of battery packs.

      Power is also increased thanks to the electric drivetrain, with the “Edition 1” model boasting 1,000 horsepower from its three electric motors (a similar configuration to Tesla’s Plaid platform). Lesser models, which only have two motors, are expected to generate north of 600 horsepower.

      A Promising Restart

      Will battery power be the key to the Hummer’s long-term success?

      So far, GM appears to have played its cards right. New trucks are outselling new cars by a ratio of 3-to-1 in the U.S., and the release of the Hummer EV is well-timed to capitalize on this trend.

      The Hummer EV also sheds one of its predecessors’ biggest weaknesses—fuel consumption. With gas prices at all-time highs, can we dare to call the new Hummer “economical”?

      Either way, GM is certainly enjoying the economic benefits of its decision. Over 65,000 pre-orders have been received, and production of the Hummer EV is completely sold out until 2024. The truck is being built at Factory Zero in Michigan, which is GM’s first EV-dedicated production facility.

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 22:40

    • Chinese National Convicted Of Conspiracy To Steal Cancer Drug Trade Secrets To Benefit China-Backed Company
      Chinese National Convicted Of Conspiracy To Steal Cancer Drug Trade Secrets To Benefit China-Backed Company

      Authored by Andrew Thornebrooke via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

      A Chinese-Swiss man was convicted after trial for his role in a family conspiracy to steal trade secrets related to cancer drugs, according to the Department of Justice (DOJ).

      A GSK employee is at work at the factory of British pharmaceutical company GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in Wavre, Belguim, on Feb. 8, 2021. (Photo by Kenzo TRIBOUILLARD / AFP) (Photo by KENZO TRIBOUILLARD/AFP via Getty Images)

      U.S. Attorney Jennifer Williams announced on May 2 that Xue Gongda, a permanent resident of Switzerland with Chinese citizenship, was convicted for his part in a $10 billion scheme to steal cancer medications from his employer and rebrand them under his own biomedical company.

      According to a DOJ statement, Xue had worked as a scientist for the Friedrich Miescher Institute for Biomedical Research (FMI) in Switzerland, which is affiliated with Novartis. His sister, Xue Yu, meanwhile, worked as a scientist at GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in Pennsylvania at the same time.

      “This defendant illegally stole trade secrets to benefit companies controlled by himself and his sister, one of which were financed by the Chinese government,” Williams said.

      “The lifeblood of companies like GSK is its intellectual property, and when that property is stolen and transferred to a foreign country, it threatens thousands of American jobs and disincentivizes research and development. Such criminal behavior must be prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law.”

      Both Gongda and Yu conducted confidential research into cancer for their prospective companies, and each signed confidentiality agreements as part of their employment, the DOJ said. Gongda carried out research for publication in journals, and his sister Yu performed research for anti-cancer drugs then under development.

      While working for their respective entities, Gongda and Yu shared confidential information for their own personal benefit, stealing and sending their companies’ information back and forth and creating new biopharmaceutical companies through which they could sell proprietary drugs under new names, prosecutors said. Gongda created Abba Therapeutics in Switzerland, and Yu created Renopharma in China. Renopharma even received direct funding from the Chinese Communist Party.

      Renopharma’s internal projections showed that the company could be worth as much as $10 billion based on the stolen GSK data, the DOJ said.

      Gongda was charged in 2018 and extradited from Switzerland to the United States in December 2019. The FBI arrested Yu and her Renopharama associates in January 2016.

      Yu pleaded guilty to theft of trade secrets alongside GSK colleague Lucy Xi. Further, another sister, Xue Tian, pleaded guilty to conspiracy designed to launder the substantial ill-gotten gains that Renopharma expected to receive. One of the directors of Renopharma, Li Tao, also pleaded guilty for his role in conspiring to steal GSK trade secrets. The other director of Renopharma, Mei Yan, is a fugitive who currently resides in mainland China, according to the DOJ.

      “When a company like GSK spends billions on research and development to bring new drugs to market, the theft of valuable trade secrets poses a significant operational threat,” said Jacqueline Maguire, an FBI agent associated with the case. “When those secrets are stolen on behalf of a global adversary, it also endangers the security of our nation and the stability of our economy.”

      “The FBI will continue to bring all our investigative resources to bear to hold accountable criminals like Xue and his codefendants who steal intellectual property to benefit themselves and the Government of China. Our relationships with private sector partners like GSK are critical to disrupting such costly activity and bringing those responsible to justice.”

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 22:20

    • Bond Market Is Breaking: The Last Three Times 30Y Yields Jumped More, The Fed Intervened
      Bond Market Is Breaking: The Last Three Times 30Y Yields Jumped More, The Fed Intervened

      Some concerning observations about the state of the bond market from JPMorgan’s Jay Barry (full note available to pro subscribers in the usual place).

      We argued yesterday that the sharp decline in front-end yields was exaggerated by the unwind of speculative short positions, but we did not expect for that move to nearly fully reverse today as Treasury yields rose 11-16bp.  Given this reversal, it’s tempting to say the market is coalescing on our view; however, we do not think this represents a more hawkish reassessment of yesterday’s FOMC meeting, as the long-end led the way to higher yields.

      Notably, there have only been 6 instances over the last decade in which 30-year bond yields rose more than today: the top 3 were all amid the worst of market dysfunction in March 2020 which forced the Fed to intervene in unprecedented fashion, the fourth was the day after the presidential election in 2016, the fifth was a stronger-than-expected payroll release on a low-liquidity Friday around the July 4th holiday in 2013, and the sixth was in December 2015 when the ECB disappointed market’s expectations for additional stimulus

      Accordingly, we think it’s critical to explore the drivers of this historic move. 

      First, it’s hard to say valuations justify this bearish steepening. Over a longer period, when the Fed is on the move, the curve tends to trade counter directionally, flattening as yields rise, and vice versa. As a result, the curve has completely decoupled from the market’s Fed’ expectations: over the last 6 months, 2-year Treasury yields have explained about 93% of the variation in the 5s/30s curve, and given these moves, the curve appears about 14bp too steep (Exhibit 2).

      Second, we’ve argued lately that the liquidity backdrop is relatively weak: as we showed yesterday, Treasury market depth has been sitting at levels only seen during the worst of the GFC in late-2008/early-2009 and the COVID-19 pandemic in March 2020. This paints a weaker picture on Treasury market liquidity than the presentation by TBAC. Ten-year Treasury market depth remains near the lowest levels since March 2020. Now poor liquidity in itself does not cause this move, but can be an accelerant in the face of other factors. It’s likely this has been exaggerated by cyclical dynamics, as liquidity tends to weaken in the days leading up to the monthly employment report: this could be exaggerated by the calendar configuration, as today falls the day after the FOMC and the day before the April employment report (Exhibit 3).

      Third, risk appetite is light: we’ve highlighted that investors have used the move to higher yields to reduce risk, and Exhibit 4 shows that the share of neutrals in our Treasury Client Survey have been on the rise throughout 2022, matching the highest share since early-March 2020, and the upper end of the range we’ve seen over the past decade. This matters because Treasury is set to auction about $105bn in 10-year Treasury equivalents next week, certainly smaller than the last few months, but still the largest weekly concentration of duration supply over the course of this month.

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 22:03

    • Feds Take Emergency Action To Delay Water Releases From Lake Powell As Megadrought Sparks Crisis 
      Feds Take Emergency Action To Delay Water Releases From Lake Powell As Megadrought Sparks Crisis 

      The federal government announced Tuesday unprecedented measures to increase the water level in Lake Powell, the second-largest reservoir on the Colorado River. The reservoir, which supplies water and power to millions of people in seven states, has plunged to 24% of total capacity and the lowest level in over half a century. 

      Amid the worst drought in 1,200 years, the Bureau of Reclamation announced a plan to release approximately 500k acre-feet (kaf) of water from Flaming Gorge Reservoir, located upstream, that will flow into Lake Powell. Another 480k kaf that would have been released from Lake Powell will be retained in the artificial lake on the Utah-Arizona border. 

      Such an emergency action is in response to Powell’s water surface elevation at 3,522 feet and quickly dropping. A level below 3,490 feet would mean the Glen Canyon Dam hydropower plant would no longer be operational and could disrupt power and water to millions of people. 

      “The measure protects hydropower generation, the facility’s key infrastructure, and the water supply for the city of Page, Arizona, and the LeChee Chapter of the Navajo Nation,” the federal agency said. 

      This will buy federal and state officials 12 months as it considers additional measures to prevent Lake Powell from slipping under the disastrous level of 3,490 feet. 

      “We have never taken this step before in the Colorado River Basin, but the conditions we see today and the potential risk we see on the horizon demand that we take prompt action,” Tanya Trujillo, the Interior Department’s assistant secretary for water and science, told reporters. 

      CNN spoke with Bryan Hill, general manager of the public power utility in Page, Arizona, compared the water crisis at Lake Powell to judgment day.

      “We’re knocking on the door of judgment day … Judgment day being when we don’t have any water to give anybody, Hill previously said. 

      The decision comes two weeks after federal officials weighed measures to hold back water at the dam to protect the hydropower plant at Glen Canyon Dam. Their action response time of just two weeks suggests a water crisis is underway. 

      Recently, Tom Buschatzke, Arizona’s top water official, warned of an impending water crisis. He said: “We’re going to have to learn to live with less water.”

      With summer in a month and a half, federal government meteorologists are already warning that severe drought conditions could worsen. US Drought Monitor data shows much of the US West is experiencing severe to extreme drought conditions. 

      Several counties in Southern California have already declared a water shortage emergency for the first time, restricting residents from outdoor watering. This could broaden to more states that depend on the Colorado River as Lake Powell and Lake Mead (more downstream) experience record low levels. A megadrought in the western part of the country won’t be abating anytime soon. 

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 22:00

    • April Payrolls Preview: Get Ready For A Big Miss
      April Payrolls Preview: Get Ready For A Big Miss

      With the Fed unleashing the most aggressive tightening campaign in decades just days after US GDP unexpectedly printed negative – a technical recession just one more subzero quarter away – and both the US stock and housing market careening in scary reruns of the 1970s, the only pillar of strength the US has left is the overheating labor market. But, as we noted earlier today, even that is starting to crack.

      Which is why tomorrow’s April payrolls will be closely scrutinized, not just whether there is an unexpectedly poor jobs print further confirming that the US is on the verge of recession, but also for information on whether red-hot wage growth – a byproduct of the runaway wage-price spiral –  is finally cooling, and hinting at peak inflation.

      So here’s what Wall Street expects tomorrow, courtesy of Newsquawk:

      The consensus expects 391k non-farm payrolls to be added in April, with the pace easing from recent averages as well as the prior rate. The breakdown of expectations by bank is as follows:

      • Daiwa +500K
      • JPM +475K
      • Jeff +475K
      • MS +475K
      • SocGen +475K
      • BNP +460K
      • BofA +450K
      • Barx +450K
      • AP +440K
      • RBC +420K
      • HSBC +405K
      • NW +400K
      • Scotia +400K
      • TD +400K
      • BMO +380K
      • Citi +360K
      • CS +350K
      • Miz +350K
      • Nom +340K
      • DB +300K
      • GS +300K
      • UBS +300K
      • WF +300K
         
      • Median +380K

      It is likely that traders will place a great deal of emphasis on the average hourly earnings metrics given that the Fed is more focused on the inflation part of its mandate. Proxies of labor market progress have been mixed in the month: the ADP’s gauge of payrolls disappointed expectations and was below the analyst forecast range; although initial jobless claims inched up slightly comparing the reference periods for the March and April jobs reports, the four-week moving average has fallen, as have continuing claims; within the two ISM reports on business, the employment sub-indices both fell in the month, with the services sector down beneath the 50.0 neutral level. Meanwhile, other reports continue to note the tightness within labor markets, and there are some data points–like the Employment Costs Index–which continue to allude to strongly rising wages as consumer prices continue to rise.

      HEADLINE EXPECTATIONS:

      • Consensus expects 380k nonfarm payrolls (Wall Street’s thought leader Goldman is at 300K) to be added to the US economy in April (vs the prior 431k), with the rate of payroll growth seen further easing below recent trend rates (3-month average at 562k, 6-month average at 600k, 12-month average at 541k).
      • The unemployment rate is likely to fall by one-tenth of a percentage point to 3.5%; note, the FOMC projects the jobless rate will fall to that level this year, and currently forecasts it will remain there through the end of 2023, before moving up to around 4.0% in the longer-run. The central bank will next update its projections in June, but at his post-meeting press conference this week, Fed Chair Powell said that job gains have been robust in recent months, and noted that the unemployment rate has declined substantially.
      • Average hourly earnings are expected to rise 0.4% compared to March, the same as last month’s increase. On an annual basis, hourly earnings as expected to slow down modestly to 5.5% from 5.6% the previous month.

      PROXIES: The ADP’s gauge of private payrolls was soft relative to expectations, printing 247k against an expected 395k–below the 300-585k forecast range–although the March data saw an upward revision to 479k from 455k. Analysts at Pantheon Macroeconomics were dismissive about the relevance of the data, noting that it is just a model-driven forecast with a “patchy record”. The consultancy says that the “ADP talks about how it incorporates data from firms which use their payroll processing services, but that’s not the core of their model, which also includes regular macro data and the lagged official payroll numbers,” adding that its estimate “is not statistically significant when incorporated into a payroll model using the Homebase numbers, so we aren’t changing our 300K forecast for Friday’s official headline reading.” Elsewhere, the weekly data that coincides with the typical reference period for the establishment survey showed initial jobless claims rising to 185k from 177k heading into the March jobs report, although the four-week average slipped to 177.5k from 188.75k; continuing claims eased to 1.408mln from 1.542mln, with the four-week average also falling.

      BUSINESS SURVEYS: Within the ISM manufacturing survey, the Employment sub-component fell by 5.4 points to 50.9, a shade above the 50.0 neutral level, indicating that labour market momentum in the manufacturing sector was slowing. (NOTE: ISM says that an employment index above 50.5, over time, is generally consistent with an increase in the BLS data on manufacturing employment). The report noted that panellists were still struggling to meet labour management plans, with fewer signs of improvement compared to March. ISM said that there was a smaller share of comments noting greater hiring ease in the month, while an overwhelming majority of panellists were again indicating that their companies were hiring. That said, 34% of those surveyed expressed difficulty in filling positions, which was higher than the 28% in March; turnover rates remained elevated, and there were fewer indications of hiring improvement. The ISM said employment levels, driven primarily by turnover and a smaller labour pool, remained the top issue affecting further output growth. The Services ISM, meanwhile, saw its employment sub-index decline by 4.5 points, taking it to 49.5 – below the 50.0 neutral mark. The survey noted that comments from respondents included “job openings exist, but finding talent to fill them remains a struggle across most industry sectors and job categories” and “demand for employment remains hypercompetitive; there is just not enough qualified personnel available.”

      WAGES: The street expects average hourly earnings to rise by 0.4% M/M in April, although the annual measure is seen slipping by one-tenth of a percentage point to 5.5% Y/Y. Much of the market’s focus will be on these wage components, particularly after the Q1 employment cost index (ECI) rose by 1.4%, topping the consensus 1.1%; on an annualized basis; the ECI was up 5.2% Y/Y. Analysts have been paying more attention to the ECI data after Fed Chair Powell last November cited it as a measure that he was monitoring closely when gauging how employment compensation was faring. Analysts generally agree that the trends seen in this report suggest the labour market is tight and consistent with the need for the FOMC to front-load rate hikes to put a lid on price pressures. UBS says that a composition-adjusted average hourly earnings measure that it constructed has recently been running at a little below 4%, which is a bit below the pace of annualised gains seen in the ECI data. The bank is expecting that the April AHE data will likely surprise to the upside, however, this would be due to calendar shifts, and should not be taken as a strong economic signal.

      ARGUING FOR A WEAKNER THAN EXPECTED REPORT:

      • Labor supply constraints. As shown in Exhibit 1, when the labor market is tight, job growth tends to slow during the spring hiring season. This reflects the combination of a high seasonal hurdle—the BLS adjustment factors assume roughly 800k of seasonal hiring in April—with fewer available workers. The arrival of the youth summer labor force tends to ease these constraints in June and July.

      • Big Data. High-frequency data on the labor market generally indicate weakness in April employment, with four of the five indicators we track consistent with a below-consensus report (see Exhibit 2). The Census Household Pulse Survey is an outlier to the downside; however, that has series has been very volatile in recent months (-3.2mn in April after +3.1mn in March, +4.8mn in February, and -3.7mn in January).

      • Employer surveys. The employment components of business surveys generally decreased in April. Our services survey employment tracker decreased by 0.9pt to54.8 and our manufacturing survey employment tracker decreased 1.3pt to 56.8.
      • Job cuts. Announced layoffs reported by Challenger, Gray & Christmas increased by 8% month-over-month in April, after increasing by 5% in March (SA by GS).
      • ADP. Private sector employment in the ADP report increased by 247k in April, below consensus expectations. We believe the ADP miss reflected the combination of slowing underlying job growth and a drag from the other inputs to the ADP model.

      ARGUING FOR A STRONGER-THAN-EXPECTED REPORT:

      • Public health. After reaching new highs in December and early January, domestic covid infections fell sharply in the early spring. And while infections have begun to rise again from low levels, consumer and business activity has not been significantly impacted. For example, as shown in Exhibit 3, dining activity has been relatively stable at pre-pandemic levels since mid-March. Forecasts assume a roughly100k rise in leisure-sector payrolls in Friday’s report (mom sa).

      • Evolution of the seasonal factors. The April seasonal factors have evolved favorably in recent years (+787k in April 2021 vs. +897k in April 2016), likely reflecting the seasonal adjustment refitting to the weaker-than-expected April payroll prints during the pandemic. This lower seasonal hurdle represents a tailwind of roughly 100k, other things equal, in our view. However, we still view April seasonality as a net negative factor due to binding constraints on labor supply duringa rehiring month.
      • Jobless claims. Initial jobless claims decreased during the April payroll month, averaging 175k per week vs. 209k in March. Continuing claims in regular state programs decreased 139k from survey week to survey week.
      • Job availability. The Conference Board labor differential—the difference between the percent of respondents saying jobs are plentiful and those saying jobs are hard to get—decreased by 2.5pt to +44.6. JOLTS job openings increased by 205k in March to an all-time high of 11.5mn

      The take home message is simple: bulls should pray for a huge miss, the bigger the better, because between negative GDP and a big hit to the “overheating labor market” stories, the Fed’s aggressive hiking and QT will last at most a few months, before it is followed by its logical successor: ZIRP (or NIRP) and QE, both of which will sent stocks, gold and cryptos to new all time highs.

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 21:34

    • Texas Faces "Record High" Temps As Grid Operator Warns Of Above-Average Power Usage 
      Texas Faces “Record High” Temps As Grid Operator Warns Of Above-Average Power Usage 

      An early-season heatwave could send temperatures across some parts of Texas into the upper 90s and or even triple digits this weekend and into early next week. Texas’s power-grid manager warned that power consumption could be abnormally high for this year. 

      On Saturday, much of the state will record temperatures above 95 degrees, except for the upper Texas coast and portions of East Texas. 

      Dallas is expected to reach the upper 90s by Saturday afternoon, while Austin, San Antonio, and Midland could reach 100 degrees. 

      “Dallas doesn’t typically see its first 95-degree day until late May. If Austin and San Antonio hit 100 degrees, it would be incredibly early, as the first 100-degree temperature there is typically not until early July in Austin and late June in San Antonio.

      “More than a dozen daily record highs are in jeopardy of being tied or broken on Saturday in the Lone Star State, including 94 degrees in Houston, 97 degrees in Amarillo, 100 degrees in San Antonio, and 103 degrees in San Angelo.

      “The heat will continue into Sunday across Texas. Once again, nearly the entire state could see high temperatures near or above 95 degrees,” said Fox Weather. 

      The heat is expected to linger well into next week. Commodity Wx Group provides several weather models showing Houston could record a temperature above 100 degrees that may last through Monday. 

      The threat of unseasonably warm weather has already concerned Texas’s power-grid manager, the Electric Reliability Council of Texas, otherwise known as ERCOT. They said “larger-than-normal” power consumption would be observed due to a surge in cooling demand. 

      Commodity research firm Criterion Research said, “ERCOT’s power load is expected to climb far above normal for this time of year, with Monday’s demand forecast ramping to nearly 55 GW as heat moves in across Texas.” 

      According to Bloomberg data, Texas day ahead on-peak average power price for Friday has already hit $195.57 a megawatt-hour, the highest since June. 

      In recent days, the prospects of higher cooling demand in Texas have sent natural gas futures soaring on supply concerns. June contracts jumped above $8/MMBtu on Wednesday and, as of Thursday morning, are around $8.50//MMBtu, a level not seen since late 2008. 

      There was only one other time natgas prices were this high for this time of year; that was 2008. 

      Bespoke Weather Services said, “if this kind of heat sticks around, and that is a risk in the South, where we have been leaning hotter with our summer ideas … We easily will go over $10 in prompt month over the next several weeks.” 

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 21:20

    • 10 Ways Information-Shapers Have Infiltrated Our Institutions
      10 Ways Information-Shapers Have Infiltrated Our Institutions

      Authored by Sharyl Attkisson via The Epoch Times,

      Few matters are so important as the integrity of the information we receive and the recent degradation in its reliability.

      Fencing surrounds the Supreme Court in Washington on May 2, 2022. (Kevin Dietsch/Getty Images)

      The recent leak of a Supreme Court draft related to the landmark Roe v. Wade abortion case underscores how corrupted so many of our important institutions have become by those dedicated to shaping public opinion in a sometimes-dishonest way.

      Nearly every facet of our American institutions has been infiltrated by activists, corporate and political propagandists, and even criminals.

      Here are 10 key institutions that have been successfully infiltrated by information-shapers:

      Bed Bath & Beyond store in Los Angeles, on April 10, 2013. (Kevork Djansezian/Getty Images)

      1. Corporations

      High-profile corporations increasingly do business, or withhold business, on the basis of political considerations in an effort to sway public opinion.

      Additionally, they take part in removing the ability of some people they disagree with to sell products, conduct bank transactions, or otherwise operate their businesses. One recent example is retailers, including Kohl’s and Bed, Bath & Beyond, banning popular “My Pillow” products from the company owned by conservative and ardent Trump supporter Mike Lindell.

      Major League Baseball Commissioner Rob Manfred answers questions during an MLB owner’s meeting at the Waldorf Astoria, in Orlando, Fla., on Feb. 10, 2022. (Julio Aguilar/Getty Images)

      2. Sports

      Sports organizations have stepped into the political realm to try to force some views and censor or punish those who take opposing viewpoints. One recent example is Major League Baseball stripping the All-Star Game from Atlanta over a Georgia law designed to strengthen election integrity following a troubled and error-riddled 2020 election.

      Sports institutions also are involved in trying to sway public discourse on the issue of males competing as females on girls’ and women’s teams, such as the swimmer born as Will Thomas who switched names to Lia Thomas and joined the women’s team at the University of Pennsylvania, setting numerous women’s records.

      Facebook, Google, and Twitter logos are seen in this combination photo from Reuters files. (Reuters)

      3. Big Tech

      Big Tech’s well-known fake fact checks, censorship, and disinformation have manipulated the information landscape in a more dramatic and chilling way than most any other factor. The biggest example is Big Tech’s censorship of arguably the most important political figure of our time: Donald Trump.

      Recent major examples of the sector fostering disinformation include amplifying claims that the Hunter Biden laptop story was Russian disinformation and censoring stories about it; repeatedly backing false information related to COVID-19, while censoring accurate information or legitimate scientific views; and falsely labeling the COVID-19 lab origin story as a conspiracy theory.

      A general view of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) headquarters in Atlanta on Sept. 30, 2014. (Tami Chappell/Reuters)

      4. Public Health Agencies

      The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and other public health agencies have increasingly departed from the realm of public interest and science in order to advance false narratives and disinformation. Recent examples include the head of CDC, Dr. Rochelle Walensky, falsely claiming that people who are vaccinated don’t carry and can’t spread COVID-19; and the agency knowingly putting out disinformation that falsely claimed original studies showed the vaccine’s benefit for people who’d already had COVID-19.

      Another example is National Institutes of Health (NIH) officials Drs. Francis Collins and Anthony Fauci privately working with the media to smear and discredit highly credentialed scientists who disagreed with the lockdown approach to COVID-19.

      Fences and barriers surround the U.S. Capitol after being reinstalled ahead of President Joe Biden’s State of the Union Address before a Joint Session of Congress in Washington on Feb. 27, 2022. (Pete Marovich/Getty Images)

      5. Congress

      Members of Congress in both parties have gotten caught taking part in questionable information-shaping and manipulation, particularly when it comes to pharmaceutical-related material. One recent example is members of Congress unilaterally writing letters to or contacting Big Tech in order to get certain topics or scientific studies and discussions controversialized or banned.

      Some of the members of Congress who are engaged in the efforts are the same ones responsible for their own high-profile disinformation campaigns. A recent example of that is Rep. Adam Schiff (D-Calif.), who repeatedly pushed false and misleading information on the Trump–Russia narrative, lobbying Big Tech to censor certain information related to COVID-19.

      A general view of the White House in Washington, on Oct. 2, 2021. (Al Drago/Reuters)

      6. The Executive Branch

      Having lost the most powerful tool in its arsenal to shape information, the executive branch has now formed its own extra-Constitutional agency to serve that function: the Disinformation Governance Board. The named head of the board, Nina Jankowicz, has widely furthered disinformation in the past.

      The NBC News logo in Las Vegas, on Feb. 18, 2020. (Ethan Miller/Getty Images)

      7. The Media

      With blogs and quasi-news outlets such as Axios, Slate, Daily Kos, Huffington Post, Vox, Salon, Talking Points Memo, and Rolling Stone joining more traditional partisan outlets such as the Los Angeles Times, Politico, MSNBC, NBC, The Washington Post, CNN, and The New York Times in dominating the information landscape—while their conservative equivalents are controversialized—the media has proven to rank close to Big Tech in terms of their influence in further misinformation.

      A classroom in Tustin, Calif., on March 10, 2021. (John Fredricks/The Epoch Times)

      8. Academia and Public Schools

      America’s colleges and universities have taken increasingly heavy-handed roles in terms of squelching free speech and free thought (when it leans against progressive or radical views), in exchange for a managed environment where only carefully filtered views are allowed, and specific language, expressions, and behavior are mandated.

      Many public school systems have grown stronger in efforts to install social engineering and political ideology in teachings and policies. Recent examples include policies involving the use of pronouns when referring to transgender students, and the instruction of critical race theory.

      The Department of Justice (DOJ) logo is pictured on a wall in New York on Dec. 5, 2013. (Carlo Allegri/Reuters)

      9. Dept. of Justice, FBI, and Other Intel Agencies

      The very agencies that should remain furthest above the fray with clean hands have found themselves repeatedly muddied involving major investigations and their political influence efforts. One recent example is the criminal conviction of FBI attorney Kevin Clinesmith, who falsified a document in order to spy on Trump campaign associate Carter Page. Though multiple people would have known about the crime—possibly participating, and staying silent—only Clinesmith was charged.

      He was only charged with a relatively minor crime in relation to the significance, and avoided any prison time. Meanwhile, the agency hasn’t offered any apology or redress to Page. Other examples include the Department of Justice targeting school parents as possible terrorists, and lopsided prosecution efforts regarding the Jan. 6, 2021, Capitol breach, compared to many more violent events and crimes.

      Additionally, intel operators have taken major roles both in front of the camera and behind the scenes to try to shape public opinion using false information and propaganda. One recent example is the “more than 50 former intelligence officials” who “signed a letter casting doubt on the provenance” of an accurate New York Post story about the Hunter Biden laptop.

      The Supreme Court in Washington on Sept. 21, 2020. (Samira Bouaou/The Epoch Times)

      10. The Supreme Court

      Whether it’s the leak to multiple press outlets about Justice Stephen Breyer’s impending retirement or the more problematic new leak of the Roe v. Wade abortion draft, information-shapers have infiltrated the highest court in the land.

      Views expressed in this article are the opinions of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of The Epoch Times or ZeroHedge.

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 21:00

    • David Stockman Slams Sleepy Joe's $33 Billion Abomination
      David Stockman Slams Sleepy Joe’s $33 Billion Abomination

      Authored by David Stockman via LewRockwell.com,

      Donald Trump has been well relegated to the sidelines of America’s political debate, but the TDS (Trump Derangement Syndrome) lives on, more virulent than ever. The latter is what’s behind Washington’s descent into the current mindless Ukraine war fever—an outbreak of irrationality that makes even the post-9/11 hysteria seem like an orderly discourse.

      At the center of this madness, of course, is Vladimir Putin, the Devil Incarnate. Prior to February 24th he had attained that designation in Imperial Washington not just because of his rough methods of governance in Russia or small time military forays in the 2008 South Ossetia/Georgia dispute or in putting down alleged terrorists in Chechnya, but because according to the RussiaGate hoax he had thrown the election to Donald Trump in 2016, thereby shockingly interrupting the rule of the bipartisan duopoly.

      Accordingly, for the next four years the apparatus of official Washington–including the MSM in cahoots with the national security state—did not cease in its vilification of Putin via the running RussiaGate Hoax, the phony Mueller investigation, the rogue impeachment proceedings and the nonstop MSM linkage of Trump’s unwelcome presence in the Oval Office with the nefarious doings of Vlad Putin.

      At length, the TDS got so virulent and all-consuming inside the beltway that the resulting enmity toward Donald Trump became coterminous with the demonization of Putin. Consequently, when Trump got ushered off the stage (barely) by the American electorate in November 2020, Washington’s war on the Donald simply got re-focused with fevered intensity on Putin. In the target practice galleries of Washington politics, Vlad became the Donald’s avatar.

      Needless to say, with the politicians in both parties foaming at the mouth against Putin, the Deep State and military-industrial complex had a field day hyping Russia into a national security threat that was not remotely justified, but which did massively distort policy.

      That includes perpetuating the Donald’s insanely bloated national security budget even further to $813 billion in the FY 2023 Biden request; stonewalling Russia’s reasonable proposals of December to reset security arrangements in eastern Europe, which would have precluded the devastation now besetting Ukraine entirely; and, after February 24th, turning the intramural dispute between Russia and its historic vassal and step-child, Ukraine, into a purported history-defining contest between peaceful Democracy and belligerent Autocracy—a struggle that justified launching a global Sanctions War against the very essence of the dollar-based payments and trading system upon which America’s tenuous prosperity precariously rests.

      As a result of TDS-come-Putinphobia, Washington is now on a doomsday path that has no rational end game except the risk of WW III, even though the objective facts of the matter scream in the opposite direction. That is to say, in an objective and rational world, Washington would not be touching the Russia/Ukraine dispute with a 100-foot pole because it implicates nothing of consequence for America’s homeland security.

      In the first instance, Russia is not a direct military threat to America notwithstanding some of its fancy new weapons and ultra high speed missiles. America’s triad nuclear defense is still fully in tact and is as lethal as ever. That means as between Russia and the US on the nuclear front, mutual assured destruction (MAD) still prevails, meaning that Russia would never launch a nuclear attack against America because of all the things Putin is, suicidal is not one of them.

      By the same token, the idea that Russia poses a credible conventional military threat to the American homeland was always ludicrous, but is now laughable. In ten weeks it has not been able to subdue a weak neighbor with which it shares a 1,900 Km open land border (no mountains, no waterways, no walls!). So where in the world comes the historically unprecedented armada of carrier battle groups, massive air fleets and endless divisions of tanks and mechanized infantry required to invade and occupy the US of A, located is it is 8,000 Km away on the far side of central Eurasia and beyond the great Atlantic and Pacific moats?

      Besides, the GDP of Russia is $1.6 trillion versus $24 trillion for the US. And for better or worse a Russian attack on America would bring NATO’s article 5 into play, thereby mobilizing $43 trillion of total NATO GDP, which is 27X more economic girth than possessed by Russia; and also $1.2 trillion of combined NATO military budgets, which is 18X Russia’s $65 billion military budget.

      So, no, there is no plausible Russian military threat to the American homeland, meaning that Washington’s scary story stuff arises entirely from the fictional realm of lurid Warfare State propaganda.

      For instance, there is the baseless notion that Ukraine is just a stepping stone in Putin’s grand plan for recreating the former Soviet Union. And unimpeded in Ukraine, he would not hesitate to roll through Poland, the Baltics and the Balkans in the creation of an empire that would eventually dominate Western Europe, too, leaving the US all alone, cowering behind the Atlantic and Pacific shorelines.

      Alas, anything remotely leaning in this direction amounts to the unalloyed humbug of retired military officers and deep staters who are paid by think tanks and the MSM to scare the living daylights out of the public and the politicians alike.

      In turn, that’s so they will more readily acquiesce to the $813 billion of military budgets that are not only a colossal waste, but a fount of the schemes and threats which actually undermine national security. The Washington sponsored Maidan coup of February 2014, which fractured Ukraine’s fragile polity and opened up the civil war against the Russian speaking Donbas that has now morphed into a prelude to WW III, is only the latest example.

      The fact is, Putin is a Churchill level historian and the Russian leadership still has memory muscle that goes back to Soviet times. They know that Poland, the Baltics and much of the non-Serbian Balkans is a hotbed of deep anti-Russian sentiment that would make even an attempt at conquest a bloody, economically draining fiasco.

      Putin may not appeal to the sensibilities of the dandies who scribble out Cold War 2.0 screeds at the Council on Foreign Relations, but his methodical crushing of the Ukrainian resistance demonstrates that he is the Cool Hand Vlad of the present era. As such, he is not about to fall for hopelessly impossible enterprises like the recreation of the old Soviet Union.

      To the contrary, his operation in Ukraine is not the prelude to recreating the Soviet Union, but the coda to unfinished business in the 1300-year history of Russia and its “borderlands”, the latter term being the Russian meaning of the word “Ukraine”.

      Accordingly, scratch any current map of the battle front in Ukraine, and what lies on the Russian controlled side to the east and along the shorelines of the Black Sea and the Sea of Azov shows up as “Novorossiya” (“New Russia”) on any map made between 1764 and 1917.

      Even here, it is not crude Russian revanchism that motivated Putin’s desperate last resort invasion of February 24th; it was for better or worse, Moscow’s frustration with the relentless push of Ukraine into NATO on a de facto basis, and the relentless assault on the Russian speaking populations of the Donbas that over the eight years after the February 2014 coup had led to upwards of 14,000 civilian deaths and the utter destruction of towns and cities in the breakaway Republics every bit as horrific as the nightly MSM fare with respect to Russian bombing on the other side of the battle front.

      So in a world not besotted with the TDS, the alternative course of action would be straight forward. No Washington sanctions; no taking sides in the Ukraine civil war and age-old disputes between Russia and its vassal; no supplying of weapons to the hopelessly outgunned Ukraine military that only prolongs the war; and a complete Washington renunciation of any interest in extending NATO to Ukraine or other ex-Soviet Republics, along with a pullback of US forces and missile installations from former Warsaw Pact countries that are now members of NATO.

      Under that non-TDS scenario, this is what Washington would do in the name of homeland security and it would bring an end to the war and the pointless destruction of Ukraine in a heartbeat.

      Needless to say, under this benign scenario, Joe Biden would not be asking Congress for $33 billion of additional Ukraine war funding, including more than $20 billion in “security and military assistance,” $8.5 billion in economic aid, and $3 billion in “humanitarian assistance” And, of course, this comes on top of the $4.6 billion in security assistance the U.S. has given Ukraine since January 2021, including $3.7 billion since Russian forces invaded the country in February.

      All of that is an abomination, midwifed by the TDS and resulting irrational demonization of Putin. Yet the truth is, America’s homeland security does not require that a single dime be spent on Ukraine!

      Likewise, it also most definitely does not require a single Congressional cowboy or cowgirl to be visiting a remote corner of the earth that does not have a damn thing to do with the security, liberty and prosperity of the American people.

      As it was, the crew pictured below spent a little over three hours on the ground in Kiev conducting a glorified photo-op and “ata boy”.

      The delegation included a “who’s who” of the Dem House leadership—none of whom had the slightest idea of where they were as a historical matter or understood that the silly marionette they meet with had nothing more in mind than dragging America into a shooting war that is none of its business.

      Indeed, in the pre-TDS times the Dem leadership would have been not on a junket to Kiev, but at the White House demanding an end to the Sanctions War on Russia, a halt to the destructive flow of arms from NATO and the urgent return to the conference table to negotiate an end to the carnage—even if it meant that partition of Ukraine, which after all that has now transpired cannot be reconstituted as a unitary state, anyway.

      As it happened, however, the meet and greet delegation included the following: Reps. Gregory Meeks of New York, who chairs the House Foreign Affairs Committee, Adam Schiff of California, the chairman of the House Intelligence panel, and Jim McGovern of Massachusetts, who leads the House Rules Committee, Democratic Reps. Bill Keating of Massachusetts, Barbara Lee of California and Jason Crow of Colorado.

      These people shouldn’t have bothered. They weren’t on a serious foreign policy mission, but had come to virtue signal that they still hate Donald Trump with all their hearts and are willing to start WWIII by making war on his Moscow avatar.

      Indeed, in a fitting it benediction, Nancy Pelosi let loose of her best TDS idiocy:

      “We are visiting you to say thank you for your fight for freedom, that we’re on a frontier of freedom and that your fight is a fight for everyone. And so our commitment is to be there for you until the fight is done.”

      Alas, she may be right, but not in the way she imagines.

      *  *  *

      Reprinted with permission from David Stockman’s Contra Corner.

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 20:20

    • US Intel Assisted In Sinking Russian Flagship Vessel: Officials Claim Bombshell Escalation
      US Intel Assisted In Sinking Russian Flagship Vessel: Officials Claim Bombshell Escalation

      Less than 24 hours after The New York Times issued a provocative report citing unnamed US officials who are celebrating that American intelligence-sharing with Ukraine’s military has helped take out multiple Russian generals since the Feb.24 invasion, NBC News is out with yet another bombshell claim sourced to the deep state US intel officials. 

      Amid what seems escalation after escalation, and new revelations of Washington’s deepening and perhaps increasingly direct role in fighting Russia in Ukraine, NBC brings us this doozy… “Intelligence shared by the U.S. helped Ukraine sink the Russian cruiser Moskva, U.S. officials told NBC News, confirming an American role in perhaps the most embarrassing blow to Vladimir Putin’s troubled invasion of Ukraine.”

      Image later leaked of the April 15 sinking of the Moskva

      As a reminder of just how hugely significant the claim is – and just how dangerous in terms of representing a massive escalation – the Moskva was considered the flagship of Russia’s Black Sea Fleet, had 510 crewmen on board before Neptune anti-cruise ship missiles scored a direct hit in mid-April, and was the most embarrassing single blow to President Putin’s war effort of the whole conflict thus far.’

      “The attack happened after Ukrainian forces asked the Americans about a ship sailing in the Black Sea south of Odesa, U.S. officials told NBC News,” the report continues. “The U.S. identified it as the Moskva, officials said, and helped confirm its location, after which the Ukrainians targeted the ship.” This comes after the NY Times revealed in a report the night prior that much of the intel-sharing is focused on Russian troop and equipment movements.

      According to further details based on anonymous US senior officials:

      The U.S. did not know in advance that Ukraine was going to target the Moskva, officials said, and was not involved in the decision to strike. Maritime intelligence is shared with Ukraine to help it defend against attack from Russian ships, officials added.

      The U.S. role in the sinking has not been previously reported.

      Biden admin officials in the days after the Moskva sinking had been relatively silent, possibly suggesting that they knew more about the details than what their quiet public stance let on.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      The April 15 event had initially also been met with lack of answers from Moscow as it attempted to deal with the crisis of its flagship missile cruiser sinking to the bottom of the Black Sea after it was hit off Odessa, and as it later said all the crew were evacuated. However some Ukrainian and Western officials said the ship suffered casualties.

      It goes without saying that this fresh NBC report will be viewed by Moscow as an outrageous acknowledged escalation by Washington, though so far Russian leadership’s public response has been rather muted…

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      The Kremlin had previously warned it would hold external countries supplying arms and other forms of assistance “responsible” – and that “decision-making” centers including Kiev would come under increased attack. Meanwhile, cruise missile strikes even as far west as Lviv do appear to be expanding this week.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Indeed it seems that these intentional “leaks” to the media, likely as part of a deliberate strategy of seeking to intimidate Russia in hopes it will more quickly back off its military operations, will instead only serve to ratchet things further as broader great power tensions hit boiling point.

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 19:46

    • "What A Crazy 24 Hours"
      “What A Crazy 24 Hours”

      By Peter Tchir of Academy Securities

      What a crazy 24 hours!

      I do want to buy risk into the close, but am still a bit cautious because

      • 1) my childish charts point to more downside on nasdaq
      • 2) so many people expected the FOMC meeting to mark a turning point that money got put to work yesterday and shorts came off, exposing the market
      • 3) and yes, I understand, TQQQ is not “the” driver, I think it is symbolic of risk and buy the dip… it started seeing heavy inflows April 26th. It is lower than at any point since then (down 17% today as I type). On rebalancing alone, it will sell into close, but if we see capitulation from recent dip buyers, we have more downside.

      I am the least bearish I’ve been in some time, but too scared to get bullish

       

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 19:37

    • "The Market Is Softening, Full Stop": Zillow Plunges After Company Issues Dire Housing Outlook
      “The Market Is Softening, Full Stop”: Zillow Plunges After Company Issues Dire Housing Outlook

      It’s one thing for a fringe, tinfoil, conspiracy theory website such as this one to warn (repeatedly, for months) that with mortgage rates rapidly approaching 6%, the US housing market is on the verge of a vicious collapse, as discussed articles such as these:

      It’s another for one of the biggest housing-market linked companies to confirm just that.

      On Thursday, Zillow plunged as much as 13% in late trading Tuesday after a dismal outlook stoked investor fears that rising mortgage rates will spark the next crash in the US housing market.

      The company, which last year suffered tremendous losses of more than $500 million in its home-flipping segment resulting in a record wrtide-down, projected that its internet, media and technology (IMT) segment will bring in $134 million to $169 million in EBITDA in the second quarter, according to a shareholder letter published Thursday.

      While home sales usually pick up in the spring, Zillow’s outlook indicates that soaring mortgage rates and low inventory of for-sale homes will finally slow activity.

      Zillow co-founder and CEO Rich Barton, played both good cop and bad cop, and in the company’s press release issued a somewhat upbeat outlook: “while the housing market outlook may be choppy in the near term, today’s first-quarter results, together with our strong brand, audience, and balance sheet, demonstrate how well-positioned and prepared Zillow is to forge ahead.”

      However, in an interview with Bloomberg, his takes was far less cheerful: “The market is softening, full stop,” Barton said, adding that the toughest macro lens is that inventory levels continue to plummet. Flat transactions would be a good year this year, and I don’t know if we’ll get there.”

      As Bloomberg writes, Zillow’s dire outlook caps a tumultuous period during which it shut down a foray into flipping homes and shifted its focus to a “housing super app” to integrate home tours, financing, seller services and the company’s partner network.  Barton said that shuttering Zillow Offers had lightened his company’s balance sheet and left it in a better position to weather a slowing market.
      “It’s a great way to go into a headwind,” he said. “We can go into this headwind confidently, with our eyes focused on building out the super app.”

      It wasn’t all bad news: the (still) hot housing market in the first three months of 2022 boosted Zillow’s advertising business and helped speed efforts to wind down the home-flipping operation, called Zillow Offers. The company generated a total $220 million in adjusted Ebitda for the quarter. Analysts expected $156 million, the average in a Bloomberg-compiled survey. 

      In hopes of preventing a stock plunge, Zillow also authorized an additional $1 billion in share buybacks, but it wasn’t meant to be and ZG tumbled more than 13% after hours.

       

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 19:27

    • Poop-Boom: Manure Supplies Tighten As Fertilizer Prices Soar 
      Poop-Boom: Manure Supplies Tighten As Fertilizer Prices Soar 

      Manure has become a hot commodity. U.S. farmers hunting for organic fertilizer come as chemical fertilizers are in short supply or at sky-high prices. According to Reuters, soaring demand for manure has unleashed a poop shortage. 

      “Manure is absolutely a hot commodity,” said industry consultant Allen Kampschnieder, who works for Nebraska-based Nutrient Advisors.

      Kampschnieder said cattle feeders selling waste are sold out for 2022. “We’ve got waiting lists,” he said. 

      Farmers quickly switched to animal manure, a mixture of animal feces and straw, because the prices for industrial fertilizer jumped since the European natural gas crisis in the winter of 2021 and Western sanctions on Russia for invading Ukraine in March. 

      This week, Canada-based Nutrien Ltd., the world’s largest fertilizer company, warned that fertilizer disruptions “could last well beyond 2022.” If so, this could drive even more farmers into spreading poop on fields. 

      Agriculture experts say manure is not a complete replacement for chemical fertilizer because it lacks some nutrients. Plus, there’s not enough to overtake the chemical fertilizer market share in the U.S., hence why shortages are already materializing. 

      Meanwhile, the Biden administration said it was great news chemical fertilizer shortages were happening because it would force farmers to “go green” by using “natural solutions like manure.” 

      However, Chris Jones, a research engineer and water quality expert at the University of Iowa, said manure is not all that green. If spread on fields, manure can cause serious water contamination issues to nearby streams, lakes, and groundwater. 

      Going green comes at a cost … but that has yet to stop demand as farmers must use some form of crop nutrients to maintain robust yields at the end of harvest. 

      “We’re definitely seeing farmers move toward manure with the increase in fertilizer prices,” said Jim Monroe, spokesperson for Smithfield Foods, the world’s largest pork producer. 

      Kampschnieder said that farmers across the country are sniffing out new poop supplies without any luck. This has caused solid manure in Nebraska to jump to $11 to $14 per ton, up from $5 to $8 per ton. 

      The poop boom has also moved into heavy machinery and equipment needed to spread manure on fields. It’s a stinky business, but a lot of money is being made. 

      “We have people looking for equipment right away, and we’re sold out for six months,” said Husky Farm Equipment Ltd.’s President Walter Grose. His company sells spreading equipment and can’t keep up with demand. 

      Dan Andersen, an associate professor at Iowa State University who specializes in manure management, warned there’s not enough manure in the U.S. to replace commercial fertilizer completely. 

      There’s also a risk that manure could become even more valuable in the second half of this year, as U.S. livestock herds are expected to decline. This means poop production will shrink, shooting up prices even further. 

      Demand for poop is soaring under the Biden administration partly because they sanctioned Russia and Belarus (the world’s top fertilizer exporters) for the invasion of Ukraine. The admin’s ability to spin the transition of the chemical fertilizer to manure because it’s the “green” thing to do is nothing short of disinformation. As for now, US farmers are desperate for poop, and supplies are tight.

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 19:20

    • Obama, Biden Largely To Blame For $1.6 Trillion Student Debt Crisis: Author
      Obama, Biden Largely To Blame For $1.6 Trillion Student Debt Crisis: Author

      By John Ransom of The Epoch Times

      As President Joe Biden considers some form of loan forgiveness for college borrowers, student loans in America have been a slow-boiling crisis for almost a decade now.

      U.S. President Joe Biden gives remarks before meeting with small business owners in the South Court Auditorium of the White House in Washington on April 28, 2022.

      One expert critic who has been following the crisis lays much of the blame for the $1.6 trillion loan debacle at the feet of two men at the very top of the U.S. government: former President Barrack Obama and Biden.

      “This is far worse than the Savings and Loan crisis, or the sub-prime auto crisis and even the subprime mortgage crisis,” Allen Collinge, author of the book “The Student Loan Scam: The Most Oppressive Debt in U.S. History and How We Can Fight Back,” told the Epoch Times.

      “These two guys are some of the people most responsible for permanently saddling so many Americans with debt for which they have no way out but dying,” Collinge added.

      Two factors have come together, said Collinge, to create what he calls the biggest loan crisis in U.S. history.

      The first was the removal of bankruptcy protections that people enjoy from all other debt in America.

      “Among all living, serving elected officials, Biden literally is most culpable for removing bankruptcy protections from these loans, which really is the core of this problem,” said Collinge, who runs an organization called Student Loan Justice, which is seeking cancellation of all student loan debt in return for the end of the federal student loan program.

      Serving as a member, and then eventually, as the chairman of the Senate Judiciary Committee, Biden was instrumental in removing bankruptcy protection from, at first, government-backed student loans, and then, from privately-made student loans.

      “Joe Biden bears a large amount of responsibility for passage of the bankruptcy bill,” Ed Boltz, president of the National Association of Consumer Bankruptcy Attorneys, told International Business Times in 2015.

      Then Came Obama

      Those pieces of legislation that denied students bankruptcy protection dove-tailed into the rapid expansion of student loans for which then-President Obama stumped in 2010 as he federalized the student loan program

      To get students to borrow more, Obama pulled out all the stops, as the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) claimed the move to federalization would save the country $60 billion.

      “This is great for the country,” Then-Education Secretary Arne Duncan told NPR in an interview at the time the measure was approved.

      “It’s one of these sort of miraculous, once-in-a-lifetime opportunities, and we could put $60 billion minimum there behind students simply by removing subsidies to banks and not going back to taxpayers for another dime,” Duncan added.

      Source: Congressional Budget Office, using data from the Department of Education’s National Student Loan Data System.

      Then the president sent out First Lady Michelle Obama as the face of an effort which the Obama White House called “Reaching the ‘North Star’ by 2020,” which encouraged everybody to go back to some sort of higher education institution and get another degree, financed of course, by the U.S. government.

      Students were encouraged to take out student loans that were termed by the White House “financial aid eligibility that can make college affordability a reality.”

      During the Obama years, student loans climbed from about $700 billion to nearly $1.4 trillion, edging out credit card debt by 2012.

      Prospective students were told to host their own “signing-day” party where they signed up with a college, university, or vocational school for higher education, just like college football players and basketball players do when they signed on with schools.

      The signing day came with its own 16-page instruction booklet from the White House that told students “an education is worth way more than just a higher paycheck—it’s the most valuable asset a person can ever have. It is something they will have their entire life.”

      One question that remained unanswered in those books, however, was how students would pay off their debt.

      But Obama’s efforts paid off as student debt rose from $12,434, per student debtor in 1992, according to the Pew Research Center, to the $40,904 that’s owed per student debtor today, according to EducationData.org.

      Increasingly, it looks like student loan debt is debt that will follow students their entire life; a debt that has turned that “asset” the White House told them to prize, into a millstone around students’ necks.

      And that $60 billion in savings that was forecasted by the CBO that then-Education Secretary Duncan was touting? It turns out that instead of saving the country $60 billion, it cost $400 billion, not including any loan forgiveness.

      “CBO miscalculated the cost of the Healthcare and Reconciliation Act [that federalized student loans] by $503 billion, before factoring in President Biden’s student loan bailouts. Congress may not have passed this bill had CBO appropriately scored it,” House Republicans wrote in a letter this week to CBO Director Philip Swagel, demanding to know how the CBO got the figures so wrong.

      The Epoch Times has reached out to the White House, CBO, and Obama for comment.

      The Obama-Biden Legacy Comes Due

      According to figures gathered by Collinge that he gleaned from the Department of Education (DOE), 63 percent of all money borrowed in student loans are from people over the age of 35, who on average owe $41,900 worth of debt.

      That compares to the under-35 crowd which has an average debt of $25,300.

      “The big growth in loans has been in graduate schools,” Jason Delisle, now a research fellow at the Urban Institute think tank, told PBS in 2017, sounding an early alarm bell.

      “Yet there’s just no heat on what are people getting for these degrees. On the undergraduate side, there are loan limits and concern around defaults and earnings. On the graduate school side, there’s none of that,” added Delisle.

      And graduate studies are big money makers for schools, often making the difference between being profitable and closing down, say some experts.

      Slate recently called Master’s degree programs “the biggest scam in higher education,” citing one expert who called schools’ Master’s programs “largely unregulated cash cows that help shore up their bottom line.”

      Even before the pandemic hit, the DOE said only one in four borrowers were paying down both principal and interest on loans.

      While it’s bad in every state, especially hard hit by student borrowing are the states of the Deep South.

      The worst-hit is Mississippi where the debt to income for student loans is nearly 1:1.

      According to Collinge, what makes this loan crisis different than, say, the Savings and Loan crisis of the 1980s or the subprime mortgage crisis of the 2000s is the unlimited collection powers of the federal government, the lack of any statute of limitations on the debt and the fact that the debtors have no recourse to bankruptcy protections that our Founders intended them to have.

      He cited one documented case where he shows a debtor who borrowed $26,000 as a student loan has paid $93,593.54 in interest payments and less than $1.00 of principal.

      As of today, the principal balance is still $132,174 for this 59-year-old woman facing retirement shortly.

      Screenshots showing the loan repayments and debt outstanding on a 59-year-old woman’s student loan. (Provided to The Epoch Times)

      “The harm caused by this predatory lending system created by Biden—and others—and exacerbated by Obama, is particularly acute for seniors, who are seeing their social security and disability income garnished, often despite having repaid far, far more than they originally borrowed,” said Collinge.

      This failure to disclose the actual terms upon which borrowers are taking out loans was a great concern to the federal government during the subprime mortgage crisis that saw the government take action against mortgage lenders who paid fines of over $234 billion for actions that are essentially fraudulent, with at least 59 bankers going to jail.

      But somehow, when the federal government started loaning the money to students, those same rules stopped applying.

      “If any other lending system did this, it would be criminal, people would be in handcuffs,” concluded Collinge.

      So as the argument rages in Congress about whether student loans should be forgiven, or go into collection, Collinge wants people to remember one simple thing: Stop listening to the people who actually caused the problem to begin with.

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 19:00

    • Why Did The Market Just Break? Nomura Explains
      Why Did The Market Just Break? Nomura Explains

      Yesterday, while stocks were surging in the aftermath of the Powell presser during which the Fed chair took away the possibility of a 75bps rate hike, we joked that the bullish market reaction is precisely the opposite of what bulls – or Powell – want…

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      … as the easing in financial conditions (i.e., higher stocks) would undo almost all of the tightening from the incremental 50bps rate hike (first of many… or not many, now that the BOE confirmed that all developed central banks are hiking right into a recession). And just to make sure the market understood what was going on, we repeated it again this morning.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      Which brings us to today’s remarkable U-turn in stocks, and the complete reversal in stocks observed yesterday.

      But first, a quick recap of what sparked the post-Fed rally, which as we explained yesterday was nothing more than the latest giant gamma squeeze, an observation confirmed this morning by Nomura’s Charlie McElligott who writes the following:

      I believe the scenario which might have scared [Powell] the most would have been going so hard with the potential “50bps May / 75bps June / 75bps July” which would have gotten them to “Neutral-ish” by end of Summer and stuck sitting on their hands…but then, risk being caught in a situation where the MoM inflation data stays persistently higher while unemployment data makes new lows—which would then see the market “expect even more” again, off what was already a “75bps hikes prior” and risking an enormous “policy / communications error” hawkish-escalation “hard landing” accident

      As this was clearly then perceived by a VERY front-footed “hawkish” market as “UNDER-delivering” on said expectations for a “hawkish messaging,” we then saw Stocks blow higher thereafter, thanks to a massive “Short Gamma” squeeze and the corroborated “Vanna sling-shot” feedback loop we have been discussing, as implied Vols were just clobbered with the “hawkish left-tail” then viewed as almost essentially “removed” from the scenario distribution going-forward.

      Precisely what we said yesterday, but recall we also said the following: “while it is easy to turn optimistic here, a warning: the last thing the Fed wants is for its 50bps rate hike – the biggest in 22 years – to be viewed as a green light to more risk on. In fact, if we indeed see stocks surging in the next few days, we fully expect the next crew of Fed talking heads which will hit the mic as soon as Friday to warn that not only is a 75bps – and even as 100bps – rate hike on the table, but that an emergency, inter-meeting announcement is distinctly positive if algos ignore the Fed call at their own peril.”

      Which brings us to the even more important question of “where to from here” which prompted a witty rejoinder Charlie McElligott who writes today that “a client said something which struck me two days ago: “Bulls and Bears both want a rally.”

      That, of course, corroborates with what we said yesterday and Nomura’s feedback from many in the “impulse FCI tightening” bear-camp, who have been saying they wanted to fade a large post-Fed relief / mechanical rally.

      To the Nomura strategist, this then means the best way to continue trading this environment is “Short Vol, Short Delta.”

      Practically, key levels for Bulls to reclaim from here are the “Zero Gamma” lines—where it truly feels that “THE” force which continues to drive the market are these “short Gamma” hedging pinch-points, where particularly SPX and QQQ are within reach—but still below—reclaiming this as a “stabilizing” force moving-forward:

      • SPX / SPY $Gamma -$1.2B (jumping up to 24.2%ile now), “Zero Gamma” neutral line up at 4314 (currently nearing “Neutral Gamma vs Spot” but still “Short”)
      • QQQ $Gamma +$139.9mm (jumping up to 60.0%ile now), “Zero Gamma” neutral line up $327.02 (currently nearing “Neutral Gamma vs Spot” but still “Short”)
      • IWM $Gamma -$96.1mm (jumping up to 36.4%ile now), “Zero Gamma” neutral line up at $200.93 (currently still VERY “Short Gamma vs Spot”)

      Charlie then looks at history to make an “analog” observation; specifically he took a look at days when the Fed hiked Rates and the SPX was up by more than either +1% or more than +2%. The read?  Both show forward returns are locally “mixed at best” with a median SPX trade that is LOWER out 3m thereafter for both “triggers” (which is very rare for 3m windows in SPX tbh)…while revealing some especially “cringe” dates on the backtest:

      1% moves on Fed hikes:

      2% moves on Fed hikes:

      McElligott concludes by noting that the Fed’s “reset” of expectations to “buy time” for data to fit their view “feels risky to me — I mean, we are talking an attempt at threading the needle, but with a MOAB — as it risks both another “hawkish escalation” down the road which would almost certainly then see the market price “policy error / hard landing” bets even more aggressively, as the Fed would then be pushing into outright “restrictive” territory.”

      Of course, by extension if a market rally is the opposite of what bulls wanted  yesterday, pushing into “outright restrictive” territory – i.e., accelerating the next recession – is just what the bulls need, as it means rate cuts and a fresh QE can’t be far behind. In fact, today’s crash is precisely what the bulls want…

      More in the full note available to professional subscribers in the usual place.

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 18:55

    Digest powered by RSS Digest

    May 05

    Today’s News 5th May 2022

    • EU Takes Aim At Russia's Ability To Insure Oil Transport In 'Iran-Style' Sanctions Escalation
      EU Takes Aim At Russia’s Ability To Insure Oil Transport In ‘Iran-Style’ Sanctions Escalation

      As part of the new ‘imminent’ sanctions on Russia – to include a phased ban on all Russian oil by the end of the year – it seems the European Union is ready to escalate even further, taking action to and beyond all-encompassing Iran-style sanctions. 

      Now it’s mulling going after Russia’s ability to even ship oil on the high seas with a proposed ban on European vessels and companies’ ability to provide services to Russian shipping entities. As Bloomberg is reporting Wednesday, the action would constitute “a move that could dramatically impair Moscow’s ability to ship its oil anywhere in the world.”

      Image: Greenpeace protesters have literally tried to attack tankers believed carrying Russian oil

      If such a ban on Russia’s access to European insurers were enacted, this would leave Russian companies exposed to the tune of multiple billions of dollars every time a single tanker leaves port, given risks like accidents and oil spills can bring with it such a price tag in terms of claims and legal action.

      Russian energy companies would then be left with few or no alternatives, writes Bloomberg: “While member states are still wrangling over the terms, it’s a potentially powerful tool because 95% of the world’s tanker liability cover is arranged through a London-based insurance organization called the International Group of P&I Clubs that has to heed European law.”

      The report makes direct comparison of such a course of action to a key way that Washington has for years been able to severely limit Iran’s ability to transport of crude, forcing the Islamic Republic to cover its risks directly.

      But huge hurdles still remain in terms of inter-EU unity on a Russian oil embargo, given the rise in countries demanding exemptions – led most notably by Hungary and Slovakia. And further erecting major hurdles for European companies is expected to be even more controversial given the ripple effect at home.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      The ban would prevent any European entity or individuals from transporting Russian oil anywhere in the world, which will be particularly painful to the economies of smaller Mediterranean countries like Greece, Cyprus and Malta  – which play an outsized role in the European shipping and transport industry.

      These countries have reportedly already registered their opposition to such a drastic punitive plan, which they say will only blowback on European companies and their ability to do business.

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 02:45

    • The Long, Lucrative & Bloody Road To World War 3
      The Long, Lucrative & Bloody Road To World War 3

      Authored by Connor Freeman via The Libertarian Institute, 

      Well, this war in Ukraine will last “months and years.” At least, that is what the leaders of the D.C. foreign policy blob, the media, President Joe Biden’s men, Pentagon and NATO leadership have decided. Their plan is to pour oil on the flames and keep the fire raging. Also, Americans are going to have to cough up the dough for another massive aid package, with $20 billion worth of weapons to keep the blood flowing. In total, this next package will cost the taxpayer $33 billion. With Biden’s proposed $813 billion “defense” budget for 2023, the U.S. is spending more on the military and war now than ever before in the country’s history.

      Now that we have our very own Ministry of Truth, it would appear any national debate over these polices, indeed if such a debate is ever allowed to take place, will likely have to be moderated by cockroaches and Keith Richards.

      NATO is set to expand again, bringing in Finland and Sweden. This will extend the alliance’s border with Russia by greater than 800 miles and further stoke nuclear tensions, bringing the current brinksmanship to a whole new level. Moscow plans to respond including by increasing air and naval forces in the Baltic Sea and reinforcing its Kaliningrad exclave, which lies between NATO members Poland and Lithuania, with additional nuclear weapons and hypersonic missiles. Until 2004, it was unthinkable that NATO would ever expand to Russia’s borders until that actually happened. Like most of our issues with Russia, this is all Bill Clinton and George W. Bush’s fault.

      Even as Russia’s Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov and other leaders in Moscow repeatedly warn of nuclear conflict and World War III, even directly comparing the current situation to the Cuban Missile Crisis, senior Pentagon officials say they are not concerned.

      Images: AP

      Nor do our all-knowing rulers appear concerned with the fact that they have “almost zero” ability to keep track of the myriad sophisticated weapons systems they are sending to Ukraine. CNN quoted briefed sources saying intelligence shows American arms are falling into a “big black hole.” They say it’s worth it.

      Nor do they seem to be concerned with the Russians’ warnings regarding how the West’s weapons flood in Ukraine threatens to expand the war into NATO territory and destabilize Europe. UK Foreign Secretary Liz Truss demands the West must “double down” on arms shipments, insisting particularly on “heavy weapons, tanks, airplanes—digging deep into our inventories, ramping up production. We need to do all of this.”

      Our top diplomat Antony Blinken says the plan is regime change in Moscow, much like his boss did in March with his Polish “gaffe.” Ironically, the $47 billion in weapons and other U.S. aid pledged to Ukraine these last two months will soon surpass the State Department’s entire budget. Eat your heart out, Netanyahu!

      Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin, former Raytheon board member, says the goal is to see Russia “weakened” to the point where it lacks even the capability to defend itself just outside its borders. As Pat Buchanan notes, this policy, whether its intended to or not, pressures the Kremlin to more seriously consider pulling its nuclear trigger.

      “We want to see Russia weakened to the degree that it can’t do the kinds of things that it has done in invading Ukraine,” Austin said with a clear eye toward increasing Russian casualties and the long term destruction of Moscow’s conventional power.

      Perhaps, Austin wants to cripple Russia so severely that his Pentagon can fight a war with China, the “most consequential strategic competitor and the pacing challenge for the Department,” without having to worry so much about Moscow—deemed a second tier “acute” threat, albeit one armed with roughly 6,000 nukes—getting involved.

      Austin’s Raytheon pals are making a killing on this proxy war as well as the ancillary effects such as European NATO states, at long last, increasing their military spending.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      As Ron Paul has written,

      One group of special interests profiting massively on the war is the US military-industrial complex. Raytheon CEO Greg Hayes recently told a meeting of shareholders that, “Everything that’s being shipped into Ukraine today, of course, is coming out of stockpiles, either at DOD or from our NATO allies, and that’s all great news. Eventually we’ll have to replenish it and we will see a benefit to the business.”

      He wasn’t lying. Raytheon, along with Lockheed Martin and countless other weapons manufacturers are enjoying a windfall they have not seen in years. The U.S. has committed more than three billion dollars in military aid to Ukraine. They call it aid, but it is actually corporate welfare: Washington sending billions to arms manufacturers for weapons sent overseas.

      By many accounts these shipments of weapons like the Javelin anti-tank missile (jointly manufactured by Raytheon and Lockheed Martin) are getting blown up as soon as they arrive in Ukraine. This doesn’t bother Raytheon at all. The more weapons blown up by Russia in Ukraine, the more new orders come from the Pentagon.

      Former Warsaw Pact countries now members of NATO are in on the scam as well. They’ve discovered how to dispose of their 30-year-old Soviet-made weapons and receive modern replacements from the U.S. and other western NATO countries.

      There is scarcely a status quo to oppose. For weeks, escalations have continued apace. London has deployed SAS troops in Kiev to train Ukrainian troops on English anti-tank weapons. The U.S. is training Kiev’s troops in Germany and two other secret locations in Europe on heavy artillery, radar systems, and armored vehicles. Washington is expanding intelligence sharing with Kiev for its war with Russia in the Donbas, providing howitzers, vehicles to carry them, and an additional 144,000 artillery rounds. Poland is sending tanks to Ukraine, Slovenia has a plan to send large numbers of T-72 battle tanks as well. The Germans will be supplying anti-aircraft tanks to Kiev and the Pentagon says an unidentified European ally is providing Ukraine with warplanes.

      London’s armed forces minister declared his government’s support for Kiev’s “completely legitimate” attacks inside Russia using British arms. This comes amid an uptick in reports of Ukrainian cross border drone and helicopter assaults including on Russian oil depots, residential areas, and villages. The U.S. and its European allies are implementing a long term policy that looks to exile Russia, looking toward a new world order where they no longer seek to “coexist” with Moscow.

      London wants Europe to cut off all Russian energy “once and for all,” which would make war more likely, impoverish innocent people, and cause massive recessions.

      The U.S., NATO, and Russian presence in the Mediterranean Sea has reached Cold War levels, as NATO builds new Eastern European battlegroups.

      In March, NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg warned that any “use of chemical weapons would totally change the nature of the conflict, it would be a blatant violation of international law and would have far-reaching consequences.” This weekend, legislation for a new Authorization for the Use of Military Force (AUMF) has been introduced by Congressman Adam Kinzinger (R-IL). Kinzinger’s announcement calls the would be AUMF a “clear red line,” which would authorize Biden to deploy troops to Ukraine to fight Russians if Moscow should “use chemical, biological, and/or nuclear weapons.”

      With the almost complete bipartisan Congressional support for the renewal of Lend-Lease and other anti-Russia, pro-war legislation, it is not outside the realm of possibility that this bill and its cynical redline trap becomes law.

      For nearly two decades, Washington has funded “biological research” and other laboratories inside Ukraine. According to the head of the DoD’s Cooperative Threat Reduction Program, some of these labs may contain Soviet-era bioweapons.

      As Dave DeCamp, news editor at Antiwar.com, has reported,

      The Pentagon funds labs in Ukraine through its Defense Threat Reduction Agency (DTRA). According to a Pentagon fact sheet released last month, since 2005, the U.S. has “invested” $200 million in “supporting 46 Ukrainian laboratories, health facilities, and diagnostic sites.”

      Moscow has accused Ukraine of conducting an emergency clean-up of a secret Pentagon-funded biological weapons program when Russia invaded. The World Health Organization said it advised Ukraine to destroy “high-threat pathogens” around the time of the invasion.

      For their part, the U.S. maintains that the program in Ukraine and other former Soviet states is meant to reduce the threat of biological weapons left over from the Soviet Union. While downplaying the threat of the labs, Pentagon officials have also warned that they could still contain Soviet-era bioweapons.

      Robert Pope, the director of the DTRA’s Cooperative Threat Reduction Program, told the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists in February that the labs might contain Soviet bioweapons and warned that the fighting in Ukraine could lead to the release of a dangerous pathogen.

      Much like previous Syrian redlines, this is practically the hawks’ invitation to bad actors seeking U.S. intervention to go ahead and launch an attack that could be plausibly blamed on our Hitler du jour to manufacture their desired casus belli.

      It seems there may be ample sites somebody could hit that would cross Kinzinger’s cleverly drawn line in the sand. And much like the CIA, Turkey, and Saudi Arabia’s al Qaeda allies in Syria, the Azov Battalion and other Nazi groups, who have taken a humiliating beating thus far in the war, are prime candidates to launch a false flag.

      If the American people do not wake up and demand an end to our government’s intervention in Ukraine, the U.S. may be directly entering this war soon.

      If Russia was doing what the U.S. and its allies are doing in Ukraine, in Mexico or Canada, in addition to the unprecedented economic war being waged, these hawks in D.C. would have pulled the aforementioned nuclear trigger months ago.

      Tyler Durden
      Thu, 05/05/2022 – 02:00

    • When The Government Plays God: The Slippery Slope From Abortions To Executions
      When The Government Plays God: The Slippery Slope From Abortions To Executions

      Authored by John W. Whitehead & Nisha Whitehead via The Rutherford Institute,

      “Abortion on demand is the ultimate State tyranny; the State simply declares that certain classes of human beings are not persons, and therefore not entitled to the protection of the law. The State protects the ‘right’ of some people to kill others, just as the courts protected the ‘property rights’ of slave masters in their slaves.”

      – Ron Paul

      The government wants to play god.

      It wants the power to decide who lives or dies and whose rights are worthy of protection.

      Delve beneath the rhetoric and spin that have turned abortion into a politicized, polarized and propagandized frontline in the culture wars, and you will find a greater menace at work.

      Abortion may be front and center in the power struggle between the Left and the Right over who has the right to decide—the government or the individual—when it comes to bodily autonomy, the right to privacy, sexual freedom, the rights of the unborn, and property interests in one’s body, but there’s so much more going on here.

      The Left would suggest that unborn babies do not have constitutional rights and the only right that matters is a woman’s right to privacy in choosing whether or not to abort a pregnancy. The Right, while fixated on saving the lives of unborn babies, seems less concerned about what happens to those lives from birth to death.

      What few seem willing to address is that in the 30 years since the U.S. Supreme Court issued its landmark ruling in Roe v. Wade, the government has come to believe that it not only has the power to determine who is deserving of constitutional rights in the eyes of the law but it also has the authority to deny those rights to an American citizen.

      This is how the abortion debate—a politicized tug-of-war over when an unborn child is considered a human being with rights—plays into the police state’s hands by laying the groundwork for discussions about who else may or may not be deserving of rights.

      Even if (as a leaked draft opinion in the case of Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization suggests) the Supreme Court overturns its earlier rulings recognizing abortion as a constitutional right under the Fourteenth Amendment, that will not resolve the larger problem that plagues us today: namely, that all along the spectrum of life—from the unborn child to the aged—the government continues to play fast and loose with the lives of the citizenry.

      Take a good, hard look at the many ways in which Americans are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

      So, what is the common denominator here?

      These are all American citizens—endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, rights that no person or government can take away from them, among these the right to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness—and they are all being oppressed in one way or another by a government that has grown drunk on power, money and its own authority.

      If the government—be it the President, Congress, the courts or any federal, state or local agent or agency—can decide that any person has no rights, then that person becomes less than a citizen, less than human, less than deserving of respect, dignity, civility and bodily integrity. He or she becomes an “it,” a faceless number that can be tallied and tracked, a quantifiable mass of cells that can be discarded without conscience, an expendable cost that can be written off without a second thought, or an animal that can be bought, sold, branded, chained, caged, bred, neutered and euthanized at will.

      It’s a slippery slope that justifies all manner of violations in the name of national security, the interest of the state and the so-called greater good.

      Yet those who founded this country believed that what we conceive of as our rights were given to us by God—we are created equal, according to the nation’s founding document, the Declaration of Independence—and that government cannot create, nor can it extinguish our God-given rights. To do so would be to anoint the government with god-like powers and elevate it above the citizenry.

      Unfortunately, we have been dancing with this particular devil for quite some time now.

      If we continue to wait for the government to restore our freedoms, respect our rights, rein in its abuses and restrain its agents from riding roughshod over our lives, our liberty and our happiness, then we will be waiting forever.

      Already, the politicos are beating the war drums to herald the next phase of the abortion wars.

      President Biden wants voters to elect more pro-abortion rights officials to ensure that “a woman’s right to choose is fundamental.” The Senate plans to vote to codify the right to an abortion into federal law. Chief Justice John G. Roberts is opening an investigation into how the Supreme Court’s draft abortion ruling was leaked. And polling indicates that the majority of the American people want abortion to remain legal.

      Like clockwork, we find ourselves smack dab in the middle of yet another political circus that could get scary, ugly and overwhelming really fast.

      Before you get too distracted by this conveniently timed diversion that has everyone forgetting about spiking gas prices, inflation, housing shortages, and warring empires, remind yourself that no matter how the Supreme Court rules in Dobbs, it will not resolve the problem of a culture that values life based on a sliding scale.  Nor will it help us navigate the moral, ethical and scientific minefields that await us as technology and humanity move ever closer to a point of singularity.

      Humanity is being propelled at warp speed into a whole new frontier when it comes to privacy, bodily autonomy, and what it means to be a human being. As such, we haven’t even begun to wrap our heads around how present-day legal debates over bodily autonomy, privacy, vaccine mandates, the death penalty, and abortion play into future discussions about singularity, artificial intelligence, cloning, and the privacy rights of the individual in the face of increasingly invasive, intrusive and unavoidable government technologies.

      Yet here is what I know.

      Life is an inalienable right.

      By allowing the government to decide who or what is deserving of rights, it shifts the entire discussion from one in which we are “endowed by our Creator with certain inalienable rights” (that of life, liberty property and the pursuit of happiness) to one in which only those favored by the government get to enjoy such rights.

      If all people are created equal, then all lives should be equally worthy of protection.

      There’s an idea embraced by both the Right and the Left according to their biases that there is a hierarchy to life, with some lives worthier of protection than others, but there is no hierarchy of freedoms.

      All freedoms hang together.

      As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, we must never stop working to protect life, preserve our freedoms and maintain some semblance of our humanity.

      Freedom cannot be a piece-meal venture.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 23:40

    • Russia's Largest Shipper Races To Sell Third Of Fleet To Satisfy Western Loans
      Russia’s Largest Shipper Races To Sell Third Of Fleet To Satisfy Western Loans

      Russia’s largest shipping firm is unloading a third of its fleet, in a move to repay loans to western banks and financiers before sanctions come into effect on May 15, according to Lloyd’s List, citing industry sources. 

      One industry insider said Sovcomflot is attempting to offload 40 of the 121 vessels it currently owns with buyers in Dubai and China. 

      The European Union and the UK have slapped Russia with a series of sanctions — one specifies that all banks must terminate Russian agreements by May 15. This means that Sovcomflot must satisfy all outstanding loans before that date, which has prompted the shipper to sell a third of its fleet. 

      “Basically, all banks and charterers have until May 15 to actually terminate the contracts, which means Sovcomflot has a very short window to pay back the loans and realistically, there is only one way it can do that and that is to sell the ships,” said one senior banker currently negotiating terms with Sovcomflot.

      Others with direct discussions of the deals said only eight vessels had been sold, with four of them finding buyers in Dubai. There are active conversations with Chinese buyers. 

      Lloyd’s List couldn’t figure out how much Sovcomflot owed western banks but said, “the last available consolidated accounts detail $2.1bn of debt, made up of short- and long-term bank loans.” 

      Here’s a breakdown of Sovcomflot’s tanker fleet as per Lloyd’s List. 

      On top of the May 15 deadline, the EU announced a proposed total ban on Russian oil imports on Wednesday, including the phase-out of Russian crude oil within six months and refined products by the end of the year. European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen said the bloc would wean off Russian oil in “an orderly fashion” (orderly, probably not …). 

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 23:20

    • Illegal Aliens Sue Texas Officials After Arrests For Trespassing
      Illegal Aliens Sue Texas Officials After Arrests For Trespassing

      Authored by Charlotte Cuthertson via The Epoch Times,

      A group of illegal aliens has filed a lawsuit against Texas officials for alleged constitutional violations within the governor’s Operation Lone Star criminal trespass program.

      The lawyers for the 15 plaintiffs hope to turn the case into a class action lawsuit on behalf of more than 2,000 illegal immigrants whom they say have been over-incarcerated; arrested based on race, immigration status, or national origin; as well as denied due process.

      “In particular, the Plaintiffs and the Class Members have suffered a common cause of injury, namely the violation of their Fourth Amendment and Fourteenth Amendment rights,” the lawsuit states.

      “Using state criminal law, the state of Texas and participating counties have created, and are carrying out what is, in reality, a system of state immigration enforcement that targets Black and Brown—primarily Latino—individuals for prosecution and enhanced punishment.”

      The lawyers are seeking ​​$18,000 per day for each inmate that is found to have been unlawfully incarcerated or unlawfully reincarcerated. They also seek an injunction to discontinue the Operation Lone Star program.

      The lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin division.

      Texas Department of Public Safety state troopers meet up at shift-change in Brackettville, Texas, on April 18, 2022. (Charlotte Cuthbertson/The Epoch Times)

      Operation Lone Star (OLS) was launched in March 2021, and Gov. Greg Abbott beefed up the number of Texas state troopers on border roads to intercept smuggling operations and Texas National Guardsmen to augment security and observation along the border.

      The program was expanded in June last year to allow for illegal immigrants trespassing on private or state land to be arrested and prosecuted. The OLS budget funded jail space for alleged illegal immigrant trespassers, defense counsel, and prosecution resources.

      Kinney County and neighboring Val Verde County in south Texas were the first to begin the trespass prosecutions under OLS, and since then, seven more counties have joined, including Edwards, Frio, Jim Hogg, Kimble, Maverick, Uvalde, and Zavala.

      Kinney County and its sheriff, Brad Coe, are listed as defendants in the lawsuit, along with Abbott, Texas Department of Public Safety (DPS) Director Steve McCraw, and DPS Executive Director Bryan Collier.

      “Under the guise of state criminal trespass law but with the explicit, stated goal of punishing migrants based on their immigration status, Texas officials are targeting migrants,” the lawsuit alleges. “OLS targets only migrants, and only men of brown or black skin.

      “Hundreds of those arrested have waited in jail for weeks or months without a lawyer, or without charges, or without bond, or without a legitimate detention hold or without a court date.”

      A group of illegal aliens is apprehended by law enforcement on a ranch in Kinney County, Texas, on Jan. 15, 2022. (Courtesy of Kinney County Sheriff’s Office)

      County Attorney Brent Smith said his small county has struggled to keep up with the volume of prosecutions—he went from about six cases per month to more than 30 per day.

      But, he said, the law has safeguards in place to protect alleged criminals.

      “For instance, a writ of habeas corpus hearing is triggered when more than 30 days elapses before there’s a complaint filed. And when that occurs, they’re eligible to get a reduced bond or a PR bond,” Smith said in an earlier interview.

      Regarding the lawsuit, Smith told The Epoch Times on May 2 that “it reads more like the liberal media propaganda than something based in actual law and fact.”

      He spurned the racial profiling allegation. “Nowhere in the entire complaint can they point out where we didn’t arrest someone because they were white or non-Hispanic or non-Latino. If you’re breaking the law, you get arrested,” he said.

      Coe said he’s heard about the lawsuit but hasn’t been served or seen it yet.

      “It’s kind of hard to profile when a) you can’t see inside the vehicles, everybody has tinted windows. And b) it’s hard to profile when you’re sitting there waiting for somebody to show up and a group of 10 shows up and they’re all Mexicans. So how is that profiling?” Coe told The Epoch Times on April 29.

      “We’re protecting citizens, we’re protecting landowners, so I don’t really see it going anywhere, but we’ll see what happens.”

      Lt. Christopher Olivarez, DPS spokesman for the south Texas region, told The Epoch Times via email that “the department does not discuss pending litigation.”

      Kinney County Sheriff Brad Coe in Brackettville, Texas, on Jan. 18, 2022. (Charlotte Cuthbertson/The Epoch Times)

      Border Security

      The Texas legislature has approved nearly $3.5 billion for OLS since September last year.

      Since its inception, the program has been condemned by state Democrats, organizations such as the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU), and lawyer groups for illegal immigrants.

      A group of 50 Democrats in the Texas House of Representatives wrote a letter in January urging the departments of Justice and Homeland Security to investigate the program. The ACLU filed its own 50-page complaint to the Department of Justice in December 2021.

      “Operation Lone Star uses state criminal law to target Black and Latino migrants for punishment,” the Democrats’ Jan. 26 letter to the federal agencies alleges.

      “Anti-immigrant hate is on the rise in Texas, and state and local officials are fanning the flames,” the ACLU stated in its complaint.

      Abbott has defended the program, saying it “continues to fill the dangerous gaps left by the Biden administration’s refusal to secure the border.”

      “Every individual who is apprehended or arrested and every ounce of drugs seized would have otherwise made their way into communities across Texas and the nation due to President Biden’s open border policies,” Abbott said in a statement on April 29.

      Abbott, a Republican, declared a state of disaster on May 31, 2021, as the crisis escalated. This meant most misdemeanor charges of trespassing were elevated from a Class B to a Class A misdemeanor, which carries a higher penalty. The charge is also elevated if the individual has a deadly weapon or is found more than 100 feet past the property line on agricultural land.

      The illegal aliens arrested on ranches in Kinney County aren’t turning themselves over to Border Patrol and seeking asylum, Smith said.

      “They’re being smuggled across. And then whenever law enforcement locates them, they’re running. They’re not trying to surrender at all,” Smith told The Epoch Times in an earlier interview.

      “If they were trying to claim asylum, they’d be doing that at the port of entry, or the first law enforcement they come to. But instead, they’re evading law enforcement—and they’re destroying property while they do it.”

      A group of illegal aliens is apprehended by law enforcement on a ranch in Kinney County, Texas, on Jan. 14, 2022. (Courtesy of Kinney County Sheriff’s Office)

      Kinney County has prosecuted more than 2,885 illegal aliens for trespassing and evading arrest since August last year, as well as several U.S. citizens.

      The county only has 14 male-only jail spaces, which are perpetually full. So the aliens are booked and appear before a magistrate at a tent facility in neighboring Val Verde County.

      From Val Verde, troopers transport them 100 miles away to the Briscoe Unit in Dilley, Texas, which has been repurposed to detain almost 1,000 illegal aliens who are waiting for their court cases and serving out their sentences. The Segovia Unit in Edinburg, Texas, has also been repurposed for OLS detainees.

      Kinney County’s first jury trial is scheduled for May 9, after several aliens pleaded not guilty to their trespass charges.

      Border Patrol agents made more than 1.3 million apprehensions of illegal aliens in Texas in 2021. An additional half million are estimated to have evaded capture.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 23:00

    • White House Pressures Israel To Expand Military Aid To Ukraine
      White House Pressures Israel To Expand Military Aid To Ukraine

      Axios has revealed in a Wednesday report that the Biden administration last week urged Israel to begin giving Ukraine direct military aid. Israel has sought thus far during the Russian invasion to portray itself as neutral, up to this point refusing requests from Ukrainian leadership for Israeli weapons.

      However, it was only last month that Israel agreed to send what were perhaps merely symbolic shipments of helmets and bulletproof vests, which were described as for use by first responders, and not Ukraine’s armed forces.

      Pro-Ukraine demonstrators at Habima Square in Tel Aviv, via AFP

      At the moment Ukraine is reportedly seeking Israeli military communications gear and anti-drone systems, according to Axios. Tel Aviv has long sought to be careful about not angering Russia, given the two countries’ interests butt up against each other inside Syria, and relatedly Israel needs Russia’s help on the issue of Iranian influence and expansion in the region.

      So far the Israelis are said to be mulling the possibility of only providing nonlethal military aid – as they come under pressure from Washington.

      According to details offered in the Axios report, “Israel last week sent Dror Shalom, the head of the political-military bureau at the Ministry of Defense, to Ramstein Air Base in Germany for a U.S.-led meeting on sending weapons to Ukraine.”

      US officials communicated understanding of Israel’s delicate position vis-a-vis its Russian relations:

      • The Biden administration made it clear to the Israelis that the U.S. understands its complicated situation with Russia and appreciates what it has done so far in terms of aid to Ukraine, but hopes it could do more in providing military equipment, U.S. and Israeli officials said.
      • This message was delivered during a meeting between White House national security adviser Jake Sullivan and his Israeli counterpart, Eyal Hulata, at the White House last week and in conversations between the Pentagon and the Israeli Ministry of Defense.

      Meanwhile, there’s the possibility that Baltic countries in possession of Israeli weapons systems could be given the greenlight to transfer them to Kiev.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      The timing of the above revelations could prove further awkward given the report comes amidst a worsening Israel-Russia diplomatic spat, following Russia’s foreign minister Sergey Lavrov speculating that Adolf Hitler may have had “Jewish Blood”.

      This has led to Israel demanding an official apology and retraction of the statement, which appeared intended by Lavrov to deflect when pressed on why President Putin has repeatedly said Ukraine is in the grip of neo-Nazis when its president Volodymyr Zelensky is himself Jewish. Moscow has so far refused to apologize or have Lavrov walk back the comments which came during an interview with an Italian newspaper.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 22:40

    • China Bets The House On New Houses
      China Bets The House On New Houses

      Submitted by Benn Steil and Benjamin Della Rocca

      Last September, after China’s second-largest property developer, Evergrande Group, missed $131 million in interest payments, Beijing promised to rein in risky real-estate speculation. We didn’t buy it. As we wrote in November, Chinese leaders rely on frothy housing markets and lending growth to meet their politically determined annual GDP growth targets. Serious housing reform was not in the cards.

      Sure enough, Beijing soon revealed that the promise was a head-fake. In January, the government moved to make it easier for developers to pay creditors using pre-construction homebuyer funds held in escrow. In March, the National People’s Congress killed plans to introduce a national property tax and other structural reforms to reduce property speculation. Municipal authorities have subsidized young buyers’ home purchases, directed state-owned banks to slash mortgage rates, and eased home down-payment requirements.

      The state-controlled press says it is all working perfectly—speculation is being stamped out, and the housing market is “stable.” Yet home sales are plunging.

      So how does the government square this circle? It points to data showing steady prices for new homes. Our left-hand graphic above confirms this fact. But it also shows a steep decline—the steepest on record—in prices for existing homes.

      What is happening? The government cares less about prices of existing homes than new-home prices, since over-leveraged developers make their money selling new units. So, not surprisingly, it is betting the house on keeping new homes popular and profitable.

      Chinese cities have been imposing price floors and prohibiting “malicious price cuts” on new construction. They have been offering generous consumer-goods vouchers and tax cuts to buyers of new properties. All of this costly window-dressing is keeping new-home prices up and overleveraged developers afloat, even as the market for existing homes tanks. Still, real-estate analysts and Chinese developers alike widely expect new-home prices to head south soon enough.

      Falling house prices affect GDP through the so-called wealth effect—that is, consumers’ tendency to cut spending when their assets fall in value. A $100 decline in housing-market net worth, according to one U.S.-based study, lowers consumption by $2.50-5.00. In China, the housing wealth effect is likely at least this large. As the right-hand chart above shows, homes represent roughly 45 percent of Chinese household net worth. (In some cities, it is more like 70 percent.) That compares with just 27 percent in the United States.

      What does all this mean for China’s economy? If existing-home price declines bring a wealth effect at the upper end of the range above, then we would expect recent changes alone to shave roughly half a percent off China’s 2022 GDP growth. Last month, owing to omicron’s spread, the IMF revised China’s 2022 growth forecast down to 4.4 percent, 1.1 percentage points below the government’s target, although home-price effects do not seem to be part of their equation. All else equal, something below 4 percent is more likely. Of course, President Xi may be unwilling to accept 4 percent growth—in which case we can expect yet further measures to juice borrowing and home prices.

      Eventually, unsustainable debt becomes—well, unsustainable. At that point, there is a financial crisis or productivity collapse that crushes growth. Defining “eventually,” of course, is the big challenge.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 22:20

    • The Legal Status Of Abortion Worldwide
      The Legal Status Of Abortion Worldwide

      According to a leaked draft opinion reported on by Politico, the U.S. supreme court has provisionally voted to overturn Roe v Wade – the landmark 1973 ruling that legalized abortion nationwide in the United States. Reproductive rights have been put under a lot of pressure in some parts of the country recently, and an analysis by the Guttmacher Institute predicts that around half of U.S. states will take advantage of Roe v Wade being overturned by banning abortions completely.

      Infographic: Which States Would End Abortion if Roe v. Wade Was Overturned? | Statista

      You will find more infographics at Statista

      However, as Statista’s Martin Armstrong notes, the story is very different elsewhere in the world.

      Infographic: The Legal Status Of Abortion Worldwide | Statista

      You will find more infographics at Statista

      In February this year, Colombia decriminalized abortion during the first 24 weeks of pregnancy. This was the latest step forward for reproductive rights in Latin America after a more conservative but nevertheless significant decriminalization in Mexico in September 2021. In January 2021, Argentina had become the largest Latin American country to legalize abortion. This occurred despite opposition from the Catholic church and represented a considerable milestone in a highly conservative region.

      Asia has also seen moves in favor of reproductive rights. Effective from the start of 2021, South Korea decriminalized abortion until the 14th week of pregnancy. In Thailand, parliament voted in January 2021 to make abortion legal within the 12 weeks, although penalties are still in place for those who terminate later in their pregnancies.

      This world map uses data from The Center for Reproductive Rights to show the state of global abortion laws at the start of 2021.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 22:00

    • To Spy On A Trump Aide, The FBI Pursued A Dossier Rumor The Press Shot Down As 'Bulls**t'
      To Spy On A Trump Aide, The FBI Pursued A Dossier Rumor The Press Shot Down As ‘Bulls**t’

      Authored by Paul Sperry via RealClear Investigations,

      The FBI decision to spy on a former Trump campaign adviser hinged on an unsubstantiated rumor from a Clinton campaign-paid dossier that the Washington Post’s Moscow sources had quickly shot down as “bullshit” and “impossible,” according to emails disclosed last week to a D.C. court hearing the criminal case of a Clinton lawyer accused of lying to the FBI.

      AP

      Though the FBI presumably had access to better sources than the newspaper, agents did little to verify the rumor that Trump foreign policy adviser Carter Page had secretly met with sanctioned Kremlin officials in Moscow. Instead, the bureau pounced on the dossier report the day it received it, immediately plugging the rumor into an application under the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act to wiretap Page as a suspected Russian agent.

      The allegation, peddled to both the press and FBI in the summer of 2016 by Fusion GPS, an opposition research firm hired by Hillary Clinton’s campaign to dig up dirt on Trump during the presidential race, proved to be the linchpin in winning approval for the 2016 warrant, which was renewed three times in 2017 – even though the FBI learned there were serious holes in the story and had failed to independently corroborate it.

      The revelations of early media skepticism about the Trump-Russia narrative before journalists embraced it are included in a 62-page batch of emails between Fusion and prominent Beltway reporters released by Special Counsel John Durham, who is scouring the FBI’s investigation of the Trump campaign for evidence of abuse and criminal wrongdoing.

      The documents suggest that some journalists, as keen as they were to report dirt on Trump, were nevertheless more cautious than FBI investigators about embracing hearsay information served up by Clinton agents. (The FBI declined comment.) The new material also offers a look at the lengths to which those working on Clinton’s behalf went in order to seed the government with unverified rumors about Trump and Russia that amounted to a disinformation campaign. Among those targeted were powerful Democratic members of Congress, including House Intelligence Committee Chairman Adam Schiff, who proved to be a willing collaborator.

      Trump as ‘Manchurian Candidate’

      The story of high-level Kremlin meetings didn’t ring true with some in the press, who checked with sources in Moscow and pushed back on Fusion GPS. But journalists’ interest in the story remained high during the campaign.

      In an interview, Page said he was flooded with calls during the summer of 2016 from Washington journalists, including veteran reporters from the Washington Post, the New York Times and the Wall Street Journal. He said Fusion had misled them into believing they were working on the story of their lifetimes – that a real-life “Manchurian candidate,” or Russian sleeper agent, was running for president.

      “Each news outlet kept calling me,” he said. “One by one.”

      Page said he strenuously denied the accusations.

      “It was B.S.,” he said. “I tried to warn them.”

      Peter Fritsch and Glenn Simpson of Fusion GPS: Journalists were skeptical, at least for a time. YouTube/NBC News

      As eager as journalists may have been to make Trump appear to be a Kremlin operative, some were skeptical about what Fusion was telling them about Page. Among those were now former Wall Street Journal foreign affairs correspondent Jay Solomon, who used “Manchurian candidate” in a July 2016 email exchange with Fusion, expressing his doubt.

      “Everyone wants shit on this,” insisted Fusion co-founder Peter Fritsch, a former Journal reporter himself, in an attempt to coax his old colleague Solomon into covering the story.

      Fritsch then outlined the rumors Fusion had just received from Christopher Steele, a former British intelligence officer his firm had hired to help tie Trump to Russia as part of its contract with the Clinton campaign. Those rumors, contained in a series of memos known as the Steele dossier, were shared with the FBI, including “Intelligence Report 94” dated July 19, 2016. It claimed that during a July 2016 trip to Moscow, Page attended a “secret meeting” with Putin crony Igor Sechin to discuss lifting Ukraine-related sanctions against Russia. The dossier also alleged that Page met with Kremlin official Igor Divyekin to share compromising information about Clinton with the Trump campaign.

      An ‘Easy Scoop,’ Said GPS

      “The easy scoop waiting for confirmation: that dude carter page met with igor sechin when he went to moscow earlier this month,” Fritsch stated in a July 26, 2016, email pitching the story to Solomon. “sechin discussed energy deals and possible lifting of sanctions on himself et al. he also met with a senior kremlin official called divyekin, who told page they have good kompromat on hillary and offered to help. he also warned page they have good kompromat on the donald.” (“Kompromat” is compromising information typically used in blackmail.)

      Added Fritsch, referring in part to the mass leak of Democratic emails by WikiLeaks before the 2016 Democratic National Convention in late July: “needless to say, a senior trump advisor meeting with a former kgb official close to putin, who is on a treasury sanctions list, days before the republican convention and a big russian-backed wikileak would be huge news.”

      Indeed it would be – if it were true. “Thanks for this,” Solomon said. “Will run down.”

      But later that day, Solomon reported back that “Page is neither confirming nor denying,” so Fritsch suggested he “call adam schiff or difi,” referring to the then-ranking Democrat on the House Intelligence Committee and Sen. Dianne Feinstein, a top Democrat on the Senate Intelligence Committee. It is not clear what information Fritsch expected the two Democrats to provide. (Schiff would later read the same raw dossier rumors about Page into the congressional record during a public hearing about Trump’s alleged Russian ties.)

      Three days later, Fusion’s attempts to plant their rumor in influential media outlets hit more resistance. Another Journal alumnus, Tom Hamburger, said he was “getting kick back” while trying to confirm the rumor for the Washington Post, where he worked on the paper’s national desk.

      “That Page met with Sechin or Ivanov. ‘Its [sic] bullshit. Impossible,’ said one of our Moscow sources,” Hamburger reported back to Fusion co-founder Glenn Simpson, who also previously worked for the Journal. (The rumor included Sergei Ivanov, a top Putin aide.) The Post’s Moscow bureau chief at the time was David Filipov. Hamburger added that another reporter he knew “doesn’t like this story” and was passing on it.

      “No worries, I don’t expect lots of people to believe it,” Simpson replied. “It is, indeed, hard to believe.”

      As Fusion was pushing the rumors to reporters that July, its subcontractor Steele was pushing them to FBI agents, who received copies of his dossier earlier in the month. Steele also briefed a top Justice Department official, Bruce Ohr, on the Carter Page rumors on July 30 during a breakfast at the Mayflower Hotel in D.C., and asked Ohr to relay them to FBI brass. The next day, the FBI officially opened its Crossfire Hurricane investigation targeting Trump advisers – though the bureau says this decision was based on a tip it had received from an Australian diplomat.

      For his part, Hamburger still pursued the story, asking for documents on Page later that month; and Fusion recycled the false rumor in an internal report, separate from the Steele dossier, which it emailed to Hamburger and another Post reporter in September. 

      The report, which Fritsch claimed that “one of our [research] associates wrote,” went beyond even the dossier. It asserted that Page’s July 8 speech at the New Economic School in Moscow (where President Obama had also once spoken) was “concocted to give Page a public explanation for his trip to Moscow, which sources say included secret meetings with top Kremlin officials, where the American presidential campaign and U.S. sanctions against Russia were both discussed.”

      Fritsch did not say who the Fusion “sources” were. But around the same time, he and Simpson brought Steele to Washington to brief journalists from the Post, the New York Times, CNN, and Yahoo News on Page in a private room at the Tabard Inn, a hotel-bar long a favorite of Washington scribes.

      Fusion had finally found a media outlet to take the bait it had been chumming out to reporters for months. After meeting with Steele for about an hour, Yahoo News’ Michael Isikoff ran with the rumors in a September 23 online article, which the FBI then used to corroborate the dossier in its initial October 2016 FISA application, even though the supposed corroboration was redundant: Steele and his dossier were Isikoff’s source for the story. (Isikoff, who did not respond to requests for comment, would later write in a 2018 book he co-authored, “Russian Roulette,” that the rumors about Page were just “pillow talk.”)

      The Clinton campaign jumped on what it called Isikoff’s “bombshell report” and heavily promoted it on social media. Clinton campaign official Glen Caplin issued a statement republishing the Yahoo piece in full and proclaiming: “It’s chilling to learn that U.S. intelligence officials are conducting a probe into suspected meetings between Trump’s foreign policy adviser Carter Page and members of Putin’s inner circle while in Moscow … [T]his report suggests Page met with a sanctioned top Russian official to discuss the possibility of ending U.S. sanctions against Russia under a Trump presidency – an action that could directly enrich both Trump and Page while undermining American interests.”

      Added Caplin: “This is serious business and voters deserve the facts before election day.”

      But the media never reported the real facts behind the story – that it was all based on Clinton campaign opposition research – which allowed the rumors to survive without any real scrutiny for years.

      The Washington Post eventually stopped paying attention to the red flags surrounding the dossier. The newspaper seized on other rumors Fusion fed reporters from the Clinton-paid document.

      Hamburger, for one, later bit on a tip that the source for the most explosive allegations in the dossier was a Trump supporter with Kremlin ties. He reported in 2017 that Sergei Millian was behind the claim that Russian President Vladimir Putin had compromising sex tapes of Trump and that he and Trump were engaged in a “well-developed conspiracy” to steal the 2016 election.

      However, the Post had to retract his stories after Special Counsel John Durham last year disclosed that Millian was fabricated as a source. The prosecutor indicted Steele’s “primary subsource,” Igor Danchenko, for lying to the FBI when he told agents that Millian was a source for the dossier. Millian had nothing to do with the dossier, as RCI reported. Danchenko, who awaits trial, apparently made it all up.

      Hamburger did not respond to repeated requests for comment.

      ‘Pushed It Over’ the Line

      Carter Page, who is suing the former corporate parent of Yahoo News for defamation, suggested anti-Trump bias blinded the media to glaring problems with the dossier. But even more alarming, he said, is how FBI leaders, whose text messages reveal that they shared the media’s hatred for Trump, were even more reckless in gunning for him. Page said it’s outrageous that, at least initially, the press seemed to have “higher ethical standards” than FBI headquarters.

      On Sept. 19, 2016, the FBI’s Crossfire Hurricane team formally received Steele’s dossier Report 94 alleging Page’s secret Kremlin meetings, according to Justice Department Inspector General Michael Horowitz, who detailed the FBI’s handling of the rumors in a 2019 report. That same day, the team began discussions with department lawyers “to consider Steele’s reporting as part of a FISA application targeting Carter Page.”

      In an email to attorneys, FBI Supervisory Intelligence Analyst Brian Auten forwarded an excerpt from Steele’s report and asked, “Does this put us at least *that* much closer to a full FISA on [Carter Page]?” The FBI agent handling the case said the rumors from Steele “supplied missing information in terms of what Page may have been doing during his July 2016 visit to Moscow.”

      The attorneys thought it was a “close call” when they first discussed a FISA targeting Page in early August, Horowitz relayed in his report, but the Steele reporting in September “pushed it over” the line in terms of establishing probable cause. 

      In the run-up to the FBI securing approval for the FISA request in late October 2016, the bureau tasked an undercover informant, Stefan Halper, to question Page about the alleged meetings with Kremlin officials. Halper struck out. In a conversation Halper recorded surreptitiously, Page not only denied huddling with Sechin and Divyekin but said he had never even heard of Divyekin. The FBI decided not to include these inconvenient facts in its FISA warrant application, an omission the Justice Department’s inspector general found striking.

      “The application did not contain these denials even though the application relied upon the allegations in Report 94 that Page had secret meetings with both Sechin and Divyekin,” the Horowitz report noted.

      It wasn’t the only exculpatory evidence the FBI left out of its FISA applications. It also omitted information it possessed showing that Page, who had once worked in Moscow as a Merrill Lynch investment banker, had earlier assisted the FBI in catching a Russian spy, as RealClearInvestigations first reported. The former Navy lieutenant also previously helped the CIA monitor Russia, something an FBI attorney deliberately hid from the FISA court. (The lawyer, Kevin Clinesmith, was recently convicted of charges related to his doctoring of a government email documenting Page’s role as a CIA source.)

      In early 2017, as the FBI was preparing to reapply for wiretaps on Page, Steele’s primary subsource Danchenko told Auten and other FBI officials that he had made it clear to Steele that he had only heard a rumor that such clandestine meetings might take place but not that they actually occurred as Steele wrote in his dossier. The FBI nonetheless omitted from subsequent FISA renewal applications the revelation of Danchenko backing away from the critical piece of information supporting probable cause and admitting it was merely hearsay.

      In the end, “The FBI was unable to determine whether a meeting between Sechin and Page took place,” Horowitz wrote in his report.

      Page said it’s “chilling” that the nation’s most powerful police force could act so cavalierly, disregarding basic investigative procedures like verifying tips and rumors before obtaining wiretaps on a U.S. citizen.

      Worse, he said, is how the FBI misled the secret FISA court. In a 2020 review of the applications, the powerful court determined that at least two of the surveillance warrants were invalid and therefore illegal. Page is now suing both the FBI and Justice Department for $75 million for violating his constitutional rights.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 21:40

    • CIA Director Traveled For Secret Meeting With Saudi Crown Prince To Heal Souring Ties
      CIA Director Traveled For Secret Meeting With Saudi Crown Prince To Heal Souring Ties

      It was revealed this week in The Wall Street Journal that CIA director William Burns recently traveled to Jeddah, Saudi Arabia where he held a secretive meeting with Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman.

      The purpose of the publicly unannounced visit, held in mid-April, appears to have been another attempt to try and heal souring relations with the Biden administration after the White House has been pressuring the kingdom to rapidly boost oil output as a vital backstop amid fears over unpredictable supply due to Russia’s war in Ukraine, and as Europe readies a controversial embargo on Russian oil.

      Saudi tensions have grown with Washington also over the Iran nuclear deal, which though on the ropes has been declared ‘not dead yet’ by the US administration. Both Israel and Saudi Arabia have in unison sought to torpedo progress in Vienna. US pressure to wind down the war in Yemen has also frustrated the Saudis, which have perhaps grown used to the blank check they were given to execute large-scale airstrikes on Yemenis for years prior going back to 2015.

      President Biden had also in the recent past (while on the campaign trail) referred to crown prince MbS as a “pariah” in relation to the murder of journalist Jamal Khashoggi. 

      “It was a good conversation, better tone than prior U.S. government engagements,” one US official was cited in WSJ as saying of the CIA chief’s meeting with MbS.

      This appears a far better result than when national security adviser Jake Sullivan was dispatched to Riyadh last year:

      According to a previous WSJ report, in September 2021 MbS shouted at US National Security Adviser Jake Sullivan after being pressed on the murder of Saudi journalist Jamal Khashoggi.

      At the time, MbS reportedly told Sullivan that the US can forget about asking OPEC to increase oil supplies to lower prices.

      Since then, OPEC has maintained its quotas despite pressures from the west to increase output following fuel shortages due to the sanctions against Russian energy exports. OPEC member states have opted to maintain ties with Moscow.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      In late March, as the Ukraine war raged and Yemen’s Houthis began to mount more daring missile and drone attacks on Saudi territory, the kingdom’s energy ministry stressed that Saudi Arabia will “not be held responsible” for any shortage of oil supplies to global markets. 

      Meanwhile the Saudis have been enjoying a windfall amid steadily rising oil prices, leaving little incentive to bow to the immediate urgings of Washington, which is on the one hand trying to severely punish Moscow for its Ukraine war, but on the other attempting to mitigate blowback on global energy supply and prices, and Western consumers.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 21:20

    • Tamny: The Dollar Is 'Mighty' In the Way That Kim Jong Un Is 'Tall'
      Tamny: The Dollar Is ‘Mighty’ In the Way That Kim Jong Un Is ‘Tall’

      Authored by John Tamny via RealClearMarkets.com,

      Were he around, Adam Smith would marvel. All this talk of a “strong,” “weak,” or as is often said lately, a “mighty” dollar. Wait, what? Money just is, yet pundits of the moment quite literally act as though money grows on trees such that it grows “stronger” today, but perhaps not tomorrow. No, the money discussion isn’t serious. Again, Smith would be aghast.

      He would be given his common sense understanding that money’s sole purpose is as a measure to facilitate the exchange of goods and services. Producers of actual goods and services quickly happened on the blinding glimpse of the obvious that barter was inefficient, thus necessitating money. A common agreement among producers about a measuring stick of value would enable producers of varied goods and even more varied wants to trade with each other.

      At which point stability of the unit of value (money) was of utmost importance. Since money flows logically signaled the exchange of products and services for products and services, stability of the unit mattered. A vintner providing his wine for “dollars” logically wanted the money taken in for the wine to command equal value in the marketplace.

      All of which explains the eventual migration to gold. The appeal of the yellow metal wasn’t its shininess, or religious factors, or something else unrelated to exchange. Gold came to define money because the producers who comprise the market realized that it was the commodity least affected by everything else. Put another way, gold was remarkably stable. Which meant it was and is the ultimate money. Producers want equal value for their production, period.

      That gold still is the ultimate definer of money will logically trigger some in our midst, and without regard to political persuasion. Supposedly gold is “yesterday,” supposedly it’s the stuff of monetary cranks, or conspiracy theorists. In a sense it is. There are a lot of oddballs out there who are for what they imagine is a “gold standard,” and they’re for it without a clue of what gold’s historical purpose as a definer of money was. Oh well, no big deal. Fringe attaches itself to all ideas in some shape or form. That it does in no way vitiates the simple and modern truth that gold remains the ultimate money precisely because it remains the commodity least affected by everything else.

      Evidence supporting the above claim is $7 trillion in daily currency trading. Before President Nixon severed the dollar’s link to gold in 1971 (and by extension, the world’s currency link to gold), currency markets were largely non-existent. With good reason. With the dollar defined as 1/35th of a gold ounce, and the world’s currencies either explicitly or implicitly defined in terms of the dollar, currencies were very stable. Nothing to trade. That there’s so much trading today is powerful evidence that producers the world over still require stable money to exchange, which explains the frenzied “currency markets.” Something must mitigate the tautology that is currency instability wrought by money lacking a standard, hence the trillions in daily trading. When money had a commodity definition, it just was. Like a foot, inch, or minute, money was the quiet aspect of commerce that facilitated actual commerce. Again, pre-1971 “currency trader” wasn’t a profession. Money was as Smith defined it in The Wealth of Nations.

      Which is why he would once again marvel at the discussion of money today? The dollar is “strong”? How? Why would money be anything but a constant measure of value? Exactly.

      Still, the dollar is said to be strong today. It’s well up against the yen, the euro, the pound, etc. Okay, but what does that mean? There has to be context. Think about it. North Korean leader for life is Kim Jong Un is said to be 5’7”, or 5’4” without lifts in his shoes. In that case, Kim would be tall around 5-year old kids, but rather short around 35-year olds.

      The Wall Street Journal’s Joseph Sternberg claims the dollar is “mighty,” but he bases the claim on it rising versus other paper currencies that lack definition. In that case, is the dollar “mighty,” or is it just “less weak” than other currencies Sternberg is measuring it against. Market signals indicate that the dollar is just “less weak.”

      Indeed, while currencies no longer have a gold definition, gold still speaks through the markets. At present the “mighty” dollar is worth 1/1900th of a gold ounce. When the 21st century began a dollar purchased roughly 1/300th of a gold ounce, when Joe Biden entered office the price of gold was around 1/1853rd of a gold ounce. What the gold signal tells us is that the dollar has long been weak, but not notably weaker in recent years. In other words, it hasn’t been “mighty” as much as the pound, euro and yen have been in decline.

      The shame, as always, is that this is even being discussed. No one talks about a “strong” inch, foot, or minute. All three are quiet. As constant measures of length and time, they just facilitate the understanding of reality. Money is no different, or should be no different. Not wealth on its own, money that’s credible as a measure facilitates enormous wealth creation precisely because it fosters simple exchange among producers that makes possible immense specialization among the individuals who comprise what we call an economy. The more labor is divided among producers, the more productivity. It’s really quite simple.

      Sadly, money’s lack of quietude such that it’s “mighty,” “weak,” or somewhere in between means that a growing number of wildly talented people are sidelined from production in order to trade the chaos brought on by the pretense that what solely exists to enable trade should itself be traded. Economists will plan money and its “supply,” don’t you know?

      Yes, we all do. Prosperity is being sacrificed on the obnoxious conceit of economists and pundits who haven’t a clue about what money is. Yes, Smith would most certainly marvel.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 21:00

    • Russia Indefinitely Bans Entry Of Japan's Prime Minister Among 63 Top Officials
      Russia Indefinitely Bans Entry Of Japan’s Prime Minister Among 63 Top Officials

      Russia announced Wednesday it has “indefinitely” banned 63 Japanese citizens including Prime Minister Fumio Kishida from ever entering the country over joining Washington’s anti-Russia campaign in response to the Ukraine war.

      Also on the banned entry list is Foreign Minister Yoshimasa Hayashi, Defense Minister Nobuo Kishi, and Finance Minister Shunichi Suzuki, as well as a number of members of parliament and top military officers, according to CNN citing state RIA.

      Diplomatic tensions have also risen of late due to Japan early last month removing Ukraine’s Azov battalion from its designated list of recognized terror and neo-Nazi groups. 

      Additionally Tokyo has jumped on the bandwagon of the West’s sanctions campaign, which has included introducing measures to freeze the assets of President Putin and some of his family members.

      Russian Ambassador to Japan Mikhail Galuzin had said at the time that Japan initiated the official change in status regarding Azov…

      “I think that the actions the corresponding Japanese structures undertook to exclude the Azov nationalist battalion from the category of neo-Nazi organizations stem from the fact that Japan, like other Group of Seven nations, supports the Kiev regime in all its actions, including those against the population of the Donetsk and Lugansk People’s Republics,” according to TASS.

      This fresh move to bar Japanese top officials is said to be in response to an “unprecedented anti-Russian campaign.”

      Russia’s Foreign Ministry said: “The administration of Fumio Kishida launched an unprecedented anti-Russian campaign, allows unacceptable rhetoric against the Russian Federation, including slander and direct threats,” as cited in RIA.

      “It is echoed by public figures, experts and media representatives of Japan, who are completely engaged in the attitudes of the West towards our country,” the statement continued.

      Tensions have also ratcheted in regional waters where Russia has been angered over planned US-Japan naval exercises in waters close to contested areas and disputed islands.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 20:40

    • Greenwald: Homeland Security's "Disinformation Board" Is Even More Pernicious Than It Seems
      Greenwald: Homeland Security’s “Disinformation Board” Is Even More Pernicious Than It Seems

      Authored by Glenn Greenwald via greenwald.substack.com,

      The most egregious and blatant official disinformation campaign in the U.S. took place three weeks before the 2020 presidential election. That was when dozens of former intelligence officials purported to believe that authentic emails regarding Joe Biden’s activities in China and Ukraine, reported by The New York Post, were “Russian disinformation.” That quasi-official proclamation enabled liberal corporate media outlets to uncritically mock and then ignore those emails as “Russian disinformation,” and pressured Big Tech platforms such as Facebook and Twitter to censor the reporting at exactly the time Americans were preparing to decide who would be the next U.S. president.

      Official government portrait of Nina Jankowicz, appointed to serve as Executive Director of the new “Disinformation Board” to be housed within the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (posted by Jankowicz to Twitter)

      The letter from these former intelligence officials was orchestrated by trained career liars — disinformation agents — such as former CIA Director John Brennan and former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper. Yet that letter was nonetheless crucial to discredit and ultimately suppress the New York Post‘s incriminating reporting on Biden. It provided a quasi-official imprimatur — something that could be depicted as an authoritative decree — that these authentic emails were, in fact, fraudulent.

      After all, if all of these noble and heroic intelligence operatives who spent their lives studying Russian disinformation were insisting that the Biden emails had all of the “hallmarks” of Kremlin treachery, who possessed the credibility to dispute their expert assessment? This clip from the media leader in spreading this CIA pre-election lie — CNN — features their national security analyst James Clapper, and it illustrates how vital this pretense of officialdom was in their deceitful disinformation campaign:

      This same strategic motive — to vest accusations of “disinformation” with the veneer of expertise — is what has fostered a new, very well-financed industry heralding itself as composed of “anti-disinformation” scholars. Knowing that Americans are inculcated from childhood to believe that censorship is nefarious — that it is the hallmark of tyranny — those who wish to censor need to find some ennobling rationale to justify it and disguise what it is.

      They have thus created a litany of neutral-sounding groups with benign names — The Atlantic Council, the Institute for Strategic Dialogue, various “fact-checking” outfits controlled by corporate media outlets — that claim to employ “anti-disinformation experts” to identify and combat fake news. Just as media corporations re-branded their partisan pundits as “fact-checkers” — to masquerade their opinions as elevated, apolitical authoritative, decrees of expertise — the term “disinformation expert” is designed to disguise ideological views on behalf of state and corporate power centers as Official Truth.

      Yet when one subjects these groups to even minimal investigative scrutiny, one finds that they are anything but apolitical and neutral. They are often funded by the same small handful of liberal billionaires (such as George Soros and Pierre Omidyar), actual security state agencies of the U.S., the UK or the EU, and/or Big Tech monopolies such as Google and Facebook.

      Indeed, the concept of “anti-disinformation expert” is itself completely fraudulent. This is not a real expertise but rather a concocted title bestowed on propagandists to make them appear more scholarly and apolitical than they are. But the function of this well-funded industry is the same as the one served by the pre-election letter from “dozens of former intelligence officials”: to discredit dissent and justify its censorship by infusing its condemnation with the pretense of institutional authority. The targeted views are not merely wrong; they have been adjudged by official, credentialed experts to constitute “disinformation.”

      This scam is the critical context for understanding why the Biden Administration casually announced last week the creation of what it is calling a “Disinformation Board” inside the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). There is no conceivable circumstance in which a domestic law enforcement agency like DHS should be claiming the power to decree truth and falsity. Operatives in the U.S. Security State are not devoted to combatting disinformation. The opposite is true: they are trained, career liars tasked with concocting and spreading disinformation. As Politico’s Jack Schafer wrote:

      Who among us thinks the government should add to its work list the job of determining what is true and what is disinformation? And who thinks the government is capable of telling the truth? Our government produces lies and disinformation at industrial scale and always has. It overclassifies vital information to block its own citizens from becoming any the wiser. It pays thousands of press aides to play hide the salami with facts….Making the federal government the official custodian of truth would be like Brink’s giving a safe-cracker a job driving an armored car.

      The purpose of Homeland Security agents is to propagandize and deceive, not enlighten and inform. The level of historical ignorance and stupidity required to believe that U.S. Security State operatives are earnestly devoted to exposing and decreeing truth — as CNN’s Brian Stelter evidently believes, given that he praised this new government program as “common sense” — is off the charts. As Jameel Jaffer, formerly of the ACLU and now with the Columbia’s Knight First Amendment Institute put it, most troubling is “the fact that the board is housed at DHS, an especially opaque agency that has run roughshod over civil liberties in the past.”

      Typically, any attempt to apply George Orwell’s warning novel 1984 to U.S. politics is reflexively dismissed as hyperbolic: a free and democratic country like the United States could not possibly fall prey to the dystopian repression Orwell depicts. Yet it is quite difficult to distinguish this “Disinformation Board” from Ingsoc’s Ministry of Truth. The protagonist of Orwell’s novel, Winston Smith, worked in the Ministry of Truth and described at length how its primary function was to create official versions of truth and falsity, which always adhered to the government’s needs of the moment and were subject to radical change as those interests evolved.

      That the Board will be run by such a preposterous and laughable figure as Nina Jankowicz — a liberal cartoon, a caricature of a #Resistance Twitter fanatic who spent 2016 posting adolescent partisan tripe such as: “Maybe @HillaryClinton‘s most important point so far: ‘A @realDonaldTrump presidency would embolden ISIS.’ #ImWithHer” — has, in some sense, made this board seem more benign and harmless. After all,

      Subscribers can read the rest here.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 20:20

    • Apple Poaches 31 Year Industry Veteran From Ford For Help Advancing Its Car Project
      Apple Poaches 31 Year Industry Veteran From Ford For Help Advancing Its Car Project

      It appears that Apple and Ford are engaging in some type of poaching war for employees. The latest example came this week, when it was reported that Apple has poached a 31 year veteran of the auto industry, formerly with Ford, to help ramp up development of its forthcoming electric vehicle.

      The tech giant has hired Desi Ujkashevic, who has worked at Ford since 1991 and has most recently been the company’s global director of automotive safety engineering, Bloomberg reported on Tuesday.

      She helped “oversee engineering of interiors, exteriors, chassis and electrical components for many Ford models,” the report says. 

      From Ford’s website:

      In her previous role, she was the Engineering Director for North American Vehicle Programs where she was responsible for Engineering for Car and Utility Programs managing engineering design deliverables including achievement of cost, profit, quality, and timing objectives. Prior to this, Desi was the Global Director, Interiors Engineering where she led the Strategy, Program execution, Quality and launch for Interiors on all Global Programs. Previous to this, Desi completed a 3-year international assignment in Germany, serving as Ford’s Director of Engineering for Body Systems and Design Operations.

      In addition to working on EVs, she helped develope the Ford Escape, Explorer, Fiesta and Focus, according to Mac Rumors. The outlet also noted that Bloomberg has reported “that Apple wants the ‌Apple Car‌ to be safer than cars from Tesla and Waymo, with backup systems to avoid driving system failures.”

      Recall, back in September 2021, Ford poached iconic auto engineer Doug Field from Apple. 

      Field, who previously worked as a vice president of Mac hardware engineering at Apple, returned to the Cupertino tech giant after a nearly five-year stint at Tesla to work on Apple’s secretive automotive initiative.

      Three years later, Field jumped ship again and the former Tesla and Apple exec was poached by Ford as its chief advanced technology and embedded systems officer. The latest transition marked a full circle for Field, who started his career as an engineer at Ford.

      Field, who led development of Tesla’s Model 3, most recently served as vice president of special projects at Apple, which also included the tech giant’s Titan car project. 

      Ford said Field will lead its vehicle controls, enterprise connectivity, features, integration and validation, architecture and platform, driver assistance technology and digital engineering tools.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 20:00

    • Japan's Role In Global Financial (In)Stability, Part 2: Trapped Ahead Of Unavoidable Inflation
      Japan’s Role In Global Financial (In)Stability, Part 2: Trapped Ahead Of Unavoidable Inflation

      Authored by Michael Lebowitz via RealInvestmentAdvice.com,

      We ended “Japan’s Role In Global Financial (In)Stability, Part 1: Liquidity Crisis In The Making”  with the following quote regarding inflation from BOJ Governor Haruhiko Kuroda:  “The BoJ should persistently continue with the current aggressive money easing toward achieving the price stability target of 2% in a stable manner.”

      While many central bankers are anxiously waging war against inflation, the Japanese are egging it on. Over the last few weeks, the BOJ has offered to buy as many 10-year notes at 0.25% as the market will offer them. In central bank parlance, we call that unlimited QE. While the BOJ caps bond yields with “aggressive” QE, they are doing so at the expense of the yen.

      Carry Trade

      In Part 1, we discussed how Japanese citizens and pension plans invested abroad to earn higher yields. They were not the only ones taking advantage of the difference in interest rates between Japan and many other countries.

      Hedge funds and institutional investors worldwide were also making the most of the situation by borrowing yen cheaply in Japan, converting the yen to another currency, and investing the funds at much higher rates. Such a trade is called a carry trade.  

      To understand the allure of the carry trade, let’s consider a popular carry trade that many of you are actively engaged in.

      Buying a house with a mortgage is a type of carry trade. If you purchase a home for $500,000 with a $400,000 mortgage and $100,000 in cash/equity, you are leveraged at a rate of 5:1. Any change in the home price affects your return on the investment by a factor of five. For instance, a 10% increase in the price ($50k) results in a 50% gain on your equity ($50k/$100k).

      Leverage can be much greater than 5:1 in financial market carry trades, thus resulting in more significant gains and losses than in our example.

      Yen Carry Trades

      Unlike mortgage payments and house values denominated in dollars, the yen carry trade introduces currency risk. If you borrow in yen and it appreciates, you pay back the loan with more expensive yen. Therefore, appreciation of the yen eats into profits and discourages the yen carry trade.

      For example, you go to a Japanese bank and put down $100,000 in assets to borrow 1,000,000 yen for one year at 0%. You convert the yen to dollars and buy a one-year U.S. Treasury note at 3%. Assuming the yen’s value doesn’t change versus the dollar, the return will be 30% (3% * 10x leverage). If the yen appreciates by 1% over the year, and you did not hedge the currency risk, the return falls to 20%. 5% appreciation of the yen results in a 20% loss.  

      As you might surmise, yen carry trades are very sensitive to yen price movement. Understanding this, the BOJ has acted numerous times to arrest the yen’s appreciation. We share the following from the book The Rise of Carry:

      “Over a period of just seven months up to March 2004, the BOJ/MOF accumulated well over US$250 billion in foreign reserves in the attempt to prevent the yen from appreciating. At the end of this period, the yen dollar exchange rate was basically flatlining as the BOJ stood in the market and absorbed all the dollars that yen purchasers wished to sell.”

      At that time and many other times, the BOJ bought dollars and sold yen to keep the exchange rate stable. By minimizing currency risk, the yen carry trade retained its attractiveness to foreign investors. The size of the yen carry trade has declined in recent years, as shown below. Even at 100 trillion yen, carry trade investors control approximately $80 billion worth of assets worldwide.

      Japan’s Achilles Heel

      Currently, the yen is rapidly depreciating. It is the direct consequence of the BOJ’s aggressive actions to halt yields from rising. As we share in Part 1, Japan can ill afford higher interest rates with its massive debt levels.

      However, as the BOJ tries to stop rates from rising, they weaken the yen. Japan is in a trap. They can protect interest rates or the yen but not both. Further, its actions are circular. As the yen depreciates, inflation increases and the Japanese central bank must do even more QE to keep interest rates capped.

      The graph below shows the recent depreciation of the yen in blue. The graph charts the amount of yen needed to buy a dollar; ergo, the rising amount represents depreciation. With interest rates capped in Japan and in rising in America, you can see the widening difference in yields in orange. Essentially the graph highlights the stark contrast between the Fed’s hawkish policy and the BOJ’s dovish policy.  

      The BOJ, with full government support, appears willing and able to do everything in its power to keep monetary policy extremely aggressive regardless of what other central banks do. Such a stance by the Japanese central bank might be possible if inflation remains tame.

      Japanese CPI and PPI

      Japanese inflation is much lower than in most other major economic nations. However, there are signs that prices may catch up. For instance, the prices of input goods (PPI) have begun to rise rapidly. While CPI is still low at .9%, we must consider that PPI and inflation expectations, shown below, often lead CPI.  

      Japan may be already experiencing a jump in CPI that the government is minimizing, or the data is simply lagging. Either way, this inflationary impulse is far different from minor impulses in the past.

      Further, given the surging price of global commodities and Japan’s lack of natural resources, it will be near impossible to avoid inflation.

      Inflation and Demographics

      Many politicians say inflation is good because of Japan’s massive debt levels. It can essentially reduce the amount of debt as a percentage of the economy.

      It appears that for this reason, the BOJ wants more inflation. However, with more inflation, the BOJ must expend even greater efforts to ensure interest rates do not follow inflation higher.

      Let’s review Japan’s demographic situation. As we wrote in Part 1- “A poor demographic profile also hamstrings Japan’s economy. The working-age population is almost 15% below its peak of 1995. To make matters worse, over a third of their population is 65 or older and quickly becoming dependent on the remaining population.”

      A large percentage of Japan’s elderly population relies on fixed income portfolios. High inflation will be devastating to them. It will severely crush their purchasing power if interest rates do not rise in line with higher prices.  

      Regardless of whether the Japanese government accurately measures inflation, the citizens already feel it. In an admission that inflation is becoming problematic, the Japanese government is trying to ease citizens’ pain. Per Nikkei Asia- “Japan plans to spend 6.2 trillion yen ($48.2 billion) on additional gasoline subsidies, low-interest loans and cash assistance to alleviate the pain of consumers and small businesses facing rising prices, Nikkei has learned.”

      The Stage Is Set

      So, what happens if CPI data starts rising rapidly? More importantly, might high inflation and the limited means of many of Japan’s citizens force the BOJ to take a more hawkish stance to limit inflation? Doing so would involve fighting yen depreciation at the expense of interest rates. This hawkish scenario, which hasn’t been seen in Japan in thirty years, is deeply troubling.

      A strong yen and higher rates will entice liquidity to flow back to Japan. Yen carry trades will be reversed as their borrowing costs rise alongside an appreciating yen. Such is a recipe for a global drain of liquidity and possibly a financial crisis. Japanese citizens and pension funds will start to bring their money home to take advantage of higher yields without the currency risk.  

      Such a reversal of liquidity is not a Japan-centric problem as the tentacles of the yen carry trade spread through global financial markets. The loss of liquidity will be felt worldwide. 

      Summary

      The BOJ is trapped. They are conducting unlimited QE to keep rates low and but at the same time, weaken the yen, which promotes inflation. Unlike many other economic pundits, it is not the collapse of the yen that is our chief concern. It is the opposite. The BOJ has avoided inflation for thirty years. The onset of inflation might be too much for them to evade.

      Wayne Gretzky claims he was such a good hockey player because he went to where the puck would be. As investors, we should consider what Japan is doing today but focus on what they may have to do tomorrow.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 19:40

    • Musk Reportedly Secures $10 Billion For Twitter Deal From 'Old Friends'
      Musk Reportedly Secures $10 Billion For Twitter Deal From ‘Old Friends’

      Private-equity giant Thoma Bravo (one of the first firms to become associated with Elon Musk’s campaign to buy Twitter) may have backed out of the deal, but that hasn’t stopped Musk from finding the money elsewhere. 

      According to a report published Wednesday night by the New York Post, Musk is reportedly closing in on securing $10 billion (out of the total $44 billion valuation for the deal) for his bid to buy Twitter from a group of “deep-pocketed” venture firms and family offices – although the Post report didn’t name the specific firms (although it did claim that the firms had experience backing other Musk ventures, including SpaceX. 

      Musk has said he’s trying to limit his own exposure to Twitter to just $15 billion (a pittance for the world’s richest man). He has also said he hopes to turn the company around and take it public again within three years. 

      One of the Post’s sources claimed that Musk has “[h]e has more than $10 billion of committed equity”.

      A source said that Musk had spent “hours” talking to Thoma Bravo founder Orlando Bravo, but in the end, one of Bravo’s deputies (or perhaps several of them) ended up torpedoing the deal.

      “My sense is Orlando Bravo wanted to do it but one or two of his top partners don’t want to,” a second source said.

      Most of the biggest buyout firms on the street have already turned Musk down, or said they would prefer to limit their exposure to debt finance (like Apollo).

      Other major buyout firms including Stephen Schwarzman’s Blackstone and billionaire Robert F. Smith’s Vista Equity Partners also have turned Musk down altogether, a source said. Apollo Global Management, meanwhile, is only interested in providing debt financing, according to sources close to the talks.

      On top of lining up the equity financing from other backers, Musk is also reportedly working on securing more than $5 billion in existing equity from previous Twitter shareholders (including Jack Dorsey and Fidelity), who – according to Musk’s plan – would be allowed to roll over their shares into the new privately-owned venture.

      Several banks have already said that they would rather not become directly exposed to Twitter. Citigroup, Credit Suisse and RBC have signaled that they’re open to providing loans against Musk’s Tesla stock (otherwise known as a margin loan), but they have balked at providing loans against Twitter’s equity because of the fact that this debt burden would eat up too much of Twitter’s cash flow. One of the Post’s sources said that the amount of leveraged financing in the Twitter deal was “crazy”. 

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 19:20

    • All Eyes On Florida's New Education Commissioner
      All Eyes On Florida’s New Education Commissioner

      Authored by Robert Pondiscio via RealClear Policy (emphasis ours),

      Last Friday, Florida’s State Board of Education voted to approve Republican Senator Manny Diaz, Jr. the state’s new education commissioner. Diaz makes history as Florida’s first Hispanic education commissioner.

      (AP Photo/Wilfredo Lee)

      He is also, on Day One, the most important and closely watched state education chief in the country. His new boss, Florida governor Ron DeSantis, has his eye on the White House in 2024; the Governor’s political appeal and personal brand rests heavily on education, particularly a series of controversial measures exerting the state’s authority over controversial curriculum content. It will fall to Diaz to communicate, execute, and enforce these polarizing initiatives. His success or failure may therefore exert an outsize effect of DeSantis’ national reputation and political fortunes.

      Diaz brings a strong education background to the job. He’s a former high school social studies teacher who began his teaching career at the same high school from which he graduated, before moving to another local school where he rose to become an assistant principal. To this day, he is still certified to teach in Florida. At the same time, he’s a staunch champion of school choice and worked as a legislator representing the Miami-Dade area to expand access to Florida’s many public scholarship programs and to grow the state’s charter school sector. First elected to the Florida House of Representatives in 2012, he served three terms before winning his Senate seat in 2018. Most recently he was the Senate sponsor of House Bill 7, aimed at curbing “corporate wokeness” and eliminating critical race theory from Florida schools. Diaz stood alongside DeSantis at a signing ceremony for the bill two weeks ago. “I’m clearly straight in line with his ideology and we have been that way since he took office,” Diaz told me in an interview shortly before the state board accepted DeSantis’s recommendation last week.

      As a senator, Diaz supported Florida’s Parental Rights in Education law, famously derided by critics as the “Don’t Say Gay” bill, which forbids schools from teaching lessons on sexual orientation or gender identity in grade K-3 classes, or at any grade level if not deemed age-appropriate. “We have to let kids be kids,” Diaz argued on the Senate floor in favor of the measure he will now be responsible for implementing. “There are topics that our kids are not mature enough to grasp.” Similar parental rights bills have been introduced in dozens of states, ensuring further scrutiny of the effects of the Florida law on which most of those measures have been modeled.

      Overlooked entirely in national coverage of these “culture war” measures is Florida’s decision to eliminate its multi-day state tests and replace them with a “progress monitoring system” that will assess students three times a year through tests that take a few hours instead of a few days. The intention is to reduce time spent on testing although critics, including the state’s teachers’ unions, insist the new system will have the opposite effect and increase time spent on testing. It will fall to Diaz to make good on DeSantis’ promise that the new system will be less burdensome and provide more timely and individualized feedback to students, teachers, and parents.

      Florida ranks among the most school choice-friendly state in the nation. Nearly half the state’s children attend schools other than an assigned local public school. When I met first met Diaz two years ago, he was one of several Florida Republicans predicting the state would be the first universal choice state in the country — a prediction he tempered when we spoke last week. “There are legislative leaders that have that vision,” he said. “That’s an ongoing conversation, I’d like to have with the governor to see what his vision is going forward on choice programs.”

      But without question, the national spotlight will shine the brightest on Florida as Diaz oversees implementation of the spate of new laws exerting the state’s authority on classroom content, which has implications far beyond the state’s classroom: those measures are central to DeSantis’s brand. Diaz sounded unphased by the high stakes when we spoke last week. “My goal is to have conversations with superintendents, school board members, with parents, teachers, and stakeholders about what it means, and to make sure that we are teaching our standards and that we’re not having material in there that violates the law,” he said. “Despite all of the noise around it, the aim and the goal of these pieces of legislation are pretty clear.”

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 19:00

    • This Is What Sparked Today's Euphoric Post-Fed Meltup
      This Is What Sparked Today’s Euphoric Post-Fed Meltup

      A historic Fed decision is in the books and Fed Chair Powell did not disappoint. As Oanda’s Edward Moya writes, the Fed delivered the first-rate hike in 22 years and signaled more rate increases are appropriate and that the balance sheet runoff will begin in June, all of which was as expected. What was somewhat surprising is Powell’s vow (for now) that larger rate hikes are not on the table. ​Risky assets got a boost after Fed Chair Powell said, “So a 75 basis point increase is not something that the committee is actively considering.” Surprisingly, Powell’s confidence that large hikes aren’t coming takes place as inflation is not slowing down anytime soon, but that is not scaring Powell as his confidence grows that he can slow inflation without triggering a recession.

      And yet, the truth is that virtually nobody actually expected 75bps of rate hikes which emerged as an extra hawkish bogeyman in the last minute, allowing Wall Street to give itself a dovish release is this unlikely outcome did not take place. Sure enough, in his Fed post-mortem, Standard Chartered’s Steve Englander asks rhetorically “why the optimistic market reaction?” and answers:

      We expected investors to approach this FOMC worried about whether the FOMC would explicitly or implicitly endorse shifting to a hiking pace of 75bps down the road, or raise the possibility of tightening well above neutral. Such fears were evident in asset price moves as the FOMC approached. We consequently saw a risk that an “as expected” outcome would be viewed as dovish as this added risk premium dissolved. While today’s price moves were dramatic, 5Y UST yields and BBDXY are still well above the levels that prevailed for almost the entire month of April. So it is fair to say that positioning and excess pessimism reflect a big part of the market reaction.

      There is more: as we wrote repeatedly over the past week, the Fed is set to hike aggressively right into a recession, and it appears that even Powell is becoming concerned about this eventuality. To wit, Englander writes in his post-Fed note that “we also saw a few tentative indications that the Fed sees a little more risk of a slowdown (or at least a moderation in activity), and that it did not want to endorse the most hawkish views under discussion at this point.”

      Some more thoughts from Englander:

      Fed Chair Powell went out of his way to point to 50bps hikes as the norm, provided inflation and activity evolved according to plan, but didn’t endorse 75bps. He mentioned a possibility that jobs growth would slow, one of the first Fed characterizations of the jobs market as anything other than ‘red hot’. He pointed to some slowing of inflation in monthly data (while indicating that the Fed wanted to see concrete indications that inflation was coming off). Overall, the tone was much more balanced than at the January and March FOMC meetings.

      Today’s tone shift is in line with our expectation that activity and, eventually, inflation will slow as 2022 progresses, and ultimately be reflected in a significantly lower fed funds path and USD level once we slide into a recession some time in the second half of 2022 at which point the Fed will not only cut rates but resume QE. However, until the slower growth trend is well established, the ups and downs of data could produce big swings in expectations and in the tone of Fed commentary.

      Finally, how did this “strategic” easing of Fed tensions translate into the actual tactical buying euphoria? Simple: as we first explained in “Buyback Blackout Period Is Over, And 10 More Reasons Why Goldman Calls The End Of The Market Carnage“, positioning was almost universally bearish, not only with AAII net bullish sentiment tied for the lowest ever…

      … but hedge funds were almost uniformly positioned for much more losses, with a huge imbalance in put/call ratios as well as an extremely negative dealer gamma. Recall what Goldman said over the weekend:

      S&P Index Gamma (no longer long) given institutional “forced hedging” of May puts – do we see monetization of puts after the big FOMC event next week? Dealer long gamma has been unwound, and works in both directions. This will exacerbate, not buffer moves in the same direction as the market.

      Indeed, today’s “unclenching” which was catalyzed by Powell “taking 75bps off the table”, sparked precisely the epic short squeeze , both in cash and gamma, that Goldman expected as puts were aggressively monetized, sending the VIX tumbling.

      Another take on this phenomenon comes from our friends at Spot Gamma, who have shared the following video explaining how vol sellers drove today’s 3% market rally (if only practically speaking, it was of course Powell who started it).

      That said, there is some disagreement about what happens next is: according to SpotGamma, 4,300 still remains a line of resistance on the S&P, while Oanda is more bullish and concludes that “risky assets can rally now that Wall Street has fully priced in the rest of the year’s rate hikes by the Fed.” While it is easy to turn optimistic here, a warning: the last thing the Fed wants is for its 50bps rate hike – the biggest in 22 years – to be viewed as a green light to more risk on. In fact, if we indeed see stocks surging in the next few days, we fully expect the next crew of Fed talking heads which will hit the mic as soon as Friday…

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      … to warn that not only is a 75bps – and even as 100bps – rate hike on the table, but that an emergency, inter-meeting announcement is distinctly positive if algos ignore the Fed call at their own peril.

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 18:40

    • Stocks Soar To Best Fed-Hike-Day Performance In 44 Years
      Stocks Soar To Best Fed-Hike-Day Performance In 44 Years

      Tl:dr: This was the biggest gain on a Fed day since Dec 2008 (a rate-cut day), but this was the greatest upside-day for the S&P 500 on a Fed Rate-Hike day since Nov 1978!!

      And here’s what happened last time the S&P rallied this much on a Fed rate-hike day… (we made new lows)

      *  *  *

      “Inflation is much too high,” warned Fed Chair Powell in his opening words, in an effort to assure the American people – and the markets – that they are really really serious this time, pinky-swear, about hiking even if the market pukes its guts out… (or not).

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      The market did not like that news (stocks fell, yields rose, rate-hike-odds rose)

      But then Powell tried to assuage fears of a 75bps hike:

      “A 75 basis point increases is not something the committee is actively considering,” but noted that the “next couple of meetings” will be 50bps hikes.

      The market loved that news (stocks surged, USD dumped, yield curve steepened with short-end yields plunging)… monkeyhammering all the risk away (VIX crashed to a 24 handle)…

      STIRs immediately priced-out the odds of a 75bps hike in June…

      Source: Bloomberg

      And the rate-hike-trajectory also dropped on Powell’s more dovish tilt…

      Source: Bloomberg

      The short-end of the yield curve collapsed (2Y -13bps, 30Y -2bps)…

      Source: Bloomberg

      …and the yield curve steepened drastically…

      Source: Bloomberg

      Notably Bloomberg’s Ira Jersey warned that “The market may be interpreting the lack of a 75-bp move incorrectly as ‘dovish’ given the strong rally in the front end of the yield curve. A string of 50-bp hikes, without a 75-bp move, could actually mean a higher terminal rate and over time may not mean much for the short end of the yield curve. There could be an opportunity building in the curve.”

      Additionally, Powell warned The Fed could act “expeditiously” – which could easily mean more than three 50bps-hikes are in order if inflation remains high.

      10Y Yields reversed once again at 3.00% (exactly where they did in Dec 2018 before Powell folded)…

      Source: Bloomberg

      Stocks went utterly vertical on the ‘lack of 75bps move’ (as the dramatically oversold/over-hedged positioning unwound again)…Yes, the Nasdaq exploded 3.5% higher on the day (from down 1.5% this morning)….

      ‘That escalated quickly…”

      All the sectors shot higher, led by tech and discretionary (but energy was best on the day)…

      Source: Bloomberg

      …apparently ignoring the fact that they are not at all priced for a series of 50bps hikes…

      Source: Bloomberg

      The chart above shows what happened after the last FOMC meeting – will we see another melt-up squeeze? This afternoon saw a serious short-squeeze begin…

      Source: Bloomberg

      So that’s it then… The Fed has the problem in hand and a soft landing is now priced in (and a hard landing, in case we dip again).

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      The dollar tumbled during the press conference…

      Source: Bloomberg

      The Ruble soared to its strongest relative to the USD since Feb 2020…

      Source: Bloomberg

      Oil prices soared on the day on the heels of EU embargo headlines – erasing all of Biden’s ‘improvements’ in price…

      Finally, Powell admitted that The Fed is useless:

      “Our tools don’t really work on supply shocks, our tools work on demand.”

      Which could be why Bitcoin quickly ripped up to $40k…

      Source: Bloomberg

      Gold was also bid on his comments…

      As hard as Powell tried to rescue his credibility, crypto and gold exposed the lie.

      https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

      As one veteran trader noted: “it seemed like Powell reverted back to his ‘inflation is transitory’ perspective… good fucking luck with that!”

      Tyler Durden
      Wed, 05/04/2022 – 18:24

    Digest powered by RSS Digest